Books / Nithyananda Yoga Evolution of the New Species - 1008+ Pramanas from the Source

1. Nithyananda Yoga Evolution of the New Species - 1008+ Pramanas from the Source

The Supreme Pontiff Of Hinduism Bhagawan Sri Nithyananda Paramashivam Yogasn Evolution Of The New Species

hagavan Sadashiva created the whole universe from His third eve.

The third eye, from Hinduism, being located at the center of the forehead, is the seat of our will-conscious will. The will of pure consciousness, of Sadashiva, is the most powerful will of all, that leads to the manifestation of the whole universe. In Hinduism, the Absolute truths are revealed by Sadashiva Himself, and recorded by His closest disciples. Although the third eye is a real possibility available to all, no other spiritual tradition has explored and mastered it so thoroughly as the seers of Sanatana Hindu Dharma, whose revelations easily precede those of the Egyptians by thousands of years.

He Himself describes the creation of the universe when tells His beloved wife:

नेत्रकल्पना महां तदर्थमिह दृश्यते ॥१-३० ॥

süryācandramasau vahnis-tridhāma-parikalpanā 1 trinetrakalpana mahya tadarthamihad syate ====================================================================================================================================

In Me dwell the three playful abodes of the Sun, Moon and Fire. In the play and projection of My magnificent Third Eye, TRINETRA KALPANA is the substance of these three. I create, sustain and destroy the universe." Netra Tantra

द्धिद्धगन्धकारद्वरण धामव्ययकारम शीवं नेत्रमनुग्रहाय जगतोऽमुत्तैद्योतते ॥४ ॥

dvaitādvaitad gandhakārahara a dhāmatrayaikātmakam 1 saiva netramanugrahāya jagato mutraidudyotate 14 1 [Kshemaraja, Commentary on Netra Tantra]

The Eye, SEE of both duality and non-duality, the destroyer of blinding darkness (ofignorance), the Oneness Soul and Source of all the three sacred abodes (dhama-traya), of that ever auspicious Sadashiva's Netra-anugraha, the Grace that showers liberation - the whole Universe here become manifest andvisible.

Avatar of Sadashiva, Bhagavan Sri THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM Himself elaborates on the creation of the universe, specifically describing the creation of all of us, humans including you and I. He says,

Sadashiva made everything and all of us in His own "SEE". Not seeing, not seen, not seene, not sea. "SEE." I wanted to use some word which is immediate action and existentially happening. If I use the word 'seen' then done, past. No. He has not created the world and gone to rest. Nowhere Hindu God rests or sleeps or takes vacation. I can't use the word SEEN. I can't use the word SEEING. Seeing reduces the whole thing just to an action.

See Is A Happening.

Sadashiva is Karana Karya Mula. Listen. Karana, the Cause. KARYA, the Effect. MULA, the Source.

Ifa pot is made:

    1. clay,
  1. potter,

  2. and the force that the potter is using on the clay,

  3. and the knowledge potter has which he applies on that clay.

All that put together becomes a pot. Sadashiva is all this for all of us. He is the material out of which we are made. He is the potter who is making us. He is the force which is put on us, for us to stay as we are, and He is the knowledge which is applying the force on us, to stay as we are.

Immediately we all have a question. If He is everything, then why is there so much of sadness, suffering, and wrong things?

Put Your Anchor On The Truth Not On Delusion. If He Is Everything, Then Why Am I Deluded As If All This Exists?

Sadhashiva made Yoga as a way to experience Him, the Ultimate, through our body. It is a perfect mechanism of Oneness -

experiencing yourself within anything and everything in the cosmos just as you experience yourself inside your body.

What Is Oneness? We Find The Answers Only From The Avatar.

14 planes, 11 dimensions. All of them function, on 1 principle. If you are habituated for New York lifestyle and enter into old Varanasi, you will have a big cultural shock. If you are habituated to old Varanasi and enter into London, you will have a big cultural shock. The American dollar may be useful in America,; Hindu currency, rupees, may be useful in Bharat; Malaysian ringgits maybe useful in Malaysia, but gold is a universal currency. The whole planet Earth, anywhere the gold can be used as a currency. Same way, there is certain culture, mental setup software useful in New York. There is certain culture, lifestyle, useful in Bangalore. There is certain culture, mental setup useful in Varanasi. There is certain culture, mental setup, useful in Germany. If you move to a different place, you will have a cultural shock.

But, there is one culture, one principle common, to the whole 14 planes and 11 dimensions. The whole Brahmanda, if you develop

this one principle in you, you have a Cosmic currency, you will not have shock in any of these planes, any transition into any plane. Whether you to go Pitru Loka, Bhu Loka, Bhuvar Loka, Tapo Loka, Satya Loka, Brahma Loka, Vaikunta, Kailasa, Goloka, Patala, In any Loka, any transition, this one principle will not allow any fear, will not allow any cultural shock. It is like you have Cosmic currency.

That Principle Is Oneness.

Even your struggles will liberate you. I want to tell you: if you feel you are missing something in life, lacking something in life, look from the angle of Oneness. Till you get your Oneness back, you. will always feel something missing.

As a by-product of the state of Oneness, we manifest shaktis. From the very beginning, Yoga's purpose was to manifest shaktis. A shakti is a power. In the Agama, Bhagavan Sadashiva names 460 powers, from blindfold reading to downloading information from the cosmic archives. He cites these powers and gives us the technique to express them. Our tradition and lifestyle was founded by this science of manifesting shaktis.

The Lineage Of Yoga

Throughout the Hindu history, after the revelation of Yoga by Sadashiva Himself, great Yogis and sadhus practiced Yoga to acquire the best physique and physiology to manifest the state and powers of Sadashiva. This is authentic Yoga.

Aghoris, sadhus, sannyasis have always exemplified the yogic powers and demonstrated incredible feats. The miracles and extraordinary happenings written about in our Puranas are all true. Krishna lifted the Govardhana hill with just the strength of His little finger. Sadashiva destroyed the Tripurasura with just the power of His third eye. Every miracle that you've ever read about or seen in a depiction of the puranas is more real than the book in your hands and the four walls surrounding you.

Yogis of Hindu history, just 100 years ago, were the proof that this is true. Just 400 years ago, Baba Kinaram was a great aghori, considered an incarnation of Sadashiva Himself, who flamboyantly expressed powers. He would roam the space of Varanasi in a flying cot. He would take poison without even showing its effects. An entire lineage of aghoris exists because of

Him Today In Varanasi.

Finally, even just 30 years back, Yogananda Puri was alive on Earth, shamelessly showcasing the shaktis from the Hindu shastra. He was born in 1921 in a small village in the outskirts of Tiruvannamalai. He grew up practicing the traditions of the Natha Sampradaya evolved into a powerful Yogi roaming all over Bharat. For a long time, he resided

in what is now Burma until in 1948 when the British split Bharat into smaller countries. That is when he returned to Tiruvannamalai and settled down.

But it wasn't until 1978, his true purpose for descending on planet Earth was fulfilled.

January 1978, the cosmos Itself was born in a human body. In the twilight hour of the morning. He assumed the body inside his

mother's womb. His name was Rajasekaran and He would later be known to the world as THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM.

Yogananda Puri was in the young Avatar's life from the beginning on.

The Avatar THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM describes the extraordinary power Yogananda Puri carried. He says, "My Guru, Raghupati Yogi, he is extraordinary, forget about him. He is totally a body of miracles! He is just a bunch of miracles! That's all! Anything he does will be miracle. He will just sip the cold water through the nose, and spit that water through mouth, and it will be boiling water! I have seen the kind of a play he will do. And he will sip the hot coffee through the mouth, and just start releasing that through the nose. By the time it reaches the ground, it will become ice-ball, please understand, ice-cube! Means, he can play anything with his body! He can make his body as hot boiler or freezer! I have seen with my own eyes, he cooking just by touching the pot! In the mud pot, he will put water, rice, and just touch it. In two minutes rice is ready! He will tell, 'Come on, eat!' The kind of a heat he will generate through his body, or cold he can generate through his body! His

body was a freezer, boiler, all put together! Early morning, when he wakes me up and takes me to the temple to teach Yoga, during this Margazhi month, the water will be very cold. I have seen him doing this multiple times. He will just point the area where I am

taking bath. That area will be warm. Sometimes, even hot water! In the temple tank, he will put his finger and say. Come on. Take bath." It will be warm water or hot water; never I felt the cold! That is a totally different level. I am talking, normal, so-called,

your plane. And my grandfather - the kind of a faith he had about his body! We are the last generation who have seen those kind of people."

THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM remembers that at the end of his life, "I told my guru, Yogananda Puri, I will build a big samadhi and temple for you! That should be the way I show my gratitude for you!"

He laughed at me and said, "I will make sure when I leave the body you will not be around me! And you don't get hold of my body! It will be buried in the normal cremation ground, and you will not be showing your gratitude to me in that way! Make thousands and thousands of Yogis. I am grateful to be a part of your mission".

Even until the end, Yogananda Puri never once let THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM touch his feet or do any kind of service. He always knew that he was the one blessed to play a part in the grand

mission of Sadashiva Himself.

Now, THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM has promised not only to make thousands of Yogis but lead the whole world into a conscious awakening.

He has recontextualized the entire evolution in the grand scheme of the universe. He declared, "Amoeba to fish is physical breakthrough. Fish to monkey is physical and mental breakthrough. Monkey to man is physical, mental and conscious breakthrough. Man to super human is physical, mental, conscious, super conscious breakthrough." The Avatar Bhagwan THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM is creating a SUPER CONSCIOUS breakthrough!

Introduction To The Supreme Pontiff Of Hinduism Bhagawan Sri Nithyananda Paramashivam

THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM is an Avatar with unimaginable powers. Recognized today as a clear, legitimate, apolitical voice of Sanatana Hindu Dharma, He is revered as a living Avatar of Superconsciousness by millions worldwide. THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM, with his direct experiential understanding of the nature of consciousness-from the microcosm to the macrocosm - has revealed unified, universal understanding of the very fabric of our existence, connecting flawlessly consciousness and the energy of consciousness, with physics, chemistry and biology, as well as integrating medicine and health seamlessly.

The life-story of an Avatar is a divine drama or Leela-Maanusha Vesham - the human role assumed for the sole purpose of furthering the Cosmic play. Even though He is established as the Source of all knowledge, the Avatar joyously and innocently enters into the unfolding drama of His own life.

Realization Of Avataric Mission

A lifetime of intense meditation, Yoga, study and austerities finally came to its fruition on 1st January 2000, in an explosion of Consciousness which revealed to the 22-year-old His phenomenal Avataric mission on our planet. Sharing His attributes and powers is the greatest gift an Avatar can give to humanity. Carrying the compassion and responsibility of a Cosmic mother and father to awaken every soul, THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM has ensured the manifestation of His own divine attributes and shaktis in thousands of His followers through the powerful process of deeksha or initiation. This is the ultimate Cosmic inheritance that humanity can receive from the Guru who is the embodiment of pure Oneness or Sadashivoham.

The Supreme Pontiff Of Hinduism Bhagawan Sri Nithyananda Paramashivam Yogasm - The Authentic Yoga

Nithyananda Yoga5M is the revival of THE original Yoga. It has been revealed and gifted to the world by Living Avatar THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM as per the intention of Sadashiva, not as a mere physical exercise but as a clear path to manifest yogic powers.

Nithyananda YogaSM is all about experiencing, expressing and manifesting the state, space, powers and glory of Sadashiva!

Revival Of Sadashiva'S Original Yoga

For most Yogis around the world, enlightened master Patanjali is the Father or Yoga: He presented a system call Ashtanga Yoga, comprising 8 dimensions of Yoga, approximately 3,000 years ago.

Little we know that Yoga was revealed in details by Sadashiva, the first and foremost Guru, in a system He revealed as Shashtanga Yoga, over 60,000 years before Patanjali!

Sadashiva reveals Shashtanga Yoga in the Kirana Agama - (Yoga Pada 2.3), one of the original authentic scripture on Yoga:

Cueller

प्रत्याहारस्तथा ध्यानं प्राणायामस्य धारणम आसनञ्च समाधिश्च योगाक्कानि षडेव तु ॥ ३ ॥

pratyaharastatha dhyana pra ayamostha dhara am asanañca samadhisca Yoga gani a eva tu | 3 ||

It is to be known that there are six limbs of Yoga. Now listen to those various subservient parts of yogic practice: pratyahara, dhyana, pra syama, dhāra a, āsana, and samādhi are the six constituents of the Yoga system.

Credit: Kirana Agama, Translated into English by Dr. Sabharathnam S. Pattusamy, The Himalayan Academy, 2006.

Three Truths You Need To Know About Yoga:

On June 21st 2016 International Day of Yoga, THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM addressed the world in a mind blowing discourse, sharing sacred secrets on the true Origins of Yoga. Here is what you have never been told, but need to know about Yoga:

1) Yoga Is From Sadashiva

This first thing you need to know is that Yoga did not originate from Patanjali. "Patanjali is the organizer, not originator. That's the first thing you need to know", said THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM.

Swamiji explained, "With all my respects to Patanjali, I want to

declare this truth to the world: 60,000 years before Patanjall, a Being walked on the Planet Earth, assuming the physical form, Adi Guru, Sadashiva, the Founder and Father of the Yoga system.

Patanjali Yoga Sutras is a great book, no doubt, but not the first book. Unfortunately, many popular Yoga gurus all over the world, always stop with Patanjali. Very few say Yoga was before Patanjali, and even if they say, they're not able to present the scriptures and literature.

All the revelations of Sadashiva are called Agamas, the complete work of Sadashiva, where He presents detailed, elaborate material with high quality precision.

People are very comfortable having Patanjali as the originator of Yoga because Patanjali can be secularized, but not Sadashiva. But it's time for the world to know and understand that Yoga is rooted in Sanatana Hindu Dharma.

  1. Yogais from Hinduism

The second important truth is that Yoga is from Hinduism.

Always ask for the original source. It is unfortunate that the original scriptures revealed by Sadashiva are not available for the mass. It is unfortunate nobody promoted that. Because it is very easy to secularize Patanjali; very difficult to secularize Sadashiva.

We need to understand that Yoga cannot be developed and cannot be separated from Hinduism. It is a perfect system that was revealed by Sadashiva and further organized by living enlightened masters, disciples of Sadashiva over thousands of years, with a clear purpose, an intention.

You cannot develop on Sadashiva. Yoga is a complete science that has taken into account all types of bodies past, present and yet to come in the future. Altering Yoga is not development but dilution.

The secular world has diluted a great science that we are yet to discover and reveal to the masses. But first understand, if you have practiced something in the name of Yoga, ask your teacher for the clear reference. Where did this technique come from? Always ask for the source. Only then you should even consider practicing these techniques safely.

3) Yoga Is The Science Of Radiating Enlightenment

The third important truth is that Yoga is not just the science of keeping you healthy, Yoga is the science of radiating enlightenment.

Through Yoga one attains liberation Sastra Pramana, scriptural authority: Sadashiva reveals in Kirana Agama - Yoga Pada (II.3)

भगवान-योगादसिद्धिश्च मोक्षश्च तदभ्यासाच्छभम् खग। यडक्रस्सच बोद्धव्यस्तस्याङ्गाम् सणुष्य तत् ।।

Bhagavan-

Yogadsiddhiśca mokshaśca tadabhyasacchubham khaga | shadagassaca boddhavyastasyä gämshnu va tat

Through the practice of Yoga one can attain beneficent accomplishments. He can attain liberation. He can ascend to the state of ineffable bliss.

Credit: Kirana Agama, Translated into English by Dr.

Sabharathnam S. Pattusamy, The Himalayan Academy, 200

Yoga is not just the ability to stretch your body. It is ability to manifest what you want. Yoga is not all about making you better man. Yoga is all about making you Superman.

The best that can happen to you on the path of Yoga is getting rid of all self-doubt, self-hatred and self-denial, the root cause of all incompletions. THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM actively teaches the science of completing with these, collectively called SDHD, discarding all mental patterns that limit us from living to our highest potential. As long as we carry inadequate, immature cognitions about ourselves, about life, others, God, world, we continue to feel separate from the whole. When we complete with all our limited cognitions and discover our true Self. Yoga happens.

Manifesting powerful cognitions is Authenticity- taking it to the next level is Manifesting Shaktis! If you don't develop powerful cognitions, even if cosmos blesses you, you will miss it or abuse it.

Ultimately, Yoga is for awakening of the Kundalini Shakti, awakening inner powers and merging the individual

consciousness with the Cosmic Consciousness. It is designed to experience Oneness, Advaita, and express all the mystical powers outlined by Sadashiva.

Hathapradipikā of Svātmārāma (verses 124 to 127) states:

सश्रापेलवनधाल्यास्तु यथा धारो हिनायकः ॥ अशेषयोगतन्त्राणां तथाधारो हिं कुण्डली ॥ १२४ ॥ फणी कुण्दलिनी नागी चक्री वक्री सरस्वती ॥ ललना रसना क्षत्री ललाटी शक्तिः शक्विनी ॥ १२५ ॥ रज्वी भुजक्की शेषा च कुण्डली सर्पिणी मणिः ॥ आधारशक्तिः कुटिला कराली प्राणवाहिनी ॥ १२६ ॥ अष्टवक्रा पडाद्वारा व्यापिनी कलनाधरा ॥ कुरीत्येवं च विख्याताः शक्याः पर्यायवाचकाः ॥ १२७ ॥ saśailavanadhātryāstu yathādhāro hi nāyaka II aše ayogatantrānā tathādhāro hi kun alī II 124 II phan kundalinī nāgī cakrī vakrī sarasvatī II lalană rasană k atri lală î sakti sa khinî II 125 Il rajvi bhuja gî śe a ca kun ali sarpinî mani II ādhārašakti kutilā karālī prānavāhinī II 126 II ashtavakrā a ādgārā vyāpinī kalanādharā II kurityeva ca vikhyatā savdhā paryāyavācakā Il 127 II

Just as the Lord of serpents is the support of the earth, with all her forests and mountains, similarly, kund alini forms the very substratum of the entire science of Yoga. 124

Phanī, kund alinī, nāgī, cakrī, vakrī, sarasvatī, lalanā, rasanā, ks atrī, lalātī, šakti, šankhinī, rajvī, bhuja gī, šes ā, kundalī, sarpinī, mani, ādhārašakti, kutilā, karālī, prānavāhinī, ashtavakra,s ad ādhārā, vyāpini, kalanādharā, kurī are the well known synonyms of kundalini. 125 - 127

The Yoga For Manifesting Powers - Shaktis

Understand that Yoga is not just a physical practice, it goes much beyond. Because you always see the ocean from the beach, the moment the word ocean is uttered, you visualize only the beach, not the ocean. Same way, because Yoga starts from bending the body, unfortunately, the moment the word Yoga is uttered, you think it's only bending the body!

Ocean is not beach. From the beach it starts, but beach is not the ocean. Bending the body is ALSO Yoga, it starts from there. But unfortunately, you think that IS Yoga.

Nithyananda Yoga6M is not just the practice of Yoga; it is an "initiation" into Yoga by a Living Avatar of Sadashival As the embodiment of Sadashiva - the Cosmic Superconsciousness, THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM has the capacity to infuse Cosmic energy into everybody, and raise us to His frequency. This process is called Shaktinipaata. It is the power to entangle with His Consciousness from the context of Oneness.

The Shaktinipaata that happens in the master's physical presence directly tunes our body and mind to super-consciousness and transforms our DNA to manifest the Divine Powers of Sadashiva.

The practice of Nithyananda Yoga9M effectively prepares the body to sustain the energy of the initiation of the master and radiate Shaktis. This is the reason why Nithyananda YogaSM forms an essential part of the 21 days Inner Awakening program.

The result is a perfect, healthy, yogic body radiating Shaktis, the powers, grace and glory of Sadashiva.

The practice of Nithyananda Yoga534 is so seamless and blissful, that even the most complex asanas become easily possible for beginners. While ordinary Yogic paths require years and sometimes even lifetimes of effort, this unique path has THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM Himself initiating and awakening the highest possibilities within us. With this, we are able to effortlessly align ourselves from the context of Oneness with Sadashiva, where all of the possibilities and yogic powers or Shaktis simply manifest.

Shaktis Not Siddhis

Listen, what I am revealing as the Sacred Secrets Science of Third Eye is neither mysticism nor occultism. It does not come under any of these definitions. It is a very clear Sacred Secrets Science of Shaktis described directly by Sadashiva, the Adiguru, the ultimate source in Agamas very elaborately, eloquently, without any ambiguity, without any doubt, step by step science, applied science, technology, the whole thing is clearly presented in Agamas.

First thing, I want to tell you, what I am teaching, what I am helping you to experience, what you guys are manifesting, this whole science, is from Yoga Pada of Sadashiva, which is Shakti, not Siddhis. It is not the Siddhis described by Patanjali, in Patanjali Yoga

Sutras. The methods of Ashtanga Yoga is different and the methodology of Shastanga Yoga is different. In Shastanga Yoga of Sadashiva, the very basis, context, understanding is different and the way we begin the journey is different, the way we manifest the powers is different.

Understand, Sadashiva is very clear - He programmed all of us with His own inner space. In this human frame you can manifest easily, simply by realizing your Oneness with Sadashiva. Around 460 Shaktis, listen, these Shaktis are neither supernatural nor magical or paranormal or alchemy based or occult or mystical. These are very clearly, the Sacred Science of manifesting your original state of Sadashivatva. Somebody says it is difficult, somebody says it is easy, I say it is neither difficult nor casy, it is simple Reality.

Third Eye Awakening

Some of the Shaktis manifested through the Third Eye Awakening by THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM:

  • Effortlessly read blindfolded, using only the third eye.
  • Scan the body of a person for physical ailments, and heal the body using the third eye.
  • Demonstrate remote vision, with the ability to see people/places/events in far of places.
  • Project what we remotely see onto a mirror, leaf or stone.
  • Breathe Prana (life energy) into any animate form (like plant . or animal).
  • Provide Nithya healing through Cosmic energy, based on the Ananda Gandha initiation by H.H. THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM.
  • Tangibly express the feeling of Oneness with all animate and inanimate forms. It is from this context that the disciples are able to easily talk to plants.

Ultimately, the purpose and goal of Nithyananda YogaSM is straightforward:

to awaken everyone to the divinity within, the experience of Sadashiva.

With this, seekers are quick to realize that Nithyananda YogaSM is the smart way to Enlightenment! As H.H. THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM constantly reminds us.

Sakshi Pramanas

Express the Shaktis and Feel Oneness (Sakshi Pramana on Remote Scanning) By: Sri Nithya Jagatpremananda PLACE: Malaysia OCCUPATION: Technician, Air Asia Airlines AGE: 25

When Swamiji told about powers manifestation in Nithyananda YogaSM. I was so excited about that. I did have my own cognition about those powers which Swamiji was explaining about. But I tell you, it's way more than what we can imagine about it.

Now I am expressing Remote Scanning Powers very smoothly and it's so fun! I never imagined I will be doing it so smoothly and

Everything Is Perfect As I Described.

Sometimes Sadashiva shows me even the dream house of the person I'm scanning (with their permission). They'll be in jaw dropping state when they hear me telling about their dream house, which Sadashiva shows to me.

When I express these powers more and more, slowly I start to feel Advaita (Oneness) towards the other person. And now I feel I am Sadashiva like how 1 heard Swamiji that even though we're separate from the whole, we're still whole. Now I understood what Swamiji told and experiencing it myself is really awesome feeling.

The Master Key - Importance Of The Guru

Time and again, traditional Yogic scriptures stress the importance of the Guru on the path to achieve the Ultimate experience of Yoga.

The Grace Of The Guruis Essential

Ápta Pramana (experiential authority): Tirumandiram (Tandiram

3, Mandiram 569) Apta (Avatar/Enlightened Being): TirumüLar

When prana is brought under one's control Crystal like will the body be; and young despite years When guru's grace provides the light In the subtle spheres, the blessed souls will move.

Credit: The Tirumandiram Volume Three, Translation and commentary by T.V. Venkataraman LA.S., (Retd.), General Editor T.N. Ganapathy, Yoga Siddha Research Centre: Publication Series No .: 8, Babaji's Kriya Yoga and Publications, Inc., St Etienne de Bolton, Quebec, Canada

Hathapradipika Of SväTmäRäMa (Chapter 5, Verse 2) State

सुप्ता गुरुप्रसादेन यदा जागत्ति कण्डली ॥ तदा सर्वाणि पद्मानि भिद्यन्ते ग्रन्थयस्तथा ॥२॥

suptă guruprasādena yadā jāgartti ku dalī //

tadā sarvā i padmāni bhidyante granthayastathā // 2 //

When the dormant ku dali gets aroused by the grace of guru, then alone all the padmas (lotuses-cakras) and the granthis (knots) get pierced. 2

The Importance Of Initiation By A Living Master

All scriptures, all literature, all method of teachings can only inspire you. They cannot give you experience. All books, all DVDs including mine - everything can only create inspiration in you but cannot give experience.

Experience can light a lamp. Same way jeevan mukthi can be transmitted only from a burning lamp. It is transmitted from only from a living body to a living body. If that body has to catch jeevan mukthi, it has to catch from a same material source which is living enlightenment. Please understand, I'm describing very clearly. If that body made out of muscles and the mind made out of thoughts, if it needs to catch living enlightenment - jeevan mukthi fire - it needs to catch from another one body which is living enlightenment of the same frequency, the same flesh and bones. Be very clear: Maha Avatar Baba cannot give you living enlightenment. He can only give you inspiration- some glimpse but if he wants to give you jeevan mukthi, he will have to guide to a person who is in the physical body.

Ramakrishna, or Ramana Maharishi, or Maha Avatar Baba, or Osho, or Jai Krishnamurthy, anybody. They are all still in the cosmic plane for whoever they were connected when they were in their physical body. For example, if you were there when Rama Krishna was there and you had directly connection with him and he blessed you and he passed away. Still you are living, he will be there to care of you but no new addition is possible.

If you are seeker, starting to pray to Rama Krishna, Ramana Maharishi, they can guide you to a living master. That's all. They themselves will not be able to give because it has to be transmitted from this plane, from flesh and bone. That is why the need of living master. That is also why no huge organization is able to move spirituality other than a living master.

I'll be living jeevan mukthi, without muscles even after leaving the body, but because there is no muscles I will not be able to transmit to the person who is with museles. If I initiate you now and give you the assurance, only then I can handle you even if I leave the body. So if you had assurance from RamaKrishna, Ramana Maharishi anybody, then you don't need to go to living master. But even then usually they guide to a master because living around the master not only living enlightenment it is a joy, it's an ecstasy.

Otherwise if you have not had connection physically, they can't do anything. Maha Avatar Baba cannot give you enlightenment or the experience. He can only guide. That is the reason why still that living master necessity is not replaced at all. Still the necessity for living master is there when the whole thing started by Sadashiva millions of years ago.

Shaktipata - Entanglement With The Master

Shaktipata is the process of entanglement where the disciple can start reflecting the masters neurons. It is the highest form of spiritual process in the master's presence.

Listen. Shaktipata, the first thing it does in you - increasing the viscosity of Bliss, increasing the depth and presence and intensity of the Bliss in you, so that automatically breaks the Pitta laver. Delusion layer.

"Even Yoga Need Not Be A Practice. It Can Happen Just By Entanglement."

Shaktipata should be happening constantly in your system by the sweet Leela Dhyana, a sweet remembrance.

So every THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM YogaSM class, every cleansing technique, every action instructed by Sadashiva, is the opportunity to entangle with the Cosmos and the Guru.

Sadashivoham 2016 Participant Relates:

We had our first THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM YogaSM session with Swamiii and we didn't know what to expect. Swamiji came on the stage, and in a few words, he arose our Kundalini in the middle of the Yoga session. It was the experience of a lifetime. I was doing sirsasana

with my eyes closed and I could stretch more than I ever stretched. It was a phenomenal experience, thank you Swamijil -Pushkar Gogia, entrepreneur, Australia

How To Chose Your Yoga Teacher?

You need to know very clearly there are 3 kind of people teaching Yoga.

  1. Who claims they are teaching from their personal experience. 2) Who knows only the scriptures, teach only from scriptures, does not have personal experience- Pundits scholars.

The pundits and scholars who just teach from the books, without having personal experience, cause less damage to people than this so called 'Enlightened Gurus' who declare they are teaching from personal experience; does not abide the shastras, does not abide by the scriptures!

Please understand, this is one of the important revelation I am giving you. These so called 'Enlightened Gurus' who does not abide by the scriptures are more dangerous to human beings, humanity, than the people who are abiding just by the scriptures

without enlightenment; because people who are abiding just by the scripture without enlightenment cannot damage you. They may not be able to give you experience but they can't damage you. because they are just following the scripture. Scriptures will never damage you. But this so called 'Enlightened' fellows, who don't follow the scriptures, because they get your complete trust and authority, they become authority just by convincing you in some two three things.

  1. Very rare are the third varieties, third category of teachers who have a solid personal Enlightenment Experience, who are authorities, responsible for what they are speaking and completely connected, rooted, centered on the traditional yogic scriptures. Those are the rare beings from whom you should learn.

Fortunately, THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM YogaSM belongs to the third category. As the Living embodiment of Sadashiva, H.H. THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM shares His own experience of Enlightenment with one and all, while simultaneously connecting each technique to its scriptural roots in the Vedagamas.

Pramanas: Four Authorities and Evidences of Truth What makes THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM Yoga5M so authentic and unique are the 4 levels of Truths on which it is established. These are:

Shästra Pramana Apta Pramana Atma Pramana Saksi Pramana

Shastra Pramana is the scriptural evidence, the direct, ultimate authority on the Truth as it is, for it is directly from Sadashiva, the Adiguru (original Guru), the Source of all that is. In Sanatana Hindu Dharma, Veda-Agamas are the irrefutable Shastra Pramana. All knowledge currents, philosophies, rituals and lifestyle systems, and Yogic sciences for humanity are in-depth systematically revealed in Veda-Agamas form the pramanas.

There are 28 Agamas, each comprising 4 major sections:

  • Jnäna Pāda or Vidya Pāda the knowledge section from Agamas
  • Kriya Pada the rituals sections from Agamas
  • · Yoga Pada the Yoga knowledge and science sections
  • · Carya Pada the enlightened lifestyle from Sadashiva

The Veda-Agamas are the Source books of Hinduism or Sanatana Hindu Dharma. The revelation from the Veda-Agamas form the Shastra Pramana, the scriptural authority on truth, which came down directly from the mouth of Bhagavan Sadashiva to His consort Devi Adishakti.

THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM reveals, "Vedas are the ultimate, superior authority for the Hindus. Vedas are like a pure science, where the ultimate truths are explained, but Agamas are the scriptures where the applied technology, the applied science is expanded. All the Hindu bodies accept Vedas and Agamas as Shruti [that which is heard] and everything else follows as Smritis [the remembered scriptures]. Agamas are directly revealed by Sadashiva; they are more like a practical manual of how to, what to, where to, when to. All these details are answered with the right context, giving enough of understanding and I should say, in a more sympathetic, compassionate way, with a lot of concern for human beings with tremendous user-friendliness."

Apta Pramana are the ancient great authentic, time-tested, fool-proof compilations of experiences of Enlightened Sages called the Rishis, Siddhas, Munis, Incarnations (Avatars), the direct disciples and followers and descendants of Bhagavan Sadashiva, like the Saptarishis, Maharishis, including the Enlightened Ones such as Patanjali, Valmiki, Agastya Mahamuni, Abhinavagupta, Kshemaraja, Paramahamsa Yogananda, etc. The compiled experiences verify and expand further on the VedaAgamas, forming Apta Pramana.

Atma Pramana are the direct experiences of the Living Avatar, THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM, who is respected, revered as the living incarnations by millions of people worldwide. In the space of Pure Oneness or Shuddhadvaita with Bhagavan Sadashiva, the Atma Pramanas of H.H. Paramahamsa form the words of His Gurus, His own experiences, and all that He has learnt and directly experienced, and done thorough verification and authentication with the Sastra Pramana, and then presented to the world.

Saksi Pramana is the evidence of the experiences and sharings of the people who directly experience the Pramanas as a living, applied reality in their lives as the manifestation of His Atma Pramanas.

Only when all three are combined does the initiation safely culminate in Saksi Pramana - the individual disciple's experience of the highest state and power manifestations of Yoga . THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM Yoga5M as revealed by THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM combines all three pramanas, precisely reviving the space from which Sadashiva created this science. After being subject to years of dilution and pollution of this sacred science, the most profound intention and context of Yoga is now being revived and transmitted as a tangible experience by THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM, the Avatar of Sadashiva Himself.

Power Of Yogic Physiology

Understand, Yogic Body means: power, energy, flexibility, health. All these four put together is Yogic body. Yogic body in itself is a Power. All four qualities are worked upon and developed through the authentic practice of THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM Yoga®, including traditional asanas, pranayamas, yogic cleansing techniques, mudras, bandhas, and the traditional Rope and Pole Yoga: Shivakhamba.

When the body is intensely prepared by the practice of THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM Yoga" and Shivakhamba, the master's initiation the shaktipata, simply becomes Power.

The Power of Yogic physiology is the ability to go beyond food. The ability to build itself on pure prana and long breath. The ability to go beyond sleep, eat as much as it wants or as little as possible. A

Yogic body is the one whose muscle memory expresses its peak possibilities.

Having a glimpse of enlightenment, a satori, is not difficult. But to hold and radiate the same energy continuously, the body needs preparation.

It needs to develop a strong nervous system. Only then it will hold the master's energy during initiation. It will directly manifest as powers.

In a male body you should start with power, then add flexibility, then add energy; it will become healthy. For female body, start with flexibility, then add power, then add energy; it will become healthy. That is why the male body should start from Shivakhamba.

THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM YogaSM is a great possibility! The possibility to live an extraordinary life, in an extraordinary body. You are now ready to start your practice!

The Creation Of A New Species

In the west, scientists have come to accept the Theory of Evolution, originally written about and pioneered by Charles Darwin in the 1800's. However, like gravity, calculus and even the science planetary positions and movement, these ideas did not originate from Western culture and modern science. The Law of Gravity and subsequently fundamentals of calculus was declared. a natural phenomenon by Hindu mathematician Bhaskaracharya nearly 500 years before an apple landed on Newton's head. Hindu Rishis described the movements of all nine planets and that the Earth was, in fact, not flat, long before Galileo suffered against at the hands of Roman autocrats in the 1600's.

And evolution is a concept known to humanity far more than just 200 years. Hindu history was compiled by the great Veda Vyasa, a powerful intellectual and devotee of Sadashiva. In the

Bhagavatam, Vyasa writes about the dashavatar, ten avataras (incarnations) of Vishnu, beginning from the matsya avatar and ending with Kalki.

Every Avatar brought a tremendous shift in the experience of life on planet earth. Bhagavan THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM summarizes this by saying. "Amoeba to fish is physical breakthrough. Fish to monkey is physical and mental breakthrough. Monkey to man is physical, mental and conscious breakthrough. Man to super human is physical, mental . conscious , super conscious breakthrough." The Avatar Bhagwan THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM is creating a SUPER CONSCIOUS breakthrough!"

It is clear in the Puranas that Sadashiva created the universe to enjoy Himself in many forms. The grand scheme of the universe is in the end to experience Sadashiva in the most deepest length, breadth and depth.

In the 2017 Jayanthi Message for Humanity, the Avatar declared:

What Vivekananda visualized, Yogananda yearned, Maharishi Mahesh Yogi tried, Aurobindo worked - for what all of them worked, by the grace of Sadashiva, it is already reality. It is already reality. Navatma Vikratis, the new species, are here. I will also prove medically, scientifically, by doing enough of studies, researches, documenting it. The Beings I am producing by manifesting powers are literally new Beings. It is not just evolved or grown - NEW. You will see the strand of DNA, which is completely alien, which is completely new. Non-recorded, nonobserved, non-documented. Completely new, which can be programmed just by will.

"Oh humanity, I am ready with the Science, come, become new. Evolve to the next level. This clarion call is my message for the humanity, this year on 2017 January 1st."

The Purpose And Promise Of This Book

With this book, you hold in your hands a potent spiritual treatise, a priceless treasure gifted to humanity by a living Avatar of Sadashiva. Hence this book is not just a theoretical introduction to Yoga; it is a powerful initiation into THE original Yoga from the source.

Every technique presented in this book is foolproof, time-tested, powerful, ancient, designed and developed from the space of superconsciousness. It is provided here for us to tune all aspects of ourselves - our nervous system, our muscle memory and our consciousness itself to that highest frequency of Sadashiva. To make us into the New Specie.

The intent is not only to have the experience of Sadashiva, but also to sustain and maintain that state throughout our lives. It is not

just an experience we remember, but it becomes a lifestyle and space from where we function in our day-to-day lives.

You Will Find 12 Sections:

  1. Yogic Lifestyle (Charya) 2. Yogic Diet (Ahara) 3. Cleansing techniques 4. Pranayamas/Kumbhakas 5. Mudras 6. Bandhas 7. Pratyahara 8. Dharana 9. Dhyana + Samadhi 10. Mantra II. Yogic Physiology 12. Asanas

Within each section, the techniques are organized and enumerated for easy reference. Here, it is clearly listed with the scriptural reference, technique, therapeutic benefits and other elements.

Finally, THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM is clear that THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM Yoga" is revealed to support EVERY human being. This book is an initiation into Yoga for both beginners and advanced followers. Regardless of their past expertise or experience, this book will give every reader glimpses of the highest state and experience of Yoga. We also welcome you to transform this experience into a permanent state of being, through Inner Awakening.

Tarya - चर्या, means lifestyle or behaviour. THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM Yoga is not a lifestyle for health, but a lifestyle to build "superhuman" yogic physiology, experience exuberant bliss and manifest extraordinary powers and possibilities. It offers a life beyond what we think is possible.

THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM Yoga is rooted in the timeless Hindu Vedic-Agamic tradition. It is the revival of this sacred secret science in its pristine form.

THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM Yoga aims at reviving not only the spirit in which Sadashiva delivered Yoga, but also the LETTER - following the exact words of Sadashiva Himself with integrity. THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM Yoga is based on the Yoga Pada of Agama, the ancient vedic scriptures.

Yoga is originally a Sanskrit word meaning merging, uniting, with the Ultimate, the Source, the Creator. As a matter of fact, it is a complete system to evolve the body, mind and spirit from human to Superhuman. It is a science to live and experience Advaita (the state of Oneness) and to express extraordinary powers. THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM Yoga is a continuous happening, where every single moment of life is Yoga with Sadashiva.

Despite the popularity of the word Yoga, real Yoga still remains unknown to the masses. In the Hindu traditional scriptures, Yoga has been described as a lifestyle for ascetics, in remote secluded places, therefore forgotten over time. For a long time, the requiring initiation and training from an Enlightened Guru was limited and missing, keeping this science only to a few. But now, with the happening of the Avatar, the initiation became the matter of just one touch, or one glimpse; one "initiation". Yoga in its most traditional and authentic form is finally accessible to enrich the world. Plus, through the advancement of technology, it will be reaching everybody all over the world.

Super Consciousness intensely electrocuting your existence and raising you to the frequency of it's existence is Deeksha, initiation. Deeksha penetrates all your three layers, your muscle memory, bio memory, bio energy. Cutting across the powerless cognitions, raising you to the highest frequency literally electrocuting/reverberating your being. Your old powerless cognitions are just literally bombarded. Your very cognition is blasted to powerful cognitions. The Cognitions of Sadashivattva.

THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM Yoga is an initiation into the lifestyle of Sadashiva, radiating the state of Sadashiva and manifesting the superhuman powers of Sadashiva.

Sadashiva is a two part Sanskrit word. The first part "Sada" means eternal. The second part "Shiva" is commonly translated as God, but refers to the pure consciousness within everything. "God" is commonly associated with only three aspects: creation, giving sustenance, and destruction.

Sadashiva, on the other hand, has five aspects: creation (Satyojata), giving sustenance (Tatpurusha), destruction (Aghora), delusion (Vamadeva) and liberation (Ishana). THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM explains that we go through all five of these aspects throughout our daily lives. The sixth dimension of Sadashiva is unmanifest. You also have the unmanifest power, means the powers of Sadashiva.

  • To manifests Sadashiva's creativity, bring . Integrity.

  • To manifest Sadashiva's sustenance energy bring Authenticity. The Ultimate Way of Living

  • To manifest Sadashiva's destruction energy bring Responsibility.

  • To manifest Sadashiva's delusion energy and handle it, bring Enriching in your life.

  • . To manifest Sadashiva's liberation energy, liberating energy, bring Causing in your life.

  • · Then what will make you manifest the unmanifest, Avyakta of Sadashiva, that is Shaktipata. As much as possible, be in Shaktipata with Sadashiva, the Guru, who is embodiment of Sadashiva. Be in Shaktipata with Him.

Live Sadashivoham by bringing all these six powers in your life.

All of you have all these energies. You are using it every day. By cooking, you are manifesting the power of creation. By eating, you are manifesting the power of sustenance. By digesting, you are manifesting the power of destruction. And, if something is undigested and your stomach is sick, you are in the power and energy of delusion. If the energy of digestion is absorbed, and you manifest it as powers, you are in the state of liberation. Every day you manifest all these five powers, all these five aspects of Sadashiva. For the unmanifest to manifest in

you, all you need is Shaktinipata -Shaktinipata means to start living the instructions and initiations without waiting for your logic to get convinced. The joy you experience, when you live, just because He said, that's it. That joy is called Shaktinipata.

Bring all these six in your life. Add more and more experiences and you will be adding more and more Sadâshivoham in you. Let Avyakta become Vyakta, let unmanifest become manifest. It is a direct message from Sadashiva, from the space of Sadashiva, from the place of Sadashiva to everyone of you, who are literally Sadâshivas.

The regular manifestation of Yoga yields extraordinary physiological, mental, emotional, and spiritual benefits. Through the practice of Yoga, one can attain benefficient accomplishments. He can attain liberation (moksha), ascend to the state of ineffable bliss.

..

Kirana agama, Yoga Pada: 2-3

From that space of oneness with Sadashiva, shakthis manifest. THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM Yogis demonstrate superhuman powers from the higher states of consciousness; the space of Oneness with Sadashiva. A THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM Yogi is able to manifest powers such as Body scanning, remote viewing, levitation and materialization, freely without worrying of deviating from the path of Enlightenment.

.. I

Just as the fire latent in wood does not appear without churning, so the lamp of wisdom does not arise without the happening of Yoga.

23 (Yoga-Kundaly Upanishad III.14-15)

In this chapter, you will find the original scriptures, pramanas, related to Yogic Lifestyle:

Preparations for the manifestation of Yoga

Choosing the space

Preparatory rites

Qualities needed for success in Yoga

The parts of Yoga manifestation: Asana, Pranayama, meditation ...

Yamas and Niyamas (having the right context)

Let us now enter into the Lifestyle of THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM Yogis!

Yoga is Cosmic Alignment Atma Pramona - आत्मा प्रमाण THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM

Yoga, Kriyas and Tattvas for New Specie Atma Pramana - आत्मा प्रमाण THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM

Four Shakthis / Tattvas of a Yogi Atma Pramana - आत्मा प्रमाण THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM

Yoga is aligning your spine to the Cosmit Geometry. Your spine feeling your existence is prana. Prana, the cosmic currency flows through you the moment you are integrated to the though current you cherish and alight your spine to the Cosmic geometry.

With proper Kriyas, Yoga, your body should be prepared; and proper Tattoss, principles, mind should be prepared; with proper Initiation, Kundalini should be awakened; then the whole awakened energy stays inside your system eternally as part of your muscle-memory. You become a new being, a Jeevan Maktal You know how to carry the space of Sadashivoham!

Integrity awakens the power of words; Vak Shakti. Authenticity awakens the power of thoughts; Mano Shakti. Responsibility awakens the power of feeling; Prema Shakti. Enriching awakens the power of living; Arna Shakti.

  1. You are Already the Ultimate Atma Pramona - आरमा प्रमाण THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM

  2. Will-persistence is What You Need

S

Atma Pramana - आत्मा प्रमाण THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM

You are the Ultimate, even when you are manifesting bondage, you are manifesting suffering, you are manifesting all the unnecessary things.

Decision, will-persistence, decision, will-persistence to manifest all the best things, is the science of power manifestation. Everything you manifest even now, you manifest so, your decision to manifest what you want and will-persistence is only required for you to manifest powers or whatever you want in your life.

  1. Guru for Shaktipata is the Basic Requirement Atma Pramana - आत्मा प्रमाण THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM

Atma Pramona - आत्मा प्रमाण THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM

Add Integrity to

Your Creation

Sadashiva, is required in the form of Guru in your life, only to do Shaktinipata, to make these two statements into reality, that's all. With this three statements, essence of Hinduism, essence of Shuddadvaitam is in front of you.

Your creativity plus integrity is Sadashive's creation energy, is Salvouata. Only from Satya, anything can be born, Jata mans born, Sadworth means born out of Integrity. Anything, which is born out of Integrity, only will stand forever. So the creation face of Sadeshiva is Salyojata in all your creativity. It can be as simplicated as manifesting wealth. It can be as lover as you think; sexual desires, or it can be as higher, as creating your Enlightenment. Any creation-including manifesting powers -any creation, including manifesting powers, add Integrity to it. Out of Satya, anything born, Salyojata, anything born out of Integrity will stay forever and do good to you. You all have that is Ahan. When you all Integrity to it you will become Saddshivoham, in your creativity.

Living in Oneness Atma Pramana - आल्मा प्रमाण THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM

Ways of Shaktinipata Atma Pramana - आत्मा प्रमाण THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM

From the space of Oneness with Him, we don't manifest only powers, but also powerful cognitions, and the realization of our own Sadashivatva, living the state, radiating the space and manifesting the Shaktiva.

The moment you see the master, see the Garu, in His presence you will see the breathing pattern automatically changes. Understand. Whenver eyes opening wile to drink Hs form, mouth opening with in be joy, breathing pattern changing, ears getting into the listening space, skin experiencing goose burnps, all these are the clear ing Shaktipata. Whether you see Him, remember Him, celebrate Him, dance with Him, eat with Him in in the modern days, getting a 'like' from Him, all this is Shaktiyata.

Shaktipata does not need your belief. It just needs your integrity Atma Pramana - आरमा प्रमाण THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM

You being clear about what you want from you, and what do you want from from Guru. That's all I call it Integrity.

Shaktipata needs no logic Atma Pramona - आत्मा प्रमाण THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM

a D

e

Living in Oneness Atma Pramana - आत्मा प्रमाण THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM

Shaktinipata means start living the instructions and initiations without waiting for your logic to get convinced. The joy you experience, when you live, just because He said, that's it. That joy is called Shaklinipata.

From the space of Oneness with Him, we don't manifest only powers, but also powerful cognitions, and the realization of our own Sadashivatos, living the state, radiating the space and manifesting the Shaktis of Sadashiva.

No practice for the THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM Yogi - Declare and Manifest!

Atma Pramana - आत्मा प्रमाण THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM

Thous shall not do any spiritual practice. If you are my disciple and doing any spiritual practice, it is disespect to Me. Declare and natifes. First and foremost lesson you need to know is declaration of your will, the straight method to manifest powers.

Paramatman

Sastra Pramona - शास्त्र प्रमाण Raurava Agama -Mantrartha Varnanam X.67

Yogapitha Samsthita

Sostra Pramona - शास्त्र प्रमाण Raurava Agama -Mantrartha Varnanam X.22

düramgamatvakhacaratvam sudüradrka ca | adršyatvamevamanimādi munau yadāryama ||

AnadiśIvasadbhäVayogayutah SadaśIvah

mantrayogamayepithe tatrasthastena cocyate ||22||

Nitya Yog

Sostra Pramona - शास्त्र प्रमाण Raurava Agama -Mantrartha Varnanam X.23

Translation

Since Lord Siva occuples the body and soul of highly enlightened and perfect yogis and sages, He shines forth as the Great Self of all of them. So He is Paramatman. Paramatman

The unique system of Yoga exclusively belonging to Siva is known as Sivasadbhava Yoga which is centered on the essential qualities of Sadasiva and on the nature of being eternally free from the three limiting factors - anava, karma and maya. Lord Siva constantly remains established in the Yoga of Sivasadbhava. He is uninterruptedly seated on the pedestal which is of the nature of mantra Yoga (that is, the pedestal designed with mantras). Therefore He is praised as Yogapitha samsthita. 22

Being ever-relevant and superior to all other systems of Yoga, the specific Yoga known as Sivasadbhava Yoga is always in much exalted state. Being firmly established in this unique Yoga, He is always in delighted state. Therefore He is called. 'Nitya Yogi' by the experts in knowing the essential nature of tattvas. 23

Practice (Abhyasa)

Sastra Pramana - शास्त्र प्रमाण Srimat Sarvajnanottra Agama -Yoga Pada 1

eka kinastu s'a'ntasya yatacitta vira'gin.ah9] yukta'ha'ra viha'rasya yukta ces"t'asya Karmasu] yukta svapna'va bodhasya tattvatah s'r'n.u s"an.mukha [1]

Translation

O. San mukha!, I will explain the disciplines of Yoga as applicable to the one who is alone keeping himself dissociated from the company of worldlyminded persons, who is with settled mind, who is with deep sense of detachment by keeping his mind under control, who takes moderate food, who limits himself in his routine worldly activities and who sleeps moderately and keeps himself awake sufficiently. Listen to my instructions on Yoga.

Practice (abhyasa) brings control of the modification of the citta, detachment towards the (sense) objects, establishes God in the Self, and there is absence of other disturbing factors in the flow of thought. Repeated, intensive, steady, consistent, and devoted effort made over a long period of time is abhyasa. This Is Yoga.

Yogapitha Samsthita

Apta Pramana - आप्त प्रमाण Hathatatvakaumudi Chapter 11.1

अभ्यासाच्चित्तरोधो विषयविरसनाच्चात्मनीशस्य मूत्ती अन्यस्मिन वान्यवृत्तिव्यवधिविरहिते चित्तवृत्तिप्रवाहे ॥ पोनः पन्यन् यल्न प्रचयकरणमभ्यास एषः स्थिरः स्यान निरन्तयोदराभ्यां सह चिरभजनात् स्यादविरतोऽथ योगः | १

abhyasaccittarodho vişayavirasanaccatmaniśasya mürttau anyasmin vanyavrttivyavadhivirahite cittavrttipravahe || paunahpunyena yatna pracayakaranamabhyasa esah sthirah syän nairantaryādarābhyām saha cirabhajanāt syādavirato'tha Yogah | 1 |

Keep the mind balanced for Yoga

Sastra Pramana - शास्त्र प्रमाण Srimat Sarvajnanottra Agama -Yoga Pada 4

मानी समी कत्वा सख्त सर्व समे तथा ॥४॥

ma'na'ma'nau samau kr'tva' sukha duhkhe same tatha 'hars"am bhayam vis" a'dam ca samtyajya Yogamabhyaset II 4 II

Translation

Keeping the mind balanced well when honored or abused, and in the same way when delighted or distressed and having completely freed himself from being subject to excessive delight, fearfulness and despondency, the sadhaka should repeatedly practice the disciplines of Yoga.

Rites Before Practice

Sastra Pramana - शास्त्र प्रमाण Srimat Sarvajnanottra Agama -Yoga Pada 7

शुचिरुपस्पृश्य प्रणम्य शिरसा शिवम् ॥७॥ गाचये नमस्कत्य योग यन्जीत मानवः

sna'tva' s'uciruspr's'ya pran.amya s'irasa' s'ivam Yoga'ca'ryam namaskr'tya Yogam yun"jita ma'navah || 7 ||

Translation

Having taken the usual ceremonial bath, maintaining purity in body and mind, having performed the succeeding rites such as getting besmeared with vibhu'ti and sprinkled with consecrated water, having prostrated before Siva and his A'ca'rya (Guru) who has initiated him into the discipline of Yoga, the sa'dhaka should attentively involve himself in the disciplines of Yoga.

The Nishpatti-Avestha -Reaching Immortality

Sastra Pramana - शास्त्र प्रमाण Shiva Samhita-III.66

ततोऽभ्यासक्रमेणैव निष्पत्तियोगिनो भवेत अनादिकर्मबीजानि येन तीर्त्वाऽमत पिबेत ॥ ६६ ॥

tato'bhyasakramenaiva nispattirYogino bhavet | anādiKarmabījāni yena tīrtvā'martam pibet || 66 ||

Translation

After this, through gradual exercise, the Yogi reaches the Nishpatti-avestha (the condition of consummation). The Yogi, having destroyed all the seeds of Karma which existed from the beginning, drinks the waters of immortality.

Shiva Is The Highest Goal लिपुरे लिपुरन्त्वेक शिवं परमकारणम् Translation O Goddess! Shiva, The Destroyer Of Tripura, Is अक्षयं तत्पदं शान्तमप्रमेयमनामयम् Sastra Pramana - शास्त्र प्रमाण The One First And Highest Cause. The Wise Shiva Samhita-V.205 लभतेऽसौ न सन्देहो धीमान्सर्वमभीप्सिसतम् ॥ २०५ ॥ Attains Him, Whois Unchanging, Undecaying, All Tripure Tripurantveka śLvam ParamakāRanam | Peace, Immeasurable And Free From All Ills - The Aksayam Tatpadam Santamaprameyamanamayam || Highest Goal. Labhate'Sau Na Sandeho DhīMâNsarvamabhīPsisatam || 205 || शिव विद्या महाविद्या गुप्ता चाग्ने महेश्वरि Translation Yoga Is A Great Science O Great Goddess! This Science Of Shiva Is A Great (Mahavidya) मद्भाषितमिदं शास्त्रं गोपनीयमतो बुधैः ॥ २०६ ॥ Science (Mahavidya), It Had Always Been Kept śIva Vidya MahāVidyā Guptā CāGre Mahesvari | Secret. Therefore, This Science Revealed By Me, The Sastra Pramana - शास्त्र प्रमाण MadbhāşItamidam SāStram GopanīYamato Budhaih || 206 || Shiva Samhita-V.206 Wise Should Keep Secret. हठविद्या परंगोप्या योगिना सिद्धिमिच्छता Translation Hatha Yoga Should Be The Yogi, Desirous Of Success, Should Keep The भवेद्वीर्यवती गुप्ता निर्वीर्या च प्रकाशिता ॥ २०७॥ Kept As A Great Secret Hatha Yoga As A Great Secret. It Becomes Fruitful

Sastra Pramana - शास्त्र प्रमाण Shiva Samhita-V.207

Order Of Practice

Apta Pramona - आप्त प्रमाण Hathapradipika of Svätmäräma (Chapter 3, Verse 3)

hathavidya paramgopya Yogina siddhimicchata | bhavedvíryavatî guptă nirvîryă ca prakâsită || 207||

आसनं कुम्भकश्चित्रं मुद्रादि- करणं तथा ॥ अथ नादानुसन्धानम् अभ्यासानुक्रमण तु ॥ ३ ॥

āsanam kumbhakaścitram mudrādi- karanam tathā II atha nādānusandhānam abhyāsānukrameņa tu II 3 II

while keptsecret, revealed it loses power.

Translation

The proper sequence of the Yoga practice is: asana, different kumbhakas, mudras and nādānusandhāna. 3

Daily Practice Of Yoga

Apta Pramana - आप्त प्रमाण Hathapradipika of Svatmarama (Chapter 3, Verse 6)

युक्ताहारावहारस्य युक्तचेष्टस्य कर्मस्य कर्मस् तस्वप्रावबोहस्य योगो भवति दःखहा ॥ ६ ॥ YuktāHāRavihāRasya Yuktacestasya Karmasu Ii Yuktasvapnavabohasya Yogo Bhavati Duhkhaha Ii 6 Ii

शिव विद्या महाविद्या गुप्ता चाग्रे महेश्वरि

siva vidya mahāvidyā guptā cāgre maheśvari |

मद्भाषितमिदं शास्त्रं गोपनीयमतो बुधैः ॥ २०६ ॥

madbhâsitamidam sastram gopanîyamato budhaih || 206 ||

Translation

Practice of Yoga alleviates suffering, If one follows the daily regimen of moderation in diet, activity, physical effort, action, sleep and awakening. 6

O Great Goddess! This science of Shiva is a great science (mahavidya), it had always been kept secret. Therefore, this science revealed by me, the wise should keep secret.

The Yogi, desirous of success, should keep the Hatha Yoga as a great secret. It becomes fruitful while keptsecret, revealed it loses power.

The proper sequence of the Yoga practice is: asana, different kumbhakas, mudras and nädänusandhäna. 3.

Order Of Practice

Apta Pramana - आप्त प्रमाण Hathapradipika of Svätmäräma (Chapter 3, Verse 3)

Apta Pramana - आप्त प्रमाण Hathapradīpikā of Svātmārāma (Chapter 3, Verse 3)

Apta Pramana - आप्त प्रमाण Hathapradīpikā of Svātmārāma (Chapter 3, Verse 3)

हठविद्या परंगोप्या योगिना सिद्धिमिच्छता । भवेद्वीर्यवती गुप्ता निर्वीर्या च प्रकाशिता ॥ २०७॥

hathavidya paramgopya Yogina siddhimicchata | bhavedvīryavatī guptā nirvīryā ca prakāšitā || 207||

अथ नादानुसन्धानम् अभ्यासानुक्रमेण तु ॥ ३ ॥

āsanam kumbhakaścitram mudrādi- karanam tathā II atha nādānusandhānam abhyāsānukrameņa tu II 3 II

Attaining Success In Yoga

Apta Pramana - आप्त प्रमाण Hatharatnavali (Chapter I, Verse 78)

हान्निश्चयाद धुप्र्यात्तत्वज्ञानार्थदर्शनात् न्दस्थूपीन्मिताहाराजनसङ्घविवर्जनात ॥ निद्रात्यागाज्जितश्वासात पीठस्थ्योदनालसात गुवांचायप्रसादाच्च एभियोगस्तु सिद्ध्यति ॥ ७८ ॥

utsāhānniścayād dhairyāttatvajňānāthadaršanāt bindusthairyänmitähäräjjanasangavivarjanät II nidratyagajjitasvasat pithasthairyādanālasāt gurvācāryaprasādācca ebhirYogastu siddhyati II 78 II

Translation

Succes in Yoga can be attained through these means: enthusiasm, firm resolution, patience, correct understanding of the principles underlying the phenomenal creation, stability of bindu, consumption of moderate food, avoiding public contact and sleep, having control over breath, attaining stability in an asana, diligence, pleasing the Guru and acharya. 78.

Success in Yoga can be attained by favour of the (lessons of the) scriptures, grace of acarya, Yoga practice and grace of isvara. 79

Through a diligent practice, one attains success in all the Yogas, irrespective of one's being young, old, diseased or decrepit. 23.

Attaining Success In Yoga

Apta Pramona - आप्त प्रमाण Hatharatnavali (Chapter I, Verse 79)

Through practice, one attains success in Yoga

Apta Pramana - आप्त प्रमाण Hatharatnavali (Chapter I, Verse 23)

श्रुत्याचार्यप्रसादाच्च योगाभ्यासबलेन च ॥ ईश्वरानुग्रहेणुपेव योगसिद्धिस्तु जायते ॥ ७९ ॥

śrutyácaryaprasādācca yogābhyāsabalena call İśvaránugrahenaiva Yogasiddhistu jāyate II 79 II

व्त वृद्धा ऽपि व्याधितो दर्बलोऽपि वा ॥

yuvā bhavti vrddho 'pi vyādhito durbalo'pi vā | abhyasatsiddhimäpnoti sarvayogesvatandritah || 23 ||

Control over sleep, food and breath through Yoga

Apta Pramana - आप्त प्रमाण Hatharatnävali (Chapter I, Verse 69

त्यक्तनिद्रो मिताहारो कितश्वासो जितेन्द्रियः ॥ हठाभ्यासपरो निध्यं योगी ब्रह्मसमो भवेत् ॥ ६९ ॥

tyaktanidro mitāhāro kitaśvāso jitendriyah Ilhathabhyasaparo nithyam yogi brahmasamo bhavet II 69 II

जनसङ्क ल औल्यञ्ज षडभियोगो विनश्यति ॥ ७७ ॥

Janasangañca laulyanca sadbhiryogo vinasyati II 77 II

atyaharah prayasasca prajalpo niyamagrahah II

Translation

A devoted practitioner of Hatha, who is consistent in this practice, has gained control over sleep, food breath and senses, attains Brahma. 69

Excess eating, over-exertion, talkativeness, extreme austerity, public contact, and greed these six ruin Yoga practice. 77

What Ruins Yoga Practice

Apta Pramana - आप्त प्रमाण Hatharatnāvalī (Chapter I, Verse 77)

What To Avoid For Yoga

Apta Pramana - आप्त प्रमाण Hatharatnävali (Chapter I, Verse 73)

तथा च गोरक्षवचनम् -र्जनप्रीतिवद्विस्त्रीपथसंवनम् ॥ प्रातः स्नानापवासीदिकायक्ञशादिकं तथा ॥ ७३ ॥ Tatha Ca Goraksavacanam -

varjayeddurjanapritivahnistripathasevanam II

अत्याहारः प्रयासश्च प्रजल्पो नियमग्रहः ॥

prātahsnānopavāsādikāyaknešādikam tathā II 73 II

Translation

One should shun company of wicked people, fire, women, (long) walk, morning bath, skipping meals and excessive physical strain. 73

One should make a firm seat in the holy place and put skin of Tarakshu or deer on it.||20||

That seat should be covered with black blanket and ochre coloured cloth respectively and then practice to sit comfortably on the seat. ||21||

On attainment of bijabhava (foundation in Yoga practices) by the practice of yama-niyama, this Yoga flourishes (sprouts) for a Yogi through pranayama and asana. 1.

One gets stability, good health and lightness in the limbs through asanas and moreover, overcomes the duality of happiness and suffering, heat and cold, by meditating on infinity and practice of yama and niyama. 2.

VogāSananirūPanam

śucau deśe pratisțhapya sthiramâsanamätmanah | târaksavam vā mārgam vā carmāstīrya tathopari ||20||

आस्तीय कम्बलं कृष्णं वस्त्रं काषायमास्तरेत् अभ्येसेदासनं चादावुपविश्य यथासुखम् ॥२१॥

āstīrya kambalam krsņam vastram kāsāyamāstaret | abhyesedāsanaṃ cādāvupavišya yathāsukham ||21||

प्राणायामासनकृपर रूरवान् साधकस्य भवेत् ॥ १॥

samprāptabījabhāvo yamaniyamābhyāmayaṃ Yogah l prāņāyāmāsanakairankuravān sādhakasya bhavet II1 II

Description of Asana as seat for Yogic Practice

Sastra Pramana - शास्त्र प्रमाण Paramesvaragama (Ch. 10 SivaYoga, 20)

Description Of Yogis Seat

Sastra Pramana - शास्त्र प्रमाण Paramesvaragama (Ch. 10 - SivaYoga.21)

Yoga Flourishes through Asana and Pranayama

Apta Pramona - आप्त प्रमाण Hathatatvakaumudi Chapter 7.1

What Benefits Yogi gets through Asana

Apta Pramona - आप्त प्रमाण Hathatatvakaumudi Chapter 7.2

syadasane sthairyamarogatangesu lāghavam duhkhausukhosnaśitaih II dvandvairiite'smin abhibhüyatena nante samapattitaya yamabhyam II 2 II

साधनलयमिदं मरुज्जये प्रोदितं हि मितजम्धिविष्टरे ॥ शक्तिचालमथ साधनयुग्म नाभिवायुधुति नाडिचालनम् ॥ ३॥

sadhanatrayamidam marujjaye proditam hi mitajagdhivistare II śakticalamatha sadhanayugmam nábhivāyudhrti nādicālanam II 3 II

Translation

Moderate diet, (mastery in) asanas and sakticalana - these three means are (recommended) for control over prana. Retention of prana at the navel and (moving the) prana into the nadis are the two means. 3.

Quick Results With The Grace Of The Guru

Apta Pramona - आप्त प्रमाण Hathatatvakaumudi Chapter 11.4

स्यात् सङ्गः सिद्धतीर्थादि सुकृतवशात् प्राग्भवाभ्यासजोऽयं यद्वारा [अश्विमेन त्वतिमिह फलं दृश्यते क्वापि लोके ]] तत्सर्वे नान्यनाड्या शिरसि परिगतेनानिलेनेक्ष्यतेऽदस तस्मादभ्यास एव त्वरितलघुभिदा योगतस्तीर्थलब्धात् ॥ ४ ॥

syät sangah siddhatirthädyadi sukrtavasät prägbhavabhyasajo'yam yaddvārā [aścimena tvartimiha phalam dršyate kvāpi loke || tatsarvam nānyanādya śirasi parigatenānileneksyate'das tasmadabhyasa eva tvaritalaghubhida Yogatastirthalabdhat || 4 ||

Translation

In this life when the results are obtained quickly, it is due to the practice in the previous life and with the fortunate company of a Guru. This is prana reaching to the head through the posterior path and not through any other channels and with the grace of a Guru. Therefore, practice alone is important.

Controlling Of The Ego

Apta Pramana - आप्त प्रमाण Hathatatvakaumudi Chapter 11.6

कर्परे जीर्णता किञ्चित् काठिन्यं तन्म जायते अहकारजये तद्रहेडे कठिनता कृतः ॥६ ॥ KarpüRe JīRnatā KiñCit KāThinyam Tanma JāYate

ahamkarajaye tadvaddehe kathinatä kutah || 6 ||

Translation

Camphor having been old, becomes soft. Similarly, if ego is controlled, there remains no rigidity in the body. 6

Santivahita

Apta Pramana - आप्त प्रमाण Hathatatvakaumudi Chapter 11.7

अवृत्तिकस्यात्मनि शान्तवाहिता-सम्पादनार्थं मनसः प्रयत्नः ॥ अभ्यास एषश्चिरकालसेवितः सत्कारवान स्याद्वबभूमिरतुट ॥ ७ ॥ avrttikasyātmani śāntavāhitā-sampādanārtham mānasah prayatnah || abhyāsa eşascirakālasevitah satkāravān syāddrdhabhūmiratrţ || 7 ||

Translation

All mental efforts are to attain the state of quietness (santivahita) of the Self, which is devoid of mutation (modification). When practice becomes consolidated one becomes desireless over a long period of time.

Pranavayu Eating Up The Impurities In The Body

Apta Pramona - आप्त प्रमाण Hathatatvakaumudi Chapter 11.9

यथा यथा स्याद हढभूमिका मुनावभ्यासतः सन्ततदीर्घसेवितात् ॥ तथा तथा प्राणमरुत् सुसिधोऽदनू धातुदोषान् तनुमीप्सितां चरेत् ॥ ९ ॥

yathā yathā syād drdhābhūmikā munāvabhyāsataņ santatadīrghasevitāt || tathā tathā prāņamarut susidho'dan dhātudosān tanumipsitām caret || 9 ||

Translation

As the practice conducted over long period with consistency becomes deep rooted, the pranavayu having been wellcontrolled eats up the impurities in the bodily constituents of a Yogi and course through the body in the desired manner.

Technique to Gain Mastery on Breath, Mind and Senses

Sastra Pramana - शास्त्र प्रमाण Rudrayamala Tantra 23.18-21

गमाक्यात् स्थिरचता जितन्द्रियः ॥ २३.१९ ॥ पयः प्रमाणं वक्ष्यामि हस्तप्रस्य व्रयं लयम् शनीविजेतव्याः प्राणा मत्तगजन्द्रवत् ॥ २३.२० ॥ ष मासाज्जायते सिद्धिः परकदिषु लक्षणाम् मेणाष्टाङ्गसिद्धिः स्याद् यतीनां कामरूपिणाम् २३.२१ ॥

sada sampūrayedvayum bhävako gatabhirmahān | bhaksyasthane samayojya pibedvayumaharniśm || 18 || catuhsasthidine sarv kşayam krtvá tatah sudhih J payobhakşanamäkuryät sthiraceta jitendriyah || 19 || payah pramanam vaksyâmi hastaprastham trayam trayam | sanaih śanairvijetavyah prānā mattagajendravat || 20 || sa māsājjāyate siddhih pūrakadisu laksanām |

kamenästängasiddhih syäd yatinām kāmarūpinām ||21 ||

Giving up great fear, the vital breath should be taken in the stomach; And in a systematic way, breath inhaled day and night.

Thus the advanced practitioner should continue the process for sixty-four days and become firm in it; Then the one who has stablised his mind and senses should drink milk (and sustain himself upon it).

I am telling about the measure of milk to be taken; it should be in the measure of three handsful; (By doing so) gradually the (five) pranas are controlled like an excited elephant.

Thus in six months one gains mastery in this method, and this is the sign of puraka (pranayama); Gradually in this sequence the mastery of Astanga Siddhi may be gained by sensuous ascetics.

आसनं यो हि जानाति वायुनां हरणं तथा । कालादीनां निर्णयं तु सं कदाचिन्न नश्यति ॥ २३.७७ ॥

āsanam yo hi jānāti vāyunam haraṇam tathā | kālādīnām nirṇayam tu sa kadācinna naśyati || 77 ||

अभ्यसेत् प्राणरोधाख्यं योगाङ्गं गतभीमुनिः उषः काले च मध्यान्हे सायाद्वे चार्थरालक

abhyaset prāṇarodhākhyam yogangam gatabhirmunih | usah kale ca madhyanhe sayahne cardharatrake || 57||

Understanding Breath Control And Time Management

Sastra Pramana - शास्त्र प्रमाण Rudrayamala Tantra 23.77

Yogi Must Experience Pranayama

Apta Pramona - आप्त प्रमाण Yoga Rahasya of Nathamuni II.57

Preparation for Nadishuddhi

Apta Pramona - आप्त प्रमाण Hathatatvakaumudi Ch35.2

प्रारभेत मुदा शान्तो नाडिशद्धि यथोदिताम् ॥ इति ॥ २ ॥

sudine mangalam krtvā natvā Gurupadāmbujam | smrtva ganapatim svestadevatām sādhakah śuchih | prārabheta mudā śānto nādiśuddhim yathoditām || lti || 2 ||

Translation

The one who knows to control the breath and has the understanding of time management etcetera; He never dies.

The person following the path of Yoga must practice the anga called pranayama, before sunrise, at midday, before sunset and at midnight.

A sadhaka having been purified on an auspicious day after performing mangala (auspicious beginning), worshipping the lotus feet of the Guru, worshipping Ganapati and the tutelary deity, should start nadisuddhi as prescribed, in a poised and peaceful manner.

Technique for Comfortably Maintaining Kumbhaka

Apta Pramona - आप्त प्रमाण Hathatatvakaumudi Ch35.3

Of Orchi-7 तेन प्राणायाममध्य सुख तिष्ठात कुम्भव

ślaksnavallijacūrnādyagorghrtam svānane purā | upajihvāntarachidre datvängusthena yuktitah || tena pränäyämamadhye sukham tisthati kumbhake || 3 ||

Translation

At first one should judiciously put the fine powder of black pepper mixed up with ghee in the opening of the uvula in the mouth with the help of the thumb. Thus, In the process of pranayama one can comfortably maintain kumbhaka.

Setting the Right Space and Context Before Pranava

Apta Pramona - आप्त प्रमाण Hathatatvakaumudi Ch35.4

हे दहविस्मृतिमादुकभावः प्रणवे पुरा चलमनोऽनुगावयोः ॥ सुखदो विनेन्दुलतयाऽमुतकत्यां वपुषीष्टसिद्धिद्वान्यदुपायः ॥ ४ ॥

na hi dahavismrtimādakabhāvah praņave purā calamano'nugāvayoh || sukhado vinendulataya'mrtakartya vapuşîştasiddhidānyadupāyah || 4 ||

Preparing For Yogic Experiences

Apta Pramona - आप्त प्रमाण Hathatatvakaumudi Ch35.6

िानि मद्रादिकमन मितंभक साधिकः श्रीन दत्वा हुच्च नत्वा गुरुपदमपतुट मन्द्रमायाममीहित् ॥ ६ ॥

suddhe caikantadese sucir apagatabhilh prânmukho vottarāsyah sthitvá krttyamśukādyairmrdutara visade vistare pāstaicintah || krtvá pīṭhāni mudrādikamanu mitabhuk sādhakaḥ śrīnṛsimhāṃghrau datvā hrcca natvā Gurupadamapatrt mandamāyāmamihet || 6 ||

Translation

Before the practice of pranava, since a restless mind follows the senses, one would not experience swooning and obliviousness of the body. Without the (creeper) of moon producing pleasant ambrosia in the body there is no other means to have success

Resorting to a serene and isolated countryside. after having been purified, free from fear and worries, one should sit on a seat of hide of antelope, cotton and other soft seat

Importance Of Continuity

Apta Pramona - आप्त प्रमाण Hathatatvakaumudi Ch35.10

ककुम्भान्ते नेपच्छान्तोऽपि साधकः अभ्यासविच्छदभियादनस्यतक्रियापरः ॥ १० ॥ RecapüRakakumbhāNte NaisacchâNto'Pi SāDhakab AbhyasavicchedabhiyadanusyüTakriyaparah || 10

यः साधकस्य प्रथमं शरीरे घर्मः समायाति सुपुतिपिच्छलः ॥

समीररोधे श्रमजः शिराभ्यः कुम्भायिना यः स रसोद्भुते नवः ॥ १३ ॥

yah sadhakasya prathamam sarire gharmah samayati supütipicchalah ||

samīrarodhe śramajah ślrābhyah kumbhāgninā yah sa rasodbhūte navah || 13 ||

Translation

A Yogi should not give into even a little complacency followed by recaka, puraka, and kumbhaka. One should remain engaged in the pranayama without giving any break in it.

As a result of exertion during the holding of breath, the fire called kumbhagni produces morbid and sticky sweat which is pecullar in the body of the Yogi in the initial phase.

Initially the practitioner experiences perspiration followed by tremors and thereafter levitation of the body - which are the signs of mastery over prana.

Initially morbidity, ignorance and lethargy of the citta residing in the indu (nadi) and apana are removed along with perspiration. With the advancement of experience, ojas that forms the essence of the body and which is the part of ambrosia secretes abundantly from the body.

Type Of Sweat At Initial Stages

Apta Pramana - आप्त प्रमाण Hathatatvakaumudi Ch35.13

Body Indications of Progress on Control of Prana

Apta Pramona - आप्त प्रमाण Hathatatvakaumudi Ch35.18

More Details on Progress in Yoga

Apta Pramona - आप्त प्रमाण Hathatatvakaumudi Ch35.28

द्धः प्रथमः पश्चातु कम्पनं मानसत्तम उत्थानं च शरीरस्य चिद्वमेततु जितंऽनिल प्वमभ्यसतस्तस्य मुलरोगो विनश्यति ॥ १८ ॥

prasvedah prathmah pascāt kampanam munisattama | utthānam ca śarīrasya cihnametat jite'niie | evamabhyasatastasya mülarogo vinasyati || 18 ||

पुरा मलाऽज्ञानपदेन्द्रुपान-जाड्य द्रतं चास्य चित्तं सघमः ॥ जोऽमुताण्शं श्रमतोऽङ्गसारम्-अभ्यास ओव्य बहिरेति देहात् ॥ २८ ॥

purā malā'jñānapadendvapāna-jādyam drutam cāsya cittam sagharmah || ojo'mrtânsam śramato'ngasāram-abhyása orvyam bahireti dehāt || 28 ||

Part 2: Nithyananda Yoga_ Evolution of the New Species - 1008+ Pramanas from the Source_English_part_2.md

Prior to Powers, Type of Sweat and Nadishuddhi Apta Pramona - आप्त प्रमाण Hathatatvakaumudi Ch35.14

Yogasiddhyarambhapürvakāle dvādašamātrakāt nadiśuddhyuttaram jātah siddhyańgam gharma uttamah || 14 ||

Translation

Prior to the commencement of Siddhis, the secretion of perspiration which is considered superior and which is a part of Siddhis is followed by nadisuddhi practised with 12 matras (time units of retention)

Signs of Happening of Yoga

Apta Pramona - आप्त प्रमाण Hathatatvakaumudi Ch35.25

नादाभिव्यक्तिरुच्चरबलहतवहोद्दीपनं स्पर्शन्नस्य भयिष्ठं धारणं स्याद गदुगणदुलनं नाडिसंशोधनं च ॥ कार्श्य देहे प्रसादो भवति च वदने बिन्दुबन्धश्च तन्वाम् आरोग्यं दीर्घमायुर्नयनविषद्वता स्यादिद्द योगलक्ष्म ॥ २५ ॥

nādābhivyaktiruccairabalahutavahoddīpanaṃ sparsannasya bhūyiştham dhāraņam syād gadagaņadalanam nādisaṃśodhanaṃ ca |} kariyam dehe prasādo bhavati ca vadane bindubandhaśca tanvām arogyam dīrghamāyurnayanaviśadatā syādidda yogalakşma || 25 ||

Translation

Profound revelation of nada, enhancement of (gastric) fire and sensation of touch, prolonged retention of (breath), removal of host of diseases, purification of nadi, slimness of the body, pleasing appearance, retention of bindu in the body, feeling of wellness, long life, clarity of vision - are signs of Yoga.

The excretions are passed out from the big intestine, purification of the nadis, sucess in pranava, atonement of sin, enhancement (of gastric fire), tranquility of mind - are achieved through advanced practice by a practitioner.

महापायस्थं मलमतिनाडी-शुद्धिरु जयोऽत्न प्रणवस्य पायम् ॥ शान्तिः प्रदीप्तिर्मनसः प्रसादोअभ्यास प्रवद्धी यमिनः सदाभ्याः ॥ २६ ॥

mahāpāyustham malamatinādī-śuddhir jayo'tra pranavasya pāyam || śāntih pradīptirmanasah prasādoabhyāsa pravṛddhau yaminah sadābhyāh || 26 ||

Translation

In the arambhavastha, due to purification of the nadis coupled with the practice of pranava, there gradually arises the signs of success in Hatha like tremors, etc. The very degree of control of prana itself manifests in the transformation of qualities.

Control and winning over of prana qualitatively enhances (bodily) fire which (consequently) controls hunger. One gets rid of the corpulence which is (quality of) earth element, and makes on experiencing slimness, lightness and sturdiness of the limbs.

Prana in fact represents Sun which is light. Through Yoga one brings about harmony between apana and hrd (heart), which are otherwise inert. By removing inertia from these through elimination of impurities, it brings control over the body.

नाडीविशद्या प्रणवप्रयोगाद आरम्भकाले हठसिद्धिचिद्वम ॥ क्रमेण कम्पादि जितानिलानुरूपं हि धर्मान्तरमभ्युदेति ॥ ३८

nāḍīviśuddhya pranavaprayogād ārambhakāle haṭhasiddhicihnam || kramena kampādi jitānilānurūpam hi dharmāntaramabhyudeti || 38 ||

आयामतः प्राणजयस्य शैच्यं गतो गुणोऽग्नेः क्षुद्धं भवति ॥ भौमो गणः पीवरताऽस्तमेति तदाकुशत्वं लघुताङ्गदाढ्यम् ॥ २९ ॥

āyāmatah prāṇajayasya śaighryam gato guņo'gneh kşudaghnam bhavati || bhaumo guṇah pīvaratā'stameti tadākrśatvam laghutāngadārdhyam || 29 ||

प्राणस्तु चिद्रुप इनः प्रकाशो योगेन चापानहृदोर्मिथोऽत्वात ॥ विमुढयोः सङ्गजाड्यमाभ्यां मलक्षयेऽयं तनसिद्धिबीजं ॥ ३३ ॥

prāṇastu cidrūpa inah prakāśo yogena cāpānahṛdormitho'tvāt || vimūdhayoh sangajajādyamābhyām malakşaye'yam tanusiddhibījam || 33 ||

Success in the control of prana manifesting in the transformation of qualities

Apta Pramana - आप्त प्रमाण Hathatatvakaumudi Ch35.38

Benefits of control of Prana

Apta Pramona - आप्त प्रमाण Hathatatvakaumudi Ch35.29

Yoga Brings Integrity and Control in the Body

Apta Pramana - आप्त प्रमाण Hathatatvakaumudi Ch35.33

Benefits of Eliminating Impurities in the Nadis

Apta Pramana - आप्त प्रमाण Hathatatvakaumudi Ch35.35

पुसः स्वल्पमरोगता न कमयो लाला न घर्मोऽरतिः दःश्लेष्मानिलपित्तशान्तिरमलः कायो भवेत सन्दरस तावत कालभ्यं कभोज्यनियमग्राह भजेदल्पभुक् ॥ ३५ ॥ nadimadhyamalakşaye'lpaśayanam mūtram vidustena sah

pumsah svalpamarogatā na krmayo lālā na gharmo'ratih || duhšiesmānilapittašāntiramalah kāyo bhavet sundaras tāvat kālabhyam kubhojyaniyamagrāhaṃ bhajedalpabhuk || 35 ||

Translation

When the impurities lying in the nadis are eliminated, one experiences reduced sleep and scanty urination. Moreover, he has less (chance) of allments, worms, saliva, perspiration, disinterestedness, insidious (kapha) phlegm, vata and pitta - thus rendering the body purified and handsome. One faces fear (premature) death who sticks to unwholesome food. Therefore one should consume moderate food.

Practice of sagarbha pranayama alleviates sins (impurities). In the armabha stage the foundation for success is laid for the muni. The effects of nadisuddhi are not obtained without guidance of a genuine Guru.

A wise should practise 80 rounds of kumbhakas in the morning, noon, evening and midnight. Once one gains more proficiency, one should practise the other (Yogic) angas in between.

Guru is Needed for Success in Nadishuddhi

Apta Pramana - आप्त प्रमाण Hathatatvakaumudi Ch35.39

Kumbhaka Practice During the Day

Apta Pramana - आप्त प्रमाण Hathatatvakaumudi Ch35.40

सगर्भकायामत उद्गताङ्हो मुनिस्तदारम्भ उद्गेति सिद्धिभूः ॥ सन्नाडिशुद्धेः परिणाम एषः सम्प्राप्यते सद्गरुणा विना नो ॥ ३९ ॥

sagarbhakāyāmata udgatāṅho munistadārambha udeti siddhibhūb || sannādiśuddeh parināma esah samprāpyate sadGurunā vinā no || 39 ||

प्रभाते च मध्यन्दिने सायमर्धनिशयां शनैरभ्यसेतु कम्भकान ज्ञः ॥ सदाशीतिः ०पर्यन्तमभ्यासदक्षश्-चतुर्वारमङ्गानि मध्येऽभ्यसन् सत् ॥ ४० ॥

prabhāte ca madhyandine sāyamardhaniśayam sanairabhyaset kumbhakan iñah || sadasiti80paryantamabhyas-caturvāramangāni madhye'bhyasan sat || 40 ||

Importance Of Shakti

Apta Pramona - आप्त प्रमाण Hathatatvakaumudi Ch.41.41

चैतं जीतात्मनि जितानिलपायकाम्यां नो शक्तिबोधनमुते स्ति सम्माजन्म || ४१ ||

Translation

When the self (mind) is controlled along with prana and agni, a muni attains special abilities like reaching far and movement in the space, clairvoyance, ability to disappear, anima, etc. All this is not possible without the awakening of shakti (kundalini). Life is not worthwhile unless there is awakening of shakti.

Apta Pramana - आप्त प्रमाण Hathapradīpikā of Svātmārāma (Chapter 5, Verse 59)

Bliss Overcomes Poison in the Yogi's Body

Apta Pramana - आप्त प्रमाण Hathapradīpikā of Svātmārāma (Chapter 5, Verse 60)

इन्धनानि यथा वह्निस्-तैलवत्तिं च विपकः ॥ तथा सोमकलापूर्ण देही देहं न मुझुति ॥ ५९ ॥

indhanani yatha vahnis-tailavattim ca dipakh || tatha somakalāpürnam dehī dehm na muñcati || 59 ||

Translation

The embodied soul (of a Yogi) does not leave the body, which is full of nectar oozing from the moon, like fire does not leave the fire-wood and flame does not leave an oily stick. 59.

Nityam SomkalâPüRnam śArīRam Yasya Yoginah

takşakenâpi daştasya na bādhate || 60 ||

Translation

A Yogi, whose body is filled up with nectar (soma) flowing from the moon, is not affected by the venom, when bitten by taksaka (the deadliest snake) || 60 ||

Abstinence (Yama) is bringing of the sense under control through the knowledge that 'all is Brahman [sarvam brahmeti]'. This Yama should constantly be practiced, again and again.

Yama (Abstinence) is called as the detachment or dispassion [vairagya] from the body and senses, say the sages. Consistent attachment towards the Absolute Principle is called Niyama.

To direct the mental current towards the basic unity of all things and to divert it from the observation of differences is "Observance" - Niyama; therein lies transcendent bliss [parananda]. It should be practiced regularly by the wise."This constant inclination towards the Supreme Essence is traditionally known as the 'Observance'.

सर्वे ब्रह्मेति वै ज्ञानादिन्द्रियग्रामसंयमः यमोऽऽयमिति संप्रोक्तोऽभ्यसनीयो मुहुमुहुः ॥ १७ ॥

sarvam brahmeti vai jñānādindriyagrāma-saṃyamaḥ | yamo"yamiti samprokto'bhyasaniyo muhurmuhuh || 17 ||

न्द्रयेषु वेराग्यं यम इत्युच्यते बुधिः अनुरक्तः परे तत्वे सततं नियमः स्मृतः ॥ २८ ॥

dehendriyesu vairagyam yama ityucyate budhaih | anuraktah pare tatve satatam niyamah smrtah || 28 ||

सजातीयप्रवाहश्च विजातीयतिरस्कृतिः नियमो हि परानन्दो नियमात्क्रियते बुधैः ॥ १८ ॥

Yama Defined

Sastra Pramana -शास्त्र प्रमाण Tejo Bindu Upanishad 1.17

Yama Defined

Sastra Pramana - शास्त्र प्रमाण Trishikhi Brahmana Upanishad, 28

Niyama

Sastra Pramana -शास्त्र प्रमाण Tejo Bindu Upanishad 1.18

sajātīyapravāhaśca vijātīyatiraskrtih | niyamo hi parânando niyamätkriyate budhalh || 18 ||

मुपेश्व यमुपेविषानि रोगाः प्रविनश्यन्ति सुसंयुतस्य पीठपेः ॥ चिरकालयदान्तरा असाध्या यमिनः साधुजिताशनस्य पुंसः ॥४॥

niyamalśca yamairvişani rogâh pravinasyanti susamyutasya pithaih II cirakālayadāntarā asādhyā yaminah sadhujitasanasya purpsah II 4 II

Tyaga

Sastra Pramana -शास्त्र प्रमाण Tejo Bindu Upanishad 1.19

Translation

asana. 4.

Translation

A Yogi, who is well -balanced, has control

over food intake can alleviate the chronic

through the practice of yama, niyama and

and incurable diseases and toxicity

Tyaga is the renouncing of the form of the phenomenal world or perceptional reality [prapañca rupa], as the result of the intranalysing the ever-existing essence of Consciousness, the Atman, and should, indeed, be highly adored by the great Beings, as it is capable of giving (them) instantaneous liberation [moksha] from all incompletions.

त्यागः प्रपञ्चरूपस्य सच्चिदात्मावलोकनात् त्यागो हि महता पूज्यः सद्यो मोक्षप्रदायकः ॥ १९॥

tyagah prapañcarüpasya saccidatmävalokanāt | tyágo hi mahatä püjyah sadyo moksapradáyakah || 19 ||

Mouna (the Pure Silence) Sastra Pramana na -शास्त्र प्रमाण Tejo Bindu Upanishad 1.20, 1.21. 1.22

माद्राची निवर्तन्ते अप्राप्य मनसा सह यन्मीनं योगिभिग्यं तद्वजेत्सवेदा बधः ॥ २०॥

वा तद्भवन्मीन सर्वे सहजसीतितम् गिरां मीनं तु बालानामयुक्तं ब्रह्मवादिनाम् ॥ २२॥

yasmādvāco nivartante aprāpya manasā saha | yanmaunam Yogibhirgamyam tadbhajetsarvadā budhah || 20||

vāco yasmānnivartante tadvaktum kena śakyate | prapañco yadi vaktavyah so'pi śabdavivarjitah || 21 ||

iti vā tadbhavenmaunam sarvam sahajasamjñitam | girām maunam tu bālānāmayuktaṃ brahmavādinām || 22 ||

When the speech (vaca) returns foiled along with the mind, that Pure Silence, Mauna, which Is worthy of being attained by Yogins, will always be attained by the inanimate (organs of sound, etc.).

When speech returns (foiled), by whom will it be possible to express That ? If the world is to be told (of it), even that (world) is devoid of (suitable articulate) sounds (for conveying the Idea).

In either case, there is Mauna, as all nomenclature is based on the inherent qualities (of the things to be named). Mauna, the Pure Silence in relation to word of mouth is for simple folk and is inapplicable to those who identify with the Brahman, Brahmavadis.

About Mouna

Sastra Pramana - शास्त्र प्रमाण Mundaka Upanishad, verse 2.2.5

यस्मिन् द्यौः पथिवी चान्तरिक्षमोतं मनः सह प्राणैश्च सर्वः विकं जानथ आत्मानमन्या वाचो विमुञ्जुधामुतस्यैष सेतुः ॥ ५ ॥

yasmin dyauh pṛthivī cāntarikṣamotam manah saha prāṇaiśca sarvaib | tamevaikam jānatha ātmānamanyā vāco vimuñcath-āmṛtasyaiṣa setuḥ || 5 ||

He in whom the heaven, the earth, the antariksha (the inter space), and the mind with the pranas are centred; know him alone to be the Atman (Self) of all by virtue of being liberated from speech [vaco vimuñcat]; this is the bridge to the nectar of immortality.(Note: Here the word 'mauna' is not directly used. The verse says 'vaco vimuñcat - dropping the speech or being liberated from speech.")

About Mouna Sastra Pramana -शास्त्र प्रमाण

Chandogya Upanishad, 8.5.2

होव सत आत्मनस्त्राणं विन्दतेऽथ यन्मीनमित्याचक्षते मेव तब्बह्मचयण होवात्मानमनुविद्य मनते ' ॥ ८.५.२॥

hyeva sata ātmanastrāṇam vindate'tha yanmaunamityācakṣate brahmacaryameva tabbrahmacaryena hyevātmānamanuvidya manute"|| 8.5.2||

For by means of Brahmacarya, one obtains from the True (Sat) the safety (trana) of the self. What people call the vow of silence {mauna), that is really Brahmacarya. For after knowing the Self from the scriptures one contemplates (manute) on It.

On Asana

Sastra Pramana - शास्त्र प्रमाण Tejo Bindu Upanishad 1.25, 1.26

yasmin dyauh prthivī cāntarikṣamotam manah saha prāņaišca sarvaih | tamevaikam jänatha atmananya väco vimuñcath-āmrtasyaisa setub || 5 ||

Translation

That state in which, without effort, the constant contemplation on the Brahman, the Ultimate Consciousness is possible is called 'Asana'; any change in it destroys the experience of Joy.

The feeling of indifference towards all things is said to be the highest Asana. Being established in the non-dual universe [advayam], wherein all beings have their origin, is (meant) for final attainment. Wherein the accomplished ones have reached their final attainment (the Brahman), that is known as the Siddhasana.

Deha Samyama (Body Equilibrium)

Sostra Pramona -शास्त्र प्रमाण Tejo Bindu Upanishad 1.28.

angānām samatām vidyātsame brahmani līyate | no cennaiva samānatva-mṛjutvam śuṣkavṛkṣavat || 28 ||

Translation

Looking upon all the limbs of Yoga [anga] as sameness (establishing your body in oneness), dissolve them equally in the Brahman. Without this, to try to straighten the waist or limbs or to bring them in equilibrium is as (useless as) if they were (the branches of) a dead tree.

Drishti (The Vision filled with essence of Brahman)

Sastra Pramana -शास्त्र प्रमाण Tejo Bindu Upanishad 1.29

dṛṣṭim jñānamayīm kṛtvā paśyedbrahmamayam jagat | sā dṛṣṭih paramodārā na nāsāgrāvalokinī || 29 ||

When seen with the sight of pure knowledge, the Universe appears filled with the essence of Brahman, the Ultimate Expansive Consciousness. It is that sight [dṛṣṭih] which uplifts and raises, not the looking at the tip of one's nose.

Yogic Lifestyle-Keeping the Mind Balanced Saks i Pramona - साक्षी प्रमाण THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM

Q .

..

When I was in the sports world, there was a constant roller coaster of being praised by teammates and coaches and on the other hand, being abused by opponents and their fans. Yoga balanced my mind and taught me mental stability and strength. I experienced competitive sports along with auspicious uncertainties of every day life. The heightened awareness, and opportunity to respond with improved intelligence has made me a much more powerful being.

Sri Nithya Dridhananda, Hockey Player, Vancouver, Sadashivatva May 2017

Manifesting the Source of Energy through the Body Saksi Pramana - साशी प्रमाण THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM

I always had a difficult relationship with my body, a lot of body hatred was there. During THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM Yoga at Sadashivatva, I achieved 108 rounds of Surya Namaskar in one flow. At one point, I stopped thinking and went with the flow. I felt free, from my mind. The Prana just kept me going, even my difficulty with doing push ups disappeared. The Prana literally increased in my body and I still felt energetic at the end. During those 108 Surya Namaskars, I just enjoyed being in oneness with my body.

Pia Marlenè Pump, Fitness Trainer, Germany, Sadashivatva May 2017

On the Experience of Oneness with the Elements Through Asanas Saks I Pramana - साक्षी प्रमाण THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM

Q&

..

Doing 108 Surya Namaskar at Sadashivatoa in May 2017 gave me a strong experience of becoming one with the sun. I was becoming light, overflowing light. I was not the one moving. I was only breathing. At the end, I experienced Prana Shakti, the life force energy energizing my body.

Sri Nithya Ekatmananda, Psychology Student, Denmark, Sadashivatva May 2017

Manifesting Oneness in Asanas

Saksi Pramana - साशी प्रमाण THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM

The moment I started the series of 108 Surya Namaskar, Swamiji sent different visions to me. In one of the visions I was in water and saw a huge temple, I little far off the water. I felt a sense of confusion about who I am. I felt body tingeling and energy floating through my body. It was very intense and beautiful, very blissful. Towards the end, I came to a sense of who I am, oneness with Sadashiva.

Jahdiel Hernandez, Musician/Chef, Hawai'l, Sadashivatva May 2017

or Yoga to be successful, a moderate diet must be followed, which has clearly been revealed by Sadashiva in the Vedagamas. This diet has been further expanded on by Rishis and Yogis throughout the ages.

"Not for the effulgent light (alone) but for the spread of dharma (right living); The method of right diet is firmly being stated for the yogis."

Rudrayamala Tantra (23.2)

"One can do Yoga as much as one wants, but until the diet is adhered to as per Sadashiva's instructions, it is said that one can never become a true Yogi. It is clearly said, that "the one in the path of Yoga but does not know the dietary discipline, cannot

become a Yogi in even thousands of crores of years." Rudrayamala Tantra 23.3

Bhagavad Gita, 6th chapter, Dhyana yoga, 16th verse says,

naatyash-natastu yogosthi na chai-kaantamanashnataha

na caathi svapna-sheelasya jaagrato naiva chaarjuna ||

"In every respect, o'Arjuna, neither the one who eats too much or the one who refrains from eating, and neither the one who is sleepy nor the one who is sleepless reaches the state of intense action and perfection."

THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM explains, that "for ordinary human beings, neither eating too much nor eating nothing, neither sleeping too much nor non-sleeping, both extremes are not right".

The only and important necessity for a practicing Yogi is to be a pure vegetarian. Yogis preferably consume only sattvic food. Sattvic foods are abundant in Prana. It means food which is rich in Prana, the universal life-force energy. The high level of prana in organic food supports spiritual practices.

When it comes to the question of how to prepare food and what to eat, the THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM Sangha follows the Bhaga

Shastra. The Bhaga Shastra are the original recipes revealed by Sadashiva. Staples for a yogic diet are furthermore Haritaki, bliss balls (black sesame balls) and neem juice.

THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM also transfers the experience of being without food to his disciples. He initiates people into "Nirahara Samyama", which is a 21 day meditation program to live without food. The intention is not to completely live without food or without eating. The right context is, that THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM makes the body receive the energy directly from ether. By that, THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM shows us, that true power is available to all of us. That we have the power to live without food. This process can be done by everybody.

"Your body is a miniature of the cosmos, with all possible intelligence in it. If fish can swim, we can swim. If bird can fly, we can fly and if plants can make food directly from the air and sun. rays, our body can also do that."

THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM

The following section presents the instructions and guidelines of the correct yogic diet set out by Sadashiva, yogis and rishis. You will also find a recommended diet for the Yogi to live true Yoga. It includes advice for what is best to eat, what to avoid, and as well as how and when to eat.

Concept of DietDieting is not denying, not adding or subtracting some food. Dieting is eating as per your goals.
Atma Pramana - आत्मा प्रमाण
THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM
You Become What You EatArything you eat, that becomes you! One part of tohat you eat becomes your bone, muscle, flesh, blood. One part of
Atma Pramana - आरमा प्रमाण
THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM
tohat you eat becomes your words. One part of what you eat becomes your thinking. One part of what you eat
becomes your feeling. One part of what you eat becomes your being!
Awakening the Kundalini
Shakthi by Proper Foods
Just the right food, the pure food, which is pure by its nature, by right persons handling it, and right way it is
brought to you, this pure food alone is enough to kindle, awaken the natural energy you are carrying, what I
call "Kundalini Shakthi" or "inner potential energy" or your "bio-energy".
Atma Pramana - आत्मा प्रमाण
THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM
Awakening your Bio-MemoryWhen you take vegetarian food, you also aucer your bio-memory to be directly producing food and energy from space directly just like
Atma Pramana - आत्मा प्रमाण
THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM
plants and trees. See, plants and trees carries a quality or intelligence. They produce their energy directly from the sun and elber, from ar.
They directly produce life-energy from the sun, air and water. When you are regularly eating only vegetarian food consciously,
your bio-memory, your bio-energy also can awalty. Please understand, if you can take a little support from the conscious
source like meditation or a liftle yoga, you can see very clearly that possibility in your bo-memory is auskened!
Benefits of Vegetarian DietVegetarian food by its very nature, the tony it comes to you, the toay you consume it, avakens your bio-energy, bio-
Atma Pramana - आत्मा प्रमाण
THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM
intelligence, bio-menory, and keeps your muscle-memory pure, keeps you more healthy, more inspired,
more intelligent, more excited, more living.

Break the Idea of Lots of Food for Energy Atma Pramona - आत्मा प्रमाण THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM.

Completion and Nirahara Atma Pramana - आत्मा प्रमाण

THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM

Nirahara Samyama Awakens Powers Atma Pramana - आत्मा प्रमाण THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM

Powerful Process for Authenticity Atma Pramana - आत्मा प्रमाण THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM

To be energetic you don't need to eat the whole day. What is eater whole day is junk food. That is not the food for energy or health. To be healthy just that one or two meals, clear diet, vegetarian, uncooked, sattvik food is enough. But the diet should be with a clear rule and regulation.

If you suddenly feel your inner-space is too cloaded with too many conclusion, incompletion, declare twenty-one days Nirahara and Completion. Nirahara and Completion will do so much good, it will bring you back to the Advaithic space again. Living just by liquid diet and continuously completing will put you back to the space of Advaithic Activism.

Nirahara Samyama is the first powerful spiritual process, first poserful spiritual process! When you go through the Nirohaara Samyama, your body is awakened to a new kind of intelligence, where it will know what is the perversion; original feeling and perversion.

Training your bio-memory to produce the energy directly from the space and liberating you from all the patterns you created about food and food itself; that is the purpose of Nirahara Samyama. And it is possible. Your bio-memory, once auxered, will do so much good tohich you can't imagine. Nirahara Samyama will undoubtedly prove your own higher possibility for you. If you want to practice skredding, Authenticity, gain confidence. First thing, hit at the root-pattern of food, you will gain confidence about your Authenticity. You will gain confidence that you can do something which others are afraid of doing, you can do something which even you are afraid of doing.

Right Diet is Essential for Yogis

Sastra Pramona - शास्त्र प्रमाण Rudrayamala Tantra 23.2

न तन्तेजःप्रकाशाय महतां धर्मवुद्धये योगाय योगिनां देव भक्षप्रस्थनिरूपणम् ॥ २॥

na tantejah prakāśāya mahatām dharmavr̥ddhaye | yogāya yogināṁ deva bhakṣaprasthanirūpaṇam || 2 ||

Not for the effulgent light (alone) but for the spread of Dharma (right living); The method of right diet is firmly being stated for the Yogis. (23.2)

Only with Diet Does One Become Yogi

Sastra Pramana - शास्त्र प्रमाण Rudrayamala Tantra 23.3

Importance of Knowing About Diet

Sastra Pramana - शास्त्र प्रमाण Rudrayamala Tantra 23.4

Strictly Follow Rules of Diet

Sastra Pramana - यास्त प्रमाण Rudrayamala Tantra 23.5

योगाभ्यास यः करोति न जानातीह भक्षणम्। कोटिवर्षसहस्त्रेण न योगी भवति ध्रवम् ॥ ३॥

yogābhyāsam yaḥ karoti na jānātīha bhakṣaṇam | koṭivarṣasahasreṇa na yogī bhavati dhruvam || 3 ||

अतो वै भक्षमाहात्म्यं प्रवदामि समासतः । यज्ज्ञात्वा सिद्धिमाप्रोति स्वाधिष्ठानाभेदनम् ॥४॥

ato vai bhakṣamāhātmyaṁ pravadāmi samāsataḥ | yajjñātvā siddhimāpnoti svādhiṣṭhānābhedanam || 4 ||

वेवेकी यो भूयाद भृतले परमेश्वर। स एव भक्षनियमं गृहेऽरण्ये समाचरेत् ॥५॥

ādau vivekī yo bhūyād bhūtale parameśvaraḥ | sa eva bhakṣaniyamaṁ gṛhe'raṇye samācaret || 5 ||

It is certain that the one who practices Yoga but does not know dietary discipline, cannot become Yogi even in thousands of crores of years. (23.3)

Hence I commence to briefly teach the importance of right food intake; knowing which one acquires Siddhis and acquires the secrets of the Svadhisthana Cakra. (23.4)

O Lord! To begin with, the one who wishes to be the knower of Supreme Knowledge in this world, he must strictly follow the rules of right diet at home or even in the forest. (23.5)

Sastra Pramana - शास्त्रा प्रमाण Rudrayamala Tantra 23.6

Sastra Pramana - यास्त्र प्रमाण

Pranayama and Diet

Rudrayamala Tantra 23.7

वाय्यसिनदृढीनन्दः परमानन्द्रनिभरः मिताहारं सदा कुर्यात् पुरकाद्वाद्हेतुना 11६॥

vāyvāsanadṛḍhānandaḥ paramānandanirbharaḥ | mitāhāraṁ sadā kuryāt pūrakāhlādahetunā || 6 ||

तदा पुरकसिद्धिः स्याद्भुक्षणादिनिरूपणात् । उदरं पुरयेन्नित्यं कुम्भियत्वा पुनः पुनः ॥७॥

tadā pūrakasiddhiḥ syādbhukṣaṇādinirūpaṇāt | udaraṁ pūrayennityaṁ kumbhyitvā punaḥ punaḥ || 7 ||

Translation

One must always eat balanced diet to experience the joys of of pūraka (prāṇayama) (through) vital breath (vāyu) control, Yogic posture (āsana), and must always eat balanced diet to attain lasting bliss and supreme ānanda. (23.6)

Then is acquired the mastery of puraka (pranayama) through dietary control: And one must go on filling the stomach having done kumbhaka (prāṇāyāma) again and again.(23.7)

Only Eat Hand Size

Sastra Pramana - शास्त्र प्रमाण Rudrayamala Tantra 23.8

Eat Cooked Rice

Sastra Pramona - शास्त्र प्रमाण Rudrayamala Tantra 23.10

निजहस्तप्रमानाभिः पुरयेतु पुणमेव च । तत्परयेत् स्थापयेन्नाथ विश्वमिलकपालके ॥८॥

nijahastapramāṇābhiḥ pūrayetu pūrṇameva ca | tatparayet sthāpayennātha viśvamitrakapālake || 8 ||

लिसन्मतानि कपोलप्रस्यपणकान

taṇḍulān sāllasanbhūtān kapālaprasthapūrakān | dine dine kṣayaṁ kuryādbhākṣaṇādiṣu karmasu || 10 ||

Translation

O Lord! then one must place the food on a Visvamitrakapalaka (bowl); for the consumption of only as much food as can be placed on a hand. (23.8)

The rice, with the husk not removed, ought to be cooked fully on the hotplate; and it should be eaten and the plate emptied as a dally job. (23.10)

Eat With Mantra

Sostra Pramona - शास्त्र प्रमाण Rudrayamala Tantra 23.11

वारेण जपेन संक्षय चरेतु यां तत्कपाले च वर्धयत परकादिकम ॥११॥

haṁsadvādaśavāreṇa japena saṁkṣavaṁ caret | śilāyāṁ tatkapālaṁ ca vardhayet pūrakādikam | 11 ||

Translation

The hamsamantra should be chanted regularly; and doing the puraka, the food must be replenished on the bowl (regularly). (23.11)

Technique For After Eating

Sastra Pramana - शास्त्र प्रमाण Rudrayamala Tantra 23.12

यावत्कालं क्षयं याति निजभक्षणनिर्णयम्। तत्कालं वायुनापूर्य नोदरं काकचञ्चभूः ॥ १२॥

yāvatkālaṁ kṣayaṁ yāti nijabhakṣaṇanirṇayam | tatkālaṁ vāyunāpūrya nodaraṁ kākacañcubhiḥ || 12 ||

Translation When The Stage Is Achieved That Enough Food Has Been Taken For

himself, at that instant the stomach should not be further filled, and vital breath should be taken in just as a crow does through its beak. In other words, one must take in breath by doing kumbhaka. (23.12)

Kundalini And Food

Sastra Pramana - शास्त्र प्रमाण Rudrayamala Tantra 23.13

आकुञ्चयेत् सदा मूले कुण्डली भक्षधारणात् । तत्र संपरयेद योगी भक्षप्रस्थावनाशनात् ॥ १३॥

ākuñcayet sadā mūle kuṇḍalīṁ bhakṣadhāraṇāt | tatra saṁpūrayed yogī bhakṣaprasthāvanāśanāt || 13 ||

Practice Control Over The Senses

Sastra Pramona - शास्त्र प्रमाण Rudrayamala Tantra 23.14

कालक्रमेणतत् सिद्धिमवाप्नोति जितेन्द्रियः । यत स्थानं भक्षणस्यैव तत् स्थाने पूरयेत् सुखम् ॥१४॥

kālakrameṇatat siddhimavāpnoti jitendriyaḥ | yat sthānaṁ bhakṣaṇasyaiva tat sthāne pūrayet sukham || 14 ||

Translation

After eating the food, the kuṇḍali in the Mūlādhāra (cakra) should be shrunk; Then the Yogi should be satiated and the Intake stopped. (23.13)

In due course the one with control over the senses acquires Siddhis, and achieves the stage of proper food consumption effortlessly. (23.14)

Pranayama Essential

Sostra Pramona - शास्त्र प्रमाण Rudrayamala Tantra 23.15

भेक्षणेन भक्ष्यसिद्धिमुपैति हि। परकयोगेन भक्षणं नापि सिध्यति ॥१५॥

punaḥ punarbhakṣaṇena bhakṣyasiddhiupaiti hi | vinā pūrakayogena bhakṣaṇaṁ nāpi sidhyati || 15 ||

Translation

The hamsamantra should be chanted regularly: and doing the puraka, the food must be replenished on the bowl (regularly). (23.11)

Alternative Methods Exist

Sastra Pramana - शास्त्र प्रमाण Rudrayamala Tantra 23.16

Quantity Of Food To Take

Sastra Pramana - शास्त्र प्रमाण Rudrayamala Tantra 23.17

Nutrition For Beginners

Apta Pramona - आप्त प्रमाण Hathapradipikā of Svātmārāma (Chapter 4, Verse 22)

अथवाऽन्यप्रकारेण भक्ष्यत्यागं विनिर्णयम् । येन हीना न सिध्यन्ति नाडीचक्रस्य देवताः ॥ १६॥

athavā'nyaprakāreṇa bhakṣyatyāgaṁ vinirṇayam | yena hīnā na sidhyanti nāḍīcakrasya devatāḥ || 16 ||

शद ग्रासमादाय तेइपर्वणि यथास्थितम् । द्धग्रास विद्यायापि नित्यं भक्षणमाचरेत ॥ १७॥

dvātriṁśad grāsamādāya telparvaṇi yathāsthitam | arddhagrāsaṁ vihāyaāpi nityaṁ bhakṣaṇamācaret || 17 ||

अभ्यासप्रथमे काले शस्तं क्शीराज्यभोजनं ॥ ततो 'भ्यासे हढीभूते न ताहरू नियमाग्रहः ॥ २२ ॥

abhyāsaprathame kāle śastaṁ kśīrājyabhojanaṁ || tato' bhyāse dṛḍhībhūte na tādr̥n niyamāgrahaḥ || 22 ||

Translation

Alternatively one can adopt other methods to decide the regulation of food consumption; Because without such mastery the Devatas (powers) of the nadicakra cannot be mastered. (23.16)

Thirty-two morsels should be taken in three fixed portions and stabilised; then half the morsel should also be given up and the practice continued. (23.17)

In the initial phase of practice, one should consume nutritious food like milk and ghee. As one progresses on the path, sticking to such a diet may not be insisted upon. 22

Translation

The recommended food items for a Yogi should comprise good grains like - wheat, rice, barley, sastika {a particular variety of rice which takes sixty days to harvest), milk, ghee, cream, butter, sugar candy, honey, dry ginger, patola fruits (a species of cucumber), the set of five recommended leafy vegetables, green gram and rain water. 71

Apta Pramona - आप्त प्रमाण Hatharatnavali (Chapter I, Verse 72)

द्वम्लतीक्ष्णलवणोष्णद्वरीतशाकम् वारत्तुपुल तिलसर्वपमत्स्यमद्यम् अजादिमासद चित्रक्रकुलत्यकोद्र -पिण्याकहिकलशुनाद्यमपथ्यमाहः ॥ ७२ ॥

katvamlatikṣṇalavaṇoṣṇaharītaśākaṁ sauvīratailatilasarṣapamatsyamadyam II ajādimāṁsadadhitakrakulatthakodra - piṇyakahinguśunādyamapathyamāhuḥ || 72 ||

The list of unwholesome food items consists of (tastes like) bitter, sour, pungent, salty, hot, green leafy vegetables, sour gruel, oil, mustard, sesame, fish, alcohol, meat like mutton etc., curd, butter milk, kulattha (a type of lentil), kodra (a species of grain), oil- cake, asafoetida, garlic etc. 72

Padmasana with Cardamom in Mouth after a Sumpluous Meal

Apta Pramona - आप्त प्रमाण Hathatatvakaumidu Ch.7.26

जनान्ते कान्ताब्जमुखसेवनमाचर मनोरमाहारसारपरिणामसखं भज ॥२६॥

सकं हरते व्याधि कटुक कुष्ठनाशनम् ॥

prabhojanānte kāntābjamukhasevanamācara manoramahāhārasārapariṇāmasukhaṁ bhaja II 26 II

धतस्वादपम चुर्वामरत्व लभते ध्रवम् ॥ ५२ ॥

tīkṣakaṁ harate vyādhiṁ kaṭukaṁ kuṣṭhanāśanam II ghṛtasvādūpamaṁ caivāmaratvaṁ labhate dhruvam II 52 II

After consuming a meal one should chew cardamom in the mouth (practice of padmasana). Thus one would enjoy the advantage of proper digestion of a sumptuous meal.

Critical diseases are removed when one tastes pungent with bitter tatstes. Severity of skin diseases is reduced. Similarly, one certainly attains immortality, when the taste is like ghee. 52

Just as a waxing moon gradually dispels darkness, similarly, impurities (inertia) lying in apana is removed by the practice of Yoga which establishes the moon (which secretes ambrosia) in the body of a person who sticks to moderate and wholesome food.

Cure Diseases Through Taste

Apta Pramana - आप्त प्रमाण Hathapradīpikā of Svātmārāma (Chapter 5, Verse 52)

Importance of Diet in Yoga

ksīno yathendurapahanti tamo kramena pürnastu tadvadiyamankamapānajādyam || hatva sudhavahamamum ca tanau vidhatte yoge raveriva munerhitapathyabhajah || 5 ||

Apta Pramana - आप्त प्रमाण Hathatatvakaumudi Ch35.5

Food Taken Converted into Three Parts

Sastra Pramana - शास्त्र प्रमाण Shiva Samhita-V.52-53

वधस्य चान्नस्य रसरत्नेधा विभज्यते न सारतमी लिगदेहस्य परिपोषकः ॥ मुलरूपण तुर्तीयः सप्तती बोहिः आद्यभागद्वयं नाड्यः प्रक्तिस्ताः सकला अपि पोषयन्ति वपुर्वायमापादतलमस्तकम् ॥ ५३ ॥

caturvidhasya cānnasya rasaratredhā vibhajyate | tatra sāratamo liṁgadehasya paripoṣakaḥ || saptadhātumayaṁ piṇḍameti puṣṇāti madhyagaḥ || 52 ||

yati viṇmūtrarūpeṇa tṛtīyaḥ saptato bahiḥ | ādyabhāgadvayaṁ nāḍyaḥ proktāstāḥ sakalā api || poṣayanti vapurvāyumāpādatalamastakam || 53 ||

Translation

Of the four kinds of food (i.e., that which is chewed, that which is sucked, that which is licked and that which is drunk), which a man takes, the chyle fluid is converted into three parts. The best part (or the finest extract of food) goes to nourish the linga sharira or subtle body (the seat of force). The second or middle part goes to nourish this gross body composed of seven dhatus (humours). 52

The third or the most inferior part goes out of the body in the shape of excrement and urine. The first two essences of food are found in the nadis, and being carried by them, they nourish the body from head to foot. 53

Food Fluids of Body Gain Extraordinary Force

Sastra Pramana na - सास्त्र प्रमाण Shiva Samhita-V.54-55

नाडीभिराभिः सर्वाभिर्वायु सञ्चरते यदा तदवाबरसो देहे साम्येनेद्र प्रवर्त चतुर्दशानां तलह व्यापार मुख्यभागतः

ता अनुग्रत्वहीनाश्च प्राणसञ्जारनाडिकाः ॥ ५५

nāḍībhirābhih sarvābhirvāyu sañcarate yadā | tadaivānnaraso dehe sāmyeneha pravartate || 54 ||

caturdaśānāṁ tatreha vyāpāre mukhyabhāgataḥ | tā anugratvahīnāśca prāṇasañcāranāḍikāḥ || 55 ||

When the vayu moves through all the nadis, then, owing to this vayu, the fluids of the body get extraordinary force and energy. 54

The most important of these nadis are fourteen, distributed in different parts of the body and performing various functions. They are either weak or strong, and the prana flows through them. 55

Temperance in Food

Sastra Pramana - शास्त्र प्रमाण Yoga-Kundaly Upanishad Ch.I.3-4 Listen earnestly, O Gautma ! to the description of these, which I shall presently deal with. Partaking of nourishing and sapient food, leaving off a fourth part of it and that too for affording satisfaction to Siva ; that is known as Temperance in food. (3, 4)

Purification techniques

"By purifying inner faculties, the mind becomes happy and concentrated, the senses are conquered and a man is qualified to witness the Self."

-Yoga Darshana 2.42

Shuddhi is a Sanskrit word meaning purification or cleansing. Kriya is a Sanskrit word meaning action,or deed. The system of Yoga places tremendous importance on purifying the body. Yogic literature clearly lays out techniques to keep the body purified. In the normal course of life, nerves, arteries, and all other channels of the body gradually harden and become obstructed by sediments and impurities, which can cause aging as well as physical and mental ailments. The first work in the

practice of Yoga is to remove these sediments through the purification and rejuvenation of the grosser, and then the subtler channels of the body. THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM explains that the emotions we experience are actually tied to our body fluids. When these body fluids, called rheum, are cleansed, imbalances like anger, doubt, fear, lust, and hatred will leave your system. In fact, THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM declares that just by keeping your stomach clean you will become enlightened. You don't need any other practice.

THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM explains that these techniques not only cleanse our body, but bring peace and balance to our mind, and lightness and bliss to our being.

An upside down vessel is of no use for filling it with the purest water. Any amount of water poured over it, will make it spill out everywhere. Now, take your body. Not preparing a Yogic Body makes the energy just leak out from our mind-body system. Even if poured, it will not stay for long in us.

In the Nithyananda Sampradaya, we use five main cleansing processes on a daily basis, called Pancha Kriyas. Although these methods are described in scriptures that are over 2.000 years old, the practice of these methods have very strict rules related to place, food, physical, and mental behavior. Those rules should be observed as closely as possible to ensure safe practice as well as

maximize the results. In this next section, we present the cleansing processes outlined in the traditional scriptures. We also describe, how each one is used to balance the doshas (the five elements that form the body constitution), how it removes all diseases and disorders related to these elements, and how they remove any imbalances in the body. These purification techniques helps eliminate disease, prolong life, purify the organs and the senses as well as create an enlightened physiology to manifest powers!

Let us now explore the cleansing techniques that form the basis of Hatha Yoga.

Detoxify your Third Eye Atma Pramana - आत्मा प्रमाण THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM

Activate the Will by Detoxification Atma Pramona - आत्मा प्रमाण THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM

Detox for Next Levels of Shaktis Manifestation Atma Pramana - आत्मा प्रमाण THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM

Pancha Kriya For Bhava Samadhi Atma Pramana - आत्मा प्रमाण The Supreme Pontiff Of Hinduism Bhagawan Sri Nithyananda Paramashivam

Every night before you full asleep, sit and detoxify. Listen carefully, this two things: 1) Rubbing the turneric and applying kunkum, that detoxifies the intra-organ called Third Eye. Putting your attention on the Third Eye, activates something called Ajna, means the energy to activate the intra-organ called Third Eye happens by putting your attention on it.

Applying the turneric and kumkum detoxifies the intra-organ called Third Eye. Putting your attention and keeping it on your Third Eye, rubbing your Third Eye with your attention, activates the WILL, that creates Ajna to manifest powers through your intra-organ called Third Eye. Both need to be done. Decalcification also need to be done. Detoxification also need to be done. Infusing energy also need to be done.

If you just detoxify and bring yourself to the Sadabivohan, I can put the energy or I can just go on blasting your Third Eye with every and do the detoxification, both are possible. But, if you do the detoxification and prepare yourself, little and come there, it can be hundred times more useful. The program will be hundred times more useful for you, because if you have finished the first level, I will do the next level. If I have to do the first level also, the way the exponential growth which can happen in you, if you do little preparation and come, will be amazing growth. So whoever wants to come for Salishivoham, plase start detoxification process, now itself. Even otherwise, you can do detoxification. Toxins don't do good in any way.

Pancha Kriya is such embodying purification. Once you complete pancha kriva you should feel your whole body is pure. Then Pusa, embodying Bhakti, Consciousness. Chit Ganadhi of Bhakti, surrender, devotion, dropping all the crap from the head.In the parcha kriga, below the chest you clean, whatever is unnecessary you drop. During Puja, above the head you clean, whateer is unnecessary accumulated you drop. During the satsang, you sit in Nirolkalpa Samathi, just to reververate, entangle Sadashivoham, Shuddhadvaita Satya.

Atma Pramana - आत्मा प्रमाण THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM

Anybody who wants abundance, just brush (using your forefinger and middle finger) your teeth with haritaki powder every day. The time you are concentrated and centered on your goal every day will increase THREE times more.number of times you remember your goal and align your goal, and feel oneness and centered with your goal, will increase 3X nove if the pitta in your body is balanced. Simple technique, having the haritaki powder in your bathroom and brushing every day will make you rich, it's a simple system.

Detox For Next Levels Of Shaktis Manifestation Atma Pramana - आला प्रमाण The Supreme Pontiff Of Hinduism Bhagawan Sri Nithyananda Paramashivam

If you just detoxify and bring yourself to the Sodashivoham, I can just go on blasting your Third Eye with energy and do the deloxification, both are possible. But, if you do the deloxification and prepare yourself, little and come there, it can be hundred times more useful. The program will be hundred times more useful for you have finished the first level, I will do the next level. If I have to do the fred also, okay I will do. But, the way the exponential growth which can happen in you, if you do little preparation and come, will be amazing growth. So whoever wants to come for Salishivoham, please start detoxification process, now itself. Even otherwise, you can do deloxification. Toxins don't do good in any way.

Beauty Tip with Haritaki Atma Pramana - आला प्रमाण THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM

Weeding Out The Root Patterns

Atma Pramana - आत्मा प्रमाण THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM

When you brush with Hartlake every morning, it will bring a skine to your skine to your skin as Pitta leaves the body. The shining, tejus, is visible to the 3rd eye, not to the regular eyes.

Made of the powdered nut of the kaduka tree native to Bharat, this medicine works in a subtle way on the mind as well, wijng away all the engraved memories (samskaras) and negative mental patterns, helping one to become aware of the inauthersticities, and complete with their root patterns.

Three Hundred Increase in Oxygen in Blood

Atma Pramana - आत्मा प्रमाण The Supreme Pontiff Of Hinduism Bhagawan Sri Nithyananda Paramashivam

Get Rid of Fat and Phlegm Disorders

Apta Pramana-आप्त प्रमाण Hathapradipikā of Svātmārāma (Chapter 3, Verse 8)

Six Cleansing Techniques

Apta Pramona-आप्त प्रमाण Hathapradipikā of Svātmārāma (Chapter 3, Verse 9)

Purify All Nadis

Apta Pramona- आप्त प्रमाण Hathapradipika of Svātmārāma (Chapter 3, Verse 26)

मेदश्लेष्मनिवयर्थं घटकर्माणि समाचरेत ॥ अन्यथा नाचरत्तानि दर्शिणि समतायतः ॥ ८ ॥

medaślesmanivryartham satkarmani samacaret II anyatha nacarettäni doşanam samatâyatah II 8 II

धुऔती बस्ती तथा नेती व्राटकं नऔलिकं तथा ॥ कपालभस्त्री श्रुपेतानि घटकर्मानि प्रवक्ष्यते ॥ ९ ॥

dhautí bastī tathā netī trātakam naulikam tathā II

kapālabhastrīšcaitāni satkarmāni pravaksyate II 9 II

मिति यदा सर्वे नाडीचक्र मलाकुल । तदुपेव जायते योगी प्राणसङ्ग्रहणे क्षमः ॥ २६ ॥

suddhimeti yadā sarvaṃ nāḍīcakraṃ malākulam li

tadaiva jāyate yogī prāņasangrahane ksamah II 26 II

Translation

The sat-karmas should be practiced to get rid of the disorders of fat and phlegm. One who enjoys a balanced condition of the three humors, need not practise them. 8

The sat-karmas are dhautī, bastī, netī, trātaka, naull and kapalabhastri.

When all the network of the impure nadis get purified, then alone a Yogi becomes capable of retaining prana. 26

Neti And Trataka For Third Eye

Apta Pramana- आप्त प्रमाण Hatharatnavali (Chapter I, Verse 64)

Vastra Dhauti

Apta Pramana-आप्त प्रमाण Hatharatnāvalī (Chapter I Verse 37 - 39)

sodhanam kāryamājñāyām netitrāṭakakarmanā il sarvāńgaśodhanam kāryam bastibhastraikakarmanā II 64 II

निश्चासप्लाहकुल कफरागाश्च विशातः च आतिकमेप्रभावेन धावन्त्येव न संशयः ॥ ३९ ॥

vimsaddhastapramānena dhautavastram sudīrghitam II caturańgulavistāram siktam caiva śanaih graset II 37 II

tatah pratyahareccaltadabhyasaddhautirucyate II dine dine tatah kuryajjatharagnih pravarddhate il 38 ll

kāsaśvāsaplīhakustham kapharogāśca vimśatih II dhautikarmaprabhävena dhāvantyeva na samšayah || 39 ||

Translation

ajña - cakra is purified by neti and trätaka-karmas. Entire body is purified by basti and bhastra-karma (kapālabhāti), 64

One should slowly swallow a clean wet cloth measuring twenty cubits in length and four digits in width, and thereafter pull the same out. This is called dhauti, which has to be mastered over day by day. This enhances gastric fire. 37 = 38

Practice of dhauti undoubtedly removes the diseases like cough, asthma, spleen (disorders), skin diseases and all the twenty varieties of phlegmatic disorders. 39

Result of These Cleansing Techniques Apta Pramona-आप्त प्रमाण Hatharatnavali (Chapter I, Verse 61)

Benefits Of Practice Of Basti

Apta Pramona-आप्त प्रमाण Hathapradipikā of Svātmārāma (Chapter 3, Verse 16)

चन सम्यक् प्राणायामस्य कारणम

satcakraśodhanam samyak prānāyāmasya kāranam II nāšanam sarvarogānām moksamārgasya sādhanam II 61 II

।त्विन्द्रियान्तःकरण - प्रसाद दद्याच्च कान्ति दहनप्रदीप्तिम् अशेषदोषोपचयं निहन्याद अभ्यस्यमाने जलबस्तीकर्म ॥ १६ ॥

dhātvindriyāntahkarana - prasādam dadyacca kantim dahanapradiptim II asesadosopacayam nihanyad abhyasyamanam jalabastikarma II 16 II

gulamplihodaram cāpi vātapittakaphidbhavāh II bastikarmaprabhävena ksîyante sakala malâh II 15 II

Translation

(As a result of these eight karmas) the practice of Pranayama becomes successful, all the six cakras are properly purified, all the diseases are removed, and liberation is achieved. 61

The practice of jala-basti karma streamlines the body constituents, brings poise to the internal sense organs, offers brightness, stimulates digestion and completely removes the chronic (bodily) disorders. 16

Translation

Practice of basti removes all the disorders of spleen and abdomen, dropsy, diseases caused by the imbalance of vata, pitta and kapha humors. 15

Basti Cleanses Digestive System

Apta Pramona- आप्त प्रमाण Hathapradipikā of Svātmārāma (Chapter 3, Verse 15)

Colon Cleansing -Basti Karma

Apta Pramana-आप्त प्रमाण Hathapradipika of Svātmārāma (Chapter 3, Verse 14)

Describing Sutra Neti Apta Pramona-आप्त प्रमाण Hathapradipika Of Svatmarama (Chapter 3, Verse 17)

Atha basti- Karma

nābhidaghne jale pāyunyasta - nālotkatāsanah II ädhäräkuñcanam kuryädapänam bastikarmavid II 14 II

atha neti- karma

sütram vitastisunigham näsänäle pravesayet II mukhānnirgamanādeva netī siddhair nigdyate il 17 II

तराशु निहान्त च ॥ १८ ॥

kapālašodhanī caiva divyadrstipradāyinī II jatrūrdhvajātarogaughaṃ netirāšu nihanti ca II 18 II

Translation

One adopts utkațasana in navel deep water. After inserting a tube in the anus, one manipulates the anus to raise the apana - vayu upwards. This is basti- karma. 14

One inserts a smooth sheaf of cotton, measuring (approximately) 23 cms in length, In the nose and pulls it out through the mouth. According to Siddhas this is netĩ. 17

The process of neti quickly cleanses the frontal sinuses, offers clear eyesight and rids one off the hosts of diseases occurring in the region above shoulders. 18

Benefits Of Neti

Apta Pramona-आप्त प्रमाण Hathapradipika of Svätmäräma (Chapter 3, Verse 18)

निश्चलदृशा सुक्ष्मलक्ष्य समाद्वितः ॥ न नत्ररागाणा तन्द्रादाना कपाटकम् ॥ यत्रतस- ब्राटकं गोप्यं यथा हाटकपेटकम् ॥ २० ॥

niriksen - niscaladrsa süksmalaksyam samahitah il aśrusampataparyantam âcăryais - trātakam smrtam || 19 || mocanam netrarogānām tandrādīnām kapātakam II yatnatas- trätakam gopyam yathā hāṭakapeṭakam || 20 ||

Trataka -Cleansing Of Eyes

Apta Pramona- आप्त प्रमाण Hathapradipikā of Svātmārāma Chapter 3, Verse 19-20

Translation

Translation

One quickly rotates the abdominal columns to the right and left for a hundred (several) times. This is called nauli-Yoga. 21

One should constantly gaze at a very minute object, remaining one-pointed, until tears roll

or sloth and therefore, it should be carefully

guarded like a casket of gold. 20

down. This is known as trataka. 19 This technique

(Trataka) alleviates eye diseases and drowsiness

Nauli is the crown of all the kriyas of Hatha, which stimulates weak digestion, streamlines gastric fire, brings a deep sense of well-being and totally removes all the disorders caused by the imbalance of the three humors (dosas) 22

तविगन तन्दै स्व्यापसव्ययाः । शतशो भ्रामयदिषा नञौलीयोग प्रच्यते ॥ २१ ॥ मन्दायिसन्दीपनपाचनाग्नि न्सन्धायकानन्दकरी तथुऐव ॥ मयशोषणी च हठक्किया मुऔलिरियं हि नुऔली ॥ २२ ॥

amadavartavegena tundam svyapasavyayoh II śataśo bhrāmayedeşā naulīYogam pracksyate II 21 II mandágnisandípanapácanágni -sandháyakánandakarí tathaiva il asesadoşamayasoşanî ca hathakriya mauliriyam hi nauli II 22 II

Nauli - Abdominal Cleansing

Apta Pramana-आप्त प्रमाण Hathapradipikā of Svātmārāma (Chapter 3, Verse 21-22)

दावत्वगनि तन्द्र सव्यापसव्यतः नतासी भ्रामयदिषा नऔलिः गर्अौद्धिः प्रशस्यते ॥ ३४ ॥

sä ca naulirdvidhä proktā bhārī caikāntarābhidhā II bhärî syäd bähyarûpena jäyante' ntastu så tathä II 33 II amadavartvegena tundam savyapasavyatah II natămso bhrămayedesä naulih gaudaih prasasyate II 34 II tundagnisandipanapācanādi - sandīpikā 'nandakarī sadalva II aśesadosámayaśosinî ca hathakriyamauliriyam ca naulih II 35 II

Nauli - Of Two Types

Apta Pramana- आप्त प्रमाण Hatharatnāvali (Chapter I Verse 33-34)

Benefits of Nauli

Translation

Translation

is internal. 33

Bhari and antara are two varieties of

nauli. Bhārī is external, while the antara.

One rapidly rotates the abdomen to right

and left (Clockwise) and left to right (Anti-

clockwise) while bending down the

great practice is nauli. 34

shoulders. According to the gauda this

This nauli is the crown of all the Hathakriyas, which stimulates gastric fire, improves digestion, brings about a deep sense of well-being and completely removes all the disorders caused by vitiation of the three humours. 35

Apta Pramona- आप्त प्रमाण

Hatharatnavali (Chapter I Verse 35)

nådimadhyamalaksaye"paśayanam mütram vidustena sahpurnsah svalpamarogatâ na krmayo lala na gharmo'ratih || duhéleşmanlılapittasantiramalah kayo bhavet sundarastävat kalabhyam kubhojyaniyamagraham bhajedalpabhuk | 35 |

Antari Nauli

Apta Pramana- आप्त प्रमाण Hatharatnavali (Chapter I Verse 36)

Nauli

Apta Pramana- आप्त प्रमाण Hatharatnavali (Chapter I, Verse 63)

Kapalabastri

Apta Pramona- आप्त प्रमाण Hathapradīpikā of Svātmārāma (Chapter 3, Verse 23)

Kapalabhati Apta Pramona- आप्त प्रमाण Hatharatnávali (Chapter I, Verse 56)

idayartavegena tatha pingalaya punah II ubhabhyam bhramayeccaiva hyantara kirtitä maya II 36 II

र नाभिगत नुऔल्याख्येन तु कर्मणा ॥ यं कण्ठचक्रं च धूओत्याख्येन तु करमणा ॥ ६३ ॥

manipüram näbhigatam naulyākhyena tu karmaņā il hrdayam kanthacakram ca dhautyakhyena tu karamana II 63 II

atha kapalabhastri -

lauhakārasya bhastrīva kuryāt savyāpasavyatah II kapālabhastrī vikhyātā kaphadosavišoşanī II 23 II

atha kapālabhastrikā

bhastrivallohakārāņām recupūrasusambhramau II kaālabhastrī vikhyātā sarvarogavišosanī II 56 II

Translation

Quick rotation (of the abdomen) like a whirlpool on both sides, with the ida (left), followed by pingala (right) is called antara by me. 36

Nauli-karma bring purification to manipüra located at the navel. Dhauti-karma purifies the hrdaya cakra and kantha cakra at the throat. 63

One imitates the movements of the bellows of a blacksmith, using the left and right nostrils. This famous kapala-bhastri removes phlegmatic disorders.

One should rapidly inhale and exhale like the bellows of an ironsmith. This is the famous kapala-bhastri, which removes all the diseases.

One vomits out with great force, the contents of the stomach by stimulating and raising the apana - vayu up to the throat like an elephant throwing the water with force from his trunk. According to the adepts of Hatha, this is gaja-karanī.

गजकरणीति निगद्यते हृठज्ञपेः

atha satkarmottaram gajakaranî udaragatapadartham udvamanti -pavanam apanamudirya kanthanale II karibhiriva jalasya väyuvegād gajakaranīti nigadyate hathajñaih II

Translation

One should drink water mixed up with Jaggery and sesame or coconut water up to throat and retain both water and air to the limit. With an objective to control 'pavana', one should thorougly cleanse the whole tract from stomach to the throat. This Is called Guru-gajakaranī by the experts of Hatha.

athava-

pitvå kantham satilaguadajalam nālikerodakam vā väyumárge pavanajalayutam kumbhayedvätha śaktyā l nihšeşam śodhayitvá paribhavapavano bastivāyuprakāśāt kumbhambhah kanthanāle gurugajakaraņī procyate 'yam hathajñaih II

Gaja Karani

Apta Pramana-आप्त प्रमाण Hathapradīpikā of Svātmārāma (Chapter 3, Verse 24

Guru-Gaja-Karani Apta Pramana- आप्त प्रमाण Hatharatnavali (Chapter I, Verse 52)

Chakri-Karma

Apta Pramana- आप्त प्रमाण Hatharatnāvali (Chapter | Verse 29 - 32)

षा कमेणा चक्रिसाधनं प्रोच्यते मया ॥ स्वात्माराम्प्रभुणां तु चक्रिकमे न सम्मतम् ॥ ३१ ॥ साधकृपेस्तत् प्रकर्तव्यं सर्वकर्माभिसिद्धये ॥ तस्मान्मदुक्तरीत्यूपेव ज्ञातव्यं योगिपुब्रवुपेः ॥ ३२ ॥

pāyunāle prasāryārddhamangulīm bhrāmayedabhīh il yavad gudavikāsah syāccakrikarma nigadyate II 29 II

mūlavyādhih gulmarogo naśyatyatra mahodarah II malaśuddhyaddīpanam ca jāyate cakrikarmaņā II 30 II

sarvesām karmaņām cakrisādhanaṃ procyate mayāli svātmārāmprabhūņām tu cakrikarma na sammatam II 31 II

sādhakaistat prakartavyam sarvakarmābhisiddhaye II tasmānmaduktarītyaiva jñātavyaṃ Yogipungavaiņ II 32 II

Translation

One should insert the half-length of the finger in the anus by opening it and move the finger round until the anal sphincters are fully relaxed. This is cakri- Karma.

Practice of cakri - karma removes the diseases like piles, (enlargement of) spleen and abdominal disorders, cleanses the morbidities and stimulates gastric fire.

Among all the Karmas, I emphasise practice of cakri-karma. Learned Svätmäräma does not approve of cakri- karma.

To attain success in all the Karmas, the practitioners should follow the technique as laid down by me, which may also be noted by the eminent Yogis.

One should practice vomiting (vamana) and purgation (recana) produced (before the) by the practice of pranayama to gain control over prana. Thus practice of Yoga indicates success day by day. Therefore, it is advisable to gain control on prana in the beginning itself.

Gaining Control Over Prana

Apta Pramana- आप्त प्रमाण Hathatatvakaumudi Ch35.1

Translation कत्यत स्व स्वेददाः स्यने चान्यन्ता ॥ ११ ॥

A consistent practice of kumbhakas flushes out the amarasa (the bodily toxins) soon from the nadis and produces perspiration and not otherwise.

Apta Pramona-आप्त प्रमाण Hathatatvakaumudi Ch35.11

Nadisuddhi Description

Apta Pramana- आप्त प्रमाण

Hathatatvakaumudi Ch35.19

नमभ्यस्य दिवसैः सिद्धिसचक

तस्मादादा समारस्य विजय करु सम्मत

Yogasādhanamabhyasyam divasaih siddhisūcakam |

anusyûtābhyastakumbhā nādīsthāmarasam drutam ||

krtvä bahih krtyutam svam svedadāh syurna cānyantā || 11 ||

tasmādādau samīrasya vijayaṃ kuru sammatam ||

चने कत्वा पश्चाद्वायु समम्यसद ॥ इति

vamanam recanam krtvá paścādvāyum samabhyased || iti || 1 ||

विकृतरसविशोषात् प्राणरोधेन नाड्यो मलविलयविश्वद्धा नाडीश्रद्धी भ अथ विमलतदन्त्रग्भेसञ्चारदक्षः युचितन ब्रदि वायुः स्यात्तदा नाडीशुद्धिः ॥ १९ ॥

víkrtarasaviśosāt prāņarodhena nādyo malavilayaviśuddhau bhavanti || atha vimalatadantargarbhasan śucitanu hrdi vāyuh syāttadā nādīšuddhih || 19 ||

Translation

In the course of nadisuddhi, when prana is controlled, the nadis get rid of the morbidities. Thus, when the internal passage (susumna) becomes capable of free movement of vayu upto the region of heart, the body becomes purified. Then along nadisuddhi occurs.

Apta Pramana-आप्त प्रमाण Hathatatvakaumudi Ch35.20

रसमलकफलिप्तिऽभ्यन्तरं नाडिकानानिव चरोते मरुन्नान्तमलाया प्रणाल्याम मसुणधमनिरन्त्रेष्वैत्तिनो चेतु कृतोऽलं जडसहचर-चित्ताकृष्ट एत्याशु कोपम् ॥ २० ॥ Rasamalakaphalipte'Bhyantare NäDikâNā-Miva Carati MarunnāNtarmalāYāM PraņāLyāM

masrṇadhamanirandhreṣvaittino cet kṛtoʻlam jadasahacara-cittākrṣṭa etyāśu kopam || 20 ||

Translation

Like filthy channels if the internal parts of the nadis are filled with rasa (plasma), mala (morbid elements) and kapha (phlegm), the prana cannot move smoothly. Even if it moves being guided by citta, would become agitated.

even though when it is slightly pulled up towards

the heart by contracting the organs. For speedy movement of prana, one should practice

Translation Apta Pramona-आप्त प्रमाण It Is Not Desirable That Prana Should Go Astray,

Hathatatvakaumudi Ch35.21

Starting with Cleansing Nadis Alen

कुपधमन्तनेष्ट इंबद्द बहिद्रकुलिततनुकपाटाभ्यां हृदा कषितोऽपि ॥ कलयति स तदारं स्फोट्यपातो जवेनगतमत रह पूर्वा नाडीशुद्धि विदुध्यात् ॥ २१ ॥

vrajati kupathamantarnesta īsad bahirdrakkalitatanukapātābhyām hrdā karsito'pi || kalayati sa tadāraṃ sphotyapāto javenagatamata iha pūrvāṃ nāḍīsuddhim vidadhyāt || 21 ||

Translation

When morbidities are dried up, the prana flows placidly in the posterior path. Moreover, apana moves upwardly and reaches the abode of prana.

nadisuddhi in the beginning itself.

Apta Pramana-आप्त प्रमाण

Hathatatvakaumudi Ch35.22

वेशब्केऽस्खलिता समीर-गतिर्भवेन्नीचगमं विद्वाय ॥ तीचिवाह कलयत्यपानो भत्वोध्वेगः प्राणपदं प्रयाति ॥ २२ ॥

male visuske'skhalitä samīra-gatirbhavennīcagamam vihāya || practicivāham kalayatyapāno bhūtvordhvagah prāņapadam prayāti || 22 ||

Translation

Through nadisuddhi as the impurities of the sira are removed, one becomes capable of holding the prana for long. Moreover, impurities and toxins deposited in the abdominal cavity are removed through enhanced (bodily) fire. How then diesases would occur?

Apta Pramana-आप्त प्रमाण Hathatatvakaumudi Ch35.30

शिव्याऽस्तशिरामलो यदा तदा समर्थोऽनिलधारणे चिरम ॥ कोष्ठगत्तस्थमलोग्रकदेमक्षयेऽ-ग्रिरिद्धः क्व तनी रूजां जनिः ॥ ३० ॥

nādiviśudhhyā'staśirāmalo yadā tadā samartho'niladhāraņe ciram || syatkoşthagarttasthamalograkardamaksaye'-gniriddhah kva tanau rujām janih || 30 ||

Translation

Impurities of mercury would affect its quality. Similarly, impurity in susumna would generate malfunctioning of Intelligence, mind and organs.

Apta Pramona-आप्त प्रमाण Hathatatvakaumudi Ch35.32

मलिनं धीचित्ताद्यऽक्षदोषभूः ॥ ३२ ॥

ct of Impurity in Sushumna Nad

rasakhotavadāstāntarmalapankadravam muneh | susumnāpārsvam malinam dhīcittādya'ksadosabhūh || 32 ||

Translation

Apta Pramana-आप्त प्रमाण Hathatatvakaumudi Ch35.36

Nadisuddhi Assumes Significance of All Practices in the Beginning

द्धया हठाङ्ग न मुख्य तावद्यागः साधकस्य व्यलीकः ॥ ३६ ॥

vogārambha-dvañgamuktam hi nādi-šuddhirdehe śirsa advam vathāṅge II yavatsiddhaişa hathangam na mukhyam tävadYogah sadhakasya vyalîkah || 36 ||

Just as in all the limbs of the body head is of the prime importance, similarly, among all the Yoga practice nadisuddhi assumes significance in the beginning. Unless and until the Hathanga is practicsed intensely, Yoga practice of a practitioner is futile.

Nadisuddhi Causing Natural Annihilation Of The Mind

Apta Pramana-आप्त प्रमाण Hathatatvakaumudi Ch35.37

शद्धिमेरुतो जये स्याज-जितेऽ याति मनः स्वयं क्षयम् मनस्यस्तामताहिकार्थं ज्ञानप्रकाशः स्वमपिति निर्मले ॥ ३७ ॥

nádivisuddhirmaruto jaye syaj-jite' yāti manah svayam kṣayam | kşīņe manasyastamitaihikārthe jnānaprakāšah svamupaiti nirmale || 37 ||

Translation

Nadisuddhi brings about control over prana which causes natural annihiliation of the mind. On the sublimation of the mind which thus is rendered pure and reduction of attachment to mundane objects enlightenment occurs on its own.

Prana does not move through susumna if the nadis are defiled. How can then the state of umani supervene and the purification of the body occur?

Apta Pramona-आप्त प्रमाण

Hathatatvakaumudi Ch36.2

नासु नाडीषु मारुतो नैव मध्यगः । स्यादुन्मनीभावः कायशाद्धिः कथं भवत् ॥ २ ॥

malākulāsu nādīsu māruto naiva madhyagah | katham syadunmanibhävah kayasuddhih katham bhavet || 2 ||

Obstructed Sushumna Nadi

mpure Nadis

Translation

The prana does not flow through susumna. How then can the purification of the body take place and the state of unmani supervene.

च कायराद्धिः कथ भवत ॥ ३ ॥

vayurmadhyagah susumnamargago na bhavati tadā || kathamunmanyavastha ca kayasuddhih katham bhavet || 3 ||

Purification of the Nadis Apte Pramana- आप्त प्रमाण Hathatatvakaumudi Ch36.4

जायते योगी प्राणसङ्ग्रद्रणे क्षमः ॥ ४

śuddhimeti yadā sarvam nādīcakram malākumlam | tadaiva jāyate yogī prānasangrahane ksamah || 4 ||

Translation

When the network of the nadis is purified, then alone a Yogi becomes able to hold prana.

More Clean and Energized Throughout the Day Saksi Pramana- साली प्रमाण THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM

Experience of Brushing teeth with Haritaki Saksi Pramona- साशी प्रमाण THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM

Pancha kriga has shed light on how to detoxify and cleanse my body, These techniques are very new to me. After this morning routine I feel rejuvenated. My digestive system gets going and I feel lighter and more energized throughout the whole day. Maritza Cortes, Artist, California, Sadashivatva May 2017

I drank a whole glass of water upon waking then brushed using my finger and haritaki powder for about 1 min. then used haritaki powder and finger to brush the tongue, putting the finger more deeper into the back of the tounge as a result i immediately threw up. All the water came out in about 4 to 5 bouts.

I kept on brushing then the pitta started coming out ... yellowish and sticky, eyes were uxtering and became sloghtly pink after 2 more bouts of pitta throwing. I stopped after that, whole process took 7 mins. Results .... mouth and throat are both moist throughout and a sweet aftertaste of haritaki was in the mouth and throat for about an hour after brushing. I apologize for the gross description, but thought it will help others. Thank you Swamiji, i am looking forward to doing it tomorrow again.

ranayama is a term that refers to the breathing process. The air you breathe is just a vehicle in which the prana (life-energy) comes in and goes out of your body. When you inhale, the air comes in carrying prana, and when you exhale, the 'empty' air goes out . This life energy is universal.

Yoga Kundali-Upanishad I.19 States: प्राणरोधमथेदार्नी प्रवक्ष्यामि समासतः । प्राणश्च देहुगो वायुरायामः कुम्भकः स्मृतः ॥ १९९ ॥ PrâNarodhamathedâNim PravaksyâMi Samasatah | PrāNaśCa Dehago VāYurāYāMah Kumbhakah Smrtah 119 1

Then I shall presently relate briefly about the control of the

vital air. Prana is air coursing through the body and Ayama is said to be Kumbhaka (holding under control). In this section you will understand the full scope of Pranayama as meant by Sadashiva, which is much more than just breath control. Pranayama is where Yoga reveals itself as much more than a mere physical practice. No other discipline has understood and presented the means to regulate and expand one's own life energy like Yoga. The practice of pranayama leads to the purification of the energy body and its channels, called Nadis (Yogatattvopanishad 44-46), and to the ultimate experience of manifesting the powers of Sadashiva (e.g. Kumbhaka Paddhati 88-89). Thus Pranayama must be explored in great detail.

"Prana, breathing is not for smelling. One of the job of the Prana, is smelling. Prana, life energy, is not just smelling, it is experiencing."

THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM

Through proper Asanas, physical well-being is achieved, muscles are toned, the nervous system is strengthened, and vital organs are regulated and brought into a state of health (Hathatatvakaumudi Chapter 11.5). Thus the body becomes ready for pranayama (Darshanopanishad , III.13). It is with pranayama that the real technique of yoga begins.

Tejo Bindu Upanishad I.31 states:

चित्तादिसर्वभावेषु ब्रह्मल्वेनैव भावनात् । निरोधः सर्ववृत्तीनां प्राणायामः स उच्यते ॥ ३१ ॥

cittādisarvabhāvesu brahmatvenaiva bhāvanāt 1 nirodhah sarvavrttinām prānāyāmah sa ucyate 131

"When in the mind and in all perceptions, the cognition of Oneness with the Brahman persists and all movements are stilled, this is called Pranayama, 'the balancing of the life-energy breath."

Shiva Samhita (3.61) states: "The Lord of Yoga, through breath control, gains the eight superhuman powers. He crosses the ocean of sin and virtue and freely wanders in the three worlds." Shankaracharya comments on Shvetashvatara Upanishad (2.7):

"The soul purifies by pranayama realizes the Supreme Spirit, the Para Brahman, hence, according to the supreme scripture of Principal Revelation, the Shruti, there is nothing higher than the pranayama."

THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM explains: "When breath with thoughts ceases, pranayama happens; expansion of our life energy happens. The science of pranayama teaches you the breath that does not awaken thoughts. We should learn the art of breathing without awakening thoughts. Breath is the link between mind and body. Whatever happens in the mind is reflected through the breath."

He explains that Pranayama is very different from what we understand as breathing. Yogic breathing is not just using the respiratory organs, but experiencing and expanding the life energy in and around you. Imagine, you are at a beautiful beach or majestic natural view by yourself. When you are there, you will literally breathe in peace.

Prana is breathing in the life energy of the space and even the people around you. This is why, whenever you are among people with whom you have complete completion, you will breathe bliss and joy. Completion happens when all the inadequate and powerless cognitions you carry about

yourself and life melt away. The completion process includes looking at your past to dis-identify and unclutch from painful, unatiended, leftover cognitions from the past. By completion, your deepest understanding of yourself and life will be transformed.

Thus, you must be constantly aware of who and what you are breathing. The prana you enjoy, the life energy you enjoy, is most important.

"Understand the importance of breathing. You are breathing LIFE! It is too important. Whatever you breathe out, becomes your character. Breathe out love and completion! The joy and completion you radiate;

the ecstasy and excitement you radiate - that is all is success!"

August 16th "Prana Is Life Energy" Satsang on Kenopanishad Satsang Verse 9 THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM

Sadashiva describes pranayama as being composed of three processes: Recaka, Puraka, and Kumbhaka. Puraka means the inhalation of prana from outside the body; kumbhaka refers to holding the breath like a filled-up pot without moving the limbs, and recaka refers to the exhalation of air from the body.

There are several stages of Pranayama and Kumbhaka, or ways of holding the breath, and can be applied to either long or short breaths. These are usually done along with Asana, Pranayama, Mudras and Bandhas, and further practices:

  1. Puraka: the inhalation of air

  2. Abhyantara Kumbhaka: Abhyantara means 'internal' breath retention after inhalation. Also known as Antar Kumbhaka, which means holding the breath in navel, chest, and throat before exhaling.

  3. Rechaka: the exhalation of air

  4. Bahya Kumbhaka: In Sanskrit, Bahya means 'outside' and Kumbhaka means breath retention. The retention of breath after exhalation, while keeping the lungs empty.

  5. Kevala Kumbhaka: otherwise known as "Absolute

Kumbhaka", it means stopping the breath without effort at any point during in or out breathing.

Yoga Darshana Ii. 49

"The voluntary interruption of the movement of breathing in and out is pranayama."

There are important points to keep in mind when practicing pranayama.

Pranayama should be practiced indoors in a clean, undisturbed place away from drafts. Pranayama should not be practiced after a meal or when hungry. Warm milk can be taken before or after practice. Ideal

practice times include dawn, mid-day, sunset, and midnight. During practice of pranayama the head may grow heavy but this feeling will clear with continued practice. After pranayama practice one can lie down in Shivasana - "experiencing oneself as pure Consciousness". This pose brings the experience of oneself as pure consciousness. Afterwards, one can take a bath in warm water.

Trishikhi Brahmana Upanishad (verses 92-94) state:

Assuming the posture at first O Brahmana! Keeping his body erect, [his mind] alert, with his eyes fixed on the tip of the nose, the [upper] teeth not touching the [lower] teeth, the tongue adhering to the palate, the mind at ease, showing no nervousness, the head slightly inclined, the hands bound in the yoga gesture [of chin-mudra, the yogi] should practice pranayama according to the prescribed rules.

There should be no discomfort in holding the breath. The length of holding the breath should be increased gradually to prevent any harm.

The sacred syllable "Aum" can be used to regulate the timing of breathing in, holding the breath, and breathing out. The time spent holding the breath can be gradually extended through practice and meditation can be done while the breath is held. The length of

Part 3: Nithyananda Yoga_ Evolution of the New Species

breath retention is split into various stages.

First degree: holding the breath lasts about sixteen and a half seconds.

Second degree: holding the breath lasts about thirty three seconds.

Third degree: holding the breath lasts about fifty seconds.

Once holding the breath lasts for more than five minutes another inhalation may have to be performed before breathing out because of the amount of air assimilated.

The fourth degree of pranayama is a transcendent state beyond the perception of the five senses and the mind, which is experienced by kundalini awakening. As the ability to hold the breath for longer and longer periods increases, the vast Kundalini energy begins to rise up a subtle energy channel in the body called the Sushumna channel. Kundalini rises during breath retention and falls back down the channel when breathing is resumed, but remains in the brain for longer periods with sustained practice. At first the energy may climb very slowly like an ant, but with consistent practice will rise faster as the pathway is cleared. There is complete cessation of bodily movement and nothing remains that is measurable by number, time or space.

"You will awaken the non-mechanical parts or subtle areas of the brain. A source of infinite creativity, which usually remains dormant in most human beings, will be accessible to you."

THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM

Consistent and proper practice of pranayama increases our life energy, giving us greater mental abilities, slowing the aging process, ridding the body of diseases, fatigue and thirst, and helping us manifest Divine powers such as levitation, teleportation, and materialization.

In this section, we will explore pranayama in further detail, focusing on the traditional yogic methods of expanding life energy through the breath and their benefits.

The Different Types Of Breath Control

There are 9 main types of breath control, each having different effects

  1. Anuloma-Viloma (The With and Against)

  2. Surya Bedhana (The Piercing-of-the-Sun) 3. Ujjayi (The Victorious) 4. Shitakari (The Cold Maker) 5. Shitali (The Cooling) 6. Bhastrika (The Bellows) 7. Murch'ha (The Rising) 8. Bhramari (The Bramachari) 9. Plavini (The Floating)

Let us now enter into Pranayama!

After Asana follows Pranavama Sastra Pramana- रास्त्र प्रमाण Darshanopanishad , III.13

Preparation for regular Pranayama

Apta Pramona-आप्त प्रमाण Hathapradipika of Svätmäräma IV.1

आसनं विजितं येन जितं तेन जगत्त्वयम् ॥ १३ अनेन विधिना युक्तः प्राणायामं सदा कुरु ॥

āsanam vijitam yena jitam tena jagattrayam || 13 || anena vidhină yuktah prānāyāmam sadā kuru ||

अयं प्राप्तायाम द्दढे योगी वशी हितमिताशनः । गिण प्राणायाम् सदाभ्यत् ॥१॥ Atha Pranayamah

athāsana drdhe yogī vašī hitamitāśanah || gurüpadistamárgena prānāyāmam sadābhyset ||1||

Translation

By whom posture is mastered, by him the three worlds are conquered. After following this rule, always practise Pranayama.

Having established in the practice of asanas, a yogl, who is self-restrained and consumes wholesome and moderate food, should undertake the regular practice. of pranayama, as instructed by the Guru.1

Preparation to Merucalan Apta Pramona- आप्त प्रमाण Hathatatvakaumudi Ch.35.7

नत्वा गुरुं प्रागुपविश्य चासने कृत्वाऽसकुअन्मेरुविचालनादिकम् ॥ विश्रम्य सुस्वस्थमना विरिच्य प्राणं पराधो विधिवत् प्रपुरयेत ॥ ७ ॥

natva Gurum prāgupavišya cāsane krtvā'sakranmeruvicālanādikam | viśramya susvasthamana viricya pranam purātho vidhivat prapūrayet || 7 ||

Translation

After paying obeisance to the Guru, one should sit on a seat and undertake repeatedly the practice of merucalana etc. After taking rest and with a poised mind he should exhale followed by inhalation in the prescribed manner.

On Merucalana

Apta Pramona- आप्त प्रमाण Hathatatvakaumudi Ch.35.8

क्रमेण दीर्घं प्रविधाय सावधो विरेचयेद्वायुमधोऽतिमन्द्रम् ॥ यथा तनी व्याकलता न चित्ते भवेन मनीषी विजनेऽस्तचिन्तः ॥ ८ ॥

kramena dirgham pravidhaya sävadho virecayedväyumatho"timandam || yathā tanau vyākulatā na citte bhaven manīsī vijane'stacintah || 8 |

Translation

After holding for long he should exhale the vayu extremely slowly in such a manner that he does not experience discomfort in the body or in the mind. A wise remains in a desolate place removing all worries.

Merucalana

Apta Pramona-आप्त प्रमाण Hathatatvakaumudi Ch.9.1-4

तेके वा सक्शियग्मे करद्रयम मस्थाप्य प्रदर्ण्ड स्व विधाय प्रोन्नते समम् ॥ १ मन्यामधः कर्त्वा प्रस्राज्य स्कन्यधामकन नेले निर्माल्य वदनमामुद्य प्राक् सुसाधिकः ॥ २ ॥ ग्रीवां किण्चित् कण्ठसक्तां जालबन्धवद्गनताम् कत्वाऽसकद्वक्षभागे चालयेत्ता भूश दृढम् ॥ ३ पञ्चाराद्वारक दक्ष वामभागित चालयत आनाभ्यरःपद्रकटितन्द्रचाली यथा भवत् तथाभिचालयद् ग्रीवा मरुचालाऽयमारितः

sthitvá siddhe svastike vá sakthiyugme karadvayam || samsthapya prsthadandam svam vidhaya pronnatam samam || 1 || tiryan manyamadhah krtvá pramrjya skandhayugmakam netre nimilya vadanamāmudya prāk susādhakah || 2 || grīvām kiņcit kaņthasaktām jālabandhavadānatām | krtvä sakrddakşabhāge cālayettām bhršam drdham || 3 || pañcāšadvārakam dakse vāmabhāge'nu cālayet | anabhyurahprsthakatitundacalo yatha bhavet || tathabhicalayed grivam merucalo'yamīritah || 4 ||

Translation

Assume siddha or svastika posture. Place the pair of hands on the thighs. Keep the backbone upright and well aligned.

Bend the neck downwards by adjusting the shoulders. Sadhaka keeps the eyes closed and face composed.

Bend the neck against the throat like one does in jalandhara-bandha.

Then move (the neck) firmly for 50 times on the right and then 50 times on the left in such a manner that upto navel including back, walst and abdomen would shake well. Similarly, rotate the neck. This is called meruchalana.

Merucalana Benefit

Apta Pramona- आप्त प्रमाण Hathatatvakaumudi Ch.9.5-6

रिघ्नः कण्ठस्थिअकफनारानः कोप्टवक्षोगत मरुत कफरोगद्वरः परम् ॥ ५ णा ऋजुतो धत्ते कुण्डलीक्षभिद्स्ततःआ नाहास २०७६ अश्रिमान्ते भजदमम् || ६

katiprsthasamiraghnah kanthasthaakaphanasanah kosthavaksogatam marut kapharogaharah param || 5 || susunā rjutām dhatte kundalīksobhadastathā nādīsanghaślathakaram aśramāntam bhajedamum || 6 ||

Translation

Translation

This removes the air (vata disorders) from the waist and back and phlegmatic disorders from the intestines and the chest. It entirely cures the phlegmatic disorders. Sushumna becomes straight, kundalini is stimulated and the entire network of the nadis is stirred. One should practice this till one gets tired.

Akribandha

Apta Pramona- आप्त प्रमाण Hathatatvakaumudi Ch.9.8

सौमुन्नतस्फिक् ननु चक्रवत् क्षिपेद विधाय पाणिद्वयमुर्ध्वमुच्चः श्रमावधीमं मुहरभ्यसेद दिने चक्र्याख्यबन्धं सकलामयघ्रम् ॥ ८

saumunnatasphik nanu cakravat ksiped vidhāya pānidvayamūrdhvamuccaih | śramāvadhīmam muhūrabhyased dine cakryākhybandham sakaiāmavaghnam || 8 |

Translation

Cakribandha agitates the kundalini, pulls the navel, enhances gastric fire; network of the nadis is made supple and it alleviates toxicity, indigestion and severe pain.

Raise the buttocks and rotate them like a wheel speedily

with the help of hands. Practice this until fatigue sets in.

This is cakribandha which removes all the disorders.

चक्रीबन्धः कुण्डलीक्षोभकारी तानं नाभौ संविधत्ते तथैव अग्नेदीप्ति नाडीसङ्करलथत्वम् कुर्यादामाजीणेशुलादिनाशम् ॥ ९

cakribandhah kundaliksobhakāri tānam nābhau samvidhatte tathaiva | agnerdiptim nādīsanghaślathatvam kuryādāmājīrņaśūlādināśam || 9 ||

Carana

Apta Pramona- आप्त प्रमाण Hathatatvakaumudi Ch.9.13

Ten Types Of Caranas Apta Pramana-आप्त प्रमाण Hathatatvakaumudi Ch.9.14

aghanya Carana Apta Pramona- आप्त प्रमाण Hathatatvakaumudi Ch.9.15,17

अनलोमविधानाभ्यां चारणाङ्गभूमी भव दशधा धारणा मख्या जचन्यान्या स्मता बर्धः ॥ १३

anulomavidhanabhyam caranângabhramo bhavet daśadhâ cărană mukhya jaghanyanya smrtā budhaih || 13 ||

Translation

Carana is movement of the limbs which is practiced on both sides. Chiefly there are ten caranas. According to the adepts, others are aghanya (of less importance).

उरूजानुयुगं चैषा चारणा दशधा मता ॥ १४ ॥

sirojatharadordandacaranadvitayam tatha urūjānuyugam caisām cāraņā dašadhā matā || 14 ||

Translation

Ten types of caranas involve head, stomach, hands, pair of legs, pair of thighs and knees.

मणिबन्धी पदेऽन्गुल्यः न्धयोऽन्ये च देहुगाः जधन्या चारणा तेषां मुख्यमुख्यतया ततः ॥ १५ । शताधे च तदर्घ च जघन्यादिश चारणामाचरेदेवं प्रतिमासत्तयावधि | 20

manibandhau pade'nguiyah sandhayo'nye ca dehagāh jaghanya carana teşam mukhyamukhyataya tatah || 15 || śatārdham ca tadardham ca jaghanyādiśu cāraņā | cāraņāmācaredevam pratimāsatrayāvadhi || 17 ||

Translation

Wrist joints, feet, toes, and other joints in the body are prominent ones in jaghanya carana. The Jaghanya caranas should be practiced fifty or twenty-five times (a day) for three months.

Carana On Siva'S Dancing Form

Apta Pramana- आप्त प्रमाण Hathatatvakaumudi Ch.9.16

How to sit before Pranayama Apta Pramona-आप्त प्रमाण Hathatatvakaumudi Ch.35.12

Preparation to Pranayama Apta Pramona-आप्त प्रमाण Hathatatvakaumudi Ch.36.1

nrtyarûpam śivam dhyatvá caranámäcared budhah hrdam samsprstatyasparsasahitam hi vidhaya ca || 16

अधःशक्ति दृढं धुत्वा तिष्ठेत् पद्मासनोपरि गरुपदिष्टमागण प्राणायाम पुराभ्यसत् ॥ १२ ।

adhahsaktim drdham dhrtvä tisthet padmäsanopari gurüpadistamargena pränāyāmam purābhyaset || 12 ||

अधासने दृढीभूते वशी द्वितमिताशनः गिण प्राणायामान समभ्यसेत ॥ इति ॥ १ ।

athāsane drdhībhūte vašī hitamitāšanah gurüpadistamargena pranāyāmān samabhyaset || iti || 1 ||

प्राणसङ्ग्रहण प्राणाध्व चरण व्रद्यारन्त्रप्राप्तय समधः योगारम्भे प्रथमतः प्राणायामं सात्विकया रजस्तमावाजवाया

Cakram NadisamûHam

pranasangrahane pranordhvam carane brahmarandhrapraptaye samarthah ato yogarambhe prathamatah prāņāyāmam sātvikayā rajastamovarjitayā buddhya tatha kuryāt yathā susumnānādīstho maladosaskhalatīti || 5 ||

Trans Ation

A wise undertakes the practice of carana meditating on Siva's dancing form. One rotates the head while touching the chest. One touches the heart (chest) in a manner as if not touched.

Translation

Adopting Padmasana, one should firmly hold the sakti at the bottom (practising mulabandha) and undertake the practice of Pranayama in the beginning following the instruction of the Guru.

One who has mastered the asanas, has restrained (the senses), takes nutritious and moderate food should practice Pranayama being guided by the Guru.

Cakra means the network of the nadis. Pranasangrahana means raising the prana upwards in the brahmarandhra. Therefore, in the very beginning, Pranayama has to be practiced with a satvika attitude, relieving rajas and tamas in such a fashion that the impurities from the susumna nadi are eliminated.

Satvik Attitude Before Pranayama

Apta Pramona-आप्त प्रमाण Hathatatvakaumudi Ch.36.5

The practice of breathing without thoughts being awakened is called the science of pranayama. When there are more thoughts, the breath will carry lesser life energy inside, and viceversa. Unfortunately, most of the time one takes in too much air without much prana flow inside.

The word 'prana' in Sanskrit means the source of life, the life force or the energy which is the basis for existence.

'Prana' is a kind of vibration which goes inside along with the breath. This vibration stays inside and continues to add more vibrations or frequency to the life energy. Even when one feels that the breathing has become very shallow or has almost stopped during deep meditation, prana continues to go in and come out. Prana, the life force, is independent of breathing.

If one feels that they have everything in the outer world and yet, there is no fulfillment, it simply means that one's breathing is not fulfilled, the breath is not filled with prana! Dissatisfaction, tiredness and boredom with life prevails. It follows that when one is able to fulfill one's breathing, one will be fulfilled in spite of complexities in the outer world.

Rejuvenating life force in every breath reduces the number of thoughts. As thoughts reduce, the stress melts away!

During meditation, air going in and coming out may reduce but the prana going in and settling increases and this is the main reason why meditation rejuvenates a person. As the number of thoughts are reduced, stress and worry melt away. The person can experience moving deeper into the innermost silence, a silence which is vibrant and alive.

Effect Of Pranayama, Pratyahara, Dhyana

Sastra Pramana रास्त प्रमाण Srimat Sarvajnanottra Agama -Yoga Pada 16

pra'n.a'ya'mair dahed dos"a'n dharan.a'bhistu kilbis"am II pratya'ha'ren.a samsarga'n dhya'nena'nas'vara'n gun.a'n i

What Is Considered Dharana, Yoga And Yogasiddhi

Sastra Pramona शास्त्र प्रमाण Srimat Sarvajnanottra Agama -Yoga Pada 24

मोओत्तमो यत्तदिगणा धारणा मता णान्यणा योगी यांगी यांगालिए दिय रेति ग्युया शिवेन पर

pra'n.a'mottamo yattad dvigun.a' dharan.a' mata' dha'ran.a'd dvigun.o yogo yogopi dvigun.i"kr'tah Yogasiddhiriti jn"eya' s'ivena parama'tmana'

What Is Pranayama

Sastra Pramona वास्त प्रमाण Kirana Agama - Yoga Pada (16-17)

pürakah Kumbhakascaiva recakasca trtiyakah | pūranāt - pūrako vāspi yah kumbhastannirodhakah || recanat - recakah proktah pranayamatrayarh kuru

Translation

By the practice of pranayama, the sadhaka Incinerates all the efilements. By dharana, he annihilates all of his sinful effects. By pratyahara, he maintains himself completely free from the negative thoughts and vices. And by dhya'na, he becomes capable of nullifying the effects of even those qualities which do not

Twice the supreme kind of pranayama is considered as dharana. Twice the duration of dharana is considered as Yoga.

Twice the duration of Yoga is significantly known as Yogasiddhi exclusively related to Lord Siva, the Supreme Self.

Pranayama consists of three phases of breath-processes - püraka, Kumbhaka, and recaka. Puraka is done by inhaling the breath inside (through the left nostril); Kumbhaka is the retention of breath for a fixed time; and recaka is done by exhaling the breath (through the right nostril). One should do pranayama three times before the commencement of the Yogic process.

Translation

Adopting padmasana, a yogi inhales through the left nostril, retains breath to the capacity and exhales through the right nostril.

मद्मासनो योगी प्राणं चन्द्रेण पूरयेत् ॥ धारयित्वा यथाराक्ति पुनः सर्वण रेचयेत् ॥

badhapadmásano yogî prănam candrena pürayet || dhārayitvā yathāšakti punah sūryena recayet ||

क्लेशन वायोः प्राणायाम उदीयते प्राणामलक्षणमाह- रेचनमिति ॥ ९४ ॥ कम्भकन वाया: श यः वायोः क्लेशनम् उपद्र ति अथ यथोक्तप्राणायामयामयामयामय शरीर भवतीत्यथः ।।

Pranayama Defined

Sastra Pramona शास्त प्रमाण Tri-shikhi-brahmanopanishad 94

caturbhih kieśanam vāyoh prānāyāma udīryate | sahitapranāyāmalaksanamāha- recanamiti || pränäyämärambhasamaye śarīragatadustaväyurecanam tatah pūranam tatah kumbhakena väyoh sodhanam punah nihsesato recanam, evam caturbhih paryayalh vâyoh kleśanam upakramapranāyāmah udīryate | evam pränäyämatraye krte sati atha yathoktaprânâyamayogyam śarîram bhavatityarthah ||

Three Parts Of Pranayama

Sastra Pramana area प्रमाण Darshanopanishad VI.1

Initiation And Devotion To Sadashiva

Apta Pramana-आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddadhi 174

Importance Of Pranayama

Apta Pramona-आप्त प्रमाण Hatharatnavali (Chapter 3, Verse 82)

Description Of Breath

Sastra Pramona- वास्त्र प्रमाण Darshanopanishad VI.12-13

यामक्रम वर्क्य संक्रित शुण सादरम् प्राणायाम् इति प्रक्ति रेचपूरककुम्भक् prānāyāmakramam vaksye sāmkrte śrnu sādaram | prânāyāma iti prokto recapūrakaKumbhakaih ||

Yoga-dikşäm vina kurvan väta-granthim labhate dhruvam sarvajñena śivenoktam pūjām santyajya māmakīm || yujyatah satatam devi yogo nasaya jāyate ||

दोयो पि लिदशाः पवनाभ्यासतत्पराः । अभूवनमत्युराहितास्तस्मात्पवनमभ्यसेतु ॥

brahmādoyo pi tridaśāh pavanābhyāsatatparāh I labhüvanmrtyurahitästasmätpavanamabhyaset II

pürakâdilakşanam bähyadâpüranam vāyorudare pürako hi sah || sampürnakumbhavadvayordharanam kumbhako bhavet | bahirvirecanam vayorudaradrecakah smrtah ||

Translation

I shall presently describe the method of Pranayama, O Samkrti, listen to it reverently. Pranayama is said to be (made up) of Recaka, Puraka and Kumbhaka.

O. Devi! Without proper initiation into the practices, one is surely prone to get morbid vitiation of the vital air. According to Siva, without the devotion to Siva, if one undertakes the practice, it leads to harmful effects.

Even the gods like Brahma etc. became free from death through consistent pranayama. Therefore, one should do prânâyama.

That is known as Puraka, wherein there is the filling up, in the belly, of the air from outside (the body), the holding of the air, as in a filled-up pot, is Kumbhaka, the expulsion freely of the air is known as Recaka.

Two Types Of Pranaya

Apta Pramana-आप्त प्रमाण Two types of Pranayama Nathamuni Yoga Rahasya 1.96-97

amantrakassamantraśca prânâyāmo dvidhā matah | mantrapraYogassarvatramadhikriyamavalambate || sagarbho mantrasahitah vigarbho mantravicyutah | prašasto mantra sahita itarastvadhamassmrtah ||

Translation

Pranayama is known to be of two types-Amantraka (without mantra) and Samantraka (with mantra). The use of mantra always depends on the practitioner's adhikara (need and capacity).

Pranayama done with mantra is called Sagarbha Pranavama and that done without mantra is Vigarbha Pranayama. Texts praise Pranayama which is done with mantra while the other type is considered lower.

[Yogic] exhalation, inhalation, and retention are of the nature of the humming sound (pranava) [i.e., the sacred syllable Om]. Breath control is threefold and endowed with twelve measures (matrà). (2.2) The [internal] Sun and Moon are connected with the twelve measures; they are not fettered by the network of defects (dosha). The Yogin should always know [these two principles]. (2.3) During inhalation he should perform twelve measures [of the syllable Om]. During retention he should perform sixteen measures, and during exhalation ten Om-sounds. This is called "breath control" (pranayama). (2.4)

In the initial [stage of breath control] twelve measures [should be done]; in the middle [stage] twice as many are deemed [appropriate]; In the superior [stage] thrice as many are prescribed. Such is the qualification of breath control. (2.5)

Om Pranayama And The Sacred Syllable Om

Apta Pramona-आप्त प्रमाण Goraksh Paddhati (2, 2-5)

Then I shall presently relate briefly about the control of the vital air. Prana is air coursing through the body and Ayama is said to be Kumbhaka (holding under control). The same is said to be of two kinds: the combined (Pranayama) and that (which is practiced) alone by itself.

One should practice the combined Pranayama till he attains success in the (practice of Kumbhaka) alone by itself. The Kumbhaka which is practiced along with Surya, Ujjayi, Siltali and Bhastri as the fourth, that is the combined Kumbhaka.

Translation

(Puraka) in-filling, (Kumbhaka) steadying, similarly(Recaka) expelling, then (Puraka) in-filling again, theseare the (Pranayama-s), the ways of breath-rarefaction by means of one's own Nadi-s (air-tubes). Hence theNadi is spoken of (in the sequel).

prānarodhamathedānīm pravaksyāmi samāsatah | prânaśca dehago vāyurāyāmah Kumbhakah smrtah || sa eva dvividhah proktah sahitah kevalastatha | yavat kevalasiddhih syat tāvat sahitamabhyaset || sūryojjāyī śītalī ca bhastrī caiva caturthikā | bhedaireva samam kumbho yah syat sahitaKumbhakah ||

Pranayama And Kumbhaka -Essential Part Of Yogic Practice

Sastra Pramona रास्त मनाण Yoga Kundali-Upanishad | 19-21

e qualities of the

Sastra Pramana- वास्त प्रमाण Varaha Upanishad V. 18

pürakah Kumbhakastadvadrecakah pürakah punah | pränâyāmāh svanādībhistasmānnādīb pracakşate ||

Sagarbha Pranayama In 3 Kinds, And Control Of Breath

Sastra Pramona शास्त्र प्रमाण Srimat Sarvajnanottra Agama. Yoga Pada 15

उत्तमा मध्यमा मन्दास्सगभौ: वि

uttama' madhyama' manda's sagarbha'h trividhah smr'ta'h ll pran.a'ya'ma'ms'ca ta'n kurya't pu'ra Kumbhaka recaka'n l

Description Of Puraka

Sastra Pramana- वास्त प्रमाण Srimat Sarvajnanottra Agama. Yoga Pada 17

यामा मुवदव परका

udaram pu'rayitva tu va'yuna' ya'vadi'psitam || pra'n.a'ya'mo bhavedevam pu'rako deha pu'rakah |

Description Of Kumbhaka

Sastra Pramona- वास्त प्रमाण Srimat Sarvajnanottra Agama. Yoga Pada 18

Description Of Rechaka

Sastra Pramona- वास्त्र प्रमाण Srimat Sarvainanottra Agama. Yoga Pada 19

pidha'ya srva dva'ra'n.i nis'vasocchvasa varjitah || sampu'rna kumbhavat tis" t'het pra'n.a'ya'mah sa Kumbhakah

। विद्यातः प्राणसंसयकारक

tatordhvam recayet va yum mır'du nis'vasa samyutam recakastves" a vikhya'tah pra'n a sams'aya ka'rakah ||

Translation

The specific kind of Pranayama known as sagarbha Pranavama is of three kinds - the superior, intermediary and slow. The sadhaka should practice the control of breath through Puraka (inbreath), Kumbhaka (retention of breath) and Recaka (outbreath).

Inhaling the breath deeply to the extent possible and filling up the stomachwith the breath taken inside is the mode of pra'n.a'ya'ma known as pu'raka.

Closing all the passages meant for the flow of prana and keeping free frominhalation and exhalation, the sadhaka should remain seated like a vessel(kumbha) completely filled up to its mouth. This mode of Pranayama isknown as Kumbhaka.

The sadhaka should empty the stomach by slowly exhaling the prana. This mode of Pranayama is known as Recaka which is instrumental in driving the prana out.

Pranavama And Kundalini Awakening

Sastra Pramona शास्त्र प्रमाण Vijnana Bhairava Tantra. 154

Perfection Of Pranavama Brings Decrease Of Sleep, Excrement And Urine Sastra Pramana- वास्त प्रमाण Shiva Samhita. Iii. 43

vrajetprāno višej līva iccayā kutilākrtih | dīrghātmā sā mahādevī paraksetram parāparā ||

ी पद्यासनस्थोऽपि भवमत्सज्य वर्तत सिद्धिस्तदा क्षेया संसारध्वान्तनाशिनी ॥

yogî padyasanastho'pi bhuvamutsrjya vartate | väyusiddhistada kseya samsāradhvāntanāšinī II

त्कालं प्रकुर्वीत योगोक्तनियमग्रहम् मनिद्रा पुरीष च स्तोक मुलूम च जायते ॥

távatkālam prakurvīta vogoktanivamagraham | alpanidrā purīsam ca stokam mūtramam ca jāyate ||

The Truth-Perceiving Yogi Becomes Free From Disease, Sorrow, Afflictions, Never Gets Putrid

Sostra Pramana- रास्त प्रमाण Shiva Samhita. III. 44

arogitvamadinatvam Yoginastattvadaršinah | svedo lala krimiścalva sarvathaiva na jayate ||

Translation

Prana and apana, having moved swiftly in a distinct direction, by the wish of Kundalini, that great Goddess stretches (elongates herself) and becomes the supreme place of pilgrimage of both manifest and unmanifest.

When the Yogi, though remaining in Padmasana, can raise in the air and leave the ground, then know that he has gained Vayusiddhi (success over air), which destroys the darkness of the world.

But so long (as he does not gain it), let him practice observing all the rules and restrictions laid down above. From the perfection of Pranayama, follows decrease of sleep, excrements and urine.

The truth-perceiving Yogi becomes free from disease, and sorrow or affliction; he never gets (putrid) perspiration, saliva and intestinal worms.

कफपित्तानिलाशिव साधकस्य कलेवरे न्काले साधकस्य भोज्येष्वनियमग्रहः ॥

kaphapittänilläścaiva sādhakasya kalevare | tasminkale sadhakasya bhojyesvaniyamagrahah ||

When Yogi Is Excepted From Specific Diet And Rest

Sastra Pramona शास्त प्रमाण Shiva Samhita. III. 45

Bhuchari Siddhi Through Constant Practice

Sastra Pramona- वास्त्र प्रमाण Shiva Samhita. III. 46

अत्यल्पं बद्धा भक्तवा योगी न व्यथते द्वि सः । अथाभ्यासवशाद्योगी भचरा सिद्धिमाप्रयात । यथा दर्दरजन्तुनां गतिः स्यात्पाणिताडनात् ॥

atyalpam bahudha bhuktava yogî na vyathate hi sah | athâbhyasavasádyogî bhûcarom siddhimapnuyat || yathā dardurajantūnām gatih syātpānitādanāt ||

त्र बद्धवो विध्रा दारुणा दनिवारणाः तथापि साधयद्यागी प्राणिः कन्ठगतराप

santyatra bahavo vighnā dārunā durnivāranāh | tathāpi sādhayedyogī prānaih kanţhagatairapi ||

इस्यपाविष्टः साधकः सन्यतेन्द्रियः । प्रणव प्रजपद्वीच विधानां नाशहेतवे ॥

tato rahasyupāviṣṭah sādhakah sanyatendriyah | pranavam praiapeddīrgham vighnānām nāšahetave ||

Translation

When in the body of the practitioner, there is neither any increase of phlegm, wind, nor bile; then he may with impunity be irregular in his diet and the rest.

No injurious results then would follow, were the Yogi to take a large quantity of food, or very little, or no food at all. Through the strength of constant practice, the Yogi obtains Bhucharisiddhi; he moves as the frog jumps over the ground, when frightened away by the clapping of hands.

Verily, there are many hard and almost Insurmountable obstacles In Yoga, yet the Yogi should go on with his practice at all hazards; even were his life to come to the throat.

Then let the practitioner, sitting in a retired place and restraining his senses, utter by inaudible repetition, the long pranava OM, in order to destroy all obstacles.

Yogi Should Go On With His Practice Irrespective Of All The Obstacles And Hazards (Will Persistency)

Sastra Pramona- यास्त प्रमाण Shiva Samhita. III. 47

Repetition Of Long Pranava Om To Destroy Obstacles

Sastra Pramana- वास्त प्रमाण Shiva Samhita. III. 48

On the duration of Pranayama

Sastra Pramona शास्त्र प्रमाण

Srimat Sarvajnanottra Agama.

Yoga Pada 20

prasa'rya ca'gra hastam tu ja'num kr'tva' pradaks"in.am II 20

chot'ika'm tu tato dadya'n matrais"a'tvabhidhi'yate I

Translation

Stretching the forearm , if one encircles his knee once from left to right simultaneously snapping his fingers, the time taken for doing such encircling once is called matra.

Description of Tala (Twelve Matras)

Translation Twelve Matras make one measure known as Tala.

Sastra Pramona- वास्त्र अमाण Srimat Sarvajnanottra Agama. Yoga Pada 21

ma'tra' dva'das'a vijn"eaya'h prama'n.am ta'la samjn"akam 21

Level of Pranayama based on number of Talas

ta'la dva'das'akam jn"eyam pra'n.a'ya'mastu kanyasah l madyamas'ca caturvis'aj jyes" t'has taddvigun.o bhavet II 22

Translation

The Pranayama done with the duration of 12 Talas is of lower kind. That which is done with the duration of 24 Talas is of intermediary type. The supreme kind of Pranayama is that which is done with the duration of 48 Talas.

Sastra Pramona- वास्त प्रमाण Srimat Sarvajnanottra Agama. Yoga Pada 22

Yogi to Increase One Tala per day in Practice of Pranayama

Translation

The sadhaka who has known well the system of Yoga should

Sastra Pramona- शास्त्र प्रमाण Srimat Sarvajnanottra Agama. Yoga Pada 23

ekaika'm vardhayen ma'tra'm pratyaham Yogavittamah I na tvren,a vilambena kramen,aiva vivardhayet II 23 II

increase the duration of Pranayama by one Tala day by day. Increasing the duration of Pranayama should not be done very swiftly or very slowly. He should increase the duration gradually and in due order.

práno dehasthito yāvadapānaṃ tu nirundhavet | ekaśvásamayî mátrá ürdhvádho gagane sthitih || 100 || recakah pürakascaiva Kumbhakah pranavatmakah prânáyāmo bhavedevam mātrādvādasasamyutah || 101 || mātrādvādasamyuktau nišākaradivākarau dosājālamabadhnantau jñātavyau Yogibhih sadā || 102 || pürakam dvādašam kuryāt Kumbhakam sodašam bhavet | recakam daśa comkārah prāņāyāmah sa ucyate || 103 || adhame dvādaśā mātrā madhvame dvigunā matā I uttame triguna proktā prāņāyāmasya nirnayah || 104 ||

Matra: the unit of measurement for Pranavama

Sastra Pramana area spen spill Yoga-Cudamany Upanishad 100-104 Translation

As long as the Prana (vital air) remains in the body, (the Yogin) should regulate the Apana (vital air). Matra (the unit of measurement of the breath) is the time occupied by a single breath (inspiration and expiration in the normal manner) occupying the ether upwards and downwards. The Recaka, the Puraka and the Kumbhaka are of the character of Pranava. According to this computation, the Pranayama Then should he perform the Puraka for a duration of twelve Matras. The Kumbhaka In (the practice of) the inferior type (the would be of the duration of sixteen Matras, the Recaka of ten Matras and the Omkara as well (of ten Matra-s). That is known as Pranayama. Pranayama) is twelve Matra-s in duration. In one of the middle type It is considered to be twice as many. In one of the superior type it is is made up of twelve Matras sald to be thrice as many.

Measuring Time For Pranay

Apta Pramona-आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddadhi 158-162 स माला-संज्ञः स्यात् स्व-स्व-मान-क्रमादु-इमाः ॥ १६२ ॥

mātrā nava-vidhā proktā Yogibhis-tatva-daršibhih | nimesonmesanam mātrākālo laghvaksarānvitah || 158 || mitā dvādaša-hrasvānām šīghram-uccāra-kālatah pradaksinī-krtya jānum na drutam na vilambitam || 159 || anguli-trikato mātrā choțikā-karanād bhavet | godoha-vatsa-pâneșu kșepaghanță-ravonmită || 160 || caturo hyatimatra syus-tâs-ca sevyah śanaih śanaih j desa-kalanusārena prāhur-yogīšvarāh purāh ||161| pûra-Kumbhaka-recesu nisarga-janitesû yah | kālah sa mātrā-samjňah syāt sva-sva-māna-kramād-imāh || 162 ||

Translation

The learned Yogis state the measurement of time, called matra to be nine-fold. The measure of matra is (i) time taken for twinkling of the eyes, (ii) pronouncing a short vowel, (lii) time taken for a quick pronunciation of 12 short vowels, (iv) going round the knee-joint with hand neither too slow nor to fast, (v) snapping together three fingers, (vi) ringing of the bell when feeding the calf at the time of milking a cow. 158-160

There are four other varieties narrated by the ancient yogis, called atimatras which are to be used gradually according to the region and season. 161

The duration of the time taken for puraka, Kumbhaka and Rechaka by the individual according to his natural capacity is also called mātrā. 162

Inhaling air for sixteen Matras (time units) and holding it for sixty four Matras, and exhaling it for thirty two Matras is known as Matra-Kumbhaka.

No injurious results then would follow, were the Yogi to take a large quantity of food, or very little, or no food at all. Through the strength of constant practice, the Yogi obtains Bhucharisiddhi; he moves as the frog jumps over the ground, when frightened away by the clapping of hands.

Verily, there are many hard and almost Insurmountable obstacles in Yoga, yet the Yogi should go on with his practice at all hazards; even were his life to come to the throat.

Then let the practitioner, sitting in a retired place and restraining his senses, utter by inaudible repetition, the long pranava OM, in order to destroy all obstacles.

मालाः षाडिश-परं स्यश-चतः-पाद्यस्यस्त्रं कम्भ द्वालिशद-रेचके प्रोक्ताः मालाकुम्भः समीरितः ॥ १५३ mātrāh sodaśa-pūre syuś-catuh-sastyas-tu kumbhake | dvātrimśad-recake proktāh mātrākumbhah samīritah || 153 ||

Duration Of Pranayama

Apta Pramona-आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddadhi 153

Two types of Pranayama

Apta Pramona-आप्त प्रमाण Two types of Pranayama Nathamuni Yoga Rahasya 1.96-97

अत्यल्प बद्धा भक्तवा योगी न व्यथते द्वि सः ।

यथा दर्दरजन्तुनां गतिः स्यात्पाणिताडनात् ॥ ४६ ॥

atyalpam bahudha bhuktava yogî na vyathate hi sah |

athabhyasavasádyogī bhûcarom siddhimapnuyāt ||

yathā dardurajantūnām gatih syātpānitādanāt || 46 ||

अधाभ्यासवशाद्योगी भूचरों सिद्धिमाप्रयात् ॥

santyatra bahavo vighnā dārunā durnivāranāh ] tathāpi sādhayedyogī prānaih kanthagatairapi || 47 ||

स्यपाविष्टः साधकः सन्यतेन्द्रियः प्रणवं प्रजपेद्वीचे विधानां नाशहेतवं ॥ ४८ ॥

tato rahasyupävistah sadhakah sanyatendriyah | pranavam prajapeddīrgham vighnānām nāšahetave || 48 ||

Yogi should go on with his practice irrespective of all the obstacles and hazards (Will Persistency)

Sastra Pramana- anea spill Shiva Samhita. III. 47

Repetition of long Pranava Om to destroy obstacles

Sastra Pramana- वास्त्र प्रमाण Shiva Samhita. III. 48

Inhaling air for sixteen Matras (time units) and holding it for sixty four Matras, and exhaling it for thirty two Matras is known as Matra-Kumbhaka.

On the first day should be practised the four kinds of Kumbhakas, (at the rate of) ten of each several kind. On the second day in the same way, but with the number increased by five. On the third day, twenty (of each kind) will do. Hence, everyday, be Increasing the number by five (progressively) per day, the Kumbhaka should be performed everyday along with the three Bandha-s.

Translation

One should practice (the Kumbhaka-s known as) Surya-bheda, Ujjayi, S'itali and Bhastra. (These) together constitute the four-fold Kumbhaka. Together with the three Bandhas, (that) causes the attainment of the Kevala (Kumbhaka).

शद-रचक प्रक्तिः मालाकम्भः समीरितः mātrāh sodaśa-pūre syuś-catuh-sastyas-tu kumbhake dvātrimśad-recake proktāh mātrākumbhah samīritah || 153 ||

Duration Of Pranayama

Apta Pramona-आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddadhi 153

How to start the practice of Kumbhakas?

Sastra Pramana- यास्ल प्रमाण Yoga Kundali-Upanishad | 54-55

Kumbhakas and Bandhas to acheive the Ultimate state of Yoga

Sastre Pramana- यास्त प्रमाण Yoga-Sikhopanishad 88 - 89

म्मिकभद्माह- अर्थाति ॥ ८९ ॥

prathame divase kāryam kumbhakānām catustayam |

vimsatyalam trtiye'hni pañcavrddhya dine |

pratyekam dasasamkhyakam dvitiye pañcabhistatha ||54 ||

kartavyah kumbhako nityam bandhatrayasamanvitah || 55 ||

नित्यं बन्धव्यसमान्यतः ।

athabhyaset süryabhedamujjayîm căpi śitalim | bhastrām ca sahito nāma syāccatusțayaKumbhakaḥ || 88 || bandhatrayena samyuktah kevalaprāptikārakah Kumbhakabhedamaha- atheti || 89 ||

Order Of Pranayamas

Apta Pramana-आप्त प्रमाण Hathapradīpikā of Svātmārāma (Chapter 5, Verse 177)

The nine types of Kumbhakas Apta Pramana-आप्त प्रमाण Hatharatnavall (2, 5)

10 Types of Pranayama

Apta Pramana-आप्त प्रमाण Nathamuni Yoga Rahasya I.100

When to practice Pranayama?

Sastra Pramana- शास्त्र प्रमाण Sandilyopanishad VI. 2

तदाभ्यसेत् सूर्यभेदम्-उज्जार्यी चापि शीतलीम् ॥ अभ्यासयक्तस्य यमस्त यमिनः कतः ॥ १७७ ॥ Tadabhyaset SüRyabhedam-Uj|AyîM Capi śīTalīM I Levam - Abhyasayuktasya Yamastu Yaminah Kutah Ii 177 Ii

, सर्यभेदोज्जा यी च शीतली । नामकर्ता कार कवलन्धा प्रकामिकी: ङ्करणी चीति कम्भका नवसङ्ख्यकाः ॥५॥ Bhastrikā, bhrāmarī, sūryabhedojjāyī ca sītali ||

mürcchânămakasītkäram kevalaścăştakumbhakāḥ]] bhujangakarani ceti kumbhaka navasankhyakah || 5 ||

सील्कारी शीतली चैव लहरी भ्रामरी तथा कपालभातिरान्दाली प्राणायामा दश स्मताः ॥

ujjayî nadikasuddhih süryabhedaśca bhastrikā | sītkārī šītalī caiva laharī bhrāmarī tathā | kapālabhātirāndolī prānāyāmā daša smrtāh ||

प्रातर्मध्यदिने सायमधेरात्ने तु कुम्भकान् शनुप्रशीतिपर्यन्तं चतुर्वरिं समभ्यसेत् ॥ २ ॥

prātarmadhyamdine sāyamardharātre tu kumbhakān | śanairaśitiparyantam caturvāram samabhyaset || 2 ||

Translation

After that, take up the practice of surya-bheda, ujjayî and sitali. A Yogî, who practices in this manner, is not afraid of death. 177

Tr. Bhastrikā, bhrāmarī, sūrvabheda, ujjāvī, šītali, mürccha, sitkåra and kevala are the eight Kumbhakas, bhujangakarani is the ninth Kumbhaka. 5.

Texts talk about ten types of Pranayama. They are Ujjayi, Nadisodhana, Suryabhedana, Bhastrika, Sitkari, Sitali, Lahari, Bramari, Kapalabhati, and Andoli.

Early in the morning, at noon, in the evening andat midnight, (the Yogin) should practise Kumbhaka-s.gradually (increasing the number) up to eighty, four timesevery day.

Duration of Pranayama Practice

Apta Pramona-आप्त प्रमाण Hathapradipika of Svātmārāma (Chapter 5, Verse 178)

कृष्यते किञ्चित सुष्मागत-कण्डली | १७८

muhürttadvayaparyantam nirbhayam calanadasau II ürdhvam-äkrsyate kiñcit susumnägata-kundalī II 178 II

Translation

If one fearlessly undertakes this practice for six hours, kundali is aroused and it enters into susumna. 178

Heat generating Kumbhakas

Apta Pramana-आप्त प्रमाण Hathatatvakaumudi (Chapter 10, Verse 8-9)

İti kaphavatarogakrmidosaśaityavikārahara usnaviryah sūryabhedaKumbhakah || 8 || ujjāyisūryabhedau dvau kumbhāvusnau smrtau muneh | cidrūposmāmšudhamanīvisavāhatayā tanau || 9 ||

Translation

Ujjayi and Suryabedha generate heat and detoxify the body. Ujjayi and suryabheda are the two Kumbhakas which are considered heat generating. The ray of heat generated in the body removes the toxicity from the tubular vessels in the body of a muni.

The Four Stages Of Pranayama

Sastra Pramana- area Tran Shiva Samhita 29

समकायः सुगन्धिश्व सुकान्तिः स्वरसाधकः मघटकश्चिव यथा परिचयर निष्पत्तिः सर्वयोगेषु योगावस्था भवन्ति ताः ॥ २९ ॥

samakāyah sugandhiśca sukāntih svarasādhakah | arambhaghatakascaiva yatha paricayastada ||

nispattih sarvayogesu yogavastha bhavanti tāh || 29 ||

Translation

In all kinds of Yoga, there are four stages of Pranayama -

1: Arambha-avastha (the state of beginning); 2: Ghata-avastha (the state of co-operation of Self and Higher Self);

3: Parichaya-avastha (knowledge);

4: Nishpattiavastha (the final consummation).

Advice during th practice of Pranavama Sastra Pramona- वास्त्र प्रमाण Sandilya Upanishad VII.6-7

yatha simho gajo vyaghro bhavedvasyah śanaih śanaih | tathaiva sevito vayuranyatha hanti sadhakam || 6 || yuktamyuktam tyajedvayum yuktamyuktam ca pürayet | yuktam yuktena badhnīyādevam siddhimavāpnuyāt || 7 ||

Guidance on the Practice of Pranayama

Sastra Pramana- area xamm Yoga-Tattvopanishad 65-67

tato bhavedghatávastha pavanabhyasatatpara | prâno pano mano buddhirjivātmaparamātmanoh || 65 || anyonyasyavirodhena ekatăm ghatate yada |

Even as a lion, an elephant or a tiger, is capable of being brought under control, (when attention is devoted in that direction) little by little, even so the vital air, when served (with due care). Otherwise, it will kill the practitioner. (The Yogin) should send out the vital air prudently and according as the circumstances demandhe should in-fill it according to the circumstances with due care; he should hold it bound (in Kumbhaka) according to exigencies; (by practising) in this manner he would attain successful accomplishment (of the purification of the Nadl-s).

Then comes the stage (known as) Ghata, wherein effort has to be put forth for the regulation of breath. That is known as the Ghata stage, wherein the Yogin brings about the union of Prana, Apana, Manas and Buddhi, and of the Jivatman and the Paramatman, without detriment to their mutual relationship. I shall relate the symptoms thereof: He should then take hold of the practice prescribed already, only to a fourth of its extent. should he perform Kevala-Kumbhaka.

Once, either during the day or at twillight, should he practise (as above) and once every day should he perform Kevala-Kumbhaka.

(In this manner) is the determination of the Pranayama. In one of the inferior type there is (profuse) perspiration generated, In one of the middle type there is tremour experienced, In one of the superior type the Yogin attains the right position. Therefore should one control the vital air. The Yogin, assuming the Padmasana posture, and saluting his Guru and Siva,should practise Pranayama all alone, with his eyes fixed on the tip of the nose.

At first there will be profuse perspiration (caused by holding the breath in the foot), wherewith should one massage (the body). Even after that, as a result of the gradual holding of breath, there will arise the tremour of the body in the usual course, in the Yogin who has assumed his posture. With further increase of practice thereafter, a hollow is of itself caused. When there is this state of hollowness, (the Yogin) moves by leaps and bounds

ghatâvastheti să proktā taccihnāni bravimyaham || 66 || pürvam yah kathito'bhyasaścaturthāmśam parigrahet | diva va yadi vā sāyamekakālam samabhyaset || 67 ||

adhame svedajananam kampo bhavati madhyame | uttame sthanamapnoti tato vayum nirundhayet || 105 || baddhapadmasano yogi namaskrtya Gurum śivam | nasāgradrsţirekâkî prânâyâmam samabhyaset || 106 ||

Levels Of Pranavama

Sastra Pramana- वास्तु प्रमाण Yoga-Cudamany Upanishad 105-106

The Yogic Powers attained from Pranavama Sastra Pramona- वास्त्र प्रमाण Yoga-Cudamany Upanishad 51-62

The Yogin sitting in the Padmasana posture, will move on the surface of the earth in the same posture. With further increase of practice thereafter, there will be the giving up of (the movement on the surface of) the earth. He will even while in the Padmasana posture, leave off the surface of the earth and move.

Translation

In the early stages, there will be (the flow of) sweat. In the middle stages, there will be the tremour(of the body). In the advanced stages of the control of breath, (the body) will rise up.

The Padmasanaposture should be assumed (by the Yogin in all stages).He should massage his body with the perspiration produced (in the course of practice) due to the exertion(involved). (Therefrom) strength of limb and lightness of his body will result.

अतिमानुषचेष्टादि तथा सामध्येमुद्भवेत् ॥ ५५ ॥

prasvedo jayate pürvam mardanam tena kärayet || 51 || tato'pi dhāranādvāyoh kramenaiva śanaih śanaih | kampo bhavati dehasya asanasthasya dehinah || 52 || tato dhikatarābhyāsāt dardarī svena jāyate | yadā ca dardaro bhava utplutyotplutya gacchati || 53 || padmasthito yogi tatha gacchati bhutale | tato'dhikatarabhyasadbhûmityägasca jäyate || 54 || padmäsanastha eväsau bhümimutsrjya gacchati atimanusacestadi tatha samarthyamudbhavet || 55 ||

दिः कम्पो भवति मध्यमे न श्रमिजातन गावमदनमा दृढता लघुता चापि तस्य गालस्य जायते ॥ ४

kaniyasi bhavet svedah kampo bhavati madhyame | uttisthatyuttame pränarodhe padmäsanam bhavet || 3 || jalena śramajātena gātramardanamācaret | drdhata laghuta capi tasya gatrasya jayate || 4 ||

Special instructions on the Practice of Yoga

Sastra Pramona- शास्त्र प्रमाण Sandilya upanishad VII. 3-4

One will do well by rubbing the body with the sweat generated by exertion (of pranayama). This makes the body strong and light.

In the early stages, there will be (the flow of) sweat. In the middle stages, there will be the tremour(of the body). In the advanced stages of the control of breath, (the body) will rise up.

The Padmasanaposture should be assumed (by the Yogin in all stages).He should massage his body with the perspiration produced (in the course of practice) due to the exertion(involved). (Therefrom) strength of limb and lightness of his body will result.

Translation

According to Dattatreya, there are three stages of development with its prolonged practice. The first stage consist of twelve matras which may luckily increase. In this stage one gets perspiration.

The second stage consists of twenty four matras causing tremors and in the third stage with thirty six matras, a yogi attains levitation.

दृढता लघुता चापि तथा गालस्य जायते ॥८९।

jalena śramajātena angamardanamācaret || drdhatā laghutā cāpi tathā gātrasya jāyateļļ 89|

स भवत स्वेदः कम्पी भवति मध्यमे दृढता लघुता चापि तस्य गालस्य जायते

kaniyasi bhavet svedah kampo bhavati madhyame | uttisthatyuttame pränarodhe padmasanam bhavet || 3 || jalena śramajātena gātramardanamācaret | drdhata laghuta capi tasya gatrasya jayate || 4 ||

ली-भूमिकत्वं चिरकालाभ्यासतो भयात न्नेसगिकतो ह्याधिकश-चंद-देव-योगिन ॥ १९७ ॥ मालाः प्रथम-भवि स्याद-दत्तालेयो द्रवीभाव अस्याः द्विगुणां कम्पां लिगुणाम्-उत्यापिकां योगी ॥ १९८ ॥

tasya tri-bhumikatvam cirakālābhyāsato bhūyāt | dvādasa-naisargikato hyadhikas-ced-daiva-yogena || 197 || mātrāh prathama-bhuvi svād-dattātreyo dravībhāve | asyāh dvigunām kampām trigunām-utthāpikām yogī || 198 ||

Special instructions on the Practice of Yoga

Sastra Pramana- वास्त प्रमाण Shiva Samhita. III 40-41 Hatharatnavali (Chapter 3, Verse 89)

Special instructions on the Practice of Yoga

Apta Pramana - आप्त प्रमाण Sandilya upanishad VII. 3-4

Three stages of development according to Dattatreya

Apta Pramana-आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddadhi 197-198 Hatharatnavali (Chapter 3, Verse 88)

In the third progressive stage, one experiences perspiration, ease, tremors, joy, trance, whirling, thrill, hearing of mystical sounds, bodily pain, sidewards movement, inarticulate murmur and Samadhi.

जयिन्तऽस्या न सशयः ॥ २०० ॥

I hird stage of development according to Dattatreva

Apta Pramana-आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddadhi 199-200

svede dravi bhavet kampa utthâneti trtiyak& | ânanda-nidra-ghürnas-ca românca-dhvani-samvidah || 199 || anga-motana-kampas-ca bhrama-sveda-prajalpakah || samvin-mürcchädikāś-calva jāyante'syam na samśayah || 200 ||

Translation

First three stages lead to purification of the nadis and increase of gastric fire. In mrdumeru perspiration is generated, in madhyameru one experiences tremors and in tivrameru one levitates. In other stages upto samadhi, one gets the results as per the names indicate, such as pratyahara, dharana, dhyana and samadhi.

Two-fold Kumbhaka has been propagated by Mahesa as Ameru and Meru. Although the former is not futile, when it is Increased judiciously and to the capacity, it leads to success in the longer run.With this practice one attains perfection of meru naturally with a great fortune in course of time.

Mrdu-meru, Madhya-meru, and Tivrameru

Apta Pramana-आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddadhi 214-215

Apta Pramana-आप्त प्रमाण Hathatatvakaumudi (Chapter 10, Verse 40-43)

समाध्यन्तम्-इहाद्विष्टं तत्-तत्-सङ्ज्ञा ततस्-ततः ॥ २१५ ॥

samadhyantam-ihoddistam tat-tat-sanjña tatas-tatah || 215 ||

mrdau sveda-samud-bhūtir-madhya-merau tu kampanam || 214 ||

prathama-tritaye nadi-sodhanam vahni-dipanam ||

tîvre khe râjate'nyesu svanama-sadrsam phalam ||

tatah paricayavastha Yogino'bhyasato bhavet |

yadā vāyušcandrasūryam tyaktvā tişthati niscalam ||

vāyuh paricito vāyuh susumnā vyomni samcaret || 60 ||

ameruprabhidā maheśo dvidha vadat kumbhamidhādimophalab || na vardhaydrodhamatho susamyamam krtam yathāśakti cirena siddhidah || 40 || amumabhyasatah pumso naisargikamerusambhûtih | babhubhih kālair bhūyāt aganyapunyaih parāsumateh || 41 || tasya tribhümikatvam cirakalabhyasato bhûyat | dvädasa naisargikato hyadhikäsced daivayogena || 42 || mātrā prathamabhuvi syurdattātreyo'bravīt dravībhāve | asya dvigunam kampam trigunam utthapikam yoge || 43 ||

Apta Pramana-आप्त प्रमाण Hathatatvakaumudi (Chapter 10, Verse 40-43)

Translation

one levitates.

prolonged practice.

After this, through exercise, the Yogi reaches the Parichaya-avastha. When the air leaving. the sun and moon (the right and the left nostrils), remains unmoved and steady in the ether of the tube sushumna, then it is in the parichaya state.

There are three stages of development with its

(Matras), one may have more (stages) by good luck.A Yogi gets perspiration on the first stage (12 Matras) according to Dattatreya. (In the

second stage of) 24 Matras one experiences

tremors, (while in the third stage of) 36 Matras

The first stage (natural) consists of twelve

The Parichaya-Avastha

Sastra Pramana- यास्त प्रमाण Shiva Samhita. III. 60

Benefits Of Pranavama

Sastra Pramana शास्त्र प्रमाण Yoga-Chudamani Upanishad (116-119)

Adrigate II 886 II

prânāyāmena yuktena sarvarogaksayo bhavet | prânāyāmaviyuktebhyah sarvarogasamudbhavah || 116 || hikkä käsastathā śvāsah śirahkarnāksivedanāh | bhavanti vividha rogâh pavanavyatyayakramat || 117 || yathā simho gajo vyāghro bhavedvašyah śanaih śanalh | tathaiva sevito vayuranyatha hanti sādhakam || 118 || yuktamyuktam tyajedvāyum yuktamyuktam prapūrayet | yuktamyuktam prabadhniyadevam siddhimavapnuyāt || 119 ||

Translation

For him who is possessed of Pranayama, there will be the destruction of all diseases. For those devoid of Pranayama, there will be the generation of all diseases. Hiccup, Asthma, hard breathing, diseases of the head, ears and eyes and various kinds of (other) diseases are generated out of the illregulation of the vital air.

Even as the lion, the elephant and the tiger get tamed by slow stages, even so the vital air that is well regulated; otherwise it kills the practitioner. One should leave off the vital air according to exigencies, should fill it in according to exigencies, should hold it bound according to exigencies; and by so doing will finally achieve success.

Qualities Of Yogic Body

Sastra Pramana area xano Shiva Samhita 31

Benefits of Pranayama and purifying the nadis

Sastra Pramana रास्त प्रमाण Yogatattvopanishad 44-46

Hathapradipika of Svätmäräma (Chapter 4, Verse 15)

praudhavanhih subhogi ca sukhisarvanngasundarah sampürnahradayo yogî sarvotsahabalanvitah || Jayate Yogino vasyametatsarvam kalevare || 31 ||

कशत्वं च शरीरस्य तदा जायेत निश्चितम्

evam masatrayabhyasannadisuddhistato bhavet | yadā tu nādīsuddhih syāt tadā cihnāni bāhyatah || 44 || jayante Yogino dehe tâni vaksyamyaśesatah | sariralaghuta diptirjätharagnivivardhanam || 45 || krśatvam ca śarīrasya tada jayeta niścitam |

कायस्य कुशता कान्तिर् जायते निश्चित तथा ॥ १५ ॥

yadā nādīšuddhīh syāt tadā cihnāni bāhyatah || kāyasya kršatā kāntir jāyate nišcitam tathā || 15 ||

Translation

The following qualities are surely always found in the bodies of every Yogi: Strong appetite, good digestion, cheerfulness, handsome figure, great courage, mighty enthusiasm and full strength.

By practicing thus for three months, the purification of the Nadis will result therefrom. When the purification of the Nadis is attained, then will external symptoms arise in the body of the Yogin. I shall relate them in their entirety: Lightness of the body, lustre, the rousing of the Jatharagni (increase of digestive power) and shiness of the body; these will surely result then.

When the nadis are purified, the external signs surely appear, such as slimness of the body and lustre. 15

रण वायोरनलस्य प्रदीपनम यो मनःसस्थिरीभावः सुप्रवावस्था मननिन्मनी

yathesţadhāranam vāyoranalasya pradīpanam | nādābhivyaktirārogyam jāyate nādiśodhanāt || 8 || vidhivat prānasamvāmairnādīcakre višodhite | susumnāvadanam bhittvā sukhādvišati mārutah || 9 || mārute madhyasamcāre manahsthairyam prajāyate | yo manahsusthiribhāvah saivāvasthā manonmanī || 10 ||

त् प्राणसयामर् नादीचक्रे विशोधिते ॥ म्नावदन भित्वा सुखाद विशाति मारुतः ॥२९॥

vidhivat pränasamyāmair nādīcakre visodhite || susumnāvadanam bhitvā sukhād višati mārutah || 29 ||

Translation

Holding the breath as long as desired, the rousing of the fire, the manifestation of the Nada, and freedom from disease: from the purification of the Nadi-s (the above consequences) are produced. When the plexus of the Nadl-s is purified by Pranayama (rarefaction of breath) as prescribed in the rules, the vital air enters freely, after bursting through the mouth of the Susumna Nadi. When the vital air courses through the middle (of the Susumna), there is generated the fixity of the mind. The state of intense fixity of the mind; that alone will be the ecstatic state of the mind.

When the group of nadis is purified through prescribed practice of pranâyama, prana easily pierces and enters the opening of susumna. 29

Purification Of The Nadis And Experience Of Bliss

Sastra Pramana शास्त्र प्रमाण Sandilyopanishad VII 8-10

Hathapradipika of Svatmarama (Chapter 4, Verse 29)

Effect of Pranayama, Dharana, Pratvahara, Dhyan

Sastra Pramona शास्त्र प्रमाण Srimat Sarvajnanottra Agama. Yoga Pada 16

pra'n.a'ya'mair dahed dos"a'n dharan.a'bhistu kilbis"am II 16 pratya'ha'ren.a samsarga'n dhya'nena'nas'vara'n gun.a'n l

avina bha va samyukto jyoti'ru'pam sunirmalam II 14 susu'ks"mam vya'pakam nityam nirvikalpam sada'budhah

तानि कमाणि प्राणायामिन निश्चितम त्साधका धामीनिहलाकाद्भुवान च । ४९ ।

pūrvārjitāni karmānī prānāyāmena nišcītam | nášayetsädhako dhimanihalokodbhavani ca || 49 ||

pûrvárjitáni pápáni punyáni vividháni ca | nāšyetsodadasaprānāyāmena Yogi pumgavah || 50 ||

Translation

By the practice of Pranayama, the sadhaka incinerates all the defilements. By Dharana, he annihilates all of his sinful effects. By Pratyahara, he maintains himself completely free from the negative thoughts and vices. And by Dhyana, he becomes capable of nullifying the effects of even those qualities which do not decay .

Through the continued practice of such discipline, the sadhaka becomes capableof establishing himself in unfailing and inseparable union with the luminous formwhich is extremely subtle, pervasive, eternal and Immutable.

The wise practitioner surely destroys all his Karma, whether acquired in its life or in the past, through the regulation of breath.

The great Yogi destroys by sixteen Pranayamas the various virtues and vices accumulated in his past life.

Achieving Union With Shiva Through Such Practice

Sastra Pramana रास्त मनाण Srimat Sarvajnanottra Agama. Yoga Pada 14

Pranayama destroys Karma (of this and past lifetimes)

Sastra Pramana शास्त्र प्रमाण Shiva Samhita. III. 49

Sixteen Pranayamas to destroy the virtues and vices from past lifes

Sastra Pramana शास्त्र प्रमाण Shiva Samhita, III. 50

Pranayama destroys sins and bonds of good or bad actions

Sastra Pramona शास्त्र प्रमाण Shiva Samhita. III. 51

When Yogi moves freely through the Three Worlds Sostra Pramana रास्त प्रमाण Shiva Samhita. III. 52

Increase of duration of Pranayama leading to powers

Sastra Pramona शास्त्र प्रमाण Shiva Samhita. III. 53

Powers acquired by the Yogi

Sastra Pramona रास्ल प्रमाण Shiva Samhita. III. 54

papatúlacayánáhopradahetpralyagnină | tatah päpavinirmuktah pascatpunyani nasayet || 51 ||

प्राणायामेन योगीन्द्रो लब्ब्वेश्वयोष्टिकानि वै। पापपुण्योदधि तीलवा त्रैलोक्यचरतामियात् ॥ ५२ ॥

prānāyāmena yogindro labdhvalšvaryāstakāni vai | pāpapunyodadhim tītravā trailokyacaratāmiyāt ||52 ||

भ्यासक्रमणेव घटिकालियत भर स्यात्सकलासिद्धि योगिनः स्वेप्सिता ध्रुवम् ॥ ५३ ॥

tato'bhyasakramenalva ghatikatriyatam bhavet | yen syatsakalasiddhi yeginah svepsitä dhruvam ||53 ||

तानि सर्वाणि खेचरत्व च योगिनाम ॥ ५४ ॥

väksidhih kāmacāritvam dūradrstistathaiva ca | düraśrutih süksmadrstih parakāyapraveśanam || virāmūtralepane svarnamadraśyakaranam tathā | bhavantyetâni sarvani khecaratvam ca Yoginam || 54 ||

Transfation

This Pranayama destroys sin, as fire burns away a heap of cotton; It makes the Yogi free from sin; next it destroys the bonds of all his good actions.

Translation

The mighty Yogi having attained, through Pranayama, the eight sorts of psychic powers, and having crossed the ocean of virtue and vice, moves about freely through the three worlds.

The Yogi acquires the following powers: vakya siddhi (prophecy), transporting himself everywhere at will (kamachari), clairvoyance (duradristhi), clairaudience (durashruti), subtle-sight (shushma-drishti), and the power of entering another's body (parakaypravesana), turning base metals to gold by rubbing them with hisexcrements and urine, and the power of becoming. invisible, and lastly, moving in the air.

The Ghata Avasta States Reached By Yogi Through Pranayama

Ghata Avasta described

Pratyahara when Kumbaka for three hours

Yogi balance himself on his thumb (due to Advanced Kumbaka)

भवद्घटावस्था पवनाभ्यासने परा तदा संसारचक्रेऽस्मिन्नास्ति यत्न संधारयेत ॥ ५५ ॥

yada bhaveddhatavastha pavanabhyasane para | tadā samsāracakre'sminnāsti yatra sadhārayet || 55 ||

प्राणापाननादीबन्दुजीवात्मपरमात्मनः मिलित्वा घटते यस्मात्तस्मादू घट उच्यते ॥ ५६ ॥

prânâpânanădabindujivatmaparamătmanah | militvå ghatate yasmättasmädvai ghata ucyate || 56 ||

याममालमं यदा धर्ते समर्थः स्यात्तदाद्वतः प्रत्याहारस्तदेव स्यान्नातरा भवति ध्रवम् ॥ ५७ ॥

yamamatramam yada dhartum samarthah syattadadbhutah | pratyāhārastadaiva syānnāmtarā bhavati dhruvam || 57 ||

यदा पूर्ण भवत भय कि यदा वायानकला यागिना स्वसामध्यात्तदागृष्ठ तिष्ठद्वातुलवत्सुधाः

yamamātram yadā pūrnam bhavedabhyāsaYogatah | ekavāram prakurvīta tadā yogī ca Kumbhakam || dandāstakam yadā vāyurnišcalo Yogino bhavet | svasāmarthyāttadāmgusthe tisthedvātulavatsudhīh || 59 ||

Transfation

When, by the practice of Pranayama, the Yogi reaches the state of ghata (water-jar). then for him there is nothing in this circle of universe which he cannot accomplish.

Translation

The ghata is said to be that state in which the prana and the apana vayus, the nada and the bindu, the Jivatma (the Human Spirit) and the Paramatma (the Universal Spirit) combine and co-operate.

When he gets the power of holding breath (i.e., to be in trance) for three hours, then certainly the wonderful. state of Pratyahara is reached without fail.

When, through, great practice, the Yogi can perform one Kumbhaka for full three hours. when for eight dandas (3 hours) the breathing of the Yogi is suspended, then that wise one can balance himself on his thumb; but he appears to others as insane.

Yogi acquires knowledge of Vayu-Sadhana

यन संसारचक्रस्मिन भोगद्वानिभेवद ध्र व

सरसं यः पिबेद्वायुं प्रत्यहं विधिना सुधीः

नश्यन्ति योगिनस्तस्य श्रमदाहजरामयाः ॥ ७१ ॥

sarasam yah pibedvāyum pratvaham vidhinā sudhīh |

nasyanti Yoginastasya śramadāhajarāmayāh || 71 ||

idānom kleśahānyartham vaktavyam vāyusādhanam | yena samsaracakresmin bhogahänirbhaved dhra vam ||

Translation

Now we have described the management of the air in order to remove the troubles (which await the Yogi); through this knowledge of vayu-sadhana vanish all sufferings and enjoyments in the circle of this universe.

The wise Yogi, who daily drinks the ambrosial air, according to proper rules, destroys fatigue, burning (fever), decay and old age, and injuries.

Yogi destroys fatigue, fever, decay, old age and injuries by drinking Ambrosial Air

Practice of Pranayama yields benefits

रुक्स्त्यानादिनवान्तरायकलये चित्तेऽत्व विक्षेपजा दःखाद्याः खलं पञ्च ते तनभतः स्यः संयमस्यारयः प्रानाभ्यासत डरणस्य विजयो योगः स्वमीड्यो भवत ॥ ८ ॥

rukstyānādinavāntarāvakaluse citte"tra viksepajā duhkhadyah khalu pañca te tanubhrtah syuh samyamasyārayah maitryādeh paribhāvanena tu kalau cittaprasādah kvacit prānābhyāsata īraņasya vijayo Yogah svamīdyo bhavet || 8 ||

Translation

The nine antarayas like disease, languour, etc. defile the citta. The set of five like duhkha etc. arise from viksepa (disturbance of mind). These are the enemies of a person in the path of Samyama. In this Kaliyuga pacification of the citta may be attained by assuming the attitude (bhavana) of maitri, etc. Through the practice of Pranayama, one controls prana and becomes respectable.

Yogis Reduce Heart Rate

Impurities of senses melted away though Pranayama

शसमतीरेताः सर्वषां प्रायशः समाः प्राणायामेन ताः संख्याः संकोच्या योगिना सदा

śvāsocchvāsagatīretāh sarvesām prāyaśah samāh | pränáyāmena tâh samkhyāh samkocyā Yoginā sadā |

म्मानानां धातुनाद्वि यथामलाः गमिस्तु दृह्यन्ते तदान्द्रयजा मलाः

dahyante dhmäyamânâm dhâtûnâmhi yathämalah | prânāyāmaistu dahyante tadendriyajā malāh ||

Translation

The respiratory rate is generally the same for everyone. Yogis reduce this rate through the practice of Pranayama.

During the practice of asanas, movement of the breath must be requiated. Just like the impurities in metals are burnt away by heat when melted, so also the impurities born out of the senses are burnt away through the practice of Pranayama.

Poised state of mind is called Manonmani

ते मध्यसञ्चारे मनःस्थैयं प्रजायते वाचेलक मकाभ्यासाद विचित्रा सिद्धिमाप्रयात ||3१

marute madhyasañcâre manahsthairyam prajâyate || yo manabsusthiribhävah saisavastha manonmani || 30 || tatsiddhaye vidhanajñáścitran kurvanti kumbhakan || vicitrakumbhakabhyasad vicitram siddhimapnuyat || 31 ||

Translation

Mind becomes polsed, as the prana moves in the middle path (susumna). The poised state of mind is called manonmani. 30.To attain such a state (manonmani), the adepts (of Yoga) practise various Kumbhakas. Surprising results can be achieved by practicing various Kumbhakas. 31.

Pranayama brings success in Yoga

मनिर्गतस्थोल्यकफमेदोमलादिकः ॥ प्राणायामं ततः कुर्यादनायासेन सिध्यति ॥२॥

satkarmanirgatasthaulya-kaphamedomalādikah || prānāvāmam tatah kurvādanāvāsena sidhvati || 2 ||

Detox With Pranayama

Attain perfection through Pranayama

प्राणायामैरेव सर्वे प्रशुध्यति मलाकुलम् ॥ आचार्याणां तु केषांञ्चिद अन्यत्कमे न सम्मतम् ॥३॥

prānāyāmaireva sarvam prašusyati malākulam || ácăryānām tu kesāňcid anyatkarma na sammatam || 3 ||

ब्रह्मादयोऽपि लिद्याः पवनाभ्यासतत्पराः ॥ तेन सिद्धि गतास्ते च तस्मात् पवनम् अभ्यसेत् ॥४॥

brahmadayo'pi tridasah pavanabhyasatatparah || tena siddhim gataste ca tasmat pavanam abhyaset || 4 ||

ति चले चित्तं निश्चल दृढबन्धने योगी स्थाणत्वम आप्रीति ततो वायं निबन्धयेत

cale vate calam cittam niścalam drdhabandhane || yogi sthanutvam apnoti tato vayum nibandhayet || 5 ||

Translation

Practice of pranayama brings about an easy success, after removing the impurities, such as fat and phiegm, through the practice of sat-karmas. 2.

The host of impurities certainly gets dried up through pranayama. According to some teachers, there is no need for other practices. 3.

Even the delties like Brahma and others attained perfection through the consistent practice of pranayama. Therefore, one should practice pranayama. 4.

Mind becomes active as the breathing Increases. When breath is controlled, mind becomes steady. To attain mental stabliity, a Yogi should practice pranayama. 5.

Pranayama overcomes death

मरण वायानं का निर्स तती वायं नवन्ययत ॥ ६

yavad váyuh sthito dehe tâvad jīvo na muñcati || maranam väyuniskrāntis tato vāvum nibandhavet || 6 ||

Translation

Translation

The Jiva (embodied soul) does not leave the body so long as prana remains. Death means exit of prana. Therefore, prana should be controlled. 6.

One should undertake regular practice of prânāyāma

and attains (deep) sense of well being. 7.

with pious attitude. Thus, one gets rid of the impurities

The Attitude While Doing Pranayama

Deep cleanse with Pränäyäma

Stay centered and beyond fear

प्राणाभ्यासं ततः कुर्यान्नू-नित्यं साल्विकया धिया ॥ यथा सुखम् अवस्थाय मलाः शोषं प्रयान्ति च ॥ ७ ॥

pranabhyasam tatah kuryan-nityam satvikaya dhiya || yatha sukham avasthaya malah sosam prayanti ca || 7 ||

यामा भवत्यव पातकन्धनपावकः महासतः प्रच्यते योगिभिः सद

prânāyāmo bhavatyeva pātakendhanapāvakah || bhavodadhimahāsetuh procyate Yogibhih sadā || 9 ||

yāvad baddho marud dehe tävaccittam nirāmayam || yavad drstir bhruvormadhye tävatkälabhayam kutah || 28 ||

Translation

Practice of pranayama certainly removes the sins, as fire burns the wood. Yogis say that it forms a great bridge to cross the ocean of worldly sufferings. 9.

Mind remains poised, so long as prana is controlled in the body. Fear of death {kala} will not arise, so long as the gaze is fixed at the center of the eyebrows. 28

Apta Pramana आप्त प्रमाण Goraksh Paddhatl (2, 6-9)

adhame codyate dharmah kampo bhavati madhyame | uttisthatyuttme yogi tato vayum nirodhayet || 6 || baddhapadmäsano yogi namaskrtya gurum śwam | bhrumadhye drsti rekâkî prânâyâmam samabhyaset || 7 || ürdhvmäkrsya capanaväyum präne niyojayet | ürdhvamaniyate śaktya sarvapapaih prabhucyate || 8 || dvārānām navakam niruddhaya marutam pītvā drdham dhāritam nitväkäsamapänavanhisahitam śakttayā samuccālitam || âtmasthanayutastvanena vidhivaddhinyasya mürdhni dhruvam yavatisthati tāvadeva mahatām samdhena samstuyate || 9 ||

Translation

In the lower [stage], the "substance" (Dharma) [i.e., sweat] is forced out; in the middle [stage] there is trembling; in the superior [stage] the Yogin rises [from the ground]. Hence he should [carefully] restrain the air (vayu). (2.6)

The Yogin, [seated in] the bound lotus posture and saluting the teacher and Shiva, should practice breath control in solitude (ekanta), with his gaze on the middle between the brows. (2.7) Drawing up the apana air, he should unite it with the prâna. When it is led upward with the [Kundalini] power, he is released from all sins. (2.8) Having closed the nine gates (dvara) [i.e., the openings of the body], having sucked in the air and holding it firmly, having conducted it to the "space" (akasha) [of the heart?] together with the apana and the [abdominal] fire (vahni), starting up the [Kundalini] power and placing it in the head, for sure according to this rule, as long as [the Yogin who is] joined with the abode of the Self [at the crown center] remains [thus], he is praised by the host of the great ones. (2.9)

। वितनतेऽमरतां समस्तम अभ्यासतः सुलभमेव समीरणस्य ॥ २ ॥

mürcchängato harati rogasamhamaddhabaddhah karoti gagane gamanam narāņām | väto'mrto vitanute'maratâm samastam abhyasatah sulabhameva samiranasya || 2 ||

तथा प्राणाऽभ्यासानलवलवलीपुद्गुलमलान् ॥ ३ ॥

adāhyam sat svarnam dhamitamanale yāti na layam

tatha prano bhyasanalavalipudgalamalan || 3 ||

bhuvi nyasto vajrādyakhilavişayah śīryati ciram ||

idam sarvam sūto dahanamukhago jārayati vai

Translation

immortality.

Even though gold is put in fire, it does not perish. While hard objects like stones etc. would perish lying idle on earth for long. Just as all the (impurities of) mercury are destroyed when it is subjected to fire, similarly, fire generated by the practice of Pranayama removes the host of bodily impurities.

Practice of Pranayama renders prana invariably inactive which removes diseases,

(brahmarandhra) and causes prana

secreting ambrosia which leads one to

stabilizes prana which takes one to gagana

Pranayama removes the host of Bodily Impurities

Pranayama leads to Dharana and Dhyana

समान्यतो ज्ञेयः सफलः प्राणसंयमः ॥

dhāranāssmrtisantāne prānāyāmāt bhavanti hi | iti samanyato jñeyah saphalah pränasamyamah ||

Translation

Through Pranayama, Dharana and Dhyanam Indeed happen. Thus, the regulation of breath is always known to be fruitful.

सगर्भः चित्तचाञ्चल्यं विनाशयति सत्वरम् ायुर्वद्धिस्सत्वशद्धी रोगनिवृत्तिरेव च ॥

sagarbhah cittacañcalyam vinasayati satvaram | ayurvrddhissatvasuddhī roganivrttireva ca || 98 ||

Translation

Sagarbha Pranayama destroys very quickly the agitation of the mind, increases life span, cleans the mind of heaviness and also remove illness.

द्वासप्तति-सहस्राणां नादीनां मल-शोधनम् । वारण वायोर-विकाराभाव एव च ॥ १२०

dvāsaptati-sahasrānām nādīnām mala-sodhanam l yathestam dhâranam vāyor-vikārābhāva eva ca || 120 ||

Translation

This practice results in hearing of mystical sounds, slimness of the body, feeling of wellbeing, increase in gastric fire, clarity of vision, lustrous face, control of bindu, purification of all the seventy-two thousand nadis and capacity to retain breath willfully and absence of all the disorders of vata humour.

By the practicing Yogin should be drawn in the vital air through the Solar Nadi. After performing Kumbhaka as prescribed in the rule, he should expel (it) through the lunar (Nadi). This, which kills many a disease of the belly and extirpates the malignant influence due to (intestinal) worms, should often and often be performed and is known as Surya-bheda (breaking through the Solar Nadi).

süryanadya samakışya vayumabhyasaYogina | vidhivat Kumbhakam krtvá recayecchitaraśmina || 91 || udare bahurogaghnam krimidoşam nihanti ca | muhurmuhuridam karyam süryabhedamudahçtam || 92 ||

On Breathing Techniques: Surya Bedha - The Disease Killer

The Surya Kumbhaka -A Powerful Purifying Technique

pavítre nirjane dese śarkaradivivarjite | dhanuhpramânaparyante śītâgnijalavarjite || 22 || pavitre natyuccanice hyasane sukhade sukhade sukhe | baddhapadmāsanam krtvā sarasvatyāstu cālanam || 23 || daksanadya samakrsya bahistham pavanam śanalh | yathestam pürayedvayum recayedidaya tatah ||24 || kapâlasodhane väpi recayet pavanam sanaih | catuşkam vātadosam tu krmidosam nihanti ca || 25 || punah punaridam karyam süryabhedamudahrtam |

Translation

In a hallowed and secluded spot devold of pebbles and the like, which is within the ambit of a bow (in extent), devoid of chillness, fire and water, sacred, on a seat neither high nor low, which gives comfort and is easy to take, assuming the baddha-padmasana posture, and with the rousing of the Sarasvati, slowly drawing in the external air through the right Nadi one should fill-in the air as much as could be desired and then expel it through the Ida or drive up the air slowly for purifying the skull.

This destroys the four kinds of disorders arising out of Vata and also intestinal worms. This should be practiced again and again and is known as the Surya variety.

वातनाडीगतसवरीगविनाशन भवति ॥ १३-१ ॥

sukhäsanastho daksanādyā bahistham pavanam

samäkrsyäkeśamänakhāgram kumbhayitvá savyanādyā recayet |

tenakapālasodhanam vātanādīgatasarvarogavināšanam bhavati || 13-1 ||

Purify The Cranium With Surva Kumbhaka

Sastra Pramana शास्त्र प्रमाण Sandilya Upanishad VII 13-1

Sürya and Candra Kumbhaka

Translation

vital air flows.

Translation

It through the left (Ida) Nadi.

According to Drunina (Siva), these are called surya and candra Kumbhakas respectively. These being of the nature of heat and cold they should be practiced taking into consideration the region and season.

(The Yogin), assuming a comfortable posture, drawing in the air outside through the right (Pingala) Nadi and

performing Kumbhaka, (till it reaches) as far as the

roots of the hair and the tips of the nails, should expel

By means of this, (are accomplished) the purification of the cranium and the destruction of the diverse diseases inherent in the Nadi-s, through which the

तलावेती देश-काल-प्रयोजिता

sūrya-candrāvimau kumbhau druhinena purodito auatyusna-šītalāvetau deša-kāla-prayojitau || 109 ||

Benefit Of Candra And Surya Kumbhakas

Apta Pramona आप्त प्रमाण

Kumbhaka Paddadhi 109

candrena pitta-dosānām-itaresām pareņa tu náśah sarvātmanā bhūyāt tribhir-māsair-na sāśayāh

Translation

Candra (inhaling through left nostril) and holding alleviated vitlation of bile (pitta), while other (sürya Kumbhaka) overcomes other (kapha and vāta) disorders In the three months, in which there is no doubt.

लादर चातुमतदापावनाशनम्

म्भितः कार्यमञ्जाय्यारव्यं तु कम्भकम् ॥ २९ ॥

mukham samyamya nādībhyāmākrsya pavanam śanaih ||26 || yathā lagati kaņthāttu hrdayāvadhi sasvanam | pürvavat kumbhayet prânam recayedidaya tatah || 27 || sirsoditänalaharam galaslesmaharam param | sarvarogaharam punyam dehânalavivardhanam || 28 ||

  • nādījalodaram dhātugatadosavināšanam | gacchatastisthatah karyamujjayyakhyam tu Kumbhakam || 29 ||

The Ujiavi Kumbha Easy technique to reliev your cold!

Sastra Pramana रास्त प्रमाण Yoga Kundali-Upanishad | 26-29

mukham niyamya nadibhyam-akrsyasum niyojayet kundali-pāršvayoh paścāt kumbhayed-udara-sthitam | 131 recayed-idaya vayum gacchan-tisthan-yada caret

ujjāyi-Kumbhakah proktah śivenākhilavedinā || 132 ||

Translation

With the mouth well under control, slowly drawing the air through the two Nadis (Ida and Pingala) in such a way that it may occupy the space from the throat up to the heart, making a nolse, one should hold the vital air as before and then expel it through the Ida.

This meritorious and excellent practice removes the heat produced in the head, and phlegm of the neck and further, drives away all diseases and raises the warmth of the body; and destroys the dropsy of the Nadis and the disorders affecting the humours. This should be performed by one while moving and standing and is known as the Kumbhaka called Ujjayl.

Closing the mouth one should inhale air through both the nostrils while holding it along the Kundalini and exhale through the left nostril. This is ujjayi-Kumbhaka stated by Shiva, which should be practiced all the time. 131This practice removes disorders of phlegm, dropsy, morbidity of the nadis and vitiation of the humours in the dhatus (bodily constituents), phlegmatic disorders of the throat and Increased bodily fire and luster.132

Survabheda in winter. Sitka or Sitali in summer

Apta Pramana आप्त प्रमाण Hathatatvakaumudi (Chapter 10, Verse 1)

trsādāhapittašramaghnīm ca sītkām bhajecchitalim sādhako vā sadaiva || jvarādau tathā grīsmakālē'tha haime budhah sūyabhedam kaphe mārute ca || 1 |

mukhena vayum samgrhya ghrānarandhrena recayet || 95 || sitalikaranam cedam hanti pittam ksudhām trsam sītalilaksanamāha- mukheneti || 96 ||

Sitali Kumbhaka -Remover of hunger and thirst

Sastra Pramona रास्त प्रमाण Yoga-Sikhopanishad 95-96

Great healing technique!

Sastra Pramona यास्त्र प्रमाण

Yoga Kundali-Upanishad 1.30-31

Sitali-Kumbhaka -

vaya vayumákrşya pürvavat kumbhakádanu | sanaistu ghranarandhrabhyam recayedanliam sudhih || 30 ||

gulmaplihädikän dosän ksayam pittam jvaram trsäm visani śitalī nāma kumbhako'yam nihanti ca || 31 ||

A sadhaka should always practice Sitka or Sitali which would pacify thirst, burning, acidity and relieve fatigue. These may be practiced on the onset of fever, or in the summer. A wise would do well by practicing Suryabheda in the winter or when affected by phlegmatic or vata disorders.

Drawing in air through the mouth, (he) should expel (it) through the nostrils. This is performing the Sitali (Kumbhaka) and destroys bile, hunger and thirst.

The man of clear intellect should, after (performing) Kumbhaka as before, draw in the air: through the tongue and should slowly expel it through the two nostrils. Dyspepsia, enlargement of the spleen and the like disorders, consumption, billousness, fever, thirst and poisons, this Kumbhaka known as Sitali kills.

Sastra Pramana रास्त्र प्रमाण Darshanopanishad (VI.25-26)

तमव्यग्रे सकल सख्माप्रयात् । २६ ।

jihvaya vayumakrşya yah pibet satatam narah Įśramadāhavinirmukto yogī nīrogatāmiyāt || 25 || jihvaya vayumakrşya jihvamûle nirodhayet | pibedamrtamavyagram sakalam sukhamapnuyat || 26 ||

Translation

He who always drinks air by inhaling it through the tongue, that Yogin will attain immunity from disease, and of fatigue and thirst. He who should confine the air at the root of the tongue, after inhaling it by means of the tongue, will coolly drink the nectar of immortality and enjoy all happiness.

If, during the three Samdhyas (twilights) for one

full month, one should, after inhaling the air by

means of the tongue, and drinking that nectar

little by little, confine it in the navel, (for him) all

ailments arising from a preponderance of Vata

(wind) and Pitta (bile) will undoubtedly perish.

Sitali Kumbhaka

Sastra Pramana शास्त्र प्रमाण Darshanopanishad V1.29

त्रेमध्याया जिद्वयाराज्य मारुत च पिढवाभिओं मन्ते मन्द मिन्द निराधयत ॥ २९

mäsamätram trisamdhyayam jihvayäropya märutam amrtam ca pibannäbhau mandam mandam nirodhayet || 29 || vätajäh pittajä dosä naśyantyeva na samśayah

Sitali Pranavama

Sastra Pramana रास्त्र प्रमाण Sandilyopanishad VI 13-14

Translation

Translation

Drawing in the air through the tongue, holding in Kumbhaka as long as possible, (the Yogin) should expel it through the nostrils. Therefrom, dyspepsia, enlargement of the spleen, fever, billousness, hunger and the like are destroyed.

द्धया वायं गर्दीत्वा यथाशक्ति कम्भवित्वा नासाभ्या रेच

jihvaya vayum grhitvá yathasakti kumbhayitva nasabhyamrecayet | tena gulmaplihajvarapittaksudhādi našyatiślītalī tu jihvayā || 13-4 || Yogi Drinking Prana Vayu at the root of the palate

Sastra Pramana रास्त्र प्रमाण Shiva Samhita. III. 70

Hathapradīpikā of Svātmārāma (Chapter 5, Verse 54)

kākacamcvā pibedvāyum śltalam yo vicaksanah | pränavidhanajñah sa bhavenmuktibhājanah || 70 ||

käkacańcuvidhanena śītalam salilampibet || prânâyăma-prayogena yogî bhavti nirjarah ||

When the skilful Yogi, knowing the laws of action of prana and apana, can drink the cold air through the concentration of the mouth, in the form of a crow-bill, then he becomes entitled to liberation.

Translation

A Yogi drinks the cool water, forming the tongue like the beak of crow.This technique of pranayama makes him free from (signs of) old age . 54.

Forming the tongue like a tube, take the air in

through the nose. This is kaka-cancu. It removes hunger, thirst, bilious tendency, fever and

through it. After holding the breath, exhale

inflammation of the spleen and toxicity.

Kaka-CañCu (Sitali)

Apta Pramona आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddadhi 141-142

nalikāsadršīm-kākum vidhāyāpūrayet-tayā ||

śvasanam kumbhayen-nobhyam recayet kāka-cañcukah || 141 || ksut-trt-pitta-jvara-pliha-visanam nasano bhavet || 142 ||

Part 4: THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM Yoga_ Evolution of the New Species - 1008+ Pramanas from the Source_English_part_4.md

Sitali Kumbhaka - remover of thirst and hunger

Apta Pramana आप्त प्रमाण Hatharatnāvalī (2, 19-20)

शातली नाम कम्भकाऽय निर्द्वन्ति च ॥ २० ॥

jihvaya vayumakışya pürvavatkumbhakädanu sanairasitiparyyantam recayedanilam sudhīh || 19 || gulmaplihodaram dosam jvarapittaksudhatrsäh || vişani śītali nāma kumbhako yam nihanti ca || 20 ||

Translation

One draws the air in through the tongue, retains it in the manner told before and thereafter slowly exhales (thought the nostrils). This is for eighty rounds.19

Sitalī Kumbhaka removes dropsy, disorders of the spleen, fever, acidity, and toxicity and controls hunger and thirst. 20.

Forming the mouth like a beak of a crow, one should take the air in and hold it. Then raising the tongue, one should taste the flow of nectar and exhale through both the nostrils. This is sitali-kaka-cañcuka An adept of prana and apana practices this consistently for a month, gets rid of heat due to exertion, fever and other sickness and overcomes premature death.

Turning the tip of the tongue up and pressing it to the throat, one should take the air through the mouth forming it like the beak of a crow and contemplate on kundall.

Apta Pramana आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddadhi 143-147

ans at on Practicing this for six months, one undoubtedly becomes a kavi (poet). Forming the tongue into the beak of a crow one should take the air in and contemplate on prana entering into the mouth of kundali. With this one becomes free from disease of consumption. With daily and continuous practice, one undoubtedly attains clairaudience, foresightedness and ability to disappear.

kākacancu-vad-āsyaenāpūrya vāyum nirodhayet | ûrdhvajihvam samaniya pibed-dhärämrtam sudhih || recayed ghrâna-randhrâbhyam śitali-kākacańcukah | 143 | prânāpāna-vidhānajņo muktibhāg-asya sādhanāt nithyabhyasavato yati śrama-daha-jvaramayah || masabhyasan-mrtyu-jayo nirantara-krte bhavet || 144 || manikarni-bilam gadham pidya lambikaya tatah | kundalim cintayan kaka-cañcva yadl samiranam || pibet sanmösa-yogena kavir-bhavti niścitam || 145 || dhyötvö kundalini-vaktra-göminam mörutam yadö | köka-cañcum prakurute ksaya-rogāt pramucyate || 146 || dûra-śrutir-dôra-drstir-antardhanddikam phalam | ahar-nisam sadabhyasaj-jayate natra samsayah || 147 ||

Apta Pramana आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddadhi 143-147

One draws the tongue out to press them against the teeth and takes the air in. Then he slowly leaves the air out through the roof of nose as before till he feels the sensation at the tip of the hair and nails.

Apta Pramana आप्त प्रमाण

Hathatatvakaumudi (Chapter 10, Verse 16)

जेतु शनकेराशिखायमानखाग्रावध्युच्येक्षानु नासापुटयुगलबिलाभ्या तता रचय

jihvām bahirnihsārya dantamūle krtvā vāyumākrsya pūrakam bhavet pūravat |

tato mandanasabhyam vayum adhasikhagramanakhägrävadhyuccalisanu nåsäputayugalabilabhyam tato recayet ||16 ||

Benefits Of Sitali Kumbhaka

Apta Pramona आप्त प्रमाण Hathatatvakaumudi (Chapter 10, Verse 17)

Curing Consumption Of Lungs (Phthisis)

Sastra Pramona वास्त प्रमाण Shiva Samhita. III. 74

Acquiring Power Of Clairaudience And Clairvoyance

Sastra Pramana शास्त प्रमाण Shiva Samhita. III. 75

gulmaplîhodaraghno jvarakşavathutrşam yakşmapitte nihanti || dosam devam ca hanyaditi madadalanah śitalīnāma kumbhah || 17 ||

Translation

This cures inflammation, spleen disorders (pliha), dropsy, fever, sore throat, thirst, consumption, acidity (pitta) and the evils related to deities (deva-evil spirits) and controls lust. This is Sitali Kumbhaka.

When he drinks the air through the crow-bill, both in the morning and in the evening twilight, contemplating that it goes to the mouth of the Kundalini, consumption of the lungs is cured.

When the wise Yogi drinks the fluid day and night through the crow-beak, his diseases are destroyed: he acquires certainly the powers of clairaudience and clairvoyance.

kakacamcva pibedayum sandhyorubhyorubhyorapi | kundalinya mukhe dhyátva kṣayarogasya śāntaye || 74 ||

रा पिबेद्योगी काकचंच्वाव विचक्षणः पिबेट्र्मणानिलं तस्य रोगाणां संक्षयो भवेत ॥ तेदरहश्रिस्तथा स्याद्वशन खल ।। ७५ ।

aharniśam pibedyogī kākacaṃcvāva vicakṣaṇah | pibetprānānilam tasya rogānām samksayo bhavet || dūrasrutirdūradrstistathā syāddaršanam khalu ||75 ||

Kakacanucka

Apta Pramana आप्त प्रमाण Hathatatvakaumudi (Chapter 12, Verse 1)

Sitalikakacancuka

Apta Pramana आप्त प्रमाण Hathatatvakaumudi (Chapter 12, Verse 2)

Apta Pramana आप्त प्रमाण Hathatatvakaumudi (Chapter 12, Verse 3-4)

nalikāsadršim kākum vidhāyāpūravettathā | svasanam kumbhayennabhyam recayetkäkacañcukah||iti || 1 ||

käkacancuvadasyena pürya väyum nirodhayet | ûrdhvajihvam samanîya pibeddhārāmṛtam sukhī || 2 ||

प्राणापानविधानजा मोक्तिभागस्य साधनात । भ्यासवती योन्ति श्रमुदाहज्वरामयाः मासाभ्यासात् मृत्युजयो निरन्तरकृते भवेत ॥ ४ ॥

recayed ghránarandhrábhyám śitalikäkacañcukah | prâņāpānavidhānajño muktibhāgasya sādhanāt || 3 || nithyābhyāsavato yānti śramadāhajvarāmayāh | mäsäbhyäsät mrtyujayo nirantarakrte bhavet || 4 ||

Translation

Forming the tongue like a tube, draw the air in through it. After holding the breath, exhale through the nose. This is kakacancuka.

Forming the mouth like the beak of a crow, one should take the air in and hold it. Then raising the tongue, one should drink the flow of nectar and exhale through both the nostrils.

This is sitalikakacancuka. An adept of Pranayama attains liberation through this practice. Regular practice of this (sitalikakacancuka) overcomes fatigue, burning sensation, fever and such other diseases. Continuous practice for one month makes one free from premature death.

Become a kavi (poet) undoubtedly by contemplating on Kundalini

Apta Pramana आप्त प्रमाण Hathatatvakaumudi (Chapter 12, Verse 5)

काकचज्जा याति ममी स्योगन कविभवाति निश्चितम

manikarnibilam gädham pidya lambikaya tatah | kundalim cintayet käkacañcvä yadi samiranam || pibecchanmasayogena kavirbhavati niścitam || 5 ||

dhyātvā kuņdalinīm cakragāminam mārutam yadā | kākacañcum prakurute ksayarogāt pramucyate || 6 || düraśrutirdüradrsţirantardhânădikam phalam | aharniśam sadābhyāsāt jāyate nātra saṃśayah || 7 ||

Turning the tip of the tongue and pressing it at the uvula one should take the air through the mouth forming it like the beak of a crow and contemplate on Kundali. Practising this for six months, one undoubtedly becomes a kavi (poet).

Forming the tongue into a beak of a crow, one should take in the air in and contemplate on Kundali while prana enters into cakras. With this, one becomes free from the disease of consumption. With dally and continuous practice one surely attains clairaudience, clairvoyance and ability to disappear.

Become Free From The Disease Of Consumption

Apta Pramana आप्त प्रमाण Hathatatvakaumudi (Chapter 12, Verse 6-7)

Sitkari Pranavama

Sastra Pramona यास्त्र प्रमाण Sandilyopanishad VI 13-3

vaktrena sitkärapürvakam vāyum grhītvā yathāsakti kumbhayitvä nasabhyam recayet | tena ksuttrsnalasyanidra na jayante sītkāraprānāyāmamāha- vaktreneti || 13-3 ||

Translation

Sucking the air through the mouth, with the Sitkara (hissing sound), holding it in Kumbhaka aslong as possible, (the Yogin) should expel it through the nostrils. Therefrom thirst, hunger and sleep through Indolence, will not be produced. (13-3)

Apta Pramana आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddadhi 137-140

योगिनी-चक्र-सेव्यः सुष्ट्यादि-कृत् भवत् ॥ १४० ॥ rasanām-unmukhīkrtya sīkāram kurvatā marut | pīyante kumbhake yasmin nāsikābhyām virecanam || 137 || rasanām prāna-samyuktām pīdyamānām vicintayet |

sītkārī-Kumbhakah proktah sarva-siddhikarah satām || 138 || sitkärī-kumbhakabhyasāt smara-jitvara-rūpa-dhrk | ksun-nidrálasya-roga-sarvopadrava-varjitah || 139 || yogindro Yogini-cakra-sevyah srstyadl-krt bhavet || 140 ||

Translation

Turning the tongue upwards and producing the sound "sit", inhale the air. After holding the breath, exhale through both the nostrils, while making frictional sound. Concentrate on the tongue pressed and the sound along with prana.

This is called Sitkari-Kumbhaka, which contributes to all the accomplishments.With the practice of Sitkari-Kumbhaka, one controls the cupid (God of Love) and becomes handsome. It helps controlling hunger, sleep, laziness, diseases and one becomes free from all the problems of health. The yogi enjoys the multitude of powers like creation, etc.

Apta Pramana आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddadhi 148-152

dvijair-dvijan pidya vāyum kākacañcvā pibec-chanalb | ûrdhva-jihvah kumbhakaro recayed ghrana-vartmana || käkacañcuh kumbha uktah kenäyam käkudaśravāh || 148 || avatsarardham-abhyasam pratyaham yah samacaret | sarva-roga-vinirmukto vatsaran mrtyu-jid bhavet || 149 || tri-varse ślvatām yāti bhūtendriya-jayānvitah | ânimädi-gunair-yukto jarayā rahito bhavet || 150 || khecaryangamidam prâha krpāluh parameśvarah || 151 || śraddhālu-sukumbhakāś-ca ksut-trdādi-vināšinah | sarva-saubhāgya-dhātāro vijñeyāh Guru-vākyatah || 152 ||

By pressing the teeth together, one should take the air in slowly through the mouth and holding the breath with upturned tongue, exhale through the passage of nose.

According to Kakudasrava this is kaka-cancu-Kumbhaka.By daily practice of this Kumbhaka for half a year one completely gets rid of the diseases and after a year (of practice) one controls (premature) death. Having controlled all the senses and accomplishing siddhis like Anima, etc. one overcomes signs of old age andattains Siva-hood after three years. It is the means leading to Khecari, (an undisturbed state of consciousness), as narrated by Paramesvara the merciful.

Kumbhakas practiced with devotion remove hunger and thirst and contribute to all fortunes, which should be learnt from the Guru.

Sitkara Kumbhaka

Apta Pramana आप्त प्रमाण Hathatatvakaumudi (Chapter 10, Verse 10-11).

Apta Pramana आप्त प्रमाण Hathatatvakaumudi (Chapter 12, Verse 8-10)

ाग्रयक शीतलय्व सात्कार्यऽतीऽरुणा | ११ |

sītkām dadyān mukhena prathamamanuvijrmbhām ca nāsāputābhyām nithäbhyasaprayogāditi bhavati narah kāmadevo dvitīyah || nidrálasyaksudhātrtrahita iha caredYoginīcakrasevyah srsteh samhärakärī viharati sa sadopadravo prthivyām || 10 || sudhāsrāvi širārandhratālu sprstvāmrtam marut | himo jihvāgrayuk sītaleyva sītkārya'to'rujā ||11 ||

आवत्सराधमभ्यासात् प्रत्यद्वं यः समाचरेत । सर्वरोगविनिर्मुक्तो वत्सरान् मृत्युजिद भवत् ॥ १० ॥

dvijairdvijān pīdya vāyum kākacancva pibecchanaih | ûrdhvajihvah kumbhakaro recayed ghranavartmana || 8 || kākacancuh kumbha ukto kenāyam kākudaśravā || 9 || āvatsarārdhamabhyāsāt pratyaham yah samācaret | sarvarogavinirmukto vatsaran mrtyujid bhavet ||10 ||

Translation

One sucks the air through the mouth making a hissing sound (sit) and thereafter exhales through the nostrils. A regular practice makes a man second to Cupid. It removes sleep, lethargy, hunger and thirst.

He is favoured by the group of Yoginis (deities), becomes a creator and destroyer and moves on the Earth without trouble.As the prana touches the aperture above the upper palate, the ambrosia secretes from the siras (tubular vessels). The tongue turns cool. The practice of Sitkari is like Sitali which brings wellness.

By pressing the teeth together, one should take the air in slowly through the mouth, and after holding the breath with upturned tongue, exhale through the passage of nose.

This Kumbhaka has been called kakacancu by one kakudasrava. By daily practice of this Kumbhaka for half a year one completely gets rid of all the diseases and after a year overcomes (premature) death.

On Breathing Techniques: Bhastrika Kumbhaka

Sastra Pramona शास्त्र प्रमाण Yoga-Sikhopanishad 96 - 100

stanayoratha bhastreva lohakarasya vegatah ||96 || recayet pürayedvâyumäśramam dehagam dhiya | yatha śramo bhaveddehe tatha süryena pürayet ||97 || kanthasamkocanam krtvä punaścandrena recayet | vätapittaslesmaharam sariragnivivardhanam ||98 || kundalībodhakam vaktradosaghna śubhadam sukham | brahmanädimukhäntahsthakaphadyargalanasanam || 99 || samyagbandhasamudbhütam granthitrayavibhedakam višesenalva kartavyam bhastrākhyam Kumbhakam tvidam ||100 ||

Translation

(The practitioner) should intelligently expel with speed the air in the body, out of the two breasts and fill (it) in (likewise), till he is overcome with fatigue, as with a blacksmith's pair of bellows. When fatigue comes on in the body, then should he fill in through the Solar (Nadi) and after constricting the throat, should expel (it) again through the Lunar (Nadi).

(This Kumbhaka) removes (the excess of) the mind, blie and phlegm, raises the temperature of the body, rouses the Kundall, removes defects in the mouth, bestows auspiciousness, is wholesome, removes impediments, such as phlegm remaining in the interior of the opening of the Brahma-nadl and is capable of bursting through the three knots as the result of effectively practising the Bandhas. This Kumbhaka is known as the Bhastra and should be specially practised.

The Bhastrika Kumbhaka -Spark The Inner Fire Of Health!

Sastra Pramana रास्त प्रमाण Yoga Kundall-Upanishad 1 32 - 39

mukham samyamya yatnena pränam ghrânena recayet || 32 || yathā lagati kanthāttu kapāle sasvanam tatah | vegena pürayet kimciddhrtpadmävadhi mārutam || 33 || punarvirecayet tadvat pûrayecca punah punah | yathaiva lohakārānām bhastrāvegena cālyate || 34 ||

Translation

The man of clear intellect, after assuming the Padmasana posture, and keeping his neck and belly in a line, controlling well the mouth with effort, should expel the vital air through the nose, in such a way that it occupies with a noise the cranium from the throat.

He should fill in a little air up to the lotus of the heart. He should again expel it as before and fill it In, again and again. Even as the pair of bellows of blacksmiths is blown in quick succession, in the same manner should he cause the air in the body to move slowly.

Until fatigue is experienced by the body, he should expel the air through the Solar Nadi until the belly becomes filled with the air, lightly holding the middle of the nose with the two forefingers, but not tightly, performing Kumbhaka as before, he should expel the air through the Ida.

This, which takes away the heat produced in the throat, raises the warmth of the body, kindles the Kundali, is endowed with good qualities and kills sin, is auspicious and health-giving, destroys the phlegm and other obstruction in the interior of the mouth of the Brahma-nadi, breaks through the three kinds of swelling brought about ...

tathalva svasarīrastham calayet pavanam sanaih | vatha śramo bhaveddehe tatha süryena recayet || 35 || yathodaram bhavet pürnam pavanena tatha laghu | dhārayannāsikāmadhyam tarjanībhyām vinā drdham || 36 || Kumbhakam pürvavat krtvå recayedidayanilam | kanthotthitänalaharam sariragnivivardhanam || 37 || kundalibodhakam punyam päpaghnam subhada sukham | brahmanädimukhântasthakaphadyargalanasanam || 38 || qunatrayasamudbhutagranthitrayavibhedakam | višeșenalva kartavyam bhastrākhyam Kumbhakam tvidam || 39 ||

Translation

A Yogi, sitting in vajrasana should activate kundali and thereafter, should practice bhastrika. Thus, kundall is easily awakened,

by the operation of the three Guna's, should be

specially performed. This is known as the

Kumbhaka called the Bhastra.

ज्जासनस्थितो योगी चालयित्वा तु कुण्डलीम् ॥ दिनन्तरं भस्त्री कुन्ण्डलीम् आशु बोधयत् ॥ १७३ ॥

vajrāsanasthito yogī cālayitvā tu kundalīm II kuryādanantaram bhastrīm kunndalīm āšu bodhayet II 173 II

स्सता नित्य योमनः शक्नूत यमः ॥ १७६ ॥

undalim calayitvá tu kuryād bhastrīm višesatah II evamabhyasato nityam yaminah śańkate yamah II 176 II

Translation

Activate kundali followed by special practice of bhastrika. With this practice, a Yogi can control premature death. 176

Bhastrika Awakens Kundalini

Apta Pramona आप्त प्रमाण Hathapradīpikā of Svātmārāma (Chapter 5, Verse 173)

Bhastrika To Overcome Premature Death

Apta Pramana आप्त प्रमाण Hathapradīpikā of Svātmārāma (Chapter 5, Verse 176)

लायित्वा तु कुर्याद भस्ती विशेषतः ॥

Sastra Pramana शास्त प्रमाण Yogatattvopanishad 49 - 51

tatah param yatheştam tu saktah syadvayudharane || 49 || yathestadhäranādvāyoh sidhyet kevalaKumbhakaḥ | kevale kumbhake siddhe recapüravivarjite || 50 || na tasya durlabham kimcit trişu lokesu vidyate |

Translation

Thereafter he will acquire power to hold the breath as long as desired. By holding the breath as long as desired, the Kevala Kumbhaka is successfuly accomplished. When the Kevala (mere) Kumbhaka devoid of the Recaka and the Puraka is attained, there is nothing in all the three worlds difficult of attainment for that practitioner.

Two Varieties Of Kumbhakas

Sastra Pramona शास्त प्रमाण Sandilya Upanishad VI 13-5, 13-6

Translation

That Kumbhaka is of two kinds: mixed and pure. The mixed is conjoint with Recaka (expelling) and Puraka (in-filling). The pure is devold of those (two processes). Till the acquisition of the pure (Kumbhaka) (the Yogin) should practise the mixed (Kumbhaka).

When the pure Kumbhaka has been accomplished, for him there is nothing unattainable in the three worlds. From the Kevala-Kumbhaka, the rousing of the Kundalini is brought about.

Kumbhakah sa dvividhah sahitah kevalasceti | recakapürakayuktah | tadvivarjitah kevalah | kevalasiddhiparyantam sahitamabhyaset | kevalakumbhake siddhe trişu lokeşu na tasya duriabham bhavati | kevalakumbhakat kundalinībodho jāyate || 13-5 || upāyopeyaKumbhakadvayamāha- Kumbhaka iti | tatah kim jäyataityatra- kevaleti || 13-5 ||

tatah kršavapuh prasannavadano nirmalalocano bhivyaktanādo nirmuktarogajālo jitabinduh patvagnirbhavati || 13-6 || tatah kim syadityatra tatah iti || 13-6 ||

Thence, (the Yogin) becomes light-bodied, with a cheerful countenance, with his eyes free from dirt, with Nada manifested, released from the clutches of groups of diseases, with his Bindu (semen) under control and with his vital warmth glowing briskly.

Kevala Kumbhaka

Apta Pramona आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddhatih 88 - 89 न्द्रि-वायोर-जयः केवल-कुम्भकात स्यात

kevalam kumbhayet prānam reca-pūraņa-verjitam tüyah śesodito'nye tu kevalam Kumbhakam viduh mano-javatvam ca mano-jayas-ca pālitya-hānir-valitasya nāšah nāda-śrutiś-cāstavidhāsya siddhir-vāyor-jayah kevala-kumbhakāt syāt

Translation

Prana should be restrained irrespective of inspiration or expiration. This is fourth variety of Kumbhaka, called Kevala-Kumbhaka. Benefits of Kevala-Kumbhaka are stated as increased dexterity of the mind, control of mental activities, disappearance of grey hair and wrinkles, hearing of mystical sounds, accomplishment of eight-fold siddhis and control of vayu.

Translation

He should press the nasal chamber with his

right hand only and should (then) gradually

expel the Pingala breath. Filling the air through the Ida of sixteen measures, he should hold the filled-in air (by Kumbhaka) of sixty-four measures and expel the Pingala breath well to the extent of thirty-two measures. In this manner should the (breathing) operation be repeated again and

again, in the inverse and direct order.

hastena daksinenalva pidayennasikaputam || 95 || sanalh sanairatha bahih praksipet pingalanilam | İdaya vayumapürya brahman şodasamatraya || 96 || püritam kumbhayet paścâccatuhsastya tu mâtraya | dvatrimsanmatraya samyag recayet pingalanilam || 97 || evam punah punah karyam vyutkramanukramena tu | sampûrnakumbhavaddeham kumbhayenmätarisvanä || 98 ||

Sastra Pramona शास्त्र प्रमाण Tri-shikhi-brahmanopanishad 11.95-98

Sastra Pramana शास्त्र प्रमाण Darshanopanishad V. 7-10

ldaya pränamākrşya pürayitvodarasthitam | tato'gnim dehamadhyastham dhyayan jvālāvalīyutam || 7 || bindunādasamāyuktamagnibījam vicintayet | paścâvirecayet samyak pranam pingalaya budhah || 8 || punah pingalayapürya vahnibijamanusmaret | punarvirecayeddhimanidayalva śanaih śanaih || 9 || tricaturväsaram vätha tricaturvärameva ca | satkrtvo vicarennityam rahasyevam trisamdhisu ||10 ||

Drawing the Prana, vital air, through the Ida, augmenting (the vital air) standing in the belly, then meditating upon the fire flaming all round in the middle of the body, he should conceive of ("Ram"). the seed of fire with Hindu and Nada; then should the wise man expel the Prana well through the Pingala. Again, filling up through the Pingala, he should call to memory the seed of fire.

Again should the man of intellect gradually expel the air through the Ida alone. For three or four days, or for three or four times every day, practising thus, In seclusion, six times during each of the three Sarpdhi-s (junctions) constantly should he move about.

Precise time count for Nadi Shodana

Sastra Pramana शास्त्र प्रमाण Yogatattvopanishad 40-43

Jänu pradaksinīkrtya na drutam na vilambitam | angulisphoțanam kuryāt sā mâtră parigīyate || 40 || İdaya vayumapürya śanaih sodaśamātrayā | kumbhayet püritam paścāccatuhsastya tu mātrayā || 41 || recayet pińgalânâdya dvatrimśanmátraya punah | punah pingalayapürya pürvavat susamahitah || 42 || pratarmadhyamdine säyamardharatre ca kumbhakan | śanairaśitiparyantam caturvāram samabhyaset || 43 ||

(The time taken by one), should he snap the fingers after circum-ambulation, neither too quickly nor too slowly, of the knee therewith, that Is known as Matra (unit of measuring time). Filling in gradually the vital air through the Ida, for a duration of sixteen Matra-s, one should thereafter hold in the infilled air for duration of sixty-four Matra-s.

He should, thereafter, expel (it) through the Pingala Nadi, for a duration of thirty-two Matra-s. Once again filling in (air) through the Pingala, (he should do) as before, with due control. He should gradually practise four times every day, up to eighty Kumbhaka-s, at daybreak, noon, sun-down and at midnight.

Nadishodana Kumbhaka with Pranava Mantra

Sastra Pramona शास्त्र प्रमाण Darshanopanishad VI. 3-6

idaya vayumakrşya pürayitvodarasthitam | šanaih sodaśabhirmatrairakāram tatra samsmaret || 3 || pûritam dhārayet paścāccatuhsastyā tu mātrayā | ukāramūrtimatrāpi samsmaran pranavam Japet || 4 || yāvadvā šakyate tāvaddhārayejjapatatparah | püritam recayet pascanmakāreņānilam budhab || 5 || sanaih pingalayā tatra dvātrimśanmātrayā punah | pränāyāmo bhavedesa tatascalvam samabhyaset || 6 ||

Drawing the vital air through the Ida and filling up (the air) standing in the belly (with it), slowly should one remember the letter "A" there, for the duration of sixteen Matra-s. The filled up (air) should be held thereafter for the duration of sixty-four Matra-s. Here also should he remember the form of the letter "U" and mutter the Pranava (mentally).

Intent on prayer he should hold (the air) as long as it is possible (for him to do so). Thereafter the wise man should expel the filled-in air with (the remembrance of) the letter "M" through the Pingala, for a duration of thirty-two Matra-s therein, slowly again. This will be Pranayama thus should he practise even thereafter.

Nadishodana Kumbhaka With Pranava Mantra

Sastra Pramana शास्त प्रमाण Darshanopanishad VI. 7-10

punah pingalayāpürya mātraih şodaśabhistathā | akāramūrtimatrāpi smaredekāgramānasah || 7 || dhārayet pūrītam vidvān praņavaṃ samjapan vašī | ukāramūrtim sa dhyāyan catuhşastyā tu mātrayā || 8 || makāraṃ tu smaran paścādrecayedidayānilam | evameva punah kuryādidayāpūrya buddhimān || 9 || evam samabhyasennityam prānāyāmam munīšvara | evamabhyasato nityam sanmasad jñānavān bhavet || 10 ||

Translation

Again, filling up through the Pingala, similarly, for a duration of sixteen Matras, should he here also remember the form of the letter "A" with the one pointed mind. The Knowing One should hold the filled in air, muttering the Pranava, with full control (over himself), meditating on the form of the letter "U" for a duration of sixty-four Matras.

He should then expel the air through the Ida, remembering the letter "M". The Knowing One should repeat again in this manner, filing through the ida and in this manner practise Pranayama daily, O mighty Sage !

Sastra Pramona शास्त्र प्रमाण Yoga-Cudamany Upanishad 36-39

rjukāyah prānjaliśca pranamedistadevatām | tato daksinahastasya angusthenaiva pingalam || 36 || nirudhya pürayedvāyumidaya tu sanaih sanaih | yathasaktyavirodhena tatah kuryacca Kumbhakam || 37 || punastyajet pingalayā šanaireva na vegatah | punah pingalayāpūrya pūrayedudaram śanaih || 38 || dhārayitvā yathāšakti recayedidayā śanaih | yayā tyajet tayāpūrya dh ārayedavirodhatah || 39 ||

Translation

With body erect and palms closed (in the attitude of prayer), he should salute his tutelary deity. Then, with the thumb of the right hand obstructing the Pingala (Nadi), he should fill in the vital air little by little, through the Ida (Nadi). Then should he perform Kumbhaka without intermission, as far as it lies in his power.

Again should he expel the vital air gradually and by no means with force. Again, drawing on through the Pingala, he should fill his belly gradually. Holding (the vital air) as far as it lies In his power, he should expel (it) through the Ida, gradually. Then, filling in through that (Nadi) wherewith he expelled (the vital air), he should hold (the vital air) without detriment.

Through the Ida should (the Yogin) draw in the vital air as prescribed and again expel it through the other (Nadi).

Then through the Pingala drawing in the vital air and holding it, then, he should expel it through the left (Nadl). The system of Nadl-s of the (Yogin) full of the power of control, who meditates on the two Bindus (discs) of the Sun and the Moon, as prescribed in the rule, gets purified in the course of a little over two months.

The holding of the vital breath as long as it is desired, the kindling of the fire, the distinct manifestation of the Nadis and sound health are produced by the purification of the Nadis.

prânam cedidaya pibenniyamitam bhûyo'nyatha recayet pītvā pingalayā samīranamatho baddhvā tyajed vāmayā | süryacandramasoranena vidhina bindudvayam dhyayatah śuddhā nāḍigaṇā bhavanti yamino māsadvayādūrdhvatah || 98 || yathestadhārana vāyoranalasya pradīpanam | nādābhivyaktirārogyam jāyate nādisodhanāt || 99 ||

Purification Of The Nadis Through Nadi Shodana

Sastra Pramona शास्त्र प्रमाण Yoga-Cudamany Upanishad 98-99 Purifying the nadis in 3 months through Nadi Shodana

Sastra Pramana शास्त्र प्रमाण Sandilyopanishad-7.1

Translation

Then, with a firm posture, the Yogin, possessed of selfcontrol, partaking of temperate and wholesome food, for the purpose of drying up the impurities remaining in the Susumna Nadi, assuming the Padmasana posture, in-filling the vital air through the Moon (ida), holding it in Kumbhaka, as far as it lies in his power and expelling it through the Surya (Pingala), again in-filling through the Surya (Pingala) and after Kumbhaka expelling it through the Moon (Ida), should hold it, after in-filling through the Nadi through which he expelled.

Herein occur these verses: (The Yogin) should at first draw in the Prana vital air through the Ida and again expel through the other (viz., the Pingala), In the prescribed manner (i.e., after Kumbhaka). Then sucking in the vital air through the Pingala, he should, after holding it, expel it through the left (Nadl).

pragidaya pibenniyamitam bhüyo'nyaya recayet pítvá píngalaya samiranamatho baddhvā tyajedvámayá | sûryācandramasoranena vidhinābhyāsam sadā tanvatām suddha nādigaņā bhavanti yaminām māsatrayādūrdhvatah || 1 ||

For those self-possessed Yogin-s, who always practise according to this rule, through the Solar and Lunar Nadi-s (alternately), the systems of Nadi-s are purifiedin the course of a little over three months.

Sastra Pramona शास्त्र प्रमाण Shiva Samhita 22- 23

Practice Nadi Shodana for 20 Kumbhakas

Sastra Pramona शास्त्र प्रमाण Shiva Samhita 24

When to practice for Nadi Shodana?

Sastra Pramona शास्त्र प्रमाण Shiva Samhita 25

tatasca daksamgusthena niruddhay pimgalam sudhih | İdaya pürayedvayum yathasaktaya tu kumbhayet || tatastyaktvā pimgalayāšanaireva na vegatah || 22 || punah pimgalayã pûrya yathasaktya tu kumbhyet | idaya recayadvayum na vegena śanalh śanaih || 23 ||

idamYogavidhānena kuryādvimsatikumbhakān | sarbadvandvavinirmuktah pratyaham vigatälasah || 24 ||

prätahkäle ca madhyähne suryäste cärddharätrake | kuryādevam caturvāram kālesvetesu kumbhkān || 25 ||

Then let the wise practitioner close with his right thumb the pingala (right nostril), inspire air through the ida (the left nostril) and keep the air confined. suspend his breathing as long as he can; and afterwards let him breathe out slowly, and not forcibly, through the right nostril.

Again, let him draw breath through the right nostril, and stop breathing as long as his strength permits; then let him expel the air through the left nostril, not forcibly, but slowly and gently.

According to the above method of Yoga, let him practice twenty Kumbhakas (stopping of the breath). He should practice this daily without neglect or idleness, and free from all duels (of love and hatred, and doubt and contention), etc.

These Kumbhakas should be practiced four times - once (1) early in the morning at sunrise, (2) then at midday, (3) the third at sun-set, and (4) the fourth at mid-night.

Benefit Of Nadi Shodana

Sastra Pramana वास्त प्रमाण Shiva Samhita 26

थं मासल्लयं कर्यादनालस्यो दिने दिने ततो नाडिविशद्धिः स्यादिविलम्बेन निश्चितम् ॥ २६ ॥

ittham masatrayam kuryadanalasyo dine dine | tato nádivisuddhih syadivilambena niścitam || 26 ||

Translation

When this has been practiced daily, for three months, with regularity, the nadas (the vessels) of the body will readily and surely be purified.

When Yogi Enters The First State Of Yoga; Arambha

Sastra Pramana शास्त्र प्रमाण Shiva Samhita 27

Signs Of Yogi With Purified Nadas

Sastra Pramona वास्त प्रमाण Shiva Samhita 28

Nadi Shodana Pranayama By Hatharatnavali (1)

Apta Pramona आप्त प्रमाण Hatharatnavall (Chapter 3, Verse 83)

यदा तु नाडीशुद्धिः स्याद्योगिनस्तत्त्वदशिनः तदा विध्वस्तदोषश्च भवेदारम्भसम्भवः ॥ २७ ॥

yadā tu nādīšuddhih svād Yoginastattvadaršinah | tada vidhvastadosaśca bhavedārambhasambhavah || 27 ||

चिन्हानि योगिनो देहे दृश्यन्ते नाडिश्चद्धितः सम्स्तान्यन्द्रानि सक्षेपतो मया

cinhâni Yogino dehe dráyante nādisuddhitah | kathyante samstänyanngani samksepato maya || 28 ||

ऋजुकायः समासीनः प्राणायामान्समभ्यसेत् ॥ ८३॥

siddhe vå baddhapadme vå svastike cäthaväsane II

rjukāyah samāsīnah prānāyāmānsamabhyaset II 83 II

दि वा बद्धपद्म वा स्वस्तिके चाथवासने ।

Translation

When thus the nadas of the truth-perceiving Yogi are purified, then his defects being all destroyed, he enters the first stage in the practice of Yoga called Rambha.

Certain signs are perceived in the body of the Yogi whose nadas have been purified. I shall describe, in brief, all these various signs. The body of the person practicing the regulation of breath becomes harmoniously developed, emits sweet scent, and looks beautiful and lovely.

Adopt Siddha, Baddha-padma or Svastikāsana and keeping the body erect; practice prânâyâma. 83.

Nadi Shodana Pranayama Bv Hatharatnavali (2)

Apta Pramana आप्त प्रमाण Hatharatnavall (Chapter 3, Verse 84, 85)

जेनापये धारयदावराधतः । ८५।

padmāsanasthito yogī prānam candrena pūrayet II prânam süryena câkrsya pürayitvodaram śanaih il 84 ll vidhivatKumbhakam krtva punaścandrena recayet II yena tyajettenapürya dhărayedavirodhatah li 85 ll

Nadi Shodana Pranayama By Hatharatnavali (3)

Apta Pramana आप्त प्रमाण Hatharatnavali III.86-87 Hathapradipikā of Svātmārāma (Chapter 4, Verse 14)

Nadi Shodana Pranayama By Hatharatnavali (4)

Apta Pramana आप्त प्रमाण Hatharatnavall (Chapter 3. Verse 87)

गणा भवन्ति योजनां मासव्रयादध्वतः ८६

pranam cedidaya pibenniyamitam bhûyo'nyaya recayet pitvä pińgalayā samīranamatho baddhvā tyajedvāmayā li sūrvācandramasoranena vidhinā bimbadvavam dhvāvatām suddha nādigaņā bhavanti yaminām māsatrayādūrdhvatah 86

prátarmadhyandine sāyamardharātre ca kumbhakān II śanairaśitiparyantam caturvāraṃ samabhyaset || 87||

Translation

Sit in padamasana, draw prana in through candra (left nostril). Gently draw the präna through sûrya (right nostril) and fill up the cavity. Retain the air in the prescribed manner and exhale through candra (left nostril). Inhale through the same nostril through which exhalation is done and comfortably hold the breath. 84-85.

Regularly inhale prana through ida and exhale through the other. Thereafter, draw the air in through pingala, retain and exhale through the left (nostril). This practice is done through sûrya and candra, while visualizing the two discs (of the Sun and Moon). The Yogis attain purification of the group of nadis after three months. 86.

One should practice eighty rounds of Kumbhakas increasing gradually four times in a day, in the morning, noon, evening and midnight. 87

One uses the right thumb to plug the right nostril (Pingala) to Inhale through left (Ida) slowly. One retains the breath as per capacity. This is Kumbhaka. After this, one exhales slowly through right nostril, again inhales through the same right nostril and this fills up the lungs cavity. One just inhales through the same nostril as one exhales through without any pause.

tato daksina-hastasye angusthenalva pingalam nirudhya pūrayed vāyum-iḍayā ca śanaiḥ śanaiḥ ||59 || yatha-sakthyanirodhena tatah kuryāt-tu kumbhakam tatas-tyahet -piñgalayã sanair-eva na vegatah ||60 || punah pingalayāpürya pūrayed-udaram sanaih yatha thyajet tatha tena pürayed-anirodhatah || 61 ||

Nadi Shodana Pranayama By Dattatreya Yogasastram

Apta Pramana आप्त प्रमाण Hathatatvakaumudi (Chapter 10, Verse 1)

I Shodana Pranava

Apta Pramana आप्त प्रमाण Goraksh Paddhati (1, 96-101) णा भवन्ति योमनां मासन्नयादुध्वतः ॥ १०१ ॥

baddhapadmāsano yogī prānam candrena pūrayat | dharayitva yathasaktti bhüyah süryyena recayet || 96 || amrtadadhisamkasam goksīradhavalopamam dhyatvá candramaso bimbam prānāyāmī sukhī bhavet || 97 || dakşine śvâsamâkrsya pūrayedudaram śanaih kumbhayitvä vidhānena punaścandrena recayet || 98 || prajvalanajvalapuñjamadityamandalam dhyatva näbhisthitam yogi präņäyāmī sukhī bhavet || 99 || pranamścedidayapi cetparimitam bhūyonyaya recayet pitvå pingalaya samiranamatho baddhvä tyajedvämaya ||100| süryyācandramasoranena vidhinā bimbadvayam dhyayatāmsuddhā nadigana bhavanti yaminâm masatrayadûrdhvatah || 101 ||

Translation

The Yogin [seated in] the bound lotus posture should fill in the life force through the lunar [nostril] and then, after holding it according to his capacity, expel it again through the solar [nostril]. (1.96)

Meditating on the moon disk, the nectar that resembles [white] curd or is like cow's milk or silver, [the Yogin practicing] breath control should be happy. (1.97) Drawing in the breath (shvasa) through the right [nostril], he should fill the abdomen gradually. Having retained it according to the rules, he should expel it again through the lunar [nostril]. (1.98)

Meditating on the solar circle, which is a mass of brightly burning flames located at the navel, the Yogin practicing breath control should be happy. (1.99)

When the breath is filtered through the ida [i.e., the left nostril], he should expel it again through the other [nostril]. Sucking the air in through the pingala [i.e., the right nostril] he should, after holding it, release it again through the left [nostril]. By meditating on the two disks-of the sun and the moon, according to the rules, the host of channels become pure after three months. (1.100)

By purifying the channels, [the Yogin] achieves health, the manifestation of the [subtle inner] sound (nada), [the ability to] hold the "wind" according to capacity, and the flaring up of the [inner] fire. (1.101)

Having assumed the Padmasana posture, he should fill the vital air through the Lunar (Nadi), should hold it as long as he could and again expel it through the Solar (Nadi).

Meditating upon the disc of the Moon, resembling the ocean of nectar and as white as cow's milk, during Pranayarna the Yogin would derive comfort. meditating on the disc of the Sun, adorable as the radiance of Existence, seated in the heart throbbing and flaming, during Pranayama, the Yogin would derive comfort.

स्थित योगी प्राणाय 1 86 1

baddhapadmāsano yogi prāṇam candreṇa pūrayet | dhārayedvā yathāśaktyā bhūyah sūryeṇa recayet || 95 || amṛtodadhisaṃkāśaṃ gokṣīradhavalopamam | dhyatvā candramasaṃ bimbam prāṇāyāme sukhī bhavet || 96 || sphuratprajvalasajjvalapūjyamādityamaṇḍalam | dhyatvā hṛdi sthitam yogī prāṇāyāme sukhī bhavet || 97 ||

Mrga Kumbhaka

Apta Pramana आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddhatih 56

Samana Kumbhaka

Apta Pramana आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddhatih 62

परकाय-प्रवेशः स्याद् घटिका-द्वितयोन्मिते ॥५५॥ KrkāțIkā-Prstha-PāRsņI-PrsthāNtesu Sthitah śAśI | RecakāBhyāSa-BāHulyāT KramāT-SthāNa-Niyogatah || 54

ūrdhvordhvamityapānasya kumbhakordhvajasaṃjñitaḥ [ parakāya-praveśah syād ghaṭikā-dvitayonmite]] 55 ||

अपानं कटिदेशस्य पुष्ठ-भागे विधारयेत् चेत् कुम्भकस-तज-जिन-मुग इत्युच्यते बुधैः

apānam katideśasya pṛstha-bhāge vidhārayet sadā cet Kumbhakas-taj-jin-mṛga ityucyate budhaiḥ

पद-दूर व्याप्य।

nābhāvāpūrya vāyus-ced-dehe vyāpya vidhāritah kumbhite jvalanam dhyayet samanasya tu Kumbhakah

Translation

Śasi is situated in the neck, back, heel and the lower back. When one practises frequent recakas and by visualising concentrates on apana from place to place, it is called urdhvaja-kumbhaka. Practice of this leads to parakayapravesa siddhi (ability to enter into another body).54-55

According to the learned, when apana is continuously held in the back of the hip region, it is known as Mrga-Kumbhaka.

When this vayu is filled up into the navel and held with concentration on fire, it is Samana-Kumbhaka.

तम-एव व्यापकं योगी सोऽयं नकलीश-म MudrāSu VakṣYate Kumbha UddiyāNo MahāPhalaḥ Ejate Prajvalet Svidyed-Roma-KūPeṣU Mocayet

क्षूत्-तृद-क्षयो वह्नि-दीप्तिः क्षत-भग्नावरोहणम्

समान-कुम्भकाभ्यासात् फलं स्याद-इति शाण्करः

kṣut-tṛṭ-kṣayo vahni-dīptiḥ kṣata-bhagnāvarohaṇam

samāna-kumbhakābhyāsāt phalam syād-iti śāṇkarah

tam-eva vyapakam yogī so'yam nakulīśa-matam tathā

Translation

Description: This practice is recommended in Mudras, as it results in attaining Uddiyana. This is explained in terms of movement, heat, perspiration, and sensation in the pores extensively experienced by a Yogi. This is the opinion of Nakulisa.

Samana Kumbhaka Apta Pramana आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddhatih 64

Samana Kumbhaka

Kumbhaka Paddhatih 63

Apta Pramana आप्त प्रमाण

Translation

The results are: control of hunger and thirst, increased gastric fire, (quick) healing of wounds and fractures.

Sitting in Padmasana, a Yogi should inhale through the nostrils and retain the breath. Thus one undoubtedly becomes liberated. 8.

Pranayama

Apta Pramona आप्त प्रमाण Hathapradīpikā of Svātmārāma (Chapter 4, Verse 8)

पद्मासनाथिती योगी नाडाद्वारषु पर मारुत धारयेद यस्तु स मुक्तो नाल संशयः ॥ ८ ॥

padmāsanāthito yogī nādīdvāreṣu pūrayet || mārutam dhārayed yastu sa mukto nātra saṃśayah || 8 ||

Vyana Kumbhaka

Apta Pramana आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddhatih 66

Apta Pramana आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddhatih 67

Krtti-Srestha-Kumbhaka Apta Pramana आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddhatih 69

Prakrti-Kumbhaka

Apta Pramana आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddhatih 70

वक्तू भनोक्तः सम्यक व्यानस्य कम्भकः

pūrayitvāntará samyag hṛj-jagad-vyāpti-Yogatah sarvāńgasyākuñcanena kumbhite sūkṣma-cintanāt parvati-vaktrabhenoktah samyak vyanasya Kumbhakah

Translation

Vyana Kumbhaka as described by Parvati as completely filling the chest and contracting the whole body during Kumbhaka with subtle concentration.

स्त्रेश-छिद्यते नापः क्लेदयन्त्यविष-क्रमः ।ताष्णयोस-तथासङ्को रोग-नाशश-च जायते

na śastrals-chidyate nāpah kledayantyaviṣa-kramah śītoṣṇayos-tathāsaṅgo roga-nāśas-ca jāyate

nobhyam cākarṣayed-vāyum balāt hṛt-sthānam-ānyet utkṛṣyotkṛṣya hṛt-sthānāt kaṇṭha-tālau bhruvo'ntare mūrdhnāntam ced-gatāyāta-kṛtti-śreṣṭhākhya-Kumbhakah

धारयच-चेद-उदानस्य प्रकर्तिः कम्भकः स्मतः

vānvitenāśugam kārṣen kurvantūccataraṃ svanam dharayec-ced-udānasya prakṛtih Kumbhakah smṛtah

Translation

Protection from weapons, water and poisons, Immunity from cold and heat and removal of diseases.

One should forcibly raise the vayu bringing it Into the chest through nostrils and from there take it further to the throat, palate, mid-brow, top of the head and retain it there. This is kṛttiśreṣṭha-Kumbhaka

Sucking the air with a loud sound with (bija mantra) 'va' and holding it is known as Prakrti-Kumbhaka.

KüRma-Kumbhaka

Apta Pramona आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddhatih 79

अदिन-ग्रासवद-वायु कण्ठेनापूरयेच-छनैः त रोधयेद-यधाकाले बच्चा जालन्धर हढम

odana-grāsavad-vāyum kaṇṭhenāpūrayec-chanaih tam rodhayed-yathākālam baddhvā jālandharam dṛḍham

र रेचनम् कुर्यन-नग-कम्भूम सिवोदितह क्सचम् जयेत पिपसम् च फलम-अस्य सम्मीरितम्

kaṇṭhena recanam kuryān-nāga-kumbhah śivoditah kṣudhām jayet pipāsām ca phalam-asya samīritam

भ्यस-वसन-मनो-वती ।

nimīlonmilane tyaktvā pīṭhe kāṣṭham-iva sthitih netrayos-ca śarīrasya kūrma-kumbhah sa ucyate bhavato'bhyāsa-vasan-mano-vātau sthirāvubhau

Translation

The results of this Kumbhaka are mentioned in terms of remaining ever unaffected by water, mud and thorns and also attaining ability to levitate.

One should swallow the air slowly into the throat like a morsel of rice, retaining it to the capacity, with firm application of Jalandhara-bandha and then expel it from the throat.

This is Naga-Kumbhaka explained by Siva. By this practice one is able to control hunger and thirst.

When the blinking of the eyes are controlled and one becomes perfectly steady in the asana like a log of wood and devoid of movements of the eyes and the body, it is called Kurma-Kumbhaka. With the practice of this Kumbhaka, one attains steadiness of vayu and mind.

Krkara Kumbhak

Apta Pramana आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddhatih 80

द्वरण: कम्भ: ककरस्य जय-प्रद

tarjanyanāmike'nguṣṭha-marddite kṣuta-sambhave kṣuta-saṃharaṇah kumbhah krkarasya jaya-pradah

Translation

When there is a possibility of sneezing, one should rub the index and ring fingers with the thumb. This obviously does not include the process of Kumbhaka.

Sahitah Kumbhakah

Apta Pramana आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddhatih 86

Agni Soma Kumbhaka

Apta Pramona आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddhatih 87

युतः कम्भो वायोर-यत्र विधीयते ः कम्भकः सं स्थात संद्रितः सर्व-सिद्धये pūra-reca-yutah kumbho vayor-yatra vidhīyate sahitah Kumbhakah sa syāt sahitah sarva-siddhaye

हत कम्भक कुर्वन-नाडी-शुद्धि च विन्दति कवल कम्भक नाद-श्रवण सिद्धयोऽखिलाः

sahitam Kumbhakam kurvan-nāḍī-śuddhim ca vindati kevalam Kumbhakam nāda-śravaṇam siddhayo'khilāh

येन त्यजत-तनापूर्य चामि-बामाख्य

sūryeṇa pūrayet prāṇam kumbhayitvā yathā-vidhiḥ recayed-anya-mārgeṇa punas-tena prapūrayet yena tyajet-tenāpūrya cagni-somākhya-Kumbhakah

Translation

When vayu is restrained with Pūraka, Kumbhaka and Recaka, it is Sahita-Kumbhaka, which brings all the benefits.

Sahita Kumbhaka brings purification of all the nadis, while Kevala-Kumbhaka leads to hearing of mystical sounds and bestows all the supernatural powers.

Prana should be inhaled through sūrya-nadi (rightnostril) and after retaining the same as prescribed, one should exhale through the other nostril, and again inhale by the same side though which one has exhaled. It is known as Agni-soma-Kumbhaka.

Santha Kumbhaka

Apta Pramana आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddhatih 90

rsi-prokta-Kumbhaka Apta Pramana आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddhatih 93

rsi-prokta-Kumbhaka Apta Pramana आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddhatih 94-95

कायस्यान्तर्-बहिर्-व्याप्तिः शान्त-कुम्भक उदाहरतः स्थानयोर-अन्तरे रुद्ध्वा कुम्भयेत्-यदि मारुतम्

kāyasyāntar-bahir-vyāptih śānta-Kumbhaka udāhṛtah sthānayor-antare ruddhvā kumbhayet-yadi mārutam

Translation

Restrain the vayu inside and visualising its presence inside and outside of the body is called Santha-Kumbhaka.

Withdrawing prana from all the eighteen vital points, one after another in sequence (during Kumbhaka), becomes rsiprokta-Kumbhaka. This process of Kumbhaka is Pratyahara.

(The eighteen vital points are as follows-) toes, ankle, root of the thigh, some part of the head of tibia, center of the knee, thigh, anus, Center of the body, generative organ, navel, heart, root of the throat, root of the palate, root of the nose, eyes, middle of the eyebrows and vajra-kanda (sahasrāra).

स्थानात् स्थानं समाकृष्य यद-अष्ट-दशकेष्वापि ऋषि-प्रोक्तः स कम्भः स्यात् प्रत्याहारस्-तु कुम्भनात् sthānāt sthānam samākṛṣya yad-aṣṭa-daśakeṣvāpi ṛṣi-proktah sa kumbhah syāt pratyāhāras-tu kumbhanāt

पादाण्गुष्ठो गल्फो जण्घा-मुले चित्र-मलम मध्य जान्वार-उरुपायार-मूल स्वदेह-मध्ये च लिण्ग-नाभि-ब्रुदय कण्ठादस-ताल-मूलं च घोणा-मुले नयने भू-मध्य वजन-कन्दुकम्

pādānguṣṭho galpho jaṅghā-mūlam citer-mūlammadhyam jānvor-urupāyor-mūlam svadeha-madhyam calinga-nābhi-hṛdayam kaṇṭhādas-tālu-mūlam ca ghoṇā-mūlam nayane bhrū-madhyam vajra-kandakam

Sama Kumbhaka

Apta Pramana आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddhatih 99

Karsaka-Kumbhaka

Apta Pramana आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddhatih 100

utkarsa-Kumbhaka Apta Pramana आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddhatih 101

Apta Pramana आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddhatih 103

ārekapūrā manasā nābhyād-āšugam dhrtih samah kumbho bhagavatā proktaḥ śrī-candra-maulinā

yavan-nirodha-sāmarthyam karṣakah kumbhako dvidhā

नासा-मूल मुद्रवित्वा तद-अग्रे रेच-पुरव कथाद उत्कृषिक कम्मः स्वयम् उक्तः स्वयम्भव। nāsā-mūlam mudrayitvā tad-agre reca-pūrakau kuryād-utkarsakam kumbhah svayam-uktah svayambhuvā

घ्राणार्थ मुद्र्यित्वाधोभागे यद-रेच क्योत-स ब्रह्मणा प्रोक्तः कम्भको ह्यपकर्षकः

ghrāṇārtham mudryitvādhobhāge yad-reca-pūrakau kuryāt-sa brahmaṇā proktaḥ kumbhako hyapakarṣakah

dirghah sūkṣmo bhavec-chvāsah karṣake kumbhake kṛte

Translation

Without actually inhaling or exhaling, when one mentally holds the prana in the regions like navel, etc. It is described as Sama-Kumbhaka by Bhagavan Candra-mauli (Siva)

According to the capacity of retention, Karsaka-Kumbhaka is two-fold.

Before doing Recaka and Püraka, one should close the nose (at its root) and practice Utkarsa-Kumbhaka narrated by Svayambu (Siva).

Partially closing the nose and doing Recaka-Püraka is Apakarsaka-Kumbhaka stated by Brahma.

With the practice of Karṣaka-Kumbhaka (utkarṣa and apakarṣaka), the breath becomes prolonged and subtle.

Sahaja Kumbhaka

Apta Pramana आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddhatih 104

अनिशं सद्वजः कम्भः प्रोक्तः श्रि-कत्तिवाससा

nobhyām-āram samākṛṣya kundalāyah pārśvayoh kṣipet gacchatā tiṣṭhatā śvasa-dhāraṇam na balād-yadā aniśam sahajah kumbhah proktaḥ śrī-kṛttivāsasa

Translation

Inhaling prana through the nose and carrying it along the kundall, one should hold it comfortably off and on. This is Sahaja-Kumbhaka narrated by Śrikrttivāsa (Šiva)

Sahaja Kumbhaka

Apta Pramana आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddhatih 105

Sankha Kumbhakas And Cakras

Apta Pramana आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddhatih 106

Daksinavartta Cakra Kumbhaka And Surya Bedhana

Apta Pramana आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddhatih 107

श्रद्धि तथारोग्यं सुसुखं दीर्घ-जीवनम् नादश्रीतः पाप-नाशः सहजाभ्यासतौ भवत्

nāḍīśuddhim tathārogyam susukham dīrgha-jīvanam nādaśrutiḥ pāpa-nāśaḥ sahajābhyāsato bhavet

dakṣa-vāmāvarta-bhedāc-cakra-saṅkhau dvidhoditau

sūryeṇāpūrya mārutam kumbhayet-udara-sthitam recayed-indunā bhūyas-tathā dakṣeṇa pūrayet kumbhayed-idayā ricyad-dakṣiṇāvarta-cakrakah

Translation

With the practice of this Sahaja-Kumbhaka, one gets purification of the nadis, health, longevity, hearing of the mystical sounds and removal of all the blemishes.

By the distinction of right and left, Cakra and Sankha Kumbhakas become two-fold.

Taking breath through surya-nadi (right nostril) and after retaining it in the cavity, one should exhale though indu-nadi (left nostril). Then again one should inhale through the right nostril and exhale through the left nostril after retention. This is Daksinavatra-cakra-Kumbhaka and Sürya bedhana. The difference lies only in their names.

VāMāVarta (Cakra Kumbhaka)

Apta Pramana आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddhatih 108

SüRya And Candra Kumbhaka

Apta Pramana आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddhatih 109

vilomo'yam cakrakumbho vāmāvartaḥ śivoditah

रातलावता देश-कल-प्रया

sūrya-candrāvimau kumbhau druhiṇena puroditau atyuṣṇa-śītalāvetau deśa-kāla-prayojitau

Cakra And Sankha-Kumbhaka

Apta Pramana आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddhatih 110

Apta Pramana आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddhatih 111

Gada-Kumbhaka

आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddhatih

यम-हेशन पर्ववद दिवि

cakra-kumbham dvidhā kuryād-agnisomam tathaikadhā sankha-kumbho'yam-isena pürvavad dvividhah smrtah

kausmyam-isac-chitalata kumbhayor-anayor-bhavet

गदा-कम्भः शिवनक्ता योगिनी बल-कारकः

ubhâbhyam pûranam yatra recanam sûrya-vartmanâ gadā-kumbhah ślvenokto yogino bala-kārakah

Translation

Doing it in reverse order, it is called Vämävarta (Cakra Kumbhaka) by Siva.

According to Drunina (Siva), these are called Surya and Candra Kumbhakas respectively. These being of the nature of heat and cold they should be practiced taking Into consideration the region and season.

Cakra Kumbhaka should be practiced twice while Agni-soma once. Sankha-Kumbhaka is also described two-fold as Cakra-Kumbhaka explained before.

With these two varieties of Kumbhaka, one experiences warmth and cold.

Inhalation though both the nostrils and exhalation through the right nostril (sürya-nadi) is called Gada-Kumbhaka by Siva, which gives vigour to the Yogis.

आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddhatih

ham sûryo repha ityuktah sa somah ca smrto budhalh sânusvārau bīja-mantrau siddhidau yogināvimau

According to the learned, "ha' represents Surya which is situated below, while 'sa' represents Soma (candra). With the addition of nasal sound, these become bija-mantras (ham, ram, and sam), which lead the Yogis to success.

One should inhale through the right nostril and after holding the breath to the capacity, exhale through the other nostril while contemplating on hamsa. Again inhale through the nostril through which one has exhaled.

When this is practiced with alternate nostrils with twenty Kumbhakas four times a day, this is known as (Nadi) suddhi-Kumbhaka.

When one practices Kumbhaka after inhaling through the right nostril and concentrating in the navel on the orb of the mid-day sun of the summer, all the nadis are purified.

Gada-Kumbhaka

आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddhatih

NāDī Suddhi Kumbhaka

आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddhatih

Gada-Kumbhaka

आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddhatih

ekayapürya paraya recanâd-hamsa-cintanat yatha-śaktyā nirudhyatha pūrya recitaya punah

एवं नाड्योर्-विभेदेन चतुः-कालेषु विशतिः कम्भकान यदि कर्वीत नाडी-शुध्याख्य-कुम्भकः Evam NāDyor-Vibhedena Catuh-KāLesu VimšAtīB Kumbhakan Yadi Kurvita Nadi-Sudhyakhya-Kumbhakah

न्नाड्या कर्ते कम्भ ध्यात्वा शद्भान्ते नाडिकाः grisma-madhyandinardhäbham näbhau savitr-mandalam

sürya-nádya krte kumbhe dhyätvä śuddhyanti nädikah

Pranayama left nostril (with mantra Hrim)

शास्त्र प्रमाण Yoga Kundali-Upanishad

Pranayama right nostril (with mantra Hrim)

शास्त्र प्रमाण Yoga Kundali-Upanishad

मायाबीज षोडशधा जप्त्वा वामेन वायुना येदात्मनो देहं चतः घट्या तु कम्भयेत् ॥ ११९ ॥

māyābījam sodašadhā japtvā vāmena vāyunā | pûrayedâtmano deham catuhşastya tu kumbhayet || 119 ||

नामिका विधित्वा नासाद्धय स शता जपन बैजि वायु दक्षण रेचर्यत् ॥ १२० ॥

kanisthānāmikāṅgusthairdhrtvā nāsādvayam sudhīb | dvātrimšatā japan bījam vāyum dakseņa recayet || 120 ||

Translation

Thereupon reciting the mantra 'hrim' sixteen times and drawing air through his left nostril, he should fill up his body with it; and then reciting it sixty-four times he should practice Kumbhaka.

Thereupon obstructing the right nostril with the thumb he should, while reciting the mantra 'hrim', send out the air. He should thus practice Puraka, Kumbhaka and Rechaka in his right nostril,

He should practice it again and again. This is called Pranayama. After finishing Pranayama he should. practice Rishi Nyasa.

Pranayama Followed By Rishi Nyasa

शास्त्र प्रमाण Mahanirvani Tantram

नस्त्रिरावत्या प्राणायाम डी प्राणायाम् विधायत्यमणिन्यास समाचरत ॥ १२१ ॥

punah punastrirávrtyá pránáyāma iti smrtah | pränäyämam vidhäyetthamrşinyäsam samäcaret || 121 ||

ागावानमक्ता जविद्ययत नरः

viniyogān pravakşyāmi prāņāyāmasya suvrata | samdhyayorbrāhmakāle'pi madhyāhne vāthavā sadā || 21 || bāhyam prānam samākrsya pūrayitvodarena ca | násāgre nābhimadhye ca pādāngusthe ca dhāraņāt || 22 || sarvarogavinirmukto jīvedvarsasatam narah |

शरीरलघुता विप्र पादाग्रुणनराचनात्

nāsāgradhāranādvāpi jito bhavati suvrata || 23 || sarvaroganivrttih syannabhimadhye tu dharanát | sariralaghutā vipra pādāṅgusthanirodhanāt || 24 ||

İdaya vayumakrşya bhrûvormadhye nirodhayet | yah pibedamrtam suddham vyadhibhirmucyate hi sah || 27 ||

Translation

Drawing in the Prana air outside and filling up with (that in) the belly, in the morning and evening twilights, in the hour before the dawn (Brahma) at noon or at all times, and holding it at the tip of the nose, in the middle navel and at the big toes of the feet, the man will live for a hundred years, free of all diseases.

By one holding it at the tip of the nose, O thou of austere vow! will (the Prana air) be brought under complete control, by holding it /in the middle of the navel there will be avoidance of all diseases; by confining it to the big toes of the feet, O Brahman, there will be lightness of the body.

He who, after inhaling the air through the ida, confines it at the middle of the eyebrows, will drink pure nectar and will surely be released from all diseases.

Benefits of 3 points Kumbhaka शास्त्र प्रमाण Darshanopanishad

Kumbhaka at 3 points in the body

शास्त्र प्रमाण Darshanopanishad

Kumbhaka At Brow Center

शास्त्र प्रमाण Darshanopanishad

Kumbhakas At The Eyes

शास्त्र प्रमाण Darshanopanishad

तत्त्वज्ञ तथा पिङ्गलयपुर च निरीधयेत्तन व्याधिभिमच्यते नरः ॥ २८ ॥

Idaya vedatattvajña tatha pingalayalva ca | näbhau nirodhayettena vyädhibhirmucyate narah || 28 ||

रागा विनश्यान्त सत्यमक्त हि साकते

nasabhyam vayumakrşya netradvandve nirodhayet || 30 || netraroga vinasyanti tatha śrotranirodhanat | tatha vayum samaropya dharayecchirasi sthitam || 31 || śirorogá vinaśyanti satyamuktam hi samkrte

Translation

O thou, the knower of the truth of the Veda! He who confines (the air inhaled), through the Ida as well as the Pingala, in the navel, that man is released from all diseases.

Should he confine the air in the pair of eyes, after inhaling it through the nostrils, all eyediseases vanish; so also, by confinement (of air) in the two ears (all ear-diseases); similarly after inhaling the air, should he hold it in the head, all diseases of the head vanish. The truth has been told O Samkrti.

Pranayama And Hamsa Mantra

शास्त्र प्रमाण Yoga-Sikhopanishad

Translation

With the sound of ""Ha"" it goes out (the breath) and with the sound of ""Sa"" it enters again. The Jiva ever utters this Mantra, ""Hamsa, Hamsa""- thus. The Jiva knowing this becomes the imperishable (Brahman), (by concelving, ""I am the imperishable"", and simultaneously with the dawning of such knowledge becomes the Brahman).

He who knows this is the real knower of Yoga.

Note: The Brahman referred in Upanishads is Pure Consciousness and Sadashiva is the source of the Pure Consciousness.

Pranava Mantra With Pranavama

शास्त्र प्रमाण Sandilyopanishad

पनः पनः कयोत् ॥ ५ ॥

İdaya bahyadvayumapürya şodasamatrabhirakaram cintayan püritam väyum catuhsastimäträbhih kumbhayitvomkāram dhyāyan püritam piñgalayā dvātrimšanmātrayā makāramūrtidhyānenaivam kramena punah punah kuryat || 5 ||

Translation

In-filing the air from outside, through the Ida, concelving the syllable 'A' with sixteen Matra-s, with the in-filled air making the Kumbhaka with sixtyfour Matra-s, meditating on the Om-kara, (the Yogin should expel) the in-filled air through the Pingala of thirty-six Matra-s, along with the meditation of the form of the syllable 'M'. In this manner he should again and again practice in the (aforesaid) order.

Pranayama With Mantra Intro

शास्त्र प्रमाण Mahanirvani Tantram

मध्यमानामिकाभ्याञ्जू दक्षहस्तस्य पावीत

pranāyāmam tatah kuryān mūlena pranavena vā | madhyamanamikabhyañca daksahastasya parvati || 44 ||

Translation

Then O Parvati, (the devotee) should practice Pranayama, while reciting the Mula Mantra or the Pranava.

Pranayama with Mantra- Part 1

शास्त्र प्रमाण Mahanirvani Tantram

Pranayama with Mantra- Part 2

शास्त्र प्रमाण Mahanirvani Tantram

Pranayama with Mantra- Part 3 शास्त्र प्रमाण Mahanirvani Tantram

Pranayama with Mantra- Part 4

शास्त्र प्रमाण Mahanirvani Tantram

vāmanāsāputam dhrtvā daksanāsāputena ca | püayet pavanam mantri mülamaştamitam japan || 45 ||

ańgusthena daksanāsām dhrtvā KumbhakaYogatah | japeddvātrimšatā'vrttyā tato daksiņanāsayā || 46 ||

sanaihśanaistyajedvāyum japan sodaśadhā manum | vāmanāsāpute'pyevam pūraKumbhakarecakam || 47 ||

punardaksinatah kuryāt pūrvavat surapūjite | prânāyāmavidhih prokto brahmamantrasya sādhane || 48 ||

O Parvati, pressing the left nostril with the middle and ring finger of the right hand, and reciting the Mula Mantra for eight times, he should fill himself with air through his right nostril.

Then pressing his right nostril with the thumb of his right hand, he should suspending respiration practice the Yoga Kumbhaka, recite the Mula Mantra for two and thirty times.

Then reciting the Manu for sixteen times he should expel the air slowly by means of his right nostril. In this way also he should practice Puraka and Kumbhaka and Rechaka, pressing the left nostril.

Then O Parvati, (the devotee) should practice Pranayama, while reciting the Mula Mantra or the Pranava.

तत्वादी पुरयेद-वायुं तत्-तत्वान्ते विरेचयेत् । तत्व-कम्भः स गदितः पञ्चाधा तत्व-भेदतः ॥ १२२ ॥ तत-तत-तत्व-गण योगी शितोष्ण-कठिनादिकम लभत तत्व-कम्भन कुण्डला-बाधनारापि | तत-तत्वादय चापये पञ्चन्तत्वर्ष कम तत-तत्वदियने तत्व-जयः श्रसन-रेचनात् ॥ १२४ ॥ तत्-तत्-तत्व-जयं कुयोच्-छरीरं दिव्यम्-अद्भूतम् । कम्भकस-तत्व-जयनो मोक्ष-मार्गे प्रदर्शयत ॥ १२५ ॥

Tatva- Kumbhaka

आप्त प्रमाण

Kumbhaka Paddadhi

tatvādau pūraved-vāyum tat-tatvānte virecavet | tatva-kumbhah sa gaditah pañcadha tatva-bhedatah || 122 || tat-tatva-gunam yogī šitosna-kathinādikam | labhate tatva-kumbhena kundali-bodhanadyapi || 123 || tat-tatvodaye capürya pañca-tatveşu kumbhayet | tat-tatvodayane tatva-jayah śwasana-recanat || 124 || tat-tat-tatva-jayam kuryac-chariram divyam-adbhütam | Kumbhakas-tatva-jayano mokşa-mārgam pradaršayet || 125 ||

Translation

One should inhale before the rise of a particular tatva (element) and exhale at the end of that tatva. This is called Tatva-Kumbhaka which is five-fold according to the five tatvas. Through the practice of Tatva-Kumbhaka, kundalini is aroused and a Yogi is able to attain the qualities of a particular tatva like cold, heat, hardness, etc. On the rise of a particular tatva, one should inhale, retain and exhale.

This is practised during (the rise of) all the five tatvas (elements). This leads to control over the tatvas. With the control of the elements. one attains divine body. Kumbhaka practised during the control of the elements leads to moksha (liberation),

One should inhale the external air through the right nostril with sound, filling the throat to maximum capacity and exhale through Ida (left nostril), after holding the breath. This is Suryabhedana-Kumbhaka which should be practiced again and again.

मेदाख्य-कम्भोऽयं पुनः पुनर-इम चरेत् ॥ १२७ ॥

dineśa-vartmanākrsya bāhya-vāyum saśabdakam || yavad hrt-kantha-Yogah syad-anakhāgra-sikhāgrakam || 126 || pürayitvá yathestam tam kumbhitam cedaya tyajet || sürya-bhedākhya-kumbho'yam punah punar-imam caret || 127 ||

Translation

Similarly when one practices starting Inhalation through candra-nadi (left nostril), It is called Candra-bedhana.

The practice of Surya-bhedana undoubtedly removes disorders of vata humour in the abdomen, disorders of throat, heart, and removes worms and purifies the forehead. According to Siva, these two produce heat and cold respectively.

वीधिना चन्द्र-नाड्योक्तशृ-चन्द्र-भेदतः ॥ १२८ ॥

anena vidhinä candra-nādyoktas-candra-bhedatah || 128 ||

ाचिन सय-भदन स्यान्न मंशयः

udare vāta-dosaghnam krmi-hrt-kantha-doşanut | kapāla-śodhanaṃ sūrya-bhedanaṃ syānna saṃśayaḥ || 129ausņya-śaitya-karāvetau pārvatī-patineritau || 129 ||

Suryabhedana-Kumbhaka

आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddadhi

Candra-Bedhana

आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddadhi

Suryabedhana

आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddadhi

Chandra-bedhana

आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddadhi

Candra-Bedhana

आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddadhi

Kumbha-raja आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddadhi

तल पुष्टिकरश्-चन्द्र-भेदाह्बः स्यान्-न संशयः ।

tatra puştikaras-candra-bhedähvah syan-na samsayah |

अनेन विधिना चन्द्र-नाड्योक्तश्-चन्द्र-भेदतः ॥

anena vidhinā candra-nādyoktas-candra-bhedatah ||

balād-ākarsaved-vāyum vāvad ghrāna-sumudranam | kumbhayec-ca tatha vāyum kumbharājo'yam-Tritah || 134 || kuryād-vāyu-jayam vahni-vrddrim-eşo hi Kumbhakah ||

Translation The practice of Chandra-bedhana undoubtedly brings nourishment.

Translation

Similarly when one practices starting Inhalation through candra-nadi (left nostril), it is called Candra-bedhana.

One should forcefully inhale air and hold the breath by closing the nose properly. This is called Kumbha-raja. This Kumbhaka brings control over vayu and increases heat.

आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddadhi

matra-kumbho hrdi krtah sosakah samprakirtitah | dãhano nãbhi-saṃsthâno mãtrâkumbhah prakirtitah ||

svādhisțhāanugaś-câyam plāvano'mrta-secanaḥ[ mûlādhāre krtaś-cāyam kațhini-karaņo mataḥ ||

punah kanthānugo pañca vyūhanah syāt sa Kumbhakah | brahma-sthana-niyogena muktidah parikiritah ||

ruddhvā ghonā-yugaṃ kuryād-yugapad-yadī sat-kramāt | bhūta-suddhir-iti prokta ādināthena sambhunā ||

If Matra-Kumbhaka is practiced in the chest region, it causes absorption and practiced in the navel region, it generates heat.

When practiced in Swadhisthana, it increases the flow of nectar, when practiced in muladhara, one attains stability.

When practiced in the region of throat, this Kumbhaka balances the five bhūtas and practiced in the Brahmasthana (region of Brahmarandhra), it leads to emancipation.

According to Adinatha (Sambhu), if this Kumbhaka is practiced simultaneously in the six regions (stated above) in progression, it leads to purification of the bhutas.

वात-पित्त-कफ-ब्रृत-कज-वातं हन्ति गीर-मख-कपाटम-अमोघः शक्तिबोध-जनकस-लितयात्म-ग्रन्थि-निपुणह सुखदोऽयम् ॥ १६६ ॥

Bhastrika Kumbhaka

Apta Pramana आप्त प्रमाण

bhastreva loha-kārasya reca-pūrau śramāvadhi | vegena stanayor-ûrdhvam tatah püro'rka-vartmana || 164 ||

jalandharam drdham baddhvā kumbhitam candra-vartmanā || recayed bhastrika-kumbhah śarîragni-vivardhanah || 165 ||

vāta-pitta-kapha-hrt-kaja-vātaṃ hanti gīr-mukha-kapātam-amoghaḥ | saktibodha-janakas-tritayatma-granthi-nipunah sukhado'yam || 166 ||

Translation

One should exhale and inhale like the bellows of a blacksmith until fatigue sets in. Then he should rapidly inhale through the right nostril and exhale through the left nostril, after holding the breath performing Jalandhara-bandha.

It is Bhastrika-Kumbhaka.This increases bodily heat and removes disorders of the three humours called vata, pitta, kapha. One becomes proficient in speech and learning and gets Kundalini aroused which pierces the three knots and bestows happiness.

agra-mudranam krtvá yadantā reca-pūrakau l pürvavat Kumbhakam kuryād-antar-bhastreyam-īritā || 167 ||

sakrd reca-pürabhyam kumbho'yam cantarangakah || 168 ||

ali-sabda-yutam vegat pürayetkumbhayet-tatah | sāli-śabdāc-chanai rekāt bhrāmari-kumbhako muneh || ānanda-līlām kurute bhrāmari-kumbhako muneh || 169 ||

Apta Pramana आप्त प्रमाण

Antaranga-Kumbhaka

Antar-Bhastra

Apta Pramana आप्त प्रमाण

Bhramari-Kumbhaka

Apta Pramana आप्त प्रमाण

Murcchana-Kumbhaka

Apta Pramana आप्त प्रमाण

apûrya kumbhitam prânam baddhvā jālandharam śanaih || recayen-mûrcchana-kumbho mano-mūrcchā sukha-pradā || 170 ||

By closing the nostril, practice exhalation and Inhalation to the capacity and hold the breath as stated earlier (before exhalation). This is called Antar-bhastra.

Retaining the breath after sudden exhalation and inhalation is Antaranga-Kumbhaka.

Inhale rapidly producing the sound of a black bee and exhale slowly with the sound of a black bee and exhale slowly with the sound of a black bee after retaining the breath. This is called Bhramari-Kumbhaka which produces ecstasy.

The inhaled air is retained by Jalandhara bandha and exhaled slowly while making Jalandhara-bandha. It is called Mürcchana-Kumbhaka which brings enjoyable tranquility of the mind.

Plavinī-Kumbhaka Apta Pramana आप्त प्रमाणyathestam pürayed-vayum baddhe jaalndhare drdhe hrdi dhrtvå jale suptvå plavinī-kumbhako bhavet 171 phalake plavananandah Kumbhakaś-ca nigadyate 172Translation After taking the air in and adopting Jalandhara- bandha, when one lies in the water, it becomes Plävini-Kumbhaka. This Kumbhaka gives the pleasure as if one floats on a wooden plank.
Smkhala, jivacala, and Meru Apta Pramana आप्त प्रमाणsrnkhala-jiva-cala-merus-ceti rahasyakam vihāyānyesu kkumbhesu kim-artham-anudhāvanam 173Translation Srnkhala, Jivacala, and Meru are esoteric practices. Without them what is the use of practicing other Kumbhakas?
Antar-Bhastra Apta Pramana आप्त प्रमाणnāsāgra-mudraņam krtvā yadantā reca-pūrakau pūrvavat Kumbhakam kuryād-antar-bhastreyam-īritā 167Translation By closing the nostril, practice exhalation and inhalation to the capacity and hold the breath as stated earlier (before exhalation). This is called Antar- bhastro.
Apta Pramana आप्त प्रमाणTranslation Srnkhala is two-fold, one - Svanga-smkhala and the

के परके क्यात न्त्या कम्भ च कम्भ यावच्-छोक्तस्-ततः कुर्याद-रचक कुम्भक पुनः ॥ १७७ ॥ PüRah Kumbhah Punah PüRah Kumbha-PüRau Punah Punah || PûRayet Kumbhaka-śRâNtah PūRa-śRäNtaś-Ca Kumbhayet || 176

pürakam pürakam kuryät-tathá kumbham ca Kumbhakam || yavac-chaktis-tatah kuryad-recakam Kumbhakam punah || 177 ||

Translation

Translation

In the same manner, one should exhale and hold the breath as Instructed by a Guru. The repeated attempt of Rechaka is known as Svangasrokhala. This should never be practiced by hamsavedha, which is, no doubt, attained through isvarapranidhana (devotion to God).

One should practice Kumbhaka after Püraka again and again until one is exhausted. One

should practice Puraka followed by Pûraka again

and again. Similarly, try to retain the breath to

the maximum capacity before exhalation.

This practice leads to attainment of purification of the nadis, feeling of well being, arousal of KundalinT and its entry into Brahmarandhra and also success in Meru Kumbhaka. Moreover, Rechaka, becomes subtle and Püraka gets prolonged by the grace of the Lord who is adorned by the Gods and the demons alike.

णिता योति परक्श-चातिव

यस्य नाथः सं विख्याती नमस्यः स सुरासुरैः ॥ १८२ ॥

recakam Kumbhakam kuryad Guru-darsita-margatah | recakam recakam kuryāt svanga-śrņkhaloditā || 178 || hamsa-vedham vinā naiva karttavyas-ca kadācana | Tśvara-pranidhānena sidhyate nātra samśayah || 179 ||

Increasing the duration of your Kumbhaka

Apta Pramana आप्त प्रमाण

Svanga-Srnkhala

Apta Pramana आप्त प्रमाण

brahma-randhra-pravese ca kundali-bodhanam param | nadi-suddhim meru-siddhim-ärogyam ca prayacchati || recakah ksīnatām vāti pūraks-cātivardhate || 181 || yasya nathah sa vikhyato namasyah sa surasuraih || 182 ||

Translation

Kumbhaka followed by Kumbhaka, as instructed by a Guru, is Kumbhantara-srokhala, which leads to surprising results.

त् स्वात् कम्मीन्तर-शब्रुट

kumbhe'nya-kumbha-samyogat syat kumbhantara-smkhala || vicitra-phaladā ceyam Guru-daršita-mārgatah || 183 ||

KumbhäNtara-Srnkhalä

Apta Pramana आप्त प्रमाण

Tiva-Cala-Kumbhaka

Apta Pramana आप्त प्रमाण

कम्भित-वायोश्-च दृदयात् प्रान-चालनम् ॥ १८४ ॥ अध-ऊध्वं स कम्भस-त जीव-चालः शिवोदितः ॥ विद्वानां सर्व-सिद्धिः स्याद्- अविद्वानां तु ग्रन्थिदः ॥ १८५ ॥

balât kumbhita-vâyos-ca hrdayat prâna-călanam || 184 || adha-ûrdhvam sa kumbhas-tu jiva-câlah śivoditah || viddhānām sarva-siddhih syād- aviddhānām tu granthidah || 185 ||

One Should Activate The Prana-Vayu Downwards And Upwards Which Is Held Forcibly Inside. This Is Jiva-Cala-Kumbhaka Narrated By Siva. When PrâNa Penetrates (Into Susumna), It Leads To All Accomplishment, If Not, It Leads To Its Morbid

variations.

Translation

Translation

Success in Meru and other Siddhis is attained at the end of Samadhi.

द्धे समाध्यन्ता साधयेत् सिद्धि-वृन्दुकम् ॥ १८६ ॥

meru-siddhim samadhyantâm sadhayet siddhi-vrndakam || 186 ||

Success In Meru

Apta Pramana आप्त प्रमाण

Sadanga-Kumbhaka Apta Pramana आप्त प्रमाण

तले यथा नेव स्पन्दत पवनन त । १८८ ।

mūlabandha-tatah pūras-tato jālandharas-tatah | kumbhas-tata uddiyanas-tato reca iti hyayam || sadanga-Kumbhakah proktah śambhuna sarva-siddhidah || 187 || sarvatra recakam kuryāc-chanair-eva na vegatah | arka-tülam yatha naiva spandate pavanena tu || 188 ||

Translation

The component of sadanga-Kumbhaka stated by Sambhu are: Mülabandha, Püraka, Jalandhara-bandha, Kumbhaka, Uddiyana and Rechaka which leads to success.

Rechaka should always be performed slowly and not rapidly, so as long as not, so as to not even move a piece of cotton with the expelled air.

When the air is inhaled through the surya-nadi and exhaled through candra-nadi, after systematically holding the breath, it is known as Kamala Kumbhaka.

When the air is inhaled through the left nostril and after holding the breath, exhaled through both the nostrils, it is called Kumuda Kumbhaka.

चेद-इन्द-नाड्यास् कम्भकः कमलाभिधः ॥ १८९ ॥

pürayed-arka-nadyasu kumbhayitva yathâvidhi || recayec-ced-indu-nädyasu Kumbhakah kamalabhidhah || 189 ||

Kumuda-Kumbhaka

Kamala Kumbhaka

Apta Pramana आप्त प्रमाण

Apta Pramana आप्त प्रमाण

चन्चन्चन्द्र-मार्गण धारयित्वाध्वजायुधे ॥ न्तम्-उभाभ्या चतु-कुमुदः कम्भकः स्मृतः ॥ १९० ॥ pürayec-candra-margena dhārayitvādhvajāyudhe ||

recayet-tam-ubhabhyam cet-kumudah Kumbhakah smrtah || 190 ||

Apta Pramana आप्त प्रमाण

Trinetra-Kumbhaka Apta Pramana आप्त प्रमाण

sakrt-sûryena câpûrya dhârya candrena pûrayet | dhārayec-ca prayatnena recayet kramatas-tathā || netra-kumbha iti khyātah kramato vyutkramād-api || 191 ||

Translation

One should inhale once through suryanadi, hold the breath and again inhale through candra nadi and then after holding the breath exhale in the same order, This is known as Netra Kumbhaka. This is done also in the reverse order.

One should inhale through the left and hold the breath, followed by inhalation by the right nostril and retain. Then again inhale the breath through the nostrils, and hold the breath systematically (before exhalation). This is Trinetra Kumbhaka by Siva, which gives three-fold Siddhis.

Meru And Ameru

Apta Pramana आप्त प्रमाण

च मखनापि यगपत परवेत नेना विश्लाख्यः कुम्भ उक्तस्-तिशुलनुत् ॥ १९३ ॥

trinetra-Kumbhakah proktas-tri-netrena tri-siddhidah || 192 ||

ghonabhyam ca mukhenapi yugapat pürayet sada | triśūlinā triśūlākhyah kumbha uktas-triśūlanut || 193 ||

ameru-merubhadena kumbham sambhurdvidhāvadat || 194 ||

Translation

One should always inhale through both the nostrils and mouth simultaneously and hold the breath (before exhalation). This is Trisula Kumbhaka by Siva which removes three-fold sufferings.

According to sambhu, Meru and Ameru are two types of Kumbhakas.

तस्-ति-नेत्रेण वि-सिद्धिदः ॥ १९२ ॥

sakrc-candrena căpûrya dhărya sûryena pûrayet |

niyamya pürayen-nobhyam dhārayitvā yathāvidhi ||

म्यदि-अर्गण्य-पुण्यर्-पर्यर् संमतः ॥ १९६ ॥

na vardhayen-nirodham ca yatha-saktya susamyamam | caret-sa kumbhako'merus-cirakālena siddhidah || 195 || amum-abhyasatah pumso naisargika-meru-sambhütih || bahubhih kalair-bhüyad-aganya-punyair-para sumateh || 196 ||

Matras-Kumbh

Apta Pramana आप्त प्रमाण

Apta Pramana आप्त प्रमाण

Panca-Gurvaksarair-Yuktah Pala-Dvaya-Mito Hi Yah

nisargatah kumbhako'yam matordho recakas-tatah || ardha-pūraka ityukto mātrākumbho višāradaih || 201 ||

र-मेडनाक्ता रहस्य सर्व-यागिनाम ॥ २०६ ॥

bahyantara-desesu sañcāra-jñanato'thavā | mātrāsamkhyā-śvāsasamkhyā ksane yad-avadhārane || 205 || iśvara-parnidhānena kumbhako yatra varddhate | ekamerur-mrdenokto rahasyam sarva-Yoginām || 206 ||

Translation

When the breath-holding time is not increased and practised according to one's own capacity, it is Ameru-Kumbhaka, which gives results in the long run, if practised judiciously. With the prolonged practice of this, one attains perfection of Meru easily through a great fortune.

When the breath is retained without force for a period of two palas (48 seconds) or time taken for recitation of five long vowels after inhaling for half the time (of recitation) and thereafter exhaling for the same period as of Púraka, it is called Matras-Kumbhaka by the learned.

According to Mrda (Siva), when Kumbhaka Increases with awareness of internal and external movement of prana or determining the number of matras and respiration and devotion to God, it is called Eka-meru which is the secret of all the Yogis.

Dvi-Meru And Tri-Meru

Apta Pramana आप्त प्रमाण

půrakenápi vrddhena dvi-merur-meruh ca kramát | recakenāpi vrddhena tri-meruh siddhidāyakah || 207 ||

Translation

With the increment in Püraka also it becomes Dvimeru. Similarly, with the increase of Recaka it is Tri-meru. When Meru is practised progressively in this manner, it leads to success.

When one inhales prana fully and draws the apana from the toes, anus, navel, chest and takes it up to the throat, it is called Udghata by the Yogis.

Apta Pramana आप्त प्रमाण

- पूर्णः कर्षन् प्राण-वायुस्-त्वपानं पादाङ्ग्रुष्ठान् मूलतो वापि नाभेः ॥ ण्ठं द्वाद्-वोत्-प्रमातव्यं-पैतीत्युद्धातोऽयं योगिभिः सम्प्रदिष्टः ॥ २१२ ॥

pürnah karşan prâna-vâyus-tvapânam pâdângusthân mûlato vâpi nâbheh || âkanțham hrt-khâd-vot-pramâtayyam-paltîlyudghăto'yam Yogibhih sampradișțah || 212 ||

Ten Stages of meru

Apta Pramana आप्त प्रमाण

द्वर-उद्घातस-लिर-उद्भातस-ततो मद्भः मध्य-मेरुस-तीव-मेरुः प्रत्याद्मारश-च धारणा ॥ ध्यानं समाधिर्-इत्युक्तो मेरोः स्थलभुवो दश ॥ २१३ ॥

ekodghāto-dvir-udghātas-trir-udghātas-tato mrduh | madhya-merus-tirva-meruh pratyahāras-ca dhāranā || dhyanam samadhir-ityukto meroh sthülabhuvo daśa || 213 ||

Translation

One Udghata, two Udghatas, three Udghatas, Mrdu-meru, Madhya-meru, Tivra-meru, pPratyahāra, Dhāranā, Dhyāna and Samadhi are stated to be the ten stages of Meru.

स्वपूर्वा द्वादश-गुणाः परे ज्ञेयाः शिवादिताः ॥ २१८ ॥

atha pramanam-etesam rahasyam-api kathyate | catur-asta-dvādašabhih kramād-ādyāh palais-trayah || 216 || tatah pañca-dasonmāna-palair-astādason-mitah | paras-tatas-catur-vimsa-palais-tīvra inheritah || 217 || nisargāt dvādaša-guņah pratyāhāras-tatas-tataņ | svapūrvā dvādaša-guņāh pare jñeyāḥ śivoditāḥ || 218 ||

मूल-शास्त्राद-इति प्रोक्तं भुशुण्ड-मतम्-उत्तमम् ॥ ४५ ॥

mūla-śāstrād-iti proktam bhuśunda-matam-uttamam || 45 ||

Apta Pramana आप्त प्रमाण comprises of four palas (96 seconds), eight palas

Mrdu-Meru Of 18 Palas (432 Seconds) And Tivrameru Of 24 Palas (576 Seconds).According To Siva, The Intensity Of The Stages From Pratyahara Onwards Is Twelve Times More Than The Previous Stage. Thus Twelve Pranavamas Make One PratyahāRa. Twelve PratyāHāRas Make One Dharana. Twelve DhāRanāS Make One Dhyana And Twelve Dhyanas Make One Samadhi.

Their measure and secrets are being narrated

(192 seconds) and twelve palas (288 seconds).

further. The first three stages in sequence

Translation

According to the original tradition and also the opinion of Bhusunda, there is no apparent difference in the practice, although some difference may be found in the terms used

Now I shall describe the control of the ten types of prana.

Powers

Apta Pramana

Mentioned 10 Types Of Prana Mention

Apta Pramana

Atha Vaksye DaśA-Vidha-PrâNăM Nigraham Param || 46

सङ्जान्ज्ञान-कतो भेदः क्रियासु न भिदा स्फटा

sanjñā-jñāna-krto bhedah kriyāsu na bhidā sphuṭā

Removes Impurities And Doshas

Apta Pramana

गानदाय-मत प्रक्तिम-ऋषयोऽङ्ग्रके पढे नासाग्र-नाभि-हूतु-संस्थ प्राहस्-तज-जय इरितः

prâno mukha-ghrâna-gatir-ährd-vrttih samiranah gonardiya-matam proktam-rsayo'ngusthake pade nåsägra-näbhi-hrt-samstham pråhus-taj-jaya Tritah || 47 ||

निःश्वासोच्छास-कमोस्य तजू-जये फलम्-इयते विण-मूल-श्लेष्म-पित्तादि-रोग-दोष-मनो-मलाः सप्त-धातु-मला दोषा नश्यन्तीत्याह्न शण्करः ॥ ४८ ॥

nihśvásocchvása-karmásya taj-jaye phalam-iryate vin-mūtra-šlesma-pittādi-roga-dosa-mano-malāh sapta-dhātu-malā doşā našyantītyāha šaņkarah || 48 ||

Translation

According to Gonardiya, prana-vayu flows through mouth and nose up to the chest. While according to the rsis, it is in the toes, tip of the nose, umbilicus and chest. Control of these pranas is indicated here.

Exhalation and inhalation are its functions. Their control leads to elimination of the impurities like feces, urine, phlegm and bile which cause diseases of the body and also the mental impurities of the seven bodily constituents and (three) doshas (humours like vata, pitta, and kapha) are removed.

Yogi Who Controls Prana Benefits

Apta Pramana

Translation

Through the control of prana, a Yogi attains hearing of mystical sounds, intelligence, long life, four alms of human existence, good look, strength, luster, stability, good voice, lightness, swiftness, arousal of Kundalini, enthusiasm, longer inhalation, a beautiful complexion, and increase in sattva-guna. According to Sambhavas, one gains control over the living beings on the Earth.

nádaśrutir-medha dirgham-ayuh pumarthatâ surüpată balam tejah sthirată svara-sausthavam || 49 || laghutvam sīghra-gāmitvam kundalī-bodhananm param utsaham ca cirocchvāsam suvarņatvadikān guņān || 50 || satvasthatvam ca labhate yogi pranasya nirjaye bh0-caranam jayah siddhyed-ityahuh sambhava api || 51 ||

One attains (proper) downward movement from navel to the feet facilitating excretion of urine and feces which is the activity of apana. This is narrated in Bhaya. Other opinions are narrated as follows

apadatala-vrttih syan-nabhes-cadhogatih svatah viņ-mūtrādi-visargam ca kurute'pāna-saṃjñitah iti bhasyamatam proktamitareşam nigadyate || 52 || vin-mūtrādi-visargam ca kurute'pāna-saṃjñitah iti bhāsyamatam proktamitaresām nigadyate || 53 ||

चकाभ्यास-बाहुल्यातु क्रमातु-स्थान-नियोगतः ॥ ५४ ॥

"krkātikā-prstha-pārsņi-prsthāntesu sthitah sasī recakabhyasa-bahulyat kramat-sthana-niYogatah || 54 ||

Apana Description

Apta Pramana

Sasi Description

Apta Pramana

Translation

Sasi is situated in the neck, back, heel, and the lower back. When one practices frequent Recakas and by visualizing concentrates on apana from place to place, It is called Urdhvaja Kumbhaka

üRddhvordhvamityapanasya KumbhakordhvajasamjñItah

parakâya-praveśah syad ghațikā-dvitayonmite || 55 ||

देशस्य पुष्ठ-भागे वि कम्भकस-तज-जिन-मग इत्युच्यते बुधः ॥ ५६ ॥

apānam kațidešasya prstha-bhāge vidhārayot sada cet Kumbhakas-taj-jin-mrga ityucyate budhaih || 56 ||

mūla-bandho dhāraņāsu mudrā-vişaya-gocarah gūtha-mūtrālpatā vahner-jātharasya pradīpanam || 57 || kundali-bodhanam caiva brahmarandhra-praveśanam pāṭāla-gamanaṃ caiva līlayā jāyate muneh || 58 || ksatasya rohanam svātmyam bahubhojana-rug-jayau satvātmakatvam syus-cānye pyapānasya jaye gunāh || 59 ||

Urdhvaja Kumbhaka

Apta Pramana

Mrga Kumbha

Apta Pramana

Benefits Of Control Of Apana

Apta Pramana

Translation

Practice of this for two gatikas (48 minutes) leads to Parakaya-pravesa Siddhi (ability to enter into another body)

According to the learned, when apana is continuously held in the back of the hip region, It is known as Mrga-Kumbhaka.

The benefits of control of apana are facilitation of Mulabandha, proficiency In the practice of Dharana and different Mudras, reduction in urine and feces, increase in gastric fire, arousal of Kundalini and its entry into Brahma randhra, Patala-gamana (traveling to the world underneath), healing of the wounds, assimilation of all food, conquest of all diseases and increase in sattva-guna, etc.

Location Of Samana Vavu

Apta Pramana

Function of Samana Vayu Apta Pramana

Samana Kumbhaka

Apta Pramana

anabhi-hrdayad bhasye samana-sthanam-Iritam sarva-sandhi-sthito'piti prâhur-anye maharsayah || 60 ||

samam rasanam nayanam karmasya parikirtitam || 61 ||

स्याद-हात शण्करः ॥ ६४ ॥ न -कम्भका म्यासात फल

näbhäväpürya väyuś-ced-dehe vyapya vidhäritah kumbhite jvalanam dhyayet samanasya tu Kumbhakah || 62 || mudräsu vaksyate kumbha uddiyano mahaphalah ejate prajvalet svidyed-roma-kûpesu mocayet tam-eva vyapakam yogî so'yam nakuliśa-matam tathā || 63 || ksut-trt-ksayo vahni-diptih ksata-bhagnävarohanam samana-kumbhakabhyasat phalam syäd-iti sankarah || 64 ||

Translation

The location of Samana vayu is stated to be in the region from navel to the chest. Other authorities maintain that it exists in all the joints.

Its function is said to be proper distribution of nutrition (bodily fluids).

When this vayu is filled up into the navel and held with concentration on fire, it is Samana-Kumbhaka. This practice is recommended in Mudras, as it results in attaining Uddiyana. This is explained in terms of movement, heat, perspiration, and sensation in the pores extensively experienced by a Yogi. This is the opinion of Nakuliśa. The results are: control of hunger and thirst, increased gastric fire, (quick) healing of wounds and fractures.

Apta Pramana

Apta Pramana

Benefits: protection from weapons, water and poisons, immunity from cold and heat and removal of diseases.

vyano vyapí vyanayanas-tvag-indriya-niketanah || 65 ||

pürayitvántara samyag hrj-jagad-vyapti-Yogatah sarvangasyākuncanena kumbhite sūksma-cintanāt pärvatî-vaktrabhenoktah samyak vyanasya Kumbhakah || 66 || na śastralś-chidyate napah kledayantyavisa-kramah sitosnayos-tathasango roga-nasas-ca Jayate || 67 ||

Translation

The vyana pervades all over the body and sense organs like skin etc.

Technique: Vyana Kumbhaka as described by Parvati is completely filling the chest and contracting the whole body during Kumbhaka with subtle concentration.

Location Of Udana

Apta Pramana

न्मध्य-ताल्वग्र-पतलीख्वात चापर

udana unnayanaka-vrttir-bhasya udhrtahgh aņțikā-madhya-tālvagra-patalesviti cāpare || 68 ||

Translation

Udana means that which raises up. Its location is described by some in uvula, mid-palate, and tip of the tongue.

One should forcibly raise the vayu bringing it into the chest through nostrils and from there take it further to the throat, palate, mid-brow, top of the head and retain it there. This is Krtti-srestha-Kumbhaka.

Sucking the air with a loud sound with (bija mantra) 'va' and holding it is known as Prakrti-Kumbhaka. The results of this Kumbhaka are mentioned in terms of remaining ever unaffected by water, mud and thorns and also attaining ability to levitate.

उत्कृष्यात्कार्य हुत स्थानीत कार्यक्ताली

nobhyam cakarsayed-vayum balat hrt-sthanam-anayet utkrsyotkrsya hrt-sthänät kantha-tâlau bhruvo'ntare mürdhnäntam ced-gatâyäta-krtti-sresthäkhya-Kumbhakah || 69 ||

में कवन्त प्रतिर स्वनम उदानस्य प्रकातः कम्भकः स्मृतः || ७० | कण्टकषु न सङ्कः स्यात-कदीचन खगत्वम्-उत्कान्तिर्-अपीत्यतत् फलम्-उदाहृतम् ॥ ७१ ॥

vānvitenāšugam karsen kurvantūccataram svanam dhārayec-ced-udānasya prakrtih Kumbhakah smrtah || 70 || jale panke kantakesu na sangah syat-kadācana khagatvam-utkrāntir-apītyetat phalam-udāhrtam || 71 ||

Translation

By taking vahni (Kundalini along with prana) from respective places, condensing it in the lotus of the heart and uniting into Brahma-randhra, one gains control over all the vayus,

श्शृ-च ब्रह्मरन्त्रान्तः नमनात् सर्वाजद् भवत्

sva-sva-sthånät samåkrsya pindikrtya hrd-ambuje vahnīns-ca brahmarandhrântah namanāt sarvajid bhavet || 72 ||

Krtti-Srestha-Kumbhaka

Apta Pramana

Prakrti-Kumbhaka

Apta Pramana

Vahni

Apta Pramana

Recaka And Vayus

Apta Pramana

Vayu Pranayama

Apta Pramana

Samadhi And Vayus

Apta Pramana

Result Of Vayus Entering Shushumna

Apta Pramana

सर्वम-एव फलं भयाद-वायनां युगपज-जये रचकाभ्यासतः सर्व-वायनां युगपज-जयः ॥ ७३ ॥

sarvam-eva phalam bhûyad-vāyūnām yugapaj-jaye recakabhyasatah sarva-vāyūnām yugapaj-jayah || 73 ||

अतः समाधेर्-अभ्यासाद-अपि सर्व-जयो भवेत् ॥ ७५ ॥

atah samadher-abhyasad-api sarva-jayo bhavet || 75 ||

अशीष-कल्पना-नाशः प्रवक्ति च फलं भवत भवत ॥ ७६ ॥

susumna grasate tasmin yato vāyu-paramparām ašeşa-kalpanā-nāšah pūrvoktam ca phalam bhavet || 76 ||

Translation

By the practice of Recaka (control on exhalation) one also controls all the vayus. By controlling the vayus one simultaneously gets all the results.

By moving the vayu in the center of the navel and exhaling the same through the surya-nadi (right nostril), one attains control of all the vayus (pranas) as stated by some Munis.

By the practice of Samadhi also one controls all the vayus (pranas).

When prana is controlled, the vayus enter sushumna resulting into disappearance of all thoughts and attaining all the results stated above.

ठेन रेचन क्योन-नाग-कम्भः शिवोदितः श्चा जयेत पिपासां च फलम-अस्य समीरितम् ॥ ७८ ॥

odana-grāsavad-vāyum kanthenāpūrayec-chanaih tam rodhayed-yathakalam badhvā jālandharam drdham || 77 || kanțhena recanam kuryān-nāga-kumbhah šivoditah ksudham jayet pipäsām ca phalam-asya samīritam || 78 ||

निर्मीलान्मीलने त्यक्त्वा पीठे काष्ठम-इव स्थितिः श-च शरीरस्य कमे-कम्भः स उच्यते भवताऽभ्यास-वशानू-मनो-वाती स्थिरावभी ॥ ७२ ॥

nimilane tyaktvä pīthe kāştham-iva sthitih netrayos-ca śarirasya kūrma-kumbhah sa ucyate bhavato bhyäsa-vasän-mano-vātau sthirāvubhau || 79 ||

Translation

One should swallow the air slowly into the throat like a morsel of rice, retaining it to the capacity, with firm application of Jalandhara-bandha and then expel it from the throat. This is Naga-Kumbhaka explained by Siva. By this practice one is able to control hunger and thirst.

When the blinking of the eyes are controlled and one becomes perfectly steady in the asana like a log of wood and devoid of movements of the eyes and the body, it is called Kürma-Kumbhaka. With the practice of this Kumbhaka, one attains steadiness of vayu and mind.

When there is a possibility of sneezing, one should rub the index and ring fingers with the thumb. This obviously does not include the process of Kumbhaka.

हरणः कम्भः ककरस्य जय-प्रदः ॥ ८० ॥

tarjanyanamike'ngustha-marddite ksuta-sambhave ksuta-samharanah kumbhah krkarasya jaya-pradah || 80 ||

Naga Kumbhaka

Apta Pramana

Deva Datta Vayu

Apta Pramana

DhanañJaya-Vayu Apta Pramana

10 Vayus Narrated Apta Pramana

Hamsa Vedha, Initiation Apta Pramana

देवदत्त-जयस-तन जायते शक्रूरोदितः ॥ ८१ ॥

jrmbhodbhave samvrtyäsyah kanthädhah prapayet-khagam devadatta-jayas-tena jāyate śankaroditah || 81 ||

-अखिलवायु कुण्डली ग्रसते यदा चनञ्जय-जयः काले तस्मिन् गोणस्-ततो ह्ययम् ॥ ८२ ॥

dehastham-akhilamvayum kundali grasate yada. dhanañjaya-jayah kale tasmin gaunas-tato hyayam || 82 ||

रा-वायुनी जयाईय क्रमतो मया क्ताभ्यासन्योगेन युगपद-वा जयो भवेत ॥ ८३ ॥

ityuktam dasa-väyünäm jayo'yam kramato maya pürvoktābhyāsa-yogena yugapad-vā jayo bhavet || 83 ||

स्मात् सुदीक्षितो योगी पवनाभ्यासम्-आचरेत् ॥ ८४ ॥

hamsavedham vinā naite siddhyanti yaminām kvacit pratyutānubhavatyeva rogarāšim pade pade tasmāt sudiksito yogī pavanābhyāsam-ācaret || 84 ||

Translation

When yawning occurs, one should close the mouth and push the air down the throat. According to Sankara, this leads to control of Deva-datta-vayu.

When Kundalini absorbs all the vayus in the body, it is the control of Dhanañjaya-vayu. In this state everything becomes insignificant.

I have narrated control of ten vayus progressively. With the practice as stated earlier, one attains complete master over them.

These cannot be accomplished by the Yogi without hamsa-vedha. Otherwise, one has to face several diseases frequently. Therefore, a Yogi should undertake the practice of Pranayama only after receiving proper initiation.

püra-reca-yutah kumbho vayor-yatra vidhiyate sahitah Kumbhakah sa syat sahitah sarva-siddhaye || 85 || sahitam Kumbhakam kurvan-nadi-suddhim ca vindati kevalam Kumbhakam nāda-śravanam siddhayo'khilāh || 86 ||

यन त्यजत-तनापये चाग्नि-योमाख्य-कम्भकः ॥

süryena pürayet prānam kumbhayitvā yathā-vidhih recayed-anya-margena punas-tena prapûrayet yena tyajet-tenäpürya cägni-somäkhya-Kumbhakah || 87 ||

र-वायर-जयः कवल-कम्भकात स्यात ॥ ८९ ॥

kevalam kumbhayet prânam reca-pûrana-verjitam

tüyah sesodito'nye tu kevalam Kumbhakam viduh || 88 ||

mano-javatvam ca mano-jayaś-ca pālitya-hānir-valitasya nāšah

nada-srutis-castavidhasya siddhir-vayor-jayah kevala-kumbhakat syat || 89 ||

Translation

When vayu is restrained with Püraka, Kumbhaka and Recaka, it is Sahita-Kumbhaka, which brings all the benefits. Sahita Kumbhaka brings purification of all the nadis, while Kevala-Kumbhaka leads to hearing of mystical sounds and bestows all the supernatural powers.

Prana should be inhaled through surya-nadi (right-nostril) and after retaining the same as prescribed, one should exhale through the other nostril, and again inhale by the same side though which one has exhaled. It is known as Agni-soma-Kumbhaka.

Prana should be restrained irrespective of inspiration or expiration. This is fourth variety of Kumbhaka, called Kevala-Kumbhaka.Benefits of Kevala-Kumbhaka are stated as increased dexterity of the mind, control of mental activities, disappearance of grey hair and wrinkles, hearing of mystical sounds, accomplishment of eight-fold Siddhis and control of vayu.

Restraining the vayu inside and visualising its presence inside and outside of the body is called Santha-Kumbhaka.

Soles, organs of generation, navel, heart, throat, uvula, middle of the eyebrows, forehead and Brahma-randhra are the nine sites according to Vedha (Siva).Concentration of prana on one site and then another in this sequence is called Pratyahara which brings success in Yoga and removes all diseases.

द्धः सर्वरागम्नाशाः प्रत्याद्वता भव

nava-sthanani vijñaya pratyaharah sa vedhasah padatala-guhya-nabhi-hrdayorah-kantha-ghantikan kramatah || 91 || bhrû-madhyam ca lalatam brahmasthânam navaitâni Yogasiddhih sarvaroga-nāśah pratyāhrtau bhavet || 92 ||

Rsi-Prokta-Kumbhaka

sthänät sthänam samäkrsya yad-asta-dasakesvapi rsi-proktah sa kumbhah syät pratyähäras-tu kumbhanat || 93 ||

Translation

Withdrawing prana from all the eighteen vital points, one after another in sequence (during Kumbhaka), becomes rsi-prokta-Kumbhaka. This process of Kumbhaka is Pratyahara.(the eighteen vital points are as follows-) toes, ankle, root of the thigh, some part of the head of tibia, center of the knee, thigh, anus, center of the body, generative organ, navel, heart, root of the throat, root of the palate, root of the nose, eyes, middle of the eyebrows and vajra-kanda (sahasrāra).

The vital points are eighteen according to the munis and the (two) Asvinikumaras, the physicians of Gods, sixteen according to the followers of Patañjali and twenty-six according to Sambhu. Knowing all these in the body from a Guru, one should practice Pratyahara in inverse and reverse order.

Translation

Inhaling and holding (of prana) from heart upwards (upto the top of the head) is called Uttara, and from the top of the head downwards upto the heart, is called Adhara by the munis.

Without actually Inhaling or exhaling, when one mentally holds the prana in the regions like navel, etc., It is described as Sama-Kumbhaka by Bhagavan Candra-Mauli (Siva)

pādāngustho gulpho janghā-mūlam citer-mūlam madhyam janvor-urupāyor-mūlam svadeha-madhyam ca || 94 || linga-nabhi-hrdayam kanthadas-talu-mülam ca ghonå-mûlam nayane bhrû-madhyam vajra-kandakam || 95 ||

astādaśadhā munayo vadanti divyau bhisag-varau dastrau sodaśa patańjalikāh sad-vimśac-chambhunā proktāh || 96 || etat sakalam iñeyam śarīresu guror-agre kramato vyut-kramato'pi pratyahāro bhaved-esu || 97 ||

ápüryordhvam yo rodho hrdádisu sa uttarah mürdhvato'dho'dha adharo munibhih paribhäsitah || 98 ||

ārekapūrā manasā nābhyād-ašugam dhrtih samah kumbho bhagavată proktah sri-candra-maulina || 99 ||

रीध-सामध्ये कर्ष

yavan-nirodha-sâmarthyam karşakah kumbhako dvidha || 100 ||

Translation

According to the capacity of retention, Karsaka-Kumbhaka is two-fold.

Before doing Recaka and Püraka, one should close the nose (at its root) and practice Utkarsa-Kumbhaka narrated by Svayambu (Siva).

Partially closing the nose and doing Recaka-Pûraka Is Apakarşaka-Kumbhaka stated by Brahma.

With the practice of Karsaka-Kumbhaka (utkarsa and apakarsaka), the breath becomes prolonged and subtle.

नासा-मूल मुद्रयित्वा तद-अग्रे रेच-पूरकी कर्षकं कम्भः स्वयम्-उक्तः स्वयम्भवा ॥ १०१ ॥

nāsā-mūlam mudrayitvā tad-agre reca-pūrakau kuryād-utkarşakam kumbhah svayam-uktah svayambhuvā || 101 ||

धे मुद्रयित्वाधोभागे यद-रेच-पुरको

योत-स ब्रह्मणा प्रोक्तः कम्भको ह्यपकर्यकः ॥ १०२ ॥

ghranardham mudrayitvädhobhāge yad-reca-pūrakau kuryāt-sa brahmanā proktah kumbhako hyapakarsakah || 102 ||

मो भवेच-छ्यासः कर्षके कम्भके कृते । १०३ ।

dîrghah sûkşmo bhavec-chvāsah karşake kumbhake krte || 103 ||

nobhyam-aram samakrsya kundalayah parśvayoh ksipetgacchatā tisthatā śvasa-dhāranam na balād-yad aanisam sahajah kumbhah proktah śri-krttivāsasa || 104 || nädisuddhim tatharogyam susukham dirgha-jivanam nādaśrutih pāpa-nāšah sahajābhyāsato bhavet || 105 ||

Translation

Inhaling prana through the nose and carrying it along the Kundali, one should hold it comfortably off and on. This is Sahaja-Kumbhaka narrated by Sri-krttivasa (Siva).With the practice of this Sahaja-Kumbhaka, one gets purification of the nadis, health, longevity, hearing of the mystical sounds and removal of all the blemishes.

daksa-vāmāvarta-bhedāc-cakra-sankhau dvidhoditau || 106 ||

süryenäpürya marutam kumbhayet-udara-sthitam recayed-indunā bhūyas-tathā daksena pūrayet kumbhayed-idaya ricyâd-dakşinâvartta-cakrakah || 107 ||

By the distinction of right and left, Cakra and Sankha Kumbhakas become two-fold.

Taking breath through surya-nadi (right nostril) and after retaining it in the cavity, one should exhale though indu-nadi (left nostril). Then again one should inhale through the right nostril and exhale through the left nostril after retention. This is Daksinavatra-cakra-Kumbhaka and sürya bedhana. The difference lies only in their names.

Doing it in reverse order, it is called Vāmāvarta (Cakra Kumbhaka) by Siva.

Cakra Kumbhaka should be practiced twice while agni-soma one. Sankha-Kumbhaka is also described two-fold as Cakra-Kumbhaka explained before. With these two varieties of Kumbhaka, one experiences warmth and cold.

vilomo'yam cakrakumbho vämävartah sivoditah || 108 ||

cakra-kumbham dvidha kuryad-agnisomam tathaikadha sankha-kumbho'yam-isena pürvavad dvividhah smrtah || 110 || kausmyam-isac-chitalata kumbhayor-anayor-bhavet || 111 ||

Ada=Kumb

ubhābhyām pūraņam yatra recanam sūrya-vartmanā gadā-kumbhah śivenokto Yogino bala-kārakah || 112 || ham sūryo repha ityuktah sa somah ca smrto budhaih sānusvārau bīja-mantrau siddhidau Yogināvimau || 113 || ekayāpūrya parayā recanād-hamsa-cintanāt yathā-saktyā nirudhyātha pūrya recitayā punah || 114 ||

Translation

Inhalation through both the nostrils and exhalation through the right nostril (surya-nadi) is called Gada-Kumbhaka by Siva, which gives vigour to the Yogis. According to the learned, ""ha"" represents surya which is situated below, while ""sa"" represents soma (candra). With the addition of nasal sound, these become bijamantras (ham, ram, and sam), which lead the Yogis to success. One should inhale through the right nostril and after holding the breath to the capacity, exhale through the other nostril while contemplating on hamsa. Again inhale through the nostril through which one has exhaled.

Gada-Kumbhaka

evam nádyor-vibhedena catuh-kalesu vimsatih kumbhakan yadi kurvîta nâdî-śudhyakhya-Kumbhakaḥ || 115 ||

यन्दिनाधोभ नाभौ सवित-मण्डलम् द्व्यन्ति नाडिकाः ॥ ११६ ॥ मन्दन सहस्य-दल-मध्यगाम । कुम्भ ध्यात्वा शुध्यन्ति नाडिकाः ॥ ११७ ॥ न्द्रेण पित्त-दोषाणाम-इतरेषां परेण त

नाशः सर्वात्मना भूयात् व्रिभिर्-मासैर्-न साशयाः ॥ ११८ ॥

grisma-madhyandinardhabham näbhau savitr-mandalam sûrya-nâdya krte kumbhe dhyatva śuddhyanti nadikah || 116 || saradrākānišīthendumn sahasra-dala-madhyagam sravatsudham-ida kumbhe dhyatva sudhyanti nadikah || 117 || candrena pitta-dosānām-itaresām pareņa tu

nāśah sarvātmanā bhūyāt tribhir-māsair-na sāśayāh || 118 ||

Translation

When this is practiced with alternate nostrils with twenty Kumbhakas four times a day, this is known as (Nadi-)suddhi-Kumbhaka.

When one practices Kumbhaka after inhaling through the right nostril and concentrating in the navel on the orb of the mid-day sun of the summer, all the nadis are purified.During the Kumbhaka, after inhaling through the left nostril, one should visualize oozing of the nectar from the moon of the autumn night, situated in the lotus of the thousand petals (sahasra- dala).

This leads to purification of the nadis. Candra (inhaling through left nostril) and holding alleviated vitiation of bile (pitta), while other (Sürya Kumbhaka) overcomes other (kapha and vata) disorders in the three months, in which there is no doubt.

Merucalana

स्थित्वा सिद्धे स्वस्तिके वा सक्थियुग्मे करद्वयम् ॥ संस्थाप्य प्रष्ठदण्डं स्वं विधाय प्रोन्नतं समम ॥ १ ॥ तियेङ मन्यामधः कृत्वा प्रमुज्य स्कन्धयुग्मकम् नेले निमील्य वदनमामुद्य प्राकृ सुसाधकः ॥ २ ॥ ग्रीवां किण्चित् कण्ठसक्तां जालबन्धवदानताम् । कुत्वाऽसकुद्दक्षभागे चालयेत्तां भुशं दृढम् ॥ ३ ॥ पञ्चाशद्वारकं दक्षे वामभागेऽनु चालयेत् । आनाभ्युरःपृष्ठकटितुन्दुचालो यथा भवेत् ॥ तथाभिचालयेद ग्रीवां मेरुचालोऽयमीरितः ॥ ४ ॥

sthitvä siddhe svastike vå sakthiyugme karadvayam || samsthāpya prsthadaņdam svam vidhāya pronnatam samam || 1 || tiryan manyamadhah krtva pramrjya skandhayugmakam netre nimilya vadanamamudya prāk susādhakaḥ || 2 || grīvām kincit kanthasaktām jālabandhavadānatām | kṛtvā'sakrddakṣabhāge cālayettāṃ bhršaṃ drģham || 3 || pañcāsadvārakam dakse vāmabhāge'nu cālayet | anabhyurahprsthakatitundacalo yatha bhavet || tathabhicalayed grivam merucalo'yamīritah || 4 ||

Translation

Assume siddha or svastika posture. Place the pair of hands on the thighs. Keep the backbone upright and well aligned. Bend the neck downwards by adjusting the shoulders.

Sadhaka keeps the eyes closed and face composed. Bend the neck against the throat like one does in Jalandhara-bandha.

Then move (the neck) firmly for 50 times on the right and then 50 times on the left in such a manner that upto navel including back, walst and abdomen would shake well. Similarly, rotate the neck. This is called Meruchalana

Merucalana

Pranayama for Kundalini

द्याद्यसमारघ्नः कण्ठस्थिअकफनारानः कोष्ठवक्षागत मरुत् कफरोगहरः परम् ॥ ५ ॥

katiprsthasamiraghnah kanthasthaakaphanasanah | kosthavaksogatam marut kapharogaharah param || 5 ||

णा ऋजूतां धत्ते कुण्डलीक्षा मदस्ततः आ । नाडीसङ्करलथकर आश्रमान्त भजेदमुम् ॥ ६ ॥

susunā rjutām dhatte kundalīksobhadastathā | nādīsanghaślathakaram āśramāntam bhajedamum || 6 ||

विधिवदनिश्रस्मीरणप्ररोधैर्-वपुषि शिरावलये विशोधितेऽन्तः ॥ विशति मरुदरं महापधास्ये हठं विना भुजगी मुखं ह्याऽपास्य ॥ ३ ॥

vidhivadaniśasmiranaprarodhair-vapusi śirāvalaye viśodhite'ntah || vísati marudaram mahapathásye hatham vinã bhujagī mukham hya'pāsya || 3 ||

च्चा वज्रासन प्रागनपवनमपाकृष्य बाह्याभिवाह वातर्थ्न भालसंशाधनमसंकुदहो सयेभेद विधेयम् ॥ ६ ॥

baddhvā vajrāsanam prāganupavanamupākrsya bāhyābhivāham mandammärtandanâdyam tadanukacakhägräntamâkumbhayecca

Translation

This removes the air (vata disorders) from the waist and back and phlegmatic disorders from the intestines and the chest. It entirely cures the phlegmatic disorders.

Sushumna becomes straight, Kundalini Is stimulated and the entire network of the nadis is stirred. One should practice this till one gets tired.

Prolonged practice of Pranayama in the manner prescribed renders the tubular vessels of the body (siras) purified Internally which facilitates the forceful entrance of marut Into the mouth of the bhujagi (Kundalini).

First adopt vajrasana, slowly draw the (external) air in through the right nostril and retain it to feel its sensation at the fillet of the hair and tip of the nails. When the prana is held (in this manner) it moves to the nadis and then one should gently exhale. This is said to be removing the disorders caused due to vata; cleanses the forehead (frontal sinus). This suryabhedana should be practiced several times.

ruddhe nadya yatam pavanamanuśanaih recayedetadulurh vataghnam bhalasaṃśodhanamasakrdaho sūryabhedam vidheyam || 6 ||

Adopt padmasana and keep the shoulders, abdomen and the trunk erect. Carefully keep the mouth closed. Rapidly Inhale through the nostrils making a friction from the heart (chest), throat and upto the forehead and hold to the capacity.

Again rapidly inhale with the same nostril through which exhaled, upto the chest with force and again exhale and inhale repeatedly.

In this manner, a wise should practise it continuously, moving the bodily air like a bellows with full attention. When tired, the wise should exhale through right nostril and then slowly fill up the whole cavity with air fully.

sthitväbje samakandharodaratanuh samyamya yatnan mukham ghrāņenāšu supūrya samšliṣati hrkaņṭhe kapālāvadhi || samyag dhrtam yayā viricya punarapyāpūrya vegādanu hrtya právadhi kevalam punarapi tyaktvá punah pûrayet || 12 || ittham śaśvadupācarediti yathā bhastreva sañcālayed dehastham pavanam tathaiva matinā sancālayed buddhimān || śrānith syād tu yadā tadā nijatanau sūryena samrecayet pūrnam svodaramākalayya marutā mandaṃ tathā pūrayet || 13 ||

Bhastrika Kumbl Apta Pramana आप्त प्रमाण Hathatatvakaumudi (Chapter 10, Verse 12-13)

Bhastrika Kumbhaka

Apta Pramana आप्त प्रमाण Hathatatvakaumudi (Chapter 10, Verse 14)

मध्यममन्तरण सुदृढ सतजनीद्वय्यां ततः विवदावीधाय पवनं ते रेचयद्वामया स्वाख्यः कड्ढ कुम्भकः स्यति कर्फ पित्त समीरं वुःकफमग्रिदस्त्रिगुणज-ग्रन्थित्रयोद्भेद्रुकः ॥ १४ ॥

näsämadhyamamantarena sudrdham satarjanîhybăm tatah kumbham pürvavadāvidhāya pavanam tam recayedvāmayā | bhastrakhyah kahlu Kumbhakah syati kapham pittam samiram susumnangastham dubkaphamagnidastrigunaja-granthitrayodbhedakah || 14 ||

Antarangaka Kumbhaka Apta Pramana आप्त प्रमाण Hathatatvakaumudi (Chapter 10, Verse 15)

Brahmari Kumbhaka Apta Pramana आप्त प्रमाण Hathatatvakaumudi (Chapter 10, Verse 18)

आकृष्याकृष्य वायु भुशमति प्राग्वच्चाकुरय बदुध्वा लघु ॥

सुरसकुद रेचकपूरकाभ्यां कुम्भोऽयं चान्तरङ्गकः ॥ इति ॥ १५ ॥

âkrsyākrsya vāyum bhršamati prāgvaccākršya baddhvā laghu || surasakrd recakapürakabhyam kumbho'yam cântarangakah || iti || 15 ||

योगीन्द्राणामेवमभ्यासयोगाच्-चित्ते जाता काचिदानन्द्रमुच्छौ ॥ १८ ॥

vegākrstam pūrākam bhrhgānādam bhrhgīnādaṃ recakam mandamandam || yogîndränämevamabhyásayogác-citte játá kácidánandamürcchá || 18 ||

Translation

Then holding the nostrils firmly with fingers (index) one should retain the air as said before and then exhale through the left nostril. This is Bhastra Kumbhaka. This removes the disorders caused by the phlegm, bile (pitta) and air (vata) and also the tough phlegmatic obstructions in the susumna. This enhances (bodily) fire, brings (balance among) the three gunas by piercing through the three granthis.

One should very forcefully draw the air in, as told before, retain it for a short while and leave it in a very controlled manner. With this kind of inhalation and exhalation this Is Antarangaka Kumbhaka.

One inhales forcefully to produce the sound resembling. that of a male bee and exhales very slowly, creating a sound similar to that of a female bee. This technique fills the mind of a Yogi with exceptionally ecstatic feeling.

Inhale and retain the air firmly adopting Jalandharabandha and then exhale slowly, while maintaining Jalandhara bandha. This is called Manomurccha Kumbhaka, which brings about a state of swooning to a Yogi.

Fill the stomach completely with the air. Thus, a Yogi comfortably floats for a long time in the deep water.

One inhales and holds (the air) to the capacity by pressing the openings of the nose and thereafter exhales and inhales. This is Utkarsa Kumbhaka propagated by the creator (Brahma).

Closing one nostril, one does inhalation and exhalation steadily. This is Aparksa Kumbhaka propagated by the creator which is of the nature of pranava.

पुरा पूरकान्ते विधाय प्रगाढं गले जालबन्धं शनैः रेचयेत्तम् ॥ व्छनानामकः कुम्भ एषो मनोमुच्छनासीख्यदा योगिनोऽस्मात् ॥ १९

pura pürakânte vidhaya pragadham gale jalabandham śanaih recayettam || manomürcchanânakah kumbha eso manomürcchanäsaukhyadá Yogino'smät || 19 ||

अभ्यन्तरप्रवत्तितभरितराधारवायुप्रितजन्दरः अतलस्पर्श पयसि प्लवते योगि सखेन चिरम् ॥ २० ॥

abhyantarapravarttitabhüritaradharavayupüritajatharah | atalasparse payasi plavate Yogi sukhena ciram || 20 ||

सङ्ख्यको रोधबलं हि यावत् सम्मुह्य नासायुगरन्ध्रमूलम् ॥ कुर्यात् तद्ये नन् रेचपूरावुत्कर्ष-कुम्भः कथितः स धात्रा ॥ २२ ॥

sankarşako rodhabalam hi yavat sammuhya nasäyugarandhramûlam || kuryāt tadagre nanu recapūrāvutkarsa-kumbhah kathitah sa dhātrā || 22 ||

आमुद्यघोणार्धमधोविभागे यद्रेचपूरौ विदुधाति तिष्ठन् ॥ स एष कम्भो गदितो विधात्ना नास्नापकर्षः प्रणवात्मनाऽयम् ॥ २३ ॥

āmuhyaghonārdhamadhovibhāge yadrecapūrau vidadhāti tişthan || sa eşa kumbho gadito vidhātrā nāmnāpakarsah praņavātmanā yam || 23 ||

Murccha Kumbhaka Apta Pramana आप्त प्रमाण Hathatatvakaumudi (Chapter 10, Verse 19)

Plavani Kumbhaka

Apta Pramana आप्त प्रमाण Hathatatvakaumudi (Chapter 10, Verse 20)

Utkarsa Kumbhaka Apta Pramana आप्त प्रमाण Hathatatvakaumudi (Chapter 10, Verse 22)

Apakarsa Kumbhaka Apta Pramana आप्त प्रमाण Hathatatvakaumudi (Chapter 10, Verse 23)

Sahaja Kumbhaka Apta Pramana आप्त प्रमाण Hathatatvakaumudi (Chapter 10, Verse 24)

Sahaja Kumbhaka Apta Pramana आप्त प्रमाण Hathatatvakaumudi (Chapter 10, Verse 25)

Daksinavartta Cakraka Apta Pramana आप्त प्रमाण Hathatatvakaumudi (Chapter 10, Verse 26)

कर्षके प्रविहिते किल कुम्भे श्वासको भवति दीर्घतरोऽणुः ॥ बलात् स्थितिगतौ श्वसनस्य संधुतिः स सहजः शुभकुम्भः ॥ २४ ॥

karsake pravihite kila kumbhe śvásako bhavati dírghataro'nuh || no balat sthitigatau svasanasya samdhrtih sa sahajah subhakumbhah || 24 ||

द्धे तथारोग्यं सुसुखं दीर्घजीवितं नादश्रतिः पापनाशः सहजाभ्यासतो भवत् ॥ २५ ॥

nädīsuddhim tathārogyam susukham dīrghajīvitam | nādaśrutih pāpanāšah sahajābhyāsato bhavet || 25 ||

वामावत्ते भेदाच्चक्रशण्खी द्विधोदिती

daksavámávarttabhedáccakraśankhau dvidhoditau süryenäpürya marutam kumbhayedudarasthitam || recayedinduna bhüyastatha daksena pürayet kumbhayedidaya recya daksinävarttacakrakah || 26 ||

Translation

Practice of Karsaka Kumbhaka renders the breathing prolonged and subtle. One retains breathing naturally without force. This is auspicious Sahaja Kumbhaka.

With the practice of Sahaja Kumbhaka, one gets purification of the nadis, health, happiness, longetivity, hearing of the mystical sounds and removal of the sins.

By the distinction of right and left. Cakra and Sankha Kumbhakas become two-fold. Drawing the air in through the surya nadi (right nostril) and after retaining it in the cavity, one exhales it through the candra nadi (left nostril). Then again one should inhale through the right nostril and exhale through the left nostril after retention. This is Daksinavartta Cakraka.

vilomo'yam cakrakumbho vamavarttah śivoditah sūryacandrāvimau kumbhau druhinena puroditau | atyusnašītalāvetau dešakālaprayojitau || 27 ||

उभाभ्यां रेचयेद्वत्मंगतिः कम्भः शिवोदितः ॥ २८ ॥

ubhabhyam pürayedvayum kumbhayîtvä yathávídhí |

ubhābhyām recayedvartmagatih kumbhah ślvoditah || 28 ||

उभाभ्यां पुरयेद्वायुं कुम्भयित्वा यथाविधि

Vamavartta

Apta Pramana आप्त प्रमाण Hathatatvakaumudi (Chapter 10, Verse 27)

Translation

Translation

Inhale through both the nostrils and hold upto the limit and exhale through both nostrils. This is Varttmagati Kumbhaka propagated by Siva.

Doing CakraKumbhaka in the reverse order, it is

called Vamavartta according to Siva. According to

Druhina (Siva), these are called Surya and Candra

nature of heat and cold, they should be practised

taking into consideration the region and season.

Kumbhakas respectively. These being of the

Varttmagati Kumbhaka

Apta Pramana आप्त प्रमाण Hathatatvakaumudi (Chapter 10, Verse 28)

Apta Pramana आप्त प्रमाण

Nadivisuddhi Kumbhaka

Apta Pramana आप्त प्रमाण

SrigadaKumbhaka

Hathatatvakaumudi

Hathatatvakaumudi

(Chapter 10, Verse 30)

(Chapter 10, Verse 29)

यत्नोभाभ्यां परणं ग्लीरविभ्यां सम्यण मार्तण्डाध्वना रेचनं च ॥ एषः प्रोक्तः श्रीगदाकम्भनामा देहे धत्ते श्रीबलं साधकस्य ॥ २९ ॥

yatrobhābhyām pūranam glauravibhyām samyan mārttandādhvanā recanam ca || eşah proktah śrīgadākumbhanāmā dehe dhatte śrībalam sādhakasya || 29 ||

हंसेति विद्वांसमनु द्वूयाभ्यां स्वे हंससञ्चिन्तनतो मनस्वि ॥ आपूर्य मुङ्घद्रविशीतगुभ्यां नाडीविशुध्याख्यककुभ एषः ॥ ३० ॥

hamseti vidvāmsamanu dvayābhyām sve hamsasañcintanato manasvi || apûrya muncedraviśitagubhyam nādīviśudhyākhyakakumbha eşaḥ || 30 ||

Translation

One inhales through both nostrils (sun and moon) and exhales carefully through right. This is Srigada Kumbhaka which offers stamina to the sadhaka.

Trans Ation

Knowing hamsa well a practitioner inhales through both nostrils while meditating on hamse and thereafter exhales through ravi (right) and sita (left) nostrils. This is Nadivisuddhi Kumbhaka.

226

Purification of the nadis by visualization of a luminous solar disc

Apta Pramana आप्त प्रमाण Hathatatvakaumudi (Chapter 10, Verse 31)

नाड्या विद्वितं सकेम्भे नाड्या विशास्त्रान्ति सस्तधिकस्य ॥ ३१ ॥

nidāghamadhyandinasūryatulyam nābhau raver mandalamāvibhāvya | mārtandanādyā vihite surkumbhe nādyo višuhyanti susādhakasya || 31 ||

शरद्राका निर्शाधन्दसहस्रदलमध्यगं स्ववत

śaradrākā nišīthendusahasradalamadhyagam sravat | sudhāmidām kumbhe dhyātvā šuhyanti nādikāņ || 32 ||

पित्तदोषदलनं शशिना स्याद भास्करण कफवातमलान्तः ॥ मासकैस्लिभिरद्वोऽभ्यसनेन नाडिशद्विरमला समुदेति ॥ ३३

pittadosadalanam śaśinā syād bhāskarena kaphavātamalāntab || māsakaistribhiraho bhyasanena nādišuddhiramalā samudeti || 33 ||

Translation

One visualizes the luminous solar disc like that of the summer moon at the navel and inhales through right nostril and retains the air inside. This purifies the nadis of a sincere sadhaka.

One visualizes oozing of the nectar in the Ida from the moon of the autumn night, situated in the lotus of the thousand petals. This leads to purification of the nadis.

Disorders caused due to pitta (bile) are rid off by practice of (Pranayama) undertaken through the left (candra) nostril, while phlegmatic and airy (vata) disorders are removed by the practice undertaken through the right (surya) nostril in three months; one attains thorough purification of the nadis.

Purification of the nadis by visualizing the oozing nectar in the autumn night moon Apta Pramana आप्त प्रमाण Hathatatvakaumudi

(Chapter 10, Verse 32)

Elimination of disorders caused by pitta and vata Apta Pramana आप्त प्रमाण Hathatatvakaumudi (Chapter 10, Verse 33)

Bhutasuddhi Kumbhaka

Apta Pramana आप्त प्रमाण Hathatatvakaumudi (Chapter 10, Verse 34)

Srnkhala Kumbhaka Apta Pramana आप्त प्रमाण Hathatatvakaumudi (Chapter 10, Verse 35)

Asvangasmkhala Apta Pramana आप्त प्रमाण Hathatatvakaumudi (Chapter 10, Verse 36)

ruddhvā ghonāyugam kuryād yugapadyadi satkramāt bhūtaśudhiriti prokta ādināthena śambhunā || 34 ||

यावच्छक्त्यनरचक च कलयत

sasvatpürakaKumbhakau suvibhryat sampürayet Kumbhakaśrântah pūrakatah śramam parigatah kumbham vidadhyat budhah j püram pürakamacaredatha tatha kumbham caret Kumbhakam yavacchaktyanurecakam ca kalayet kumbham punah samsrayet | 35 |

रेच पुनः कम्भकमाचरेज़ जो गरूपदिष्टेन यथा रहोगतः ॥ स्वरेचक् रेचकमक्रुक्योद्द्रस्वण्गनाम्नी किल शङ्कुलोदिता ॥ ३६ ॥

recam punah Kumbhakamacarej |ño gurûpadistena yatha rahogatah || svarecakm recakamangakuryäd'svanganāmnī kila smikhaloditā || 36 ||

Translation

One plugs the nostrils and practises (Kumbhaka) simlutaneously in the six cakras in sequence. This is called Bhutasuddhi Kumbhaka by Adinatha Sambhu.

Have continuous inhalation and retentions. Being tired of retention have inhalation to relieve fatigue. Then again the wise retains.

Inhalation is done fully, so also retention to the capacity, followed by exhalation. Thereafter again have inhalation.

Retain after exhalation to the capacity as guided by the learned Guru while remaining in solitute. Exhalation is done with full capacity. This indeed is Asvangasrnkhala.

श्वमुपैतिशद्विमयते वायुस्तथा नाहिकाः ति कुशत्वमाशु तनते रेच विधत्ते शभम ॥ परकमाचरेदथ तथा कम्भ चरेत कम्भक यावच्छक्त्यनुरेचकं च कलयेतु कुम्भ पुनः संश्रयेत् ॥ ३७ ॥

saktirbodhamupaitisuddhimayate väyustatha nādikāh suddhim yati kršatvamāšu tanute recam vidhatte śubham || püram pürakamacaredatha tatha kumbham caret Kumbhakam yavacchaktyanurecakam ca kalayet kumbham punah samsrayet || 37 ||

कुम्भवे वितरकुम्भसण्गमात् कुम्भकान्तरसुश्रुलोदिता ॥

साधकस्य शुभचित्नफलाप्तिस्-तीहेदशितपथेन जायते ॥ ३८ ॥

kumbhake tvitarakumbhasangamat kumbhakántarasusrhkhaloditā ||

sädhakasya śubhacitraphalāptis-tīrhadaršitapathena jāyate || 38 ||

Translation

Translation

Kumbhantara Srnkhala, which brings auspicious and amazing results to the sadhaka if practised as per the guidance of a Guru.

One forcefully moves the retained prana through all the limbs of the body in upward and downward directions along with mind. This is Jivacala Kumbhaka propaged by Siva himself.

A Kumbhaka followed by another Kumbhaka is

sakti (kundali) is aroused, prana and nadis

desirable. This is srnkhala told by me. This

brings success to one on earth and one is

equally eulogized by demons and gods.

become purified and the body gets slim.

One exhales adequately and surely

prolongs inhalation which is highly

हाथेन वै कम्भितमारुतस्य चेतु प्राण्स्य सञ्जालनमक्रमानसात् ॥ अधस्तथोध्व यमिनः स कुम्भो नाम्ना शिवोक्तः किल जीवचालकः ॥ ३९ ॥

hāthena vai kumbhitamārutasy cet prānsya sañcālanamangamānasāt || adhastathordhvam yaminah sa kumbho nāmnā ślvoktah kila Jīvacālakah || 39 ||

Kumbhantara Srnkhala Apta Pramana आप्त प्रमाण Hathatatvakaumudi (Chapter 10, Verse 38)

Apta Pramana आप्त प्रमाण

Hathatatvakaumudi

(Chapter 10, Verse 37)

Jivacala Kumbhaka Apta Pramana आप्त प्रमाण Hathatatvakaumudi (Chapter 10, Verse 39)

Ekameru

Tri-meru

Apta Pramana आप्त प्रमाण Hathatatvakaumudi (Chapter 10, Verse 44-45)

न्तरविषये सञ्चारज्ञानतो वा मन्दम् मालासख्या श्वासप्रमितिसमयावधारणतः ॥ ४४ गणनेवो क्रमशः प्रवर्धते यत्र वै कम्भः अयमेकमेरुक्तो योगरहस्य महेशन ॥ ४५ ॥

bahyantaravisaye sancarajñanato vá mandam | mäträsamkhyä śväsapramitisamayāvadhāranatah || 44 || manugananairva kramasah pravardhate yatra vai kumbhah | ayamekamerurukto Yogarahasyam mahesena || 45 ||

द्धन विभिरुः सिद्धिदायकः ॥ ४६ ॥

pürakenabhivrddhena dvimerumeruohanat | recakenapi vrddhena trimeruh siddhidayakah || 46 ||

Ghatibandha Kumbhaka Apta Pramana आप्त प्रमाण Hathatatvakaumudi (Chapter 10, Verse 47)

Apta Pramana आप्त प्रमाण

Hathatatvakaumudi

(Chapter 10, Verse 46)

तास्रपालघटिकोन्मितकालं तीर्थदशितपथेन कुंभकम् मेरुकुम्भकशुभसाधक एषो बन्ध एवं घटिकापदुपूर्वः ॥ ४७

tāmrapātraghatikonmitākālam tīrthadaršitapathena kumbhakam || meruKumbhakaśubhasadhaka eşo bandha evam ghațikāpadapûrvaḥ || 47 ||

Translation

When Kumbhaka increases slowly with the knowledge of internal and external movement of prana or determining the number of matras or time of respiration, kumbaha is increased gradually by 14 matras. This is known as Ekameru according to Mahesa, which is a secret in Yoga.

With the increase of Puraka, it becomes Dvimeru. Similarly, with the increase of Recaka It is Trimeru. When Meru is practised progressively in this manner, it leads to success.

As directed by the Guru, one practises Kumbhaka by measuring the time of a hourglass made up of copper. This is called Ghatibandha Kumbhaka, which Is used by the practitioner of Meru Kumbhaka.

Khecari

Apta Pramana आप्त प्रमाण Hathatatvakaumudi (Chapter 12, Verse 11)

लिवर्षः शिवतां याति भतेन्द्रियजयान्वित दिगणेयेक्तो जरया रहितो भ गतिदे प्राह्म कपालः परमेश्वरः । इति । ११ ॥

trivarsaih śivatâm yāti bhūtendriyajayānvitah | animādigunairyukto jarayā rahito bhavet || khecaryam gatidam prāha krpāluh parameśvarah | iti | 11 ||

किञ्च प्राणजयोपायः तव वक्ष्यामि सुव्रते बःयात् प्राणं समारोप्य परयित्वोदरे स्थितम् ॥ १३ च्ये च नासाये पादाब्राष्ट्रप्तुं च यतनतः धारयन मनसा प्राण सन्ध्याकालेषु वा सदा ॥ १४ सर्वरोगविनिर्मुक्तो जीवेद्योगी गतक्लमः नासाग्रधारण गागि वायोविजयकारणम् ॥ १५ ॥

kiñca prânajayopāyah tava vaksyāmi suvrate | bahyat pranam samaropya pürayitvodare sthitam || 13 || nabhimadhye ca nasagre padángușțhe ca yatanatah | dhārayan manasā prāņam sandhyākālesu vā sadā || 14 || sarvarogavinirmukto jīvedyogī gataklamah |

Translation

After three years, one attains Siva-hood; having controlled all the senses, accomplishing Siddhis like anima, etc., one overcomes symptoms of old age. It is the means leading to Khecari, as narrated by Paramesvara, the Benevolent.

O Suvrate! Moreover, I will narrate the technique of controlling prana. Draw the external air in and fill the cavity and hold it at the navel, tip of the nose and big toes with care.

One should hold the prana with attention in the morning and evening or all of the time. O Gargi! By holding (of prana) at the tip of the nose, one can control prana.

Pranayama to Reap all Auspicious

Apta Pramana आप्त प्रमाण Hathatatvakaumudi (Chapter 12, Verse 17)

Superior practice of Pranayama Apta Pramana आप्त प्रमाण Hathatatvakaumudi (Chapter 12, Verse 18)

Get rid off fatigue, burning sensation, abdominal disorders and more

Apta Pramana आप्त प्रमाण Hathatatvakaumudi (Chapter 12, Verse 19)

Pranayama to fill oneself with nectar

Apta Pramana आप्त प्रमाण Hathatatvakaumudi (Chapter 12, Verse 20)

यां वायमानीय जिद्वामुलं निरोधयेत यः पिबंदमत विद्वान सकल भद्रमश्रते ॥ १७ ॥ इति jihväyam vayumaniya jihvámülam nirodhayet

yah pibedamrtam vidvan sakalam bhadramasnute || 17 || itl

राजदन्तयुगुलान्तमस्पृशन् सन्निधाय रसनां तदन्तिके काकचञ्चपुटमारुत पिबेतू प्राणसंयमनमेतदत्तमम् ॥ १८ ।

rajadantayugulantamasprsan sannidhaya rasanam tadantike | kākacańcupuțamărutam pibet prānasamyamametaduttamam ||18 |

द्विकचञ्चसमीरणं शनिर धयतः सम्परिकृष्य सन्ततम् अरोदरामय-ज्वरगुल्माः प्रशम प्रयान्ति च ॥ १९

dvikacañcusamīraņam sanair dhayatah samparikrsya santatam || śramadāhagarodarāmaya-jvaragulmāh praśamam prayānti ca || 19 ||

ह्यां कृत्वाऽनाकुलस्तालुमुले दन्तैर्दन्तान् गाढमापीडयित्वा मन्द्रं मन्द्रं यः पिबेद गन्धवाद्वं सौधैः पुरैः साकमन्तः स्नवद्भिः ॥ २०

jihväm krtvä näkulastālumüle dantairdantân gādhamāpīdayitvā | mandam mandam yah pibed gandhavaham saudhaih pûraih säkamantah sravadbhih ||20 |

One should bring the prana at the tongue and hold it at its root. Sucking the ambrosia in this manner, a wise reaps all that is auspicious.

Without touching the front teeth and placing the tongue near them, one should draw the air in by making the lips like the beak of a crow. This is a superior practice of Pranayama.

Continuously suck the air slowly through the mouth making it like the beak of a crow. This practice rids one of fatigue, burning sensation, abdominal disorders, fever and spleen diseases.

Take the tongue comfortably at the root of the tongue. Press the teeth closely with each other and gently suck the air. Thus the flow (of nectar) fills one internally.

Six Months Practice To Remove Diseases

Apta Pramana आप्त प्रमाण Hathatatvakaumudi (Chapter 12, Verse 21)

Three Years of practice to know past and future

Apta Pramana आप्त प्रमाण Hathatatvakaumudi (Chapter 12, Verse 22)

मेमसिरन्तरोगैरशेषैः पापापेतो मच्यते साधकेन्द्रः अष्टादेकाद्विस्रसां मृत्युदर्ती जिल्वा भूमी दीर्घकालं स जीवेत् ॥ २१

śadbhirmāsairantarogairašesaih pāpāpeto mucyate sādhakendrah | astādekādvisrasām mrtyudūtīm jitvā bhūmau dīrghakālam sa jīvet || 21 ||

visam na dehe kramate tadiye daste'pi ghorairapai pannagendraih || 22 |

Translation

In six months, all the diseases are removed, entire sin is removed and the great sadhaka with eight months practice, overcomes premature death and lives long on the Earth.

With three years of practice, one knows the past and future. His hair remains black, he is not affected by poison when bitten by the deadliest of the serpents.

Even kalakuta (the deadliest of the poisons) would have any effect on him

Apta Pramana आप्त प्रमाण Hathatatvakaumudi (Chapter 12, Verse 23)

न कलिमीः स्थावरजण्गमैवो विषैः किमन्यरपि कालकतैः गुणाष्टकं कालवशाद्रपेत्य महीतले क्रीडति भैरवो वा ॥ २३

विषं न देहे क्रमते तदीये दृष्टेऽपि घोरैरपै पन्नगेन्द्रः ॥ २२

varsatrayabhyasavasadatītam-anāgatam vettyalinilakeśah |

वर्षत्रयाभ्यासवशादतीतम्-अनागतं वेत्त्यलिनीलकेशः

na krtrimaih sthavarajangamairva vişaih kimanyairapi kālakūtaih | gunāstakam kālavašādapetya mahītaie krīdati bhairavo vā || 23 ||

Overcoming the severe death in this Universe

Apta Pramana आप्त प्रमाण Hathatatvakaumudi (Chapter 12, Verse 24)

यामुण्डाधारदण्डान्तरविवरगताहारनीहारगोरी ग्डे प्रलयमपयने स्याद घने मत्यक्रत्याः ॥ इति

No artificial, (poison from) animate or inanimate (source) or even kalakuta (the deadliest of the poisons) would have any effect on him. He transcends eightfold prakrti in due course of time. Being Bhairava (Siva) he roams on the Earth.

In the center of the spine which supports the head lies the cavity where the white ambrosia secrets from the moon lying in the lotus of thousand petals with a murmuring sound.

One who holds the bird (prana) at the cavity of the nadi named Vajra would overcome the severe death in this Universe.

One should slowly fill the (chest) cavity with air drawn through the left nostril in an unperturbed manner, with controlled senses and an unflinching mind and with full diligence while focusing the mind at the centre of the eyebrows.

शीताण्शुमार्गण शनैः समीरम्-आपरयेत सोदरमादरेण विकारमान्नाभिरपेततन्द्रः कालायिमुलापितचित्तवृत्तिः ॥ १५

vişam na dehe kramate tadiye daşte'pi ghorairapai pannagendraih || 22 |

varsatrayabhyasavasadatitam-anagatam vettyalinilakesah |

śltānśumārgena śanaih samīram-apūrayet sodaramādarena vikāramātrābhirapetatandrah kālāgnimūlāpitacittavrttilo || 15 |

Sodaram means in the thoracic cavity; one should Inhale and hold with ease. Vikaras stand for the senses. Their objects are sabda, sparsa, rupa, gandha, and rasa tanmatras.

Devoid of drowsiness' means attentively or giving up desires. ' At the root of kalagni' means at the center of the eyebrows, wherein one would direct the mind.

Utkarsa Pranayama Description । आपूडरयत् कुम्भयत् । आदरेण अनुद्रियोन सादम् उदरवात्तामाति भावः तेषा मालाः शब्दस्पर्शन्धरस्तुमन्तरस्तन्मालास्तास अपततन्द्रः सावधानसं त्यक्तस्पृहः यमुले भ्रवोरन्तरे आरोपितचित्तवृत्तिः ॥ १६

sodarm udaravarttimiti bhāvah | apūurayet kumbhayet | ādarena anudvignena | vikārā indriyāni | tesām mātrāh sabdasparśarūpagandharastanmātrāstāsu | apetatandrah sāvadhānas tyaktasprhah | kälägnimüle bhruvorantare āropitacittavrttih || 16 |

Utkarsa Pranayama

Apta Pramana आप्त प्रमाण Hathatatvakaumudi Ch.35.15

Apta Pramana आप्त प्रमाण Hathatatvakaumudi Ch.35.16

Utkarsa Pranayama Benefits

Apta Pramana आप्त प्रमाण Hathatatvakaumudi Ch.35.17

Why should Practice Pranayama Apta Pramana आप्त प्रमाण Hathatatvakaumudi Ch.35.24

Hearing Anahatdvani

Apta Pramana आप्त प्रमाण Hathatatvakaumudi Ch.35.31

Balancing your Nostrils through Pranayama

Apta Pramana आप्त प्रमाण Hathatatvakaumudi Ch35.41-42

पुवमभ्यसस्तस्तस्य ततो वायुजयो भवतु ॥ १७

utkarsäkhyamuttamapränäyämamuktvä tadante evamabhyasastastasya tato vayujayo bhavet || 17 ||

तावद्वीदधीत बुधः प्राणायामं समाहितो विधिवत् यावत् सम्भवति भुवि प्राणायामस्य सिद्धि भूर्गणः श्रेष्ठः ॥ २४

tāvadvīdadhīta budhah prāņāyāmam samāhito vidhivat | yāvat sambhavati bhuvi prāņāyāmasya siddhim bhūrgunah śreșthah || 24 |

सिद्धापानादजग्रन्थि भित्वोध्वं सर्यन्तोऽस्रिना मुनेस्तदा प्राणयुजा द्वद्यास्तेऽनाहृतध्वनिः ॥ ३१ ।

siddhāpānādajagranthim bhitvordhvam saryanto'gninā munestadā prāņayujā hrdyāste nāhatadhvanih | 31 ||

टे मरूदाति तेन वायं विरेचयेत शन्यन परयवर्थ कम्भकम् ॥ ४१ या नाड्या कुर्यादन्य पुनः पुनः ब्रह्मोक्ता गदिता चेय रुद्रयाऽत्व निगद्यते ॥ ४२

yasmin puțe marudvăti tena vâyum virecayet putena vāyušūnyena pūrayedatha Kumbhakam || 41 | recayedanyaya nāḍyā kuryādanyam punah punah brahmoktā gaditā ceyam rudrayā'tra nigadyate || 42 |

Translation

After narrating the superior Pranayama, called Utkarsa, at the end, a diligent practitioner attains success in controlling prana.

A wise should undertake prescribed techniques

of Pranayama with full concentration, till one

attains success in Pranayama leading to

Profound Stability.

Translation

Translation

When control of apana moves the agni along with prana piercing through ajagranthi, then the muni being attached to prana, hears the Anahatadvani in the heart.

One should exhale through the nostril through which one finds dominance of air flow. One should gently inhale through the nostril through which the air is not dominantly flowing and then retain (Kumbhaka) followed by exhalation through the opposite nostril. Thus, repeat this through alternate nostrils again and again. This is propagated by bhrama. The one narrated by Rudra is being narrated.

Raudri Naddisuddhi

Apta Pramana आप्त प्रमाण Hathatatvakaumudi Ch35.43

Control Over Pranavayu

Apta Pramana आप्त प्रमाण Hathatatvakaumudi Ch40.1

Continued Technique

Apta Pramana आप्त प्रमाण Hathatatvakaumudi Ch40.2

रिचयत् पश्चात विद्य्यादवमन्यथ नाडीशाद्विरिय रोद्री प्रोक्ताऽन्ये प्राहरन्यथा ॥ ४३ ॥

ldaya pürayedváyum kumbhitvá ca yathâkramam | tato virecayet pascat vidadhyadevamanyatha || nädišuddhiriyam raudrī proktā'nye prāhuranyathā || 43 ||

अथ प्राणादिदशवायुजयप्रकाशेषायः-नाड्याकृष्य समीरणन्द्रभिधया गाढं प्रपर्यादरं त्वा घ्राणपुरस्तु वामचरणागुष्ठे च नाभी चिरम ॥ गलया प्रपूर्य पवन सम्यक् पुनदेक्षिणांगृष्ठ प्राणपुरोधन नाभिविषय प्राग्वतु क्रियाध्यानवान् ॥

pranadidasavayujayaprakasepayahnādyākrsya samīraņendvabhidhayā gādham prapūryodaram dhrtvā ghrārnapurastu vāmacaranāmgusţhe ca nābhau ciram || evam pimgalaya prapürya pavanarı samyak punardakşınarıguşthe pranapuro'nu nábhivişaya prägvat kriyadhyanaván ||

यं पटाभ्यामथ धारयेच्विरं प्रपरितं योगिवरोऽनुरेचु सयेत प्राणानिलः स्यादिति शश्वद्भ्यासतो जितः पुरककुम्भरेचकः

váyum putābhyāmatha dhārayecciram prapūritam Yogivaro'nurec sayet | pränānilah syaditi śaśvadabhyāsato jitah pūrakakumbharecakaih || 2 ||

Translation

Inhale air through ida (left nostril), hold and then exhale. And then practice in reverse order (through opposite nostril) as prescribed. This nadisuddhi is called Raudri which is called differently by others.

Here follows the technique of gaining control over the ten vayus like prana etc .-Draw the air through the left (indu) nostril, fill up the cavity fully, hold the prana at the left big toe and the navel for a long time. In the same manner a devoted practitioner should fill up the air through pingala (right nostril) properly and again hold the prana at the right big toe and navel as before.

Inhale through both the nostrils, retain the inhaled air for a long time and exhale. A continued practice brings control over prana through puraka, kumbhaka and recaka.

चकपरकम्भविषयुए: शीघ्र वशी योगवित ॥७॥

näsährdgalatälucillisirasihästhäpya yogi jayed ûrdvâkarsanaYogato muhuramum väyum samanam dhiya|| mürdhnah pädatalam ca yâvadasakrdyatânuyâtakriya yāto recakapūrakumbhaviṣayaih śīghram vašī Yogavit || 7 ||

। नयन कमास्य पारकार पूर्य समीर चेहेहे व्याप्य विधारितः ॥८॥

  • tatha coktam kumbhakapaddhatau -
  • samam rasanam nayanam karmasya parikirtitam |
  • nābhau pūrya samīram ceddehe vyāpya vidhāritah|| 8 ||

राचत प्रज्वलन् स्विद्यत् रामन्कृपेषु योजयेत् ॥९॥

kumbhite jvalanam dhyayet samanasya tu kumbhakah | rádhate prajvalan svidyet romanküpesu yojayet || 9 ||

Translation

Raising up samana and holding it at nose, heart, throat, palate, eyebrows and head, a Yogi controls it with one pointedness. This technique should be repeated from head to toes through Rechaka, Kumbhaka, and Puraka. Thus one soon gains control on it.

Its function is said to be proper distribution of rasa (plasma). The vayu should be filled up at the navel and held in the entire body.

When the vayu is heald with concentration on fire, it is Samana Kumbhaka. When it catches heat, it becomes intensified and causes perspiration through the pores.

Function And Location

Control over Samanavavu

Apta Pramona आप्त प्रमाण

Hathatatvakaumudi Ch40.7

Apta Pramana आप्त प्रमाण Hathatatvakaumudi Ch40.8

Samana Kumbhaka

Apta Pramana आप्त प्रमाण Hathatatvakaumudi Ch40.9

Control Over Vyanavayu

Apta Pramana आप्त प्रमाण Hathatatvakaumudi Ch40.10

Benefits Of This Technique

Apta Pramana आप्त प्रमाण Hathatatvakaumudi Ch40.11

Krtti Shreshtha Kumbhaka

Apta Pramana आप्त प्रमाण Hathatatvakaumudi Ch40.12

रा सम्यक् हज्जगद्भगव्यागतः । मिक्रमाकुञ्चनन कुम्भिते सुक्ष्मचिन्तनात् ॥ १०॥

vyano vyapi vyanayanastvagindriyaniketanah| pürayitvántará samyak hrjjagadvyāptiyogatah|| sarvāńgamākuncanena kumbhite sūksmacintanāt || 10 ||

न शस्तुपेः छिद्यते नापः क्लेदयन्त्यपि विषक्रमः ॥ शितोष्णयोस्त्वधासको रोगनाशश जायते ॥९९॥

na śastraih chidyate napah kiedayantyapi visakramah|| śltosnayostvathāsango roganāśaśca jāyate|| 99 ||

नासाभ्या कर्ययदाय बलात हृत्स्यानमानियत् ष्यात्कृष्य हृत्स्थानात् कण्ठे तालुओं भ्रवाऽन्तरे। मुध्रीन्ति चेद गतायातः कृत्तिश्रेष्ठाख्यकुम्भकः ॥१२॥

näsäbhyam karşayedvayum balat hrtsthänamänayet | utkrsyotkrsya hrtsthänät kanthe tälau bhruvo'ntare || mürdhnäntam ced gatayatah krttisresthäkhyakumbhakah [[12 ]]

Prahuti-Kumbhaka Of Udana

Apta Pramana आप्त प्रमाण Hathatatvakaumudi Ch40.13

शुगं कर्षन् कुर्वन्तु स्वनम् धारयच्चिद्रदानस्य प्राहृतिः कम्भकः स्मृतः ॥१३॥

kānvitenāšugam karsan kurvantūccataram svanam | dharayeccedudanasya prahūtih kumbhakah smrtah || 13 ||

Translation

The vyana pervades all over the body in the skin. One should withdraw vyana from all over the body followed by drawing it in fully and hold it in the region of the heart with full attention.

The benefits of Vyana Kumbhaka have been described in terms of protection from weapons, water, polsons, Immunity, from cold and heat and removal of diseases.

One should forcefully draw the air in through the nostrils and take it to the heart. Further, he should hold it at the throat, palate, at the center of the eyebrows and the top of the head by raising it up repeatedly from chest region. This movement to and fro is Krtti shreshtha Kumbhaka.

Sucking the air with one pointedness with a loud sound and holding it, is known as Prahuti-Kumbhaka of Udana

"here is a constant inflow of

prana happening in our bodies

through the nadis and chakras, but

much of it usually gets dissipated

into the external world. This

dissipation into the external world is

responsible for the feeling of

tiredness, confusion and

Mudra (a Sanskrit word meaning

"seal") refers to the positioning of

the limbs, fingers or even tongue in a

certain way to seal this prana into

our body, a way of aligning to the

cosmic geometry. Mudras are a way

to stimulate the flow of prana shakti

powerlessness that we experience.

(life force energy and Cosmic currency) inside us. Mudras are psycho-physical processes, which help accelerate the effect of an Asana and Pranayama to take us to a higher state of consciousness. By positioning the body in certain ways to block the dissipation of prana and direct it inwards, Mudras create the space for Pratyahara and Dharana, the higher experiences of Yoga, to happen in us.

The Shastras (scriptures that are direct revelations from Sadashiva) reveal the layers of benefits that can result from the integrated practice of

mudras, ranging from health and longevity, to mental focus, awakening the subtle grooves of the brain responsible for higher emotions such as devotion and gratitude, to the ultimate experience of transcending our limiting cognitions we carry as human beings and living and radiating the state, space and shaktis of Sadashiva himself.

It is mentioned again and again in the scriptures that initiation by the Guru holds the "Master Key", that can transform us from human beings into superhuman beings.

butes of Mudras

Sadashiva Says In The Shiva Samhita Iv.18

anena vidhina yogi mandabhāgyopi sidhyati] sarvāsāmeva nādīnām cālanam bindumāraņam || jīvanantu kaşāyasya pātakānām vināšanam | savarogopaśamanam jatharāgnivivardhanam || vapuşa kantimamalam jarāmrtyuvināšanam | vämchitärthaphalam saukhyamindriyananca märananam || etaduktani sarvani yogarüdhasya yoginah | bhvedabhylisatä'vasyam nätra kärya vicarana || 18 ||

In this way (Maha Mudra), even the most unfortunate Yogi might obtain success. By this means all the vessels of the body are roused and stirred into activity; life is increased and its decay is checked, and all sins destroyed. All discases are healed, and the gastric fire is increased. It gives faultless beauty to the body, and destroys decay and death. All fruits of desire and pleasure are obtained, and the senses are conquered. The Yogi fixed in restful awareness acquires all the abovementioned things, through practice. There should be no hesitation in doing so. 18

Research has revealed the health benefits gained by practicing mudras include freedom from disease, hunger, thirst, fainting, fatigue, indigestion, skin diseases, constipation and more. Besides this, mudras directly activate the prana and awaken the inner potential energy (Kundalini shakti) in us manifesting the space, state and shaktis of Sadashiva.

Mudras are a crucial component of the Yogic method for Kundalini Awakening. Kundalini is the ultimate inner potential bio-energy

that is available to each one of us. It is the largest untapped natural resource lying with humanity. When Kundalini energy is awakened with the right knowledge, right context, right understanding, right technique, right process, and above all, through the direct deeksha (initiation) by a living Avatar, it can give us anything we want. Kundalini is Kalpataru, the wish fulfilling tree; it gifts us anything we want, and also the ultimate space of not wanting anything. This is the space where Manifesting Sadashivatva happens.

सप्ता मुद्राभ्यास समाचारित् ॥१४॥

tasmatsarvaprayatnena prabodhayitumisvarim| brahmarandhramukhe suptām mudrābhyāsam samācāret ||14||

In This Chapter We Will Explore The Following Mudras:

Introducing three Bandhas and two Mudras

Sastra Pramana - शास्त्र प्रमाण Yogacudamanyupanisad 1.43

mahamudra nabhomudra odyanam ca jalandharam | mûlabhandham ca yo vetti sa yogî mukti-bhājanam || 43 ||

Translation

Translation

Mulabandha does

qualify for Mukti. 43.

A Yogi who gains knowledge of Mahamudra, Nabhomudra, Uddiyana, Jalandhara and

Placing the left heel on the seat of the genitals, well placing the right foot over the left thigh, in-filling the vital air and fixing the chin on to the chest, constricting the genitals, holding (the vital air) as far as possible in the middle of the mind, he should assume the attitude, ""I am the Brahman"". Thereby will be attained the non-vicarious accomplishment (of the Brahman).

Note: The Brahman referred in Upanishads is Pure Consciousness and Sadashiva is the source of the Pure Consciousness

मनोमध्ये यथाशक्ति धारयित्वा स्वात्मान

vâmapâdapârşni yonisthâne niyojya dakşinacaranam vâmoruparî samsthāpya vāyumāpūrya hrdaye cubukaṃ nidhāya yonimākuñcya manomadhye yathásakti dhārayitvā svātmānam bhāvayet |tenāparokṣasiddhih || 42-3 || svātmāparoksasiddhyupāyamāha- vāmeti | svātmānambrahmāhamasmīti bhāvayet | siddhih bhavati || 42-3 ||

Technique To Acheive Liberation

Sastra Pramana - शास्त्र प्रमाण Sandilyopanishad (7, 42-3)

Mudras as a way to Awaken the Kundalini

Sastra Pramana - शास्त्र प्रमाण Shiva Samhita-IV.14

तस्मात्सर्वप्रयत्रेन प्रवोधयितुमीश्वरीम् । ह्यरन्त्रमुखे सुप्ता मुद्राभ्यासे समाचारत् ॥१४॥

tasmātsarvaprayatnena prabodhayitumīśvarīm] brahmarandhramukhe suptām mudrābhyāsaṃ samācāret | 14| Translation

Therefore, in order that the Goddess, who is asleep in the mouth of the Brahmarandhra (the innermost hollow of Sushumna) be awakened, the mudras should be practiced with the greatest care.

List Of The Best 10 Mudras

Sastra Pramana - शास्त्र प्रमाण Shiva Samhita-IV.15

मन्द्रा महावन्धी महावेधश्च खेचरी या मलबंधा विपरातका

mahāmudrā mahābandho mahāvedhaśca khecarī | jālandharo mūlabaṃdho biparītakrtistathā | uddānam caiva vajroņī dašame śakticālanam | ldam hi mudrädasakam mudränämuttamottamam | 15]

Translation

Out of the many Mudras, the following ten are the best:

(1) Mahamudra, Mahamudra,(6) Mulabandha,
(2) Mahabandha,(7) Viparitkarana,
(3) Mahavedha,(8) Uddana,
(4) Khechari,(9) Vajrondi, and
(5) Jalandhar,(10) Shaktichalana.

Become a siddha through any one of the 10 mudras

Sastra Pramana - शास्त्र प्रमाण Shiva Samhita-IV.58

etattumudrādašakam na bhūtaṃ na bhavišayati | ekaikabhyäsane siddhih siddho bhavati nänyatha | 58 |

These are the ten Mudras whose equal there never was nor ever shall be; through the practice of any one of them, a person becomes a Siddha and obtains success.

The Yogin who knows the Mahâ-mudrâ, Nabho-mudrå, Uddîyâna[-bandha], Jalandhara[-bandha], and Mûla-bandha partakes of liberation. (1.57)

The essential Mudras and Bandhas for Yogis

Apta Pramana - आप्त प्रमाण Goraksh Paddhati 1.57

mahāmudrām nabhomudrām uddīyānam jalamdharam] mülabandhañca yo vetti sa yogî muktibhajanah | 57 |

"Mudra Practice For Kundalini Awakening"

Apta Pramana - आप्त प्रमाण Hathapradīpikā of svātmārāma (Chapter 5, Verse 5)

tasmāt sarvaprayatnena prabohdayitum - iśvarīm II brhamadvaramukhe suptam mudräbhyäsena bodhayet II 5 II

Translation

One should put all the efforts in practicing the mudras to awaken iśvarī (kundali), which lies dormant at the entrance of brahma-dvāra. 5

Part 6: THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM Yoga_ Evolution of the New Species - 1008+ Pramanas from the Source_English_part_6.md

Mudras As A Means To Awaken The Kundalini

Apta Pramana - आप्त प्रमाण HathaYogaPradipika III.5

Tasmatsarvaprayatnena prabodhayitumisvarim |Brahmadvāramukhe suptām mudrābhyāsam samācharet || 5 ||

Translation

In order, therefore, to awaken this goddess, who is sleeping at the entrance of Brahma Dwara (the great door), mudras should be practised well.

Mudras For Success In Yoga

Power of Mudras explained by

Apta Pramana - आप्त प्रमाण HathaYogaPradipika III.10

Sadashiva (Eight Shaktis)

atha mahāmudrā mahāmudrā nabhomudrā uddīyānam jālandharam II mülabandham ca yo vetti sa yogî siddhibhājanam II 11 II

Apta Pramana - आप्त प्रमाण HathaYogaPradipika III.8

Ádināthoditam divyamashtalšvaryapradāyakam Vallabham sarvasiddhānām duriabham marutāmapi II 8 II

Translation

A yogi, who is well versed with the practices of Mahâmudrã, Nabhomudra, Uddiyana, Jalandhara and Mülabandha, becomes eligible for the success (siddhis) in yoga 11.

They have been explained by Adi Natha (Siva) and give eight kinds of divine wealth. They are loved by all the Siddhas and are hard to attain even by the marutas.Note: The eight Alswaryas are: Anima becoming small like an atom.Mahima becoming great, like akas, by drawing in atoms of PrakritiGarima light things, like cotton becoming very heavy like mountainPrapti coming within easy reach of everything; as touching the moon with the little finger, while standing on the earthPrakâmya nonresistance to the desires, as entering the earth like waterisata mastery over matter and objects made of itVasitwa controlling the animate and inanimate objects

Asking Yogi to Keep these Mudras Secret

Apta Pramana - आप्त प्रमाण HathaYogaPradipika III.9

Ghopaniyam prayatnena yatha ratnakarandakamKasyachinnaiva vaktavyam kulastrīsuratam yathā

These mudras should be kept secret by every means, as one keeps one's box of Jewellery, and should, on no account be told to any one, just as husband and wife keep their dealings secret.

The cleansing (with the Pranayama) of the heaps of impurities (in the Nadis), the bringing about of the union between the Moon and the Sun, the complete drying up of the Rasas (Vata, Pitta and Kapha), is known as the Maha-mudra. With the chin laid on the chest, pressing the abyss of the genitals with the left foot, holding with the two hands the outstretched right leg, filling with breath the pair of bellies and holding it up, one should slowly expel it. This indeed is said to be the sin-destroying Maha-mudra for men.

Chigh The Pender

sodhanam malajālānām ghaṭanaṃ candrasūryayoh || 91 || rasänäm sosanam samyan mahamudrabhidhiyate || 92 || vaksonyastahanurnipidya susiram yonesca vamanghrinā hasyabhyamanudharayan pravitatam pādam tathā daksinam | apûrya śvasanena kukşiyugalam badhvá śanai recayedesā pätakanāšinī nanu mahāmudrā nroām procyate || 93 ||

Practice Of Mahamudra

Sastra Pramana - शास्त्र प्रमाण Dhyana-bindu Upanisad (91-93)

Translation

Press the perineum with the left heel, extend the right leg and hold it with both the hands, inhale the air and apply jalandhara bandha and retain the air in the upper region. 37

Kundali śakti becomes straight, just as a snake hit by a stick, becomes straight. 38

Sastra Pramana - शास्त्रत प्रमाण Hatharatnavall Ch.II.37-42

This brings about the cessation of the functioning of the two nadis. (ida and pingala). 39

For such a person, there is nothing like recommended or prohibited food. All that is tasteless becomes tasty. Even deadliest polson is digested like milk. 40

All the allments like consumption, skin disease, constipation, glandular enlargement, indigestion and many others are cured by the practice of Mahamudra. 41

Mahâmudra removes old age and fear from death. Therefore, it should be carefully guarded and should not be imparted to all and sundry.

pādamūlena vāmena yonim sampīdya daksiņam II pādam prasāritam krtvā karābhyām pūrayenmukham II kanthe bandham samaropya pürayedvayumûrdhvatah || 37 || yatha dandahatah sarpo dandakārah prajāyate il rjvībhūtā tathā šaktih kundalī sahajā bhavet II 38 II tatha sā maranāvasthā jāyate dvipuțīsthită II 39 II na hi pathyamapathyam vå rasäh sarve ´pi nīrasāh ll api bhuktam vişam ghoram pîyûşamiva jîryate li 40 ll ksayakusthagudavartagulmajirnapurogamah II dosāh sarve ksayam yānti mahāmudrām tu yo bhyaset II 41 II kathiteyam mahāmudrā jarāmrtyuvināšinī II gopanîya prayatnena na deya yasya kasyacit II 42 II

Practice Of Maha

The Vital Air

Sastra Pramana - शास्त्र प्रमाण Sandilyopanishad (7, 42-2)

vâmapādamūlena yonim sampīdya daksinapādam prasārya tam karābhyām dhrtvā nāsābhyām vāyumāpūrya kanthabandham samäropyordhvato vāyum dhārayet | tena sarvakleśahānih | tatah pīyūsamiva vişam jīryate | ksayagulmagudāvartajīrnatvagādidosā naśyanti | esa prānajavopāyah sarvamrtyūpaghātakah || 42-2 ||

Translation

Pressing the genitals with the left heel, stretchingthe right leg and holding it by both hands, in-filling thevital air through the nostrils, having brought about theKantha-bandha (constriction of the throat), (the Yogin)should hold the vital air (in. Kumbhaka) from above. By doing so, all troubles vanish. Thereafter, polsonwill be easily assimilated as nectar. Consumption, dyspepsia, constipation, affections of the skin and otherallments perish. This is the means to be employed forconquering the vital air and for the destruction of allforms of death.

Success in Yoga through Mahamudra

Sastra Pramāņa - शास्त्र प्रमाण Shiva Samhita(BA)-IV.16-17

My dearest, I shall now describe to you the Mahamudra, from whose knowledge the ancient sages Kapila and others obtained success in Yoga. 16. In accordance with the instructions of the Guru, press gently the perineum with the heel of the left foot. Stretching the right foot out, hold it fast by the two hands. Having closed the nine gates (of the body), place the chin on the chest. Then concentrate the vibrations of the mind and inspire air and retain it by kumbhaka (so long as one can comfortably keep it)

Atha Mahamudrakathanam

mahāmudrām pravaksyāmi tantre'sminmama vailbhe | yām prāpya siddhāh siddhim ca kapilādyāh purāgatāh || 16 || apasavyena sampīdya pādamūlena sādaram qurupadešato yonim qudamedhrāntarālagām | savyam prasāritam pādam dhrtvā pāniyugena vai | navadvārāni samyamya cibukam hrdayopari || cittam cittapathe dattvä päbhavedväyusädhanam mahāmudrābhavedesā sarvatantresu gopitā || vämängena samabhyasya daksängenäbhyasetpunah prānāyāmam samam krtvā yogī niyatamānasah || 17 ||

Translation

My dearest, I shall now describe to you the Mahamudra, from whose knowledge the ancient sages Kapila and others obtained success in Yoga. 16. In accordance with the instructions of the Guru, press gently the perineum with the heel of the left foot. Stretching the right foot out, hold it fast by the two hands. Having closed the nine gates (of the body), place the chin on the chest. Then concentrate the vibrations of the mind and inspire air and retain it by kumbhaka (so long as one can comfortably keep it). This is the Mahamudra, held secret in all the Tantras. The steady-minded Yogi, having practiced it on the left side should then practice it on the right side; and in all cases must be firm in pranayama the requiation of his breath.17

On Maha Mudra Effect and Benefits

Sastra Pramana - शास्त्रत प्रमाण Shiva Samhita(BA)-IV.18

In this way, even the most unfortunate Yogi might obtain success. By this means all the vessels of the body are roused and stirred into activity; life is increased and its decay is checked, and all sins destroyed. All diseases are healed, and the gastric fire is increased. It gives faultless beauty to the body, and destroys decay and death.

anena vidhina yogî mandabhagyopi sidhyatij sarvasāmeva nādīnām cālanam bindumāranam || jīvanantu kasāvasya pātakānām vināšanam | savarogopaśamanam jatharagnivivardhanam || vapusā kāntimamalām jarāmrtyuvināšanam | vämchitärthaphalam saukhyamindriyanäñca maranam || etaduktăni sarvāni yogārūdhasya Yoginah | bhvedabhyasatā vašyam nātra kāryā vicāranā || 18 ||

Yogi Crosses The Ocean Of World/ Life Through Maha Mudra

Sastra Pramana - शास्त्र प्रमाण Shiva Samhita(BA)-IV.19

Maha Mudra - granter of all Desires to Practitioner, should be kept Secret

Sastra Pramana - शास्त्र प्रमाण Shiva Samhita(BA)-IV.20

gopanîya prayatnena mudreyamsurapûjîte | yam tu prāpya bhavāmbhodheh pāram gacchanti Yoginah || 19 ||

mudrā kāmadudhā hyesā sādhakānām mayoditā j guptācāreņa kartavyā na deyā yasya kasyacit || 20 ||

Translation

Translation

O ye worshipped of the Gods! know that this mudra is to be kept secret with the greatest care. Obtaining this, the Yogi crosses the ocean of the world.

fixed in meditation acquires all the above-

mentioned things, through practice. There

should be no hesitation in doing so. 18

This Mudra, described by me, grants practitioners their every desire. It should be practiced in secrecy, and ought never to be given to everybody.

Description Of Maha Mudra

Apta Pramana - आप्त प्रमाण Hatha Yoga Pradipika III.10

Atha MahāMudrā

Pādamūlena vāmena yonim sampīdya dakshinām Prasäritam padam krtvā karābhyām dhārayeddrdham

Translation

Pressing the Yoni (perineum) with the heel of the left foot, and stretching forth the right foot, its toe should be grasped by the thumb and first finger.

Description Of Maha Mudra And Kundalini Awakening

Apta Pramana - आप्त प्रमाण Hatha Yoga Pradipika III.11

and there le तदा सा मरनावस्था जायते दि

Kanthe bandham samaropya dhārayedvāyumūrdhvatah Yathā dandahatah sarpo dandākārah prajāyate Rjvibhûtā tathā śaktih kundalī sahasā bhavet Tada sa maranavastha jayate dviputásraya

Translation

By stopping the throat (by Jalandhara Bandha) the air is drawn in from the outside and carried down. Just as a snake struck with a stick becomes straight like a stick, in the same way, sakti (susumnå) becomes straight at once. Then the Kundalinî, becoming as it were dead, and, leaving both the Ida and the Pingala, enters the susumnå (the middle passage).

Instruction on breath in Maha Mudra

Apta Pramana - आप्त प्रमाण Hatha Yoga Pradipika III.12

Tatah śanaih śanaireva rechayennaiva veghatah Mahämudram cha tenalva vadanti vibudhottamah

It should be expelled then, slowly only and not violently. For this very reason, the best of the wise men call it the Mahâ mudrå. This Mahâ mudra has been propounded by great Masters.

Benefits Of Maha Mudra

Apta Pramana - आप्त प्रमाण Hatha Yoga Pradipika III.13

lyam khalu mahāmudrā mahāsiddhaih pradarsitäMahākleśādayo doshāh kshīyante maranādayah Mahāmudrām cha tenaiva vadanti vibudhottamāh

Translation

Great evils and pains, like death, are destroyed by it, and for this reason wise men call it the Mahâ mudrâ.

On Technique For Maha Mudra

Apta Pramana - आप्त प्रमाण Hatha Yoga Pradipika III.14

Chandrangghe tu samabhyasya süryangghe punarabhyaset Yavattulya bhavetsangkhyä tato mudräm visarjayet

Translation

Having practiced with the left nostril, it should be practised with the right one; and, when the number on both sides becomes equal, then the mudra should be discontinued.

Maha Mudra destroys chemicals and poisons

Apta Pramana - आप्त प्रमाण Hatha Yoga Pradipika III.15

al

Na hi pathyamapathyam vå rasäh sarveapi nirasäh Api bhuktam visham ghoram piyüshamiva jiryati

Trenslation

There is nothing wholesome or injurious; for the practice of this mudra destroys the injurious effects of all the rasas (chemicals). Even the deadliest of poisons, if taken, acts like nectar.

Maha Mudra - destroyer of diseases due to indigestion and more

Apta Pramana - आप्त प्रमाण Hatha Yoga Pradipika III.16

Kshayakushthaghudávartaghulmājīrnapuroghamāh Tasya doshāh kshayam yānti mahāmudrām tu yoabhyaset

Translation

Consumption, leprosy, prolapsus anii, colic, and the diseases due to indigestion - all these irregularities are removed by the practice of this Mahå mudrå.

Maha Mudra As Giver Of Siddhis

Apta Pramana - आप्त प्रमाण Hatha Yoga Pradipika III.17

Kathitevam mahāmudrā mahāsiddhikarā nrnām Ghopanîya prayatnena na deya yasya kasyachit

Translation

This Maha mudra has been described as the giver of great success (Siddhi) to men. It should be kept secret by every effort, and not revealed to any and everyone.

Then (after Mahamudra), having extended the (right) foot, place it on the (left) thigh; contract the perineum, and draw the apana vayu upwards and join it with the samana vayu; bend the prana vayu downwards, and then let the wise Yogi bind them in trinity in the navel (i.e. the prana and the apana should be joined with the Samana in the navel). I have told you now the Mahabandha, which shows the way to emancipation. By this, all the fluids in the vessels of the body of the Yogi are propelled towards the head. This should be practised with great care, alternately with both feet. 21

उभाभ्यां साधयंत्पद्धयामके सुप्रयत्नतः ॥ २१ ॥

atha mahabhandhakathanam | tatah prasāritah pādo vinyasya tamurūpri | gudayonim samakumcya krtvá cápanamürdhvagam | yojayitvā samānena krtvā prāņamadhomukham || bandhayedürdhvagatyartham pränäpänena yah sudhoh | kathito'yam mahabandhah sidhimargapradayakah | nádījālādrasavyūho mūrdhānam yāti Yoginah || ubhābhyām sādhayetpadbhayāmekai suprayatnatah || 21 ||

Technique Of Maha-Ba

Sastra Pramana - शास्त्रत्र प्रमाण Shiva Samhita(BA)-IV.21

bhavedabhyāsato vāyuḥ suṣumnāṃ madhyasaṅgataḥ | anena vapusah puştirddadhabandho'sthipamjare || sampürnahradayo yogi bhavatnyetâni Yoginah j bandhenanena yogindraḥ sādhayetsarvamīpsitam || 22 ||

Technique Of Maha-Bandha

Sastra Pramāņa - शास्त्र प्रमाण Shiva Samhita(BA)-IV.22

Translation

desires. 22

Through this practice, the wind

enters the middle channel of the

Sushumna, the body is invigorated by it, the bones are firmly knitted, the heart of the Yogi becomes full (of

cheerfulness). By this Bandha, the

great Yogi accomplishes all this

O Goddess of the three worlds! when the Yogi, while performing the Mahabandha, causes the union of the prana and apana vayus and filling in the viscera with air drives it slowly towards the nates, it is called Mahavedha. 23. The best of the Yogis having, through the help of the vayu, pierced with this perforator the knot which is in the path of Sushumna, should then pierce the knot of Brahma. 24

What Is Maha-Vedha

Sastra Pramana - शास्त्र प्रमाण Shiva Samhita(BA)-IV.23-24

atha mahavedakathanam | apānaprāņayoraikyam krtvā tribhuvanesvari | mahāvedhasthito yogī kuksimāpūrya vāyunā [ sphicau samtādayeddhomānvedho'yam kīrtito mayā || 23 || vedhenânena sambidhya väyuna Yogipumgavah | granthim susunnāmārgeņa brahmagraṃthiṃ bhinattyasau || 24 ||

Effects Of Maha-Vedha

Sastra Pramana - शास्त्र प्रमाण Shiva Samhita(BA)-IV.25-26

यः कर्राति सदाभ्यास मद्रावधं संगोपितम् । दिभवत्तस्य जरामरणनाशिनी ॥ २५ ॥ ये स्थिता देवाः कम्पन्ति वायताडनात् । महामाया केलासे सा विलीयत

yah karoti sadabhyasam mahavedham sugopitam | vāyusiddhirbhavettasya jarāmaraņanāšinī || 25 || cakramadhye sthitä devāh kampanti vāyutādanāt | kundalyapi mahamaya kailase sa viliyate || 26 ||

Translation

"He who practises this Mahavedha with great secrecy, obtains vayu-siddhi (success over the wind). It destroys decay and death. 25.The Gods residing in the chakras tremble owing to the gentle influx and eflux of air in pranayama; the great Goddess, Kunali Maha Maya, is also absorbed in the Mount Kallasa. 26"

Mahamudra and Mahabandha become fruitless without Mahavedha

Sastra Pramāņa - शास्त्र प्रमाण Shiva Samhita(BA)-IV.27

mahāmudrāmahābandhau nisphalau vedhavarjitau | tasmādyogī prayatnena karoti tritayaṃ kramāt || 27 ||

The Mahamudra and Mahabandha become fruitless if they are not followed by Mahavedha; therefore, the Yogi should practise all these three successively with great care.27

He who practises these three daily four times with great care, undoubtedly conqueres death within six months.

एतत्त्वयं प्रयत्नेन चतुर्वरिं करोति यः । मासाभ्यन्तरं मत्य जयत्येव न संशयः ॥ २८ ॥

etattrayam prayatnena caturvāram karoti yah | şanmasabhyantaram mrtyu jayatyeva na samsayah || 28 ||

Conquer death with three mudras (Mahamudra, Mahabandha,Mahavedha)

Sastra Pramana - शास्त्र प्रमाण Shiva Samhita(BA)-IV.28

Translation

The Mahamudra and Mahabandha become fruitiess if they are not followed by Maha-vedha: therefore, the Yogi should practise all these three successively with great care.27

एतत्त्वयस्य माहात्म्य सिद्धो जानाति नेतरः । यज्ज्ञात्वा साधकाः सर्वे सिद्धि सम्यग्लभन्ति वै ॥ २९ ॥ गोपनीया प्रयत्नन साधिकैः सिद्धिमीप्सभिः । अन्यथा च न सिद्धिः स्यान्मद्राणामेष निश्चयः ॥ ३० ॥

etattrayasya māhātmyam siddho jānāti netaraḥļ yajjñātvā sādhakāḥ sarve siddhim samyaglabhanti vai || 29 || gopaniya prayatnena sadhakaih siddhimipsubhih | anyatha ca na siddhih syanmudranameşa niscayah || 30 ||

Importance of these three mudras (Mahamudra, Mahabandha,Mahavedha) and should keep secret

Sastra Pramana - शास्त्र प्रमाण Shiva Samhita(BA)-IV.29-30

Putting the head on the ground, let him stretch out his legs upwards, moving them round and round. This is viparit-karana, kept secret in all the Tantras.

atha viparītakaranī mudrā bhūtale svaširodattvā khe nayeccaranadvayam | viparītakrtiscaisā sarvatantresu gopitā || 45 ||

The Yogi who practises it daily for three hours, conquers death, and is not destroyed even in the Pralaya. 46.He who drinks nectar becomes equal to Siddhas; he who practises this Bandha becomes an adept among all creatures, 47.

Benefits of Viparita Karani:

Conquer Death, Drink Nectar, Becomes an adept

Sastra Pramana - शास्त्र प्रमाण

Shiva Samhita(BA)-IV.45

Sastra Pramana - शास्त्र प्रमाण Shiva Samhita(BA)-IV.46-47

etadyah kurute nityamabhyasam yamamatratah | mrtyum jayati sa yogî pralaye nãpi sīdati || 46 || kuryte'mrtapânam yah siddhânăm samatâmiyat] sa sevyah sarvalokānām bandhamenam karoti yah || 47 ||

Viparita Karani Removes Diseases

Apta Pramana - आप्त प्रमाण Hathapradipika of Svatmarama V.110

ûrdhvanábhir-adhastálur-ürdhvam bhānur-adhah śaśī | karanî viparîtäkhya sarvavyadhi-vinasinî ||110||

The practice, which puts the navel up and palate down, the sun up and moon down, is known as viparita-karani. It removes all diseases."

Apta Pramana - आप्त प्रमाण Hathapradipika Of SvāTmāRāMa V.111

Adequate diet for practitioner of Viparita Karani

Apta Pramana - आप्त प्रमाण Hathapradipikā of Svātmārāma V.113

हलस्तस्य संपाद्यः साधिकस्य तु ॥ अनाद्वारो यदि भवेद अंग्रिर्-देह दहेत् क्षणात् ॥ ११२ ॥

āhāro bahulastasya sampādyah sādhakasya tu llanáhāro yadi bhaved agnir-deham dahet kṣaṇāt II 112 II

Translation

Translation

gastric fire. 111

Translation

Viparita-Karani is best learnt from the

Guru. Its daily practice stimulates the

An aspirant requires increased quantity of food. If one does not take sufficient food, fire

quickly consumes the body. 112

One the first day, one should remain in the topsy-turvy position for a short time. Every day, one should retain the posture longer increasing the time little by little. 113

Gradual practice of Viparita Karani

Apta Pramana - आप्त प्रमाण Hathapradipikā of Svātmārāma V.114

Gradual practice of Viparita Karani

Apta Pramana - आप्त प्रमाण Hathapradipika of Svatmārāma V.115

अधःशिराश्चोध्वेषादुः क्षणं स्यात् प्रथमे दिने ॥ क्षणाच्च किञ्चिदधिकम् अभ्यसेच्च दिने दिने ॥ ११३ ॥

adhahśirāścordhvapādah ksanam syāt prathame dine llksanacca kiñcidadhikam abhyasecca dine dine li 113 ll

श्च पलित चुपेव थण्मासाद्धन नश्यति ॥ याममात्रं त यो नित्यम् अभ्यसेत स तु कालजित् ॥ ११४ ॥

valiśca palitam caiva şanmāsārddhena naśyati llyamamatram tu yo nityam abhyaset sa tu kälajit II 114 II

Translation

Grey hair and wrinkles disappear in six months with the practice. By practising three hours each day one overcomes premature death. 114

Having assumed the (Siddhasana) posture with his genitals between the pair of heels, regulating the orifices of the ears, eyes and nostrils with his fingers, filling the vital air through his mouth and holding it in the chest, along with the Apana lead thither by frequent effort (and with the three kinds of Bandhas), one should fix the mind by Dharana in the (Turya, Turyatita or Sahasrara of the) crest. By so doing the Yogin with his mind intent on that (Supreme Tattva) attains equality with that Supreme Tattva (the Turyatita). When the vital air has reached the (Avyakrta) ether (of the heart), a great sound is produced, as of bells and other musical instruments. That is known as the accomplishment of the Nada.

व्यक्तिगगनम् ॥ १३५५ ॥

evam samadhih kena sidhyatîtyatraha- sambaddhveti | yogi samyak siddhāsanam baddhvā madhye medhram tadadhordhvamanghriyugalam ca baddhvetyarthah | sanmukhimudraya vaktrena vayumapûrya bandhatrayapûrvakam mûrdhni sahasrāre turyātīte vā mano dhārayet | evam dhāranā vogīšvaro višesatattvasamatām avasistatattvaturyatTtabhava yatītyarthah || 114 || sanmukhimudrabhyasasiddhih nadabhivyaktirityaha- gaganamiti | hrdayacchinnävyäkrtagaganam || 115 ||

badhnan karabhyam śrotradikaranâni yathātatham I yuñjanasya yathoktena vartmana svavaśam manah || 116 ||

Sāstra Pramāņa -यास्त्र प्रमाण Yoga-Cudamany-Upanishad (114-115)

N-Mukhi Mu

Sāstra Pramāna -

सास्त्र प्रमाण

Tri-shikh !-

brahmanopanishad 116

Translation

Having bound the ears and the other organs with his hands, according to the circumstances of the case, by him who brings his mind under his own control by adopting the prescribed methods, the Prana will, in virtue of the control over the mind become firmly established under his control by all means.

Having assumed the Svastika posture and brought the mind well under control, forcing upwards the Apana little by little, (all the while) muttering the Pranava, (the Yogin) should hold the ear and other Karana-s (senses) with his hands, O sage' closing the senses of the two ears with his thumbs, the two eye with the fore-fingers, and the two nostrils with the other fingers, and retain (the forced up Apana) in the head, till the manifestation of Bliss; by this act also, O great sage! Prana (air) enters the crevice of the Brahman (Brahma-randhra).

O sinless one! When air enters the Brahmarandhra, Nada (sound) is also produced (there), resembling at first the sound of a conch-blast and like the thunder-clasp in the middle; and, when the air has reached the middle of the head, like the roaring of a mountain-cataract.

svastikāsanamāsthāya samāhitamanāstathā || 32 || apānamūrdhvamutthāpya praņavena śanaih śanaih | hastābhyām dhārayet samyak karanādikaranāni ca || 33 || ańgusthābhyām mune śrotre tarjanībhyām tu caksusī nāsāputāvasthānyābhyām pracchādya karaņāni vai || 34 ||

Nmukhimud

Sastra Pramana - शास्त्र प्रमाण Darshana Upanishad (6, 32-35)

Thereafter, O great wise one! The Atman, mightily pleased, will actually appear in front of thee. Then there will be the ripeness of the knowledge of the Atman from Yoga and the disowning (by the Yogin) of worldly existence.

anandavirbhavo yavat tövanmürdhani dharayet | pronah prayotyanenaiva brahmarandhram mahomune || 35 || brahmarandhram gate võyau nödaścotpadyate'nagha | sankhadhvaninibhascadau madhye meghadhvaniryatha || 36 | |siromadhyagate voyau giriprasravanam yatha | paścát prito mahāprojna sāksādātmonmukho bhavet || 37 || punastajjñonanispattiryogat samsöranihnutib | daksinottaragulphena sīvinīm pīdayet sthirom || 38 ||

Translation

Let him close the ears with his thumbs, the eyes with index fingers, the nostrils with the middle fingers, and with the remaining four fingers let him press together the upper and lower lips. The Yogi, by having thus firmly confined the air, sees his soul in the shape of light. 22

When one sees, without obstruction, this light for even a moment, becoming free from sin, he reaches the highest end. 23

The Yogi, free from sin, and practicing this continually, forgets his physical, subtle and causal bodies, and becomes one with that soul. 24

Sanmukhimudrā

Sastra Pramana - रास्त प्रमाण Shiva Samhita(BA)-V.22-26

म्हाभ्यामुभे श्रोत्ने तर्जनीभ्यां द्विलोचने नासारन्द्र च मध्याभ्यामनामाभ्यां मुख्य हृढम् ॥ निरुध्य मारुत योगी यदैव करुते भराम । तदा लक्षणमात्मानं ज्योतिरूप स पश्यति त्तेजो दृश्यते येन क्षणमाले निराकलम् । वेपापविनिमेक्तः सं याति परमा गतिम ॥ २३ ॥ न्तरकताभ्यासाद्योगी विगतकलमषः । न्नः स्वयं गतः ॥ २४ ॥ गप्ताचारण मानवः ।

He who practices this in secrecy, is absorbed In the Brahman", though he had been engaged in sinful works. 25

This should be kept secret; it at once produces conviction; it gives nirvana to mankind. This is my most beloved Yoga. From practicing this gradually, the Yogi begins to hear the mystic sounds (nadas). 26

Note: The Brahman referred in Upanishads is Pure Consciousness and Sadashiva is the source of the Pure Consciousness.

"amgusthabhyamubhe śrotre tarjanibhyam dvilocane | nasárandhre ca madhyabhyamanamabhyam mukham drdham || nirudhya märutam yogî yadaiva kurute bhršam | tadá lakşaṇamātmānaṃ jyotirūpaṃ sa paśyatl || 22 || tattejo dršyate yena kṣaṇamātraṃ nirākulam | sarvapäpavinirmukttah sa yāti paramām gatim ||23 || nirantarakrtäbhyasadyogi vigatakalmaşah | sarvadehādi vismrtya tadabhinnah svayam gatah || 24 || yah karoti sadābhyāsam guptācāreņa mānavah | sa vai brahmavilinah syātpāpakarmarato yadi || 25 || gopanîyah prayatnena sadyah pratyayakarakah | niravanadāyako loke yogoyam mama valibhah || nādah samjāyate tasya kramenābhyāsatasca vai ||26 ||

स्येऽन्तर्बाह्यायां दृष्टुऔ निमेषोन्मेषवर्जितायां च इयं शाभवी मुद्रा भवति । सर्वतन्त्रेषु गोप्या महाविद्या भवति तज्ज्ञानेन संसारनिवृत्तिः । तत्पूजनं मोक्षफलदम् ॥ ५ ॥

lakşye'ntarbahyayam drsţau nimeşonmeşavarjitâyâṃ ca iyam śāmbhavī mudrā bhavati | sarvatantresu gopyā mahāvidyā bhavati | tajjñänena samsaranivrttib | tatpûjanam moksaphaladam || 5 ||

Translation

With internal introspection and with the eyes opening out, but devoid of the acts of opening and closing of the eyelids, this Shambhavi-mudra is assumed. This Maha-vidya (Great lore) is, of all the Tantras, what is worthy of being kept a profound secret. With the knowledge (proficiency) of this is attained freedom from the state of worldly existence. (By the Yogin becoming a votary of this), its worship bestows the fruit of liberation.

Sambhavi-Mudra

Sastra Pramana - शास्त्र प्रमाण Mandala-brahmanopanishad (3, 5)

Sastra Pramana - शास्त्र प्रमाण Hathapradipika of Svātmārāma VII.36

अन्तलेक्ष्यं बहिर्-दृष्टिर्-निमेषोन्मेष-वर्जिता ॥ पुषा सा शाम्भवी-मुद्रा सर्वतन्त्रेषु गोपिता ॥३६॥

antarlaksyam bahir-drşţir-nimeşonmeşa-varjită | eșa să sâmbhavi-mudră sarvatantreșu gopită ||36||

Fixing the mind on an internal object while keeping the eyes open without blinking, is known as sambhavi mudra, which is a secret preserved in all the tantras. 36.

अन्तर्लक्षविलीनचित्तपवनो योगी यदा वर्त्तते लतारया बढ़िरधः पश्यन्नपश्यन्नपि

antarlakşavilinacittapavano yogi yadā varttate drstyå niscalatărayā bahiradhah paśyannapaśyannapi mudreyam khalu sambhavi bhavti sã yuşmatprasädät guroh śūnyaśūnyavivarjitam sphurati yattatvam padam śāmbhavam |27|

Sambhavi-Mudra

Sastra Pramana - शास्त्र प्रमाण Hathatatvakaumudī (XLIX, 27)

When the yogi is in a state where both citta

and prana are merged in the internal object

ones by the grace of the guru, who bestows

upon the state of sambhavi, transcending

both śunya and aśûnya.

of concentration and the gaze is directed outwards but remains steady, seeing yet not seeing, that indeed is sambhavi mudra, which is received only by the fortunate

Translation

Basis For Vajroli Mudra: Preserving Bindu And Life Energy

Apta Pramana - आप्त प्रमाण Hathapradipika of Svätmäräma V.119

bindur mālam śarīrānām śarīrena pratisthitah II dhārayante śarīre ca apādatala - mastakam II 119 II

Translation

Bindu, which is located in the body and which supports the whole body from head to feet, is the key to bodily existence. 119

Downward flow of the bindu leads to decay of the body, while it's preservation leads to life and creates pleasant smell in the body. So long bindu is retained in the body, there is no fear from death. 121

One should effortfully blow into the urethra slowly to clear the passage for the flow of air and by appropriate contraction and manipulation of the pelvic organs, raises the secretions. 118

Bindu Is Life

Apta Pramana - आप्त प्रमाण Hathapradīpikā of Svātmārāma V.121

Raise and Preserve the Secretions

Apta Pramana - आप्त प्रमाण Hathapradipika of Svātmārāma V.118

"maranam bindupatea jivitam bindu- dharanat II

sugandho Yogino dehe jäyate bindu- dhāraņāt II

शन् शन् शन् प्रकुर्वात वायुस्वञ्चारकारणात् ॥ ११८ ॥

yavad-binduh sthiro dehe tävat kälabhayam kutah II 121 II"

mehanena śanaih samyag ûrdhvam kuñcanam abhyaset II yantnatah śaranâlena phūtkāraṃ vajrakandare II sanaih śanaih prakurvīta vāyuscañcārakāraņāt li118 ll

पातेअ जिवित बिन्द- धारणात ॥

Translation

elephant of death.

The wise Yogi, sitting in vajrasana posture, in a place free from all disturbance, should firmly fix his gaze on the spot in the middle of the two eyebrows; and reversing the tongue backwards, fix it in the hollow under the epi-glottis, placing it with great care on the mouth of the well of nectar, (i.e. closing up the air passage). This mudra, described by me at the request of my devotees, is the Khechari-mudra.

O. my beloved! Know this to be the

source of all success, always

practising it let him drink the ambrosia daily. By this he obtains

vigraha-siddhi (power over the

microcosm), even as a lion over the

षा खेचरी प्रोक्ता भक्तानामनरोधतः ॥ ३१ ॥

atha khecarimudrakathanam | bhruvorantargatam drstim vidhaya sudrdham sudhīb | upavišyāsane vajre nānopadravavarjitah || lambikordhva sthite garte rasanam viparītagām | samyojayetprayatnena sudhākūpe vicakşaņ | mudreșa khecarī proktā bhaktānāmanurodhataḥ || 31 ||

में जननी ब्रोषा मम प्राणाधिकप्रिया ।

siddhonam jananî hyeşä mama prânâdhikapriyaj nirantarakrtībhyāsātpīyūsam pratyaham pibet || tena vigrahasiddhih syanmrtyumätangakesarī || 32 ||

At Is Khechari Mt

Sastra Pramana - शास्त्र प्रमाण Shiva Samhita(BA)-IV.31

Drink ambrosia and Obtain Vigraha-siddhi with Khechari Mudra

Sastra Pramana - शास्त्र प्रमाण Shiva Samhita(BA)-IV.32

।ः पवित्रो वा सर्ववस्थां गतोऽपिवा तिनापि क्षणाचे मन्यते हि सः ॥ ३५ ॥ मदा यो वैत्ति खेचरीमिमाम । सा प्राणसहर्शी मदा यस्मिन्कस्मिन्न द्वायत

Translation

family. 34.

Whether pure or impure, in whatever condition one may be, if success be obtained n Khechari,

he becomes pure. There is no doubt of it. 33.

He who practises it even for a moment crosses

the great ocean of sins, and having enjoyed the pleasures of a Deva-world is born into a noble

He who practises this Khechari-Mudra calmly and without laziness counts as seconds the

He knows this Khechari-Mudra according to the

Instructions of his Guru, obtains the highest

O, ye adored of Gods! this Mudra, dear as life,

should not be given to everybody; it should be

end, though immersed in great sins. 36.

kept concealed with great care. 37.

period of hundred Brahmas. 35.

apavitrah pavitro vā sarvāvasthām gato'pivā | khecarî yasya śuddha tu sa śuddho natra samśayah || 33 || ksanārdham kurute yastu tīrtvā pāpamahārnavam | divyabhoganprabhuktvå ca satkule sa prajāyate || 34 || mudraisa khecari yastu svasthacitto hyatandritah | śatabrahmagatenāpi kṣaṇārdhaṃ manyate hi sah || 35 || gurupadešato mudrām yo vetti khecarīmimām | naanapaparato dhīman sa yāti paramām gatim || 36 || sā prāņasadršī mudrā yasminkasminna dīyate | pracchadyate prayatnena mudreyam surapûjite || 37 ||

Other Benefits of Khechari Mudra and should be concealed

Sastra Pramana - शास्त्र प्रमाण Shiva Samhita(BA)-IV.33-37

Description Of Khechari Mudra

Apta Pramana - आप्त प्रमाण Hatha Yoga Pradipika III.32

र जिल्ला प्रविस्हता विपरातिघा गरन्तर्घता द्रस्हृतिर्मद्रा भवति खेछरी

Atha khechariKapālakuhare jihvā pravishtā viparitaghaBhruvorantarghatā drshtirmudrā bhavati khecharī ||32||

Translation

The Khechari mudra is accomplished by thrusting the tongue into the gullet, by turning It over itself, and keeping the eyesight in the middle of the eyebrows.

How to Accomplish Khechari Mudra

Apta Pramana - आप्त प्रमाण Hatha Yoga Pradipika III.33

ालनदाहिह कलाम् क्रमनाथ वर्धयत्तावत सा यावदश्रमध्यम् स्प्शति तदा खेछरीसिद्धिह

Chedanachálanadohaih kalâm kramenátha vardhayettävat Sã yãvadbhrûmadhyam sprśati tadā khecharīsiddhih

Translation

To accomplish this, the tongue is lengthened by cutting the frænum linguæ, moving, and pulling it. When it can touch the space between the eyebrows, then Khechari can be accomplished.

Description of instrument and type of cut for Khechari Mudra

Apta Pramana - आप्त प्रमाण Hatha Yoga Pradipika III.34

Snuhipatranibham sastram sutikshnam snighdhanirmalam Samādāya tatastena romamātram samuchchinet

Taking a sharp, smooth, and clean instrument, of the shape of a cactus leaf, the frænum of the tongue should be cut a little (as much as a hair's thickness), at a time.

Process of herb and time for Khechari Mudra


Then rock salt and yellow myrobalan (both powdered) should be rubbed in. On the 7th day, it should again be cut a hair's breadth.

Six Months process for Khechari Mudra

Apta Pramana - आप्त मनाण Hatha Yoga Pradipika III.36

Evam kramena shanmasam nityam yuktah samacharet Shanmasadrasanamülasirabandhah pranasyati

One should go on doing thus, regularly for six months. At the end of six months, the frænum of the tongue will be completely cut.

Placement of tongue in Khechari Mudra (Vyoma Chakra)

Apta Pramana - आप्त प्रमाण Hatha Yoga Pradipika III.37

Kalam parangmukhim krtvä tripathe pariyojayet Sã bhavetkhechari mudra vyomachakram taduchyate

Turning the tongue upwards, it is fixed on the three ways (oesophagus, windpipe and palate). Thus it makes the Khechari mudra, and is called the Vyoma Chakra.

Achievements for the Yogi in one minute of Khechari Mudra

Apta Pramana - आप्त प्रमाण Hatha Yoga Pradipika III.38

rasanāmūrdhvaghām krtvā kshanārdhamapi tishthati vishairvimuchyate yogî vyadhimrtyujaradibhih

The Yogi who sits for a minute turning his tongue upwards, is saved from poisons, diseases, death, old age, etc.

Preventive and curative benefits of Khechari Mudra

Apta Pramana - आप्त मनाण Hatha Yoga Pradipika III.39

घो मरनम् तन्द्रा न निद्रा न क्स्हृधा ऋहा न छ मुछेछा भवेत्तस्य यो मुद्राम् वैत्ति खंछ

na rogho maranam tandra na nidra na kshudha trshā na cha mûrchcha bhavettasya yo mudram vetti khecharim

He who knows the Khechari mudrâ is not afflicted with disease, death, sloth, sleep, hunger, thirst, and swooning.

Liberation from Diseases, Karma and Time by Khechari Mudra

Apta Pramana - आप्त प्रमाण Hatha Yoga Pradipika III.40

पीद्यते न स रोघेन लिप्यते न छ कर्मना आध्यते न स कालेन यो मद्राम वेत्ति खेछरीम

pīdyate na sa roghena lipyate na cha karmană bādhyate na sa kālena yo mudrām vetti khecharīm

Translation

He who knows the Khechari mudra is not troubled by diseases, is not stained with karmas, and is not snare by time.

Mind and tongue reach akasa through Khechari Mudra

Apta Pramana - आप्त प्रमाण Hatha Yoga Pradiplka III.41

छित्तम छरति खे यस्माज्जिद्धा छरति खे घता तनस्द्धा खेछरी नाम मदा सिद्धनिरूपित

chittam charati khe yasmajjihva charati khe ghatâ tenaisha khechari näma mudra siddhairnirüpitä ||41||

Translation

The Siddhas have devised this Khechari mudra from the fact that the mind and the tongue reach akâśa by its practice.

Achieving Control of Bindu through Khechari

Apta Pramana - आप्त प्रमाण Hatha Yoga Pradipika III.44

यो मुद्रितम् येन विवरम् लम्बिकोध्वेतह न तस्य क्स्हरते बिन्द्रह कामिन्याश्लेस्टितस्य छ

khecharyā mudritam yena vivaram lambikordhvatah na tasya ksharate binduh kaminyasleshitasya cha

Translation

If the hole behind the palate be stopped with Khechari by turning the tongue upwards, then bindu (seminal fluid) cannot leave its place even if a woman were embraced.

About Bindu And Yoni Mudra

Apta Pramana - आप्त प्रमाण Hatha Yoga Pradipika III.45

ोपि यदा बिन्दुह सम्प्राप्तो योनि त्यध्वम् द्वतन्न शक्त्या निबद्धी यो

chalitopi yada binduh samprâpto yonimandalam vrajatyürdhvam hrtah śaktyā nibaddho yonimudrayā

Translation

Even though the fluid flows and comes down to the genital organ, still arrested by Yoni Mudra it is taken by force upwards.

Khechari Mudra - Conquering death in Five Days

Apta Pramana - आप्त प्रमाण Hatha Yoga Pradipika III.46

How to Accomplish Khechari Mudra

Apta Pramana - आप्त प्रमाण Hatha Yoga Pradipika III.47

Nectar From the Moon to Conquer Death

Sastra Pramana - शास्त्र प्रमाण Shiva Samhita(BA)-III.72

Yogi Drinking PranaVayu at the root of the palate

Sastra Pramana - शास्त्र प्रमाण Shiva Samhita(BA)-III.69

urdhvajihvah sthiro bhûtva somapânam karoti yah mäsärdhena na sandeho mrtyum jayati Yogavit

nityam somakalapürnam sariram yasya yoghinah takshakenapi dashtasya visham tasya na sarpati

मिध्विंगा क्रत्वा यश्चन्द्र सलिल पिबेत मालेण योगीन्द्रो मत्यु जयति निश्चितम ॥ ७२

rasanāmūrdhvagām krtvā yaścandre salilam pibet | māsamātrena yogīndro mrtyum jayati niścitam || 72 ||

नां तालुमले यः स्थापयित्वा विचक्षणः पिबेट्र्याणानिले तस्य योगानां संक्षयो भवेत ॥ ६९ ॥

rasanam tâlumüle yah sthapayitva vicaksanah | pibetpränânilam tasya yogânâm samksayo bhavet ||69 ||

Translation

If the Yogi drinks Somarasa (juice) by sitting with the tongue turned backwards and mind concentrated, there is no doubt he conquers death within 5 days.

If the Yogi, whose body is full of Somarasa (juice), were bitten by Takshaka (snake), its poison cannot permeate his body.

Pointing the tongue upwards, when the Yogi can drink the nectar flowing from the moon (situated between the two eye-brows), within a month he certainly would conquer death.

When the skilful Yogi, by placing the tongue at the root of the palate, can drink the prana vayu, then there occurs complete dissolution of all Yogas (i.e. he is no longer in need of Yoga).

Neither does the nectar flow into the fire, nor does the vital air leap forwards, when the tongue enters the cavern of the cranium, moving contrariwise (backward). The eye-glance penetrating between the eyebrows is the (posture) Khe-cari-mudra.

He who has mastered the Khe-cari-mudra, for him there is no disease, nor death, no sleep, nor hunger, nor thirst, nor fainting; he who has the Khe-cari-mudra is neither troubled with disease, nor defiled by Karma, nor bound by durations. As, during this (Mudra), the mind moves in Ether, the tongue has moved into Ether, this Mudra which is adored by the adepts, is known by the name of Khe-cari.

na pîyûşam patatyagnau na ca vayuh pradhāvati | kapālakuhare jihvā pravistā viparītagā || 79 || bhrûvorantargatâ drşțirmudră bhavati khecarî l na rogo maranam tasya na nidra na ksudha trsa || 80 || na ca mūrccha bhavettasya yo mudrām vetti khecarīm | pīdyate na ca rogena lipyate na ca karmana || 81 || badhyate na ca kâlena yasya mudrasti khecarî | cittam carati khe yasmājjihvā bhavati khegatā || 82 || tenaisā khecarī nāma mudrā siddhanamaskrtā

Khecari Mudra

Sastra Pramana - रास्त्र प्रमाण Dhyana-bindu Upanisad (79-83)

Sastra Pramana - शास्त्र प्रमाण Dhyana-bindu Upanisad (79-83)

र्क्तप्रकारण मले सर्वे विशाधियत ॥ २८ न्ननिभि शस्त्र सतीक्ष्ण स्विधिनिमेलम समादाय ततस्तन लोममात्र समाच्छनत् ॥ २९ प. ३२६) हिल्वा सुपेन्धवपथ्याभ्यां चणिताभ्यां प्रकर्ष पनः सप्तादन प्राप्त राममात्र समन्दिर्न पव क्रमण थाण्मास नित्यादाक्तः स षाण्मासाद्रसनामुलं सिराबन्धे प्रणश्यति ॥ ३१ ॥ अथ वागीश्वरीधामशिरो वस्लेण वेष्टयेत् । शनुपेरुत्कर्षयेद्योगी कालवेलाविधानवित् ॥ ३२ पनः धाण्मासमालेण नित्यं संघर्षणान्मने भ्रमध्यावधि चाप्येति तिर्यक्कर्णबिलावधि श्च चुबक मूले प्रयाति क्रमचारिता पुनः सवत्सराणा तु तुतायादिव लीलया ॥ ३४ ॥ केशान्तम्ध्वे क्रमति तियेक्शास्त्रावधिम अधिस्तात कण्ठकपान्ते पुनर्वयेलयण तु | ३५ | । समावृत्य तिप्रदेव न संशयः तिर्यक चलितलं याति अधः कण्ठबिलावाधः

Translation

Having well drawn up the tongue from the root of the palate, the knower of the Atman should, for seven days, cleanse all impurities in the manner described by his Guru. Having brought a sharp-edged, welloiled and clean instrument resembling the leaf of the milk hedge plant, he should then scrape off the froenum of the tongue, to the extent of the breadth of a hair (with the instrument).

Leaving off every other kind of work, he should treat with the application of the yellow myrobalam and rock-salt well-pulverized together. When seven days have elapsed, he should once again scrape it off, only to the extent of the breadth of a hair. In this manner, by degrees he should practise for six months, applying himself to it always with due care.In the course of six months the fold of skin (froenum) at the base of the tongue will vanish.

The Yogin should then bandage the tip of the tongue with a piece of cloth and then should he draw it up gradually, after knowing the proper season, time and manner of action. In the course of the next six months. O Mum! by thus daily pulling it up, it will reach the middle of the eye brows and obliquely up to the crevice of the ear. Being moved by stages, it will reach downwards as far as the root of the chin. In the course of the next three years it will, quite in a playful mood, reach up to the finge of the hair over the crest, and obliquely up to the root of the tuft and downwards up to the well of the throat. In the course of the next three years, it will undoubtedly reach the Brahmarandhra and stand surrounding it completely. Obliquely It will reach the outer surface of the crest, and stretch downwards up to the crevice of the throat and gradually will burst open the Mahavajra door of the cranium.

tālumūlam samutkrşya saptavāsaramātmavit | svagurūktaprakāreņa malam sarvam višodhayet || 28 || snuhipatranibham sastram sutīksņam snigdhanirmalam | samādāya tatastena lomamātram samucchinet || 29 || p. 326) hitvä saindhavapathyabhyam cürnitäbhyam prakarşayet | punah saptadine prâpte romamătram samucchinet || 30 || evam krameņa sāņmāsam nityodyuktah samācaret | sāņmāsādrasanāmūlam sirābandham pranaśyati || 31 || atha vāgīšvarīdhāmaśiro vastrena vestayet | sanairutkarsayedyogī kalavelāvidhānavit || 32 || punah sanmasamātreņa nityam samgharşanānmune | bhrûmadhyavadhi capyeti tiryakkarnabilavadhi || 33 || adhaśca cubukam mūlam prayāti kramacāritā | punah samvatsarāņām tu trtīyādeva līlayā || 34 || keśāntamūrdhvam kramati tiryakśākhāvadhirmune | adhastāt kaņthakūpāntam punarvarsatrayeņa tu || 35 || brahmarandhram samavrtya tişthedeva na samsayah | tiryak cülitalam yati adhah kanthabilavadhih || 36 || šanaih sanairmastakācca mahāvajrakavāṭabhit | pūrvaṃ bījayutā vidyā hyākhyātā yāti durlabhām || 37 ||

For him (whose tongue enters) the hole (of the cranium), moving upwards beyond the uvula, whose semen does not waste away, even when he is in the embrace of a beautiful woman, as long as the semen remains firmly held in the body, so long, where is the fear of death for him? As long as the Khe-cari-mudra is firmly adhered to, so long the semen does not flow out.Even if it should flow and reach the region of the genitals, it goes upwards, being forcibly held up by the power of the Yoni-mudra (sanctified by the Vajroli).

khecarya mudraya yasya vivaraṃ lambikordhvatah || 83 || binduh ksarati yo yasya kaminyalingitasya ca | yavadbinduh sthito dehe tâvanmrtyubhayam kutah || 84 || yāvadbaddhā nabhomudrā tāvadbindurna gacchati | galito'pi yadā binduh samprāpto yonimandale || 85 || vrajatyütdhvam hathacchaktya nibaddho yonimudraya |

The Perfection Of Khecarī Mudra

Sastra Pramana - रास्त्र अमाण Dhyana-bindu Upanisad (83-86)

The Great Khecari

Sastra Pramana - शास्त्र प्रमाण Yoga-Cudamany-Upanishad (52-58)

Translation

That forms the Khecari Mudra, wherein the tongue moves (backwards) in a manner which is the reverse of the natural one, and the sight has penetrated between the eyebrows. He who knows the Khecari Mudra is immune from disease, death, sleep, hunger, thirst and the fainting fit. He is not afflicted with disease of any kind, nor is he affected by the observance (or the non-observance) of rituals,

kapālakuhare jihvā pravistā viparītagā | bhruvorantargatā drstirmudrā bhavati khecarī || 52 || na rogo maranam tasya na nidrā na ksudhā trsā | na ca mūrcā bhavet tasya yo mudrām vetti khecarīm || 53 || pidyate na ca rogena lipyate na sa karmabhih | badhyate na ca kenapi yo mudram vetti khecarim || 54 || cittam carati khe yasmajjihva charati khe yatah | teneyam khecarī mudrā sarvasiddhanamaskrtā || 55 || bindumūlaśarīrāni sirā yatra pratisthitāh | bhavayanti sarirani apādatalamastakam || 56 || khecarya mudritam yena vivaram lambikordhvatah | na tasya ksiyate binduh kaminyalingitasya ca || 57 || yavadbinduh sthito dehe tâvanmrtyubhayam kutah | yavadbaddhā nabhomudrā tāvadbindurna gacchati || 58 ||

who knows the Khecari Mudra. For the reason that the (thinking) mind functions in ether, and the tongue moves in ether, for that reason the Khecari Mudra is adored by all accomplished Yogins. (Yogins who have assumed the Khecari Mudra) consider all bodies (constituting the fourteen worlds) from head to foot (as the body of the Mahavirad-atman), for the reason that all bodies wherein the (fourteen) Nadis are established take their origin from Bindu (the Is'vara). He, by whom the orifice above the Uvula has been planted with the Khe-chan Mudra, his Bindu (seminal fluid) does not waste away, even though he is in the warm embrace of the most beautiful woman. As long as the semen is conserved within the body, so long where is the fear of death? As long as the Khe-cari Mudra is assumed, so long the seminal fluid does not flow out.

Withdrawing the tongue backwards, (the Yogin) should hold it in the interior of the cavity of the cranium; also with his eyes turned towards the middle of the eyebrows. This Mudra becomes the Khe-carl.

Khecari Mudra -The sacred secret of Yogis

Sastra Pramana - शास्त्र प्रमाण Yoga-Tattvopanishad (112-115)

bhrûmadhyadrstirapyesa mudra bhavati khecarî | khecarīsvarūpamāha- antariti ||117 || bandhatravasvarûpam tatphalam ca kanthamakuñcya hrdaye sthapayed drdhaya dhiya ||118 ||

antah kapalakuhare lihvam vyavrtya dharayet || 117 ||

tāram jyotişi samyojya kimcidunnamaya bhruvau | pürväbhyasasya margo'yamunmanikarakah ksanat || 17 || tasmāt khecarīmudrāmabhyaset | tatonmanī bhavati | tato Yoganidrā bhavati | labdhaYoganidrasya Yoginah kalo nasti || 17-1 ||

Causing the pupil of the eye to be firmly fixed in the direction of the radiance (shining m the middle of the eyebrows), cast thy eyebrows a little upwards (and have a glance at the Turiya or the Turiyatita, shining m the Sahasrara, in the bellef that the Atman alone remains). This, which alone forms the pathway to the practices aforesald, will in a trice, bring about the state of ecstasy (leading to the realization of thenondifferentiated Brahman").

For that reason, (the Yogin) should practise the Khe-carl Mudra. Therefrom results the state of ecstasy, (when the mind will be rid of all functioning). Therefrom will result Yogic slumber, (the attainment of the non-differentlated state, wherefrom again the Yogin is rid of the doubt relating to the completion of his mental abstraction). For the Yogin, who has attained the state of Yogic slumber, there is no conception of the time (when he would be roused from his non-differentiated state). Note: The Brahman referred in Upanishads is Pure Consciousness and Sadashiva is

the source of the Pure Consciousness."

Khecari Mudra and the state of bliss

Sastra Pramana - शास्त्र प्रमाण Yoga-Sikhopanishad (5, 17-1)

Khecari Mudra Going bevond dea

Sastra Pramana - शास्त्र प्रमाण Yoga-Sikhopanishad (5, 38-42)

nābhau lingasya madhye tu udyāṇākhyaṃ ca bandhayet | uddīya yāti tenaiva śaktitodyanapīthakam || 38 || kantham samkocayet kimcidbandho jālamdharo hyayam | bandhayet khecarimudram drdhacittah samahitah || 39 || kapālavivare jihvā pravistā viparītagā | bhruvorantargatā drsțirmudrā bhavati khecarī || 40 || khecarya mudritam yena vivaram lambikordhvatah | na pīyūṣaṃ patatyagnau na ca vāyuh pradhāvati || 41 || na ksudhā na trsā nidrā naivālasyam prajāyate | na ca mrtyurbhavet tasya yo mudram vetti khecarim || 42 ||

He should, with a firm mind and selfpossessed, perform the Bandha (known as) the Khe-cari Mudra. The tongue moving in the reverse direction enters thecrevice of the cranium. The eyes turn (inwards) into the interior of the eyebrows.

This forms the Khecari Mudra. When (by the Yogin) the crevice above the uvula is closed up with the Khecari, the nectar does not fall over the fire, nor does the vital air leap forwards.

Neither hunger, nor thirst, nor sleep, nor sloth is produced. He who knows the Khe-carl Mudra, for him there will be no death.

chedanacālanadohaih kalām parām jihvām krtvā drstim bhrümadhye sthapya kapālakuhare jihvā viparītagā yadā bhavati tadā khecari mudra jayate | jihvä cittam ca khecarati | tenordhvajihrah pumānamrto bhavati || 42-1 ||

Sastra Pramana - शास्त्र प्रमाण

Sandilyopanishad (7, 42-1)

bahyakhecarīsiddhyupāyamāha- chedaneti | pratibhānuvāsaram sanmāsāvadhi snuhipatranibhašastrena romamātram jihvāsirācchedanena pratibrahme muhúrte jihvācālanatah prātah saindhavapathyācūrnato dohaih kalam param süksmäm jihvām krtvā drstiyugmam bhrûmadhye sthāpya ghantikārandhrena kapālakuhare jihvā viparītagā yada bhavati tada khecarimudra udeti | sahasrārajihvāpravešato yogī krtakrtyo bhavatityarthah || 42-1 ||

Making the tongue very thin by cutting (the frenum to the extent of the thickness of a hair, with the blade of a knife resembling the leaf of the milkhedge plant, every Sunday for six months), moving it during successive Muhurta-s dedicated to Brahman", (between the fourth and the second Ghatika-s before Sun-rise) and making it water (profusely, by the application, early inthe morning, of pulverized rock-salt and myrobalan, Terminalia chebula or Citrine), fixing the pair of eyes on the middle of the eyebrows, when the tongue, with its motion reversed, enters the crevice of the cranium, then is brought about the Khe-cari Mudra.

Then the tongue, as well as the mind, moves in Ethereal space. By means of that, the man with the tongue upward is rendered immortal.

*Note: The Brahman referred in Upanishads is Pure Consciousness and Sadashiva is the source of the Pure Consciousness.

Conquering Death By Khechari Mudra

Sastra Pramana - शास्त्र प्रमाण Shiva Samhita(YV) III.76

Khechari Mudra for Six Months-Free from all sins and diseases Sastra Pramana - शास्त्र प्रमाण

Shiva Samhita(YV) III.77

dantairdantansamapidya pibedvāyum śanaih śanaih | ûrdhvajívhah sumedhâví mrtyum jayati socirát || 76 ||

षण्मासमात्रमभ्यासं यः करोति दिने दिने पविनिमक्तो रोगान्नाशयते हिं सः

sanmasamatramabhyasam yah karoti dine dine | sarvapāpavinimukto rogānnāšavate hi sah || 77 ||

Translation

When firmly closing the teeth (by pressing the upper on the lower jaw), and placing the tongue upwards, the wise Yogi drinks the fluid very slowly, within a short period he conquers death.

One, who daily continues this exercise for six months only, is freed from all sins, and destroys all diseases.

Khechari Mudra for One Year -Becomes Bhairava - Powers Anima, etc

Sastra Pramana - यास्त्र प्रमाण Shiva Samhita(YV) III.78

सवल्सरक्रताऽभ्यासाभ्दरवो भवति ध्रवम णिमादिगणाल्लब्ध्वा जितभृतगणः स्वयम्

samvatsarakratä bhyasabhdairavo bhavati dhruvam | animadigunallabdhvā jitabhūtagaṇah svayam || 78 ||

Translation

If he continues this exercise for a year, he becomes a Bhairava; he obtains the powers of anima etc. andconquers all elements and the elementals.

Khechari Mudra for Half a Second-Free From Disease, Death and Old Age

Sastra Pramana - मास्त्र प्रमाण Shiva Samhita(YV) III.79

rasanāmūrdhvagām krtvā ksanārdham yadi tisthati | ksanena mucyate yogî vyadhimrtyu jaradibhilh ||79 ||

If the Yogi can remain for half a second with his tongue drawn upwards, he becomes free from disease, death, and old age.

Eternity Through Khechari Mudra

Sastra Pramana - शास्त्र प्रमाण Shiva Samhita(YV) III.80

Becoming Like Kamadeva through Khechari Mudra and Yoga

Sastra Pramana - शास्त्र प्रमाण Shiva Samhita(YV) III.81

न तस्य जायते मत्यः सत्य सत्य सत्य मयादितम

rasanām prānasamyuktām pīdyamānām vicimtayet | na tasya jayate mrtyuh satyam satyam mayoditam || 80 ||

evamabhyasayogena kamadevo dvitīyakah | na ksudhā na trsā nidrā naiva mūrchā prajāvate || 81 ||

Translation

Verlly, verily, I tell you the truth that the person never dies who contemplates by pressing the tongue, combined with the vital fluid of Prana.

Through this exercise and Yoga, he becomes. like Kamadeva; without rival. He feels neither hunger, northirst, nor sleep, nor swoon.

Through This Method Yogi Achieves freedom from all Obstacles

Sastra Pramana - यास्त्र प्रमाण Shiva Samhita(YV) III.82

anenalva vidhânena yogîndro'vanimandale | bhavetsvacachandacări ca sarvăpatparivarjitah || 82 ||

Acting upon these methods the great Yogi becomes in the world perfectly independent; and freed from all obstacles, he can go everywhere.

By This Practice, Yogi is never Reborn and Enjoys for ages with the Gods.

Sastra Pramana - यास्त्र प्रमाण Shiva Samhita(YV) III.83

na tasya punarâvrttirmodate sasurairapi | punyapairna lipyeta etadācaranena sah || 83 ||

By practicing thus, he is never reborn, nor is tainted by virtue and vice, but enjoys (for ages) with the Gods.

Maha Mudra Reat Accomp

Apta Pramana - आप्त प्रमाण Goraksh Paddhati 1.58-62

vaksonyastahanuh prapidya suciram yonim ca vâmämghrina hastäbhyamanudharayet prasaritam pådam tatha daksinam | apûryya śvasanena kukşiyugalam vaddhva śanal recayedesá vyadhivināšinī sumahatī mudrā nrnām kathyate || 58 || candrangena samabhyasya sûryängenäbhyasesetpunah I yāvattulyā bhavetsamkhyā tato mudrām vosarjavet || 59 || nahi pathyamapathyam va rasa sarvepi nīrasāh [ api bhukttam visam ghoram piyusamiva Jīryate || 60 || ksayakuşthagudavartagulmajīrnapurogamāh rogāstasya ksayam yānti mahāmudrām ca yobhyaset || 61 || kathiteyam mahāmudrā mahāsiddhikarī nrnām gopanîya prayatnena na deya yasya kasyacit ||62 ||

Translation

Placing the chin on the chest, pressing continually the left heel against the perineum (yoni), and holding the extended right foot with the hands, [the Yogin] should, after inhaling the air and holding it on both sides of the chest, expel it gradually. This great seal is said to remove people's diseases. (1.58)After practicing [the Maha-mudra first] with the lunar part [i.e., the left nostril], he should practice it with the solar part [i.e., the right nostril]. He should discontinue this seal after achieving an equal number [of repetitions]. (1.59) [For the adept who is successful in the practice of the Maha-mudra] there is no proper or improper [food]. All tastes are indeed without taste. Even virulent poison when swallowed is digested as if it were nectar (piyûsha). (1.60)

For him who practices the Mahâ-mudrâ, [all] diseases are eliminated, notably consumption, leprosy, constipation, abdominal swelling, and decrepitude. (1.61)

This Maha-mudra that has been described brings great accomplishments for people. It should be dillgently guarded and not given to anyone. (1.62)

वचरा सिद्धा सवासहनमस्कता II && II

kapālakuhare jihvā pravistā viparītagā | bhruvorantargată drsțirmudră bhavati khecari || 63 || na rogânmaranam tasya na nidră na ksudha trşa | na mûrcha tu bhavettasya yo mudram vetti khecarim || 64 || pīdyate na ca śokena na ca lipyeta karmanā | badhyate na sa kenapi yo mudrām vetti khecarim || 65 || cittam calati no yasmajjihva carati khecarī | teneyam khecarī siddhā sarvasiddhairnamaskrtā || 66 ||

The Khecari-mudra consists in turning the tonque backward into the hollow of the skull while fixing the gaze between the eyebrows. (1.63)

He who knows the Khecari-mudra does not experience sleep, hunger, thirst, fainting, or death from disease. (1.64)

He who knows the Khecari-mudra is not troubled by grief, tainted by actions [or Karma], or bound by anything. (1.65)

The mind (citta) does not move because the tongue assumes the Khecari. Because of this, the perfected Khecari is adored by all the adepts. (1.66)

Khecarî-Mudrâ -Sacred Secret Yogic Practice

Apta Pramana - आप्त प्रमाण Goraksh Paddhati 1.63-66

Khecari-mudra and retaining Semen - Essential for )

Apta Pramana - आप्त प्रमाण Goraksh Paddhati 1.67-69

bindumūlam śarīrānām ślrāstatra pratisthitāh | bhāvayanti śarīrānāmāpādatalamastakam || 67 || khecaryyá mudrayā yena vivaraṃ lambikordhvatah | na tasya kşarate binduh kaminyallingatasya ca || 68 || yāvadbinduh sthito dehe tāvanmrtyorbhayaṃ kutah | yāvadbaddhā nabhomudrā tāvadbindurna gacchati || 69 ||

Translation

The semen (bindu) is the root of [all] bodies In which the veins [i.e., the channels of the life force] are established. They constitute [all] bodies from the head to the soles of the feet. (1.67)

For him who [enters] the cavity above the uvula by means of the Khecari-mudra, the semen is not wasted, [even if he is] embraced by a woman. (1.68)

So long as the semen remains in the body, how can there be fear of death? So long as the Nabho-mudra is maintained, the semen does not stir. (1.69)

The external vision of the Yogin, when it becomes fixed only on the one object In the Interior, (with the mind concentrated on the Viraj, Sutratman, Bija or the Turiya in the Muladhara, Anahata, Sjfia or Sahasrara) and in consequence devold of shutting or opening the eyellds, this is the reputed Vaisnavi Mudra, which is well preserved as a secret in all the Tantra-s.

Vaisnavi Mudra

Sastra Pramana - शास्त्र प्रमाण Yoga-Sikhopanishad (5, 14)

यं बहिद्देष्टिनिमेषोन्मेषवर्जिता

एषा सा वुर्ष्णवी मुद्रा सर्वेतन्त्रेषु गोपिता ॥ १४ ॥

antarlakşyam bahirdrştirnimeşonmeşavarjita |

eșa să vaișņavi mudră sarvatantreșu gopită || 14 ||

ādhārakamale suptāmcālayetkundalīm drdhām |

Shakti-Chalan Mudra: The Giver Of All Powers

Sastra Pramana - शास्त्र प्रमाण Shiva Samhita(BA)-IV.E3

Apanavayumaruhaya BaladakrşYa Buddhiman | śAkticāLanamudreyam SarvaśAktipradāYini || 53

atha śakticālanamudrā |

Let The Wise Yogi Forcibly And Firmly Draw Up The

Translation

Goddess Kundali sleeping in the adhar lotus, by means of the apan vayu. This is Shakti-Chalan Mudra, the giver of all powers.

Translation

He who practises this Shakti-Chalan daily, gets increase of life and destruction of diseases.

शक्तिचालनमेव हि प्रत्यहं यः समाचरेत दिभवित्तस्य रोगाणां च विनाशनम् ॥ ५४ ॥

sakticālanamevam hi pratyaham yah samācaret | ayurvrddhirbhavettasya rogāņām ca vināšanam || 54 ||

Shakti-Chalan Mudra: Increase Life, Destroy Diseases

Sastra Pramana - शास्त्र प्रमाण Shiva Samhita(BA)-IV.54

Translation

Leaving sleep, the serpent (i.e. the Kundali) herself goes up; therefore let the Yogi desirous of power practise this.

vihāya nidrā bhujagī svayamūrdhve bhavetkhalu | tasmädabhyasanam karyam Yogina siddhamicchată || 55 ||

Kundalini Goes Up With Shakti-Chalan

Sastra Pramana - शास्त्र प्रमाण Shiva Samhita(BA)-IV.55

यः करोति सदाभ्यास शक्तिचालनमुत्तम येन विग्रहसिद्धि स्यादणिमादिगणप्रदा गुरुपदेशाविधिना तस्य मृत्युभयं कृतः ॥ ५६ ॥

yah karoti sadabhyāsam śakticālanamuttamam | yena vigrahasiddhi syadanimadigunapradā | gurupadeśāvidhinā tasya mrtyubhayam kutah ||56 ||

तं प्रयत्रनं तस्य सि

muhūrtadvayaparyantam vidhīna sakticālanam |

yuktāsanena kartavyam Yogibhih śakticālanam || 57 ||

yah karoti prayatnena tasya siddhiradüratah |

Translation

He who practises always this best Shakti-Chalan according to the instructions of his Guru, obtains the vigraha-siddhi, which gives the powers of anima, etc., and has no fear of death.

Obtain Vigraha-Siddhi With Shakti-Chalan

Sastra Pramana - शास्त्रत् प्रमाण Shiva Samhita(BA)-IV.56

Translation

He who practises the Shakti-Chalan properly for two seconds, and with care, is very near to success. This mudra should be practised by the Yogi in the proper posture.

Even For Short Period Of Time, Shakti-Chalan Mudra Gives Success If Properly Practised सर्नन कर्तव्य योगिभिः शक्तिचालनम् ॥ ५७ ॥

Sastra Pramana - शास्त्र प्रमाण Shiva Samhita(BA)-IV.57

Kundalini goes up with Shakti-Chalan

Apta Pramana - आप्त प्रमाण Hatharatnavali 118-123

। भजगी सप्तामद्रोधयेदभीः ॥ य सा ऋज्वा ऊर्ध्वमुत्तिष्यते हठात् ॥ ११८ ॥ द्वादशाङ्गल दर्ऐघ्येञ्जू विस्तृतं च षडक्गलम् ॥ हठजुर्पः मुदुलं प्रोक्तं वेष्टनाम्बरलक्षणम् ॥ ११९ ॥ विस्तारितेन तां जिह्वां वेष्टयित्वा ततः सुधीः ॥ अङ्ग्रुतजनीभ्यां च हस्ताभ्यां धारयेद ध्रवम् ॥ स्वशक्त्या चालयेद्वामे दक्षिणे च पुनः ॥ १२० ॥ मुहर्तद्वयपर्यन्तं निर्भीअश्चालयेदस्यौ ॥ माकृष्यते किञ्चित्सुषम्णां कृण्डलीगताम् ॥ वण्मासा व्यालननिर्पेव शक्तिस्तस्यध्वेगा भवत् ॥ १२१ ॥ योण पुरयेद्वायु सरस्वत्यास्तु चालयेत् ॥ शब्दुगभोचालनेन योगी रोगृपेः प्रमुच्यते ॥ १२२ ॥ येन सञ्चालिता शक्तिः स योगी सिद्धिभाजनः ॥ किमल्ल बहुनोक्तेन मृत्युं जयति लीलया ॥ १२३ ॥

pucche pragrhya bhujagīm suptāmudbodhayedabhīh II nidram vihāya sā rjvī ūrdhvamuttisthate hathāt II 118 II dvādaśāṅgula dairghyańca vistrtam ca sadańgulam II hathaih mrdulam proktam veştanämbaralakşanam II 119 II

Translation

Just as one catches hold of the sleeping serpent by the tail and pulls it up, similarly, one should awaken the kundali from its slumber. Then she suddenly rises up. 118

An expert of Hatha should cover the tongue with a thin, smooth and clean cloth of twelve digits in length and six digits in width. 119

After spreading and covering the tongue with the cloth, a wise should firmly catch hold of it with thumb and index fingers of both the hands and frequently move it to right and left to the capacity 120

If one fearlessly undertakes this practice for six hours, kundall rises a little and enters into susumna. A six month's practice alone makes the sakti rising upwards. 121

One should inhale air through right nostril and activate the sarasvatî (kundalî), by manipulation of the tongue. Thus, the Yogi frees himself from the diseases. 122

A Yogī, who stimulates śakti (kundali), accomplishes supernatural powers (siddhis). He easily transcends Kala (death). 123

vistāritena tām jihvām vestayitvā tatah sudhīh II angusthatarjanībhyām ca hastābhyāṃ dhārayed dhruvam || svasaktyā cālayedvāme daksine ca punah II 120 II

muhūrtadvayaparyantam nirbhTaścālayedasau II ūrdhvamākrsyate kiñcitsusumņām kundalīgatām II şanmasaccalanenaiva śaktistasyordhvagā bhavet II 121 II

süryena pürayedvāyum sarasvatyāstu cālayet II śabdagarbhācālanena yogī rogaih pramucyate il 122 ll

yena sañcālītā śaktih sa yogī siddhibhājanah II kimatra bahunoktena mrtyum jayati lilayā II 123 II

Atha Athamarolî

Apta Pramana - आप्त प्रमाण Hatharatnāvalī 116-117

विद्याय नित्यां प्रथमां च धारां विहाय निःसारतयान्त्यधाराम् ॥ यते शीतलम्ध्यधारां कापालिकुऐः खण्डमतपुरनध्याम् ॥ ११६ ॥ अमरी यः पिबेन्नित्यं नस्य कुर्याद् दिने दिने ॥ वज्रोलीमभ्यसेन्नित्यममरोलीति कथ्यते ॥ ११७ ॥

vihāya nityām prathamāṃ ca dhārām vihāya nihsāratayāntyadhārām II nisevyate śītalamdhyadhārāṃ kāpālikaih khaņdamatairanarghyām II 116 II amarîm yah pibennityam nasyam kuryâd dine dine li vajrolimabhyasennityamamaroliti kathyate || 117 ||

Translation

"The first and the last flow, which is useless, should be avoided and the cool middle flow be consumed. Highly respected by the Khanda Käpälikas. 116

While undergoing the course of Vajroll, when one daily drinks and snuffs amari (urine), it is called amaroli. 117 "

Part 7: THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM Yoga_ Evolution of the New Species - 1008+ Pramanas from the Source_English_part_7.md

Essential Mudras for Sacred Activities

Sastra Pramona शास्त्र प्रमाण Raurava Agama -Mudra Laskanam V.2

Characteristis of These Mudras

Sastra Pramona शास्त्र प्रमाण Raurava Agama -Mudra Laskanam V.3-6

रा कालकण्ठी च लिङ्गमद्रा तथैव च

namaskāro dhvajaścaiva tathā ca śaśakārnikā | mukula padmamudrā ca tathā cāvāhinī bhavet || nisthurā kālakanthī ca lingamudrā tathalva ca |

नमस्कारण वन्द्रत व्यजन ध्यानमाचरत आवाद्वन्यावाहनं च देवेशस्य प्रयोजयेत ॥५॥

atha vakşye lakşanani mudranamanupürvasah ||3|| namaskārena vandeta dhvajena dhyānamācaret | śaśakarnyā niyujyeta mukulyā cāsanākrtih ||4]|

Translation

The mudras which are to be essentially shown are: namaskara mudra, dhvaja mudra, sasa karnika mudra, mukula mudra, padma mudra, avahani mudra, nishthura mudra, kalakanthi mudra and linga mudra.

Now I will describe these mudras with all the essential lineaments, one by one according to the timeless traditional order. The sadhaka should perform the due salutation, holding the namaskara mudra. He should practice meditation , holding the dhvaja mudra.

The internal correspondence between the sadhaka and the Deity should be maintained with the holding of sasakarnika mudra. In presenting the relevant seat to the invoked Deity, he should hold mukula mudra. In visualizing the seat mentally, he should hold padma mudra.

For invoking the Deity, he should hold avahana mudra. To stabilize the presence of the Deity and to ward off the obstacles, he should hold nishtura mudra.

āsanam kalpayedatra kramaśah padmamudrayā | avahanyavahanam ca devesasya prayojayet ||5] nisthuraya niruddhyeta vighnotsaranameva ca | kālakanthyā prayuñjīta śivapūjāprabodhakā ||6|| yojanā lingamudrāyāh śivarūpe hyudāhratāh |

To effect the consummate perfection of the worship of Siva, he should hold kalakanti mudra. To establish total identity between the form of Siva and the devotee, he should hold linga mudra.

Lutation Mudra

Sastra Pramana शास्त प्रमाण Raurava Agama - Mudra Laskanam V.7

Sastra Pramana शास्त्र प्रमाण Raurava Agama - Mudra Laskanam V.8

hruddeśe tu nipidyeta hastayorubhayostalam ||7|| namaskārā tu vijñeyā mantriņā mantravandane |

vāmahastasya grīvāyām tarjanīm daksinena tu ||8|| angustham unnatam krtvā dhvajena dhyanamārabhet |

Translation

Pressing together the palms of right hand and left hand and holding them in front of the heart (middle of the chest) is namaskara mudra. This mudra is to be shown by the sadhaka (who recites the mantras) at the time of making salutation accompanied with relevant mantra.

Touching the left hand kept in front of the neck (heart) with fore finger and keeping the right thumb raised upright is known as dhvaja mudra. The sadhaka should commence the practice of meditation by holding this Dhvaja Mudra.

नियता कत्वा हुद्देश त समाहिताम

manibandham nipidyaiva hastayorubhayorapi || 9|| angustham tarjanim calva tvekāmekatra yojayet || uttānau tu karau krtvā daršayecchaśakarnikām || 10 || anjalim niyatâm krtvá hruddeśe tu samähitām

Sostra Pramana रास्त प्रमाण Raurava Agama - Mudra Laskanam V.9-10

Ahana Mudra

Sastra Pramana रास्त प्रमाण Raurava Agama - Mudra Laskanam V.11

angusthau tu nipīdyete madhyato nibidángulim || 11 || âvăhanî prayoktavya devadevasya câsane

Nishthura Mudra

Sostra Pramana रास्त्र प्रमाण Raurava Agama - Mudra Laskanam V.12

nipidayettathangusthau hastayorubhayorapi || 12 || tayoścābhimukham krtvā nisthurām tu prayojayet |

Translation

Pressing together both the wrists and both the hands and keeping together the thumb and fore-finger of each hand and keeping the hands raised is known as Sasakarnika Mudra. The sadhaka should display this mudra to have intimate link with the Deity.

Holding the open hands together so as to form a hallow, bringing them together up to the middle of the chest(heart), keeping the thumbs bent so as to touch the palms and keeping all other fingers close together - is avahana mudra. This mudra should be shown while offering a seat for the Delty.

Nishthura Mudra is to be shown by keeping the thumbs bent, keeping them pressed within the closed hands and keeping this gesture turned towards the Deity. This mudra should be shown to stabilize the presence of the Deity in the Image being worshipped.

Angusthau Tu Natau Krutva Hastayorubhayorapi||13 || Ubhau CăBhimukhau Krtvá KâLakanthīM Prayojayet L

षिः कयोत्तयापारि ॥१५॥ यो प्रयोक्तव्या मन्त्रणां च विशेषतः गन्नामन्त्राः प्रकाविताः

angusthau unnatam krtvä mustim pänau tu daksine ||14|| praksipeddhastamadhye tu vämahastasya mantravit | daksine tu tatha panau sesah kuryattathopari ||15|| lingamudra mahāvīryā vijñeyā šiva pūjane | etä eva mahāmudrāh śivasya paramātmanah ||16|| ânupürvya prayokttavya mantranâm ca višesatah | ityetäh sādhakavidhau guhyamantrah prakīrtitāh ||17||

Sastra Pramana शास्त्र प्रमाण Raurava Agama - Mudra Laskanam V.13

Linga Mudra: Possess Great Vigor while Celebrating Shiva

Sastra Pramana शास्त्र प्रमाण Raurava Agama - Mudra Laskanam V.14-17

Translation

Keeping the thumbs of both the hands bent and holding the hands turned towards the yogi (towards himself) is known as Kalakanthi Mudra. In order to mark the perfect completion of the worship, this Mudra is to be shown

Keeping the right thumb raised upright, clenching the fist of the right hand and placing this clenched fist within the left hand so as to be covered by the fingers of the left hand is said to be the linga mudra.

This Linga Mudra which possesses great vigor should be displayed duly in the worship of Lord Siva. All these mudras mentioned here should be shown in an orderly way while performing the worship of Siva the Supreme Lord, with the accompaniment of relevant mantras specifically formulated for these.

These specific and secret mantras have been enunciated here to be recited according to the context by the sadhakas. These mantras have their significant role in the system of Siva-worship.

Namaskara Mudra Saksi Pramana - साथी प्रमाण THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM

Q &

Q €

Q e

When I sit and fold my hands in Namaskara Mudra, I connect with THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM in my Ananda Gardha. It gives me a very calm feeling. I feel blissful. I feel the kundalini energy rising up my spine. And the best thing is, that I can invoce the feeling by that mudra no matter where I am or what I am doing. Elena Lichardova, Beautician, Slovakia

Shambhavi Mudra

Saksi Pramana - साथी प्रमाण THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM

Shanmukhti Mudra Saks T Pramana - साशी प्रमाण THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM

Viparita Karani

Saksi Pramana - साशी प्रमाण THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM

.. I have had many experiences of Shambhavi Mudra during the energy darshan of THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM. He transferred this mudra to me in the first place. And when I see him in that moment, I don't see him as an object. I see vastness through his eyes, like the infinity of the universe. Ying Ying Yu, Yoga Teacher, Hong Kong

The first time I did Shanmukthi Mudra in the breathing space of H. H. Sri THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM, fear caree up. Fear of not being able to breathe, see or speak. But then my head filled with light. I felt increase of brain activity and light conquering my whole brain and head. The light even stayed after the practice of Shanmukthi Mudra. Marlene Wallner, Public Relations/Yoga Teacher, Austria

During THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM Yoga session, we went into Viparita Karani Mudra. A natural Jalandhara Bandha happened during that pose and I experienced lightness and bliss throughout the body. Plus bringing stillness to my inner space. Ma Nithya Nirishvarananda, Human Resources, Miami

Bandha is a Sanskrit term that means conducive to'. It is the active maintenance of a state of pressure in the body by the yogi, initially practiced and eventually naturally occurring contractions of different body parts. Bandhas are performed by making muscular and diaphragm contractions in specific parts of the body that pump energy into dormant or stagnant areas of the body. Without bandhas, energy tends to leak out, tends to be blocked, or dissipated and out of sync as a cause of our lifestyle etc. Here Bandhas are the bridge

between the disconnected areas of the energy circuit. This is the reason that this pumping and re-alignment of Prana and Kundalini Shakti, brings tremendous healing and balancing to the physical, emotional and neurological systems.

Bandhas are practised along with many Asanas and Pranayamas to bring the Prana Shakti also known as our vital energies under control. The difference between Mudra and Bandha is that the Bandha is practising a focus,and maintaining that lock as long as possible,

whereas the actions of contracting and releasing are more indicative of a Mudra.

Bandhas assist in pushing the Kundalini energy up the spine. The muscular contractions help prevent the energy from flowing back downwards and getting dissipated. This bandha generate a certain flow Along the spinal column, there are energy points called Chakras which correspond to major regulatory glands in the body and also serve as storehouses and distribution houses for prana shakti.

There Are Seven Chakras:

Mūladhare - the root chakra located in the perineum and associated with the adrenals Swadhisthana - chakra located at the level of the pubic bone and associated with the reproductory organs

Re-Aligning the Energy flow

Manipura - chakra located at the navel and associated with the pancreas and adrenals Anahata - chakra located at the heart center and

associated with the thymus gland Vishuddhi - chakra located at the throat and associated with the thyroids

Ajna - chakra located at the point between the eyebrows and associated with the pineal gland Sahasrara - chakra located at the crown of the head and associated with the pituitary gland

THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM Yogis who have had their Ajna chakra awakened by THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM have highly functioning pineal glands that allow them to perform superhuman abilities such as remote viewing blindfold reading, and body scanning. A new human species is being created where previously considered superhuman abilities are now the norm. This is possible by using the original yogic scriptures directly which have detailed methods for empowering the chakras.

The chakras are subtle energy centers and not physical organs. Performing Bandhas help to push the Kundalini energy upward through the chakras. Thereby diseases can be cured and the function of their associated physical, psychological and neurological systems can be optimized.

Bandhas are typically practiced together with pranayama or during specific asanas.

La Bandha - Ho

Müla Bandha is also known as the root lock happens and works with the Müladhara Chakra. It is a contraction of the pelvic floor muscles. Pranic energy which normally flows out of the body is prevented from leaking and instead raised to the higher chakra energy centers along the spine. Locking this flow of energy at the base of the spine is referred to as yoni bandha. Müla-Bandha is the most important Bandha and should be maintained during breathing exercise. The benefit is that it brings perpetual youth.

There are four major bandhas described by in the Yoga Upanishads (e.g. Yoga-Sikhopanishad, 103): Müla Bandha - मूल बंध - root contraction Uddiyana Bandha - उद्धीयन बन्ध - the net holding contraction Jalandhara bandha - आलन्धर बच - flying contraction o Mudra - महा मुद्रा - the great mudra, all three bandhas simultaneous

Uddiyana Bandha is known as the abdominal lock therefor happens in and works with the Manipuraka Chakra. It is performed by bringing the navel in towards the spine. Through this action prana flows more easily into the Sushumna Nadi, the central energy channel along the spine where the kundalini energy can move up the chakra centers.

Jolandhara Bandha - जालन

Jälandhara Bandha is known as the throat lock therefor it happens in and works with the Vishuddhi Chakra. It is performed by pressing the chin against the throat between the collar bones. This causes pressure on the neck, which is the center of extreme purity (Vishuddha chakra).

This action prevents the nectar (amrita) and prana shakti flowing from the head to drop back down into the abdomen. Many pathways for this prana shakthi, nerves, and blood capillaries pass through the neck. This bandha assists their function in the area of the head, throat and shoulders.

Maha Mudra is known as the tryan-bandha, the combination of the three previous bandhas together. It is performed in sequential order, or it happens automatically for the more advanced yogi. It has a powerful effect to awaken the Kundalini Shakti, circulating energy through all the Chakras, and pierce through the psycho/physical knots known as Granthis. This leads to a stronger physiology ready to radiate the state, space and powers of Sadashivattva!

The vogic scriptures mention that through the practice of Bandhas, the old become young, and one overcomes disease and even death.

In this section, we will further explore the original Sanskrit verses on the secret practice of Bandhas.

I shall now relate, in the prescribed order, the three Bandha-s, by performing which, this (practitioner) will attain the conquest of vital air. When Kumbhaka of the four varieties has been successfully accomplished, this three-fold Bandha should be performed. That is related by me presently. The first is Mula-bandha; the second is what is known as Uddlyana; the third is Jalamdhara.

जालधरस्तुतीयस्तु लक्षण कथयाम्यद्वम् ॥ १०३ ॥

bandhatrayamathedanīm pravaksyāmi yathākramam | nityam krtena tenāsau vāyorjayamavāpnuyāt || 101 || caturnamapi bhedanam kumbhake samupasthite | bandhatrayamidam kāryam vaksyamāņam mayā hi tat || 102 || prathamo mûlabandhastu dvitîyoddîyanabhidhah | jalamdharastrtiyastu laksanam kathayamyaham ||103 ||

Instructed by Sadashiva

Sastra Pramana रास्त प्रमाण Yoga-Sikhopanishad (101-103)

Translation

When Kumbhaka of the four varieties has been well mastered, these three Bandhas should be practiced by the Yogins devoid of impurities. The first is the Mula-Bandha. The second is named Uddiyana. The third is the Jalamdhara.

caturnamapi bhedanam kumbhake samupasthite | bandhatrayamidam kāryam Yogibhirvītakalmasaih || 40 || prathamo mûlabandhastu dvitiyoddiyanabhidhah | jälamdharastrtiyastu tesäm laksanamucyate || 41 ||

Advanced Yogic Practices: Three Types Of Bandhas Revealed

Sostra Pramona रास्त प्रमाण Yoga Kundali-Upanishad (1. 40-41)

The Nabho-mudra (Khecari) is the great mudra. That Yogin who knows the Udiyana, Jalamdhara and Mula-bandha is the receptacle of Liberation. That is known as the Mula-bandha, wherein, having, pressed the gentials with the kick of the heel and firmly contracted the same, (the Yogin) should draw the Apana vital air upwards. Even an old man always becomes a young man by means of the Mulabandha, on account of the union of the Prana and Apana vital airs and the diminution of urine and faeces. Whereby the great bird soars high without effort, that alone is the Udiyana, the lion of the elephant of death. Behind the belly and below the navel, the Bandha is known as the (Pascima) Tana, while it is known as the Udiyana in the belly, where a Bandha is prescribed. Whereby one binds the water of ether having its origin in the head and flowing downwards, for that reason (it is known as) the Jalamdhara-Bandha, which destroys the numerous allments of the throat. When the Jalamdhara Bandha, which destroys the numerous allments of the throat, is effected, neither does the nectar flow Into the fire, nor does the vital air leap forwards.

apánapraikyam ksayanmütrapurisayoh | yuvā bhavati vrddho'pi satatam mūlabandhanāt || 47 || odyānam kurute yasmādavišrāntam mahākhagah | oddiyanam tadeva syanmrtyumātangakesarī || 48 || udarát pascimam tánamadhonábhernigadyate | odyānamudare bandhastatra bandho vidhīyate || 49 || badhnāti hi śirojātamadhogāmi nabhojalam | tato jālamdharo bandhah kanthaduhkhaughanāšanah || 50 || jälamdhare krte bandhe kanthaduhkhaughanasane na pīyūṣaṃ patatyagnau na ca vâyuh pradhāvati || 51 ||

Sastra Pramana शास्त्र प्रमाण Yoga-Sikhopanishad (101-103)

Constricting the throat (the Yogin) should conceive. It as the heart with a firm intellect. This is known as the Jalamdhara-bandha, the lion of the elephant of death. That Bandha. whereby the Prana (vital air) will leap upwards Into the Susumna Nadi and for that reason known as the Uddyana Bandha, this is wellknown to the Yogins. Pressing with the heels, (the Yogin) should constrict the genitals firmly, forcing upwards the Apana vital air.

This is known as the Yoni-bandha. The Prana and the Apana, are the Nada and the Bindu respectively and attaining oneness through the Mulabandha, they impart success to the accomplishment of Yoga. There is no doubt about this.

kanthamakuncya hrdaye sthapayed drdhaya dhiya || 118 || bandho jalamdharakhyo'yam mrtyumatangakesari | bandho yena suşumnáyām prāņastūddīyate yatah || 119 || udyanakhyo hi bandho'yam Yogibhih samudahrtah pārsņibhāgena saṃpīdya yonimākuńcayed drdham || 120 || apanamürdhvamutthapya yonibandho'yamucyate | pránāpānau nādabindū mūlabandhena caikatām || 121 || gatvá Yogasya samsiddhim yacchato nātra samśayah

Sastra Pramana शास्त्र प्रमाण Yoga-Tattvopanishad (118-122)

How To Perform Band

Apta Pramana - आप्त प्रमाण Hatharatnavali II.7-8

Translation

Jalandhara should be practiced after puraka, while Uddiyana should be practiced at the end of kumbhaka, but after recake starts. 7. By contraction of the anal muscle (Mulabhanda), by contraction of the throat ...

pürakánte tu kartavyo bandho jalandharabhidhah II kumbhakante recakadau kartavyastüddiyanakah II 7 II adhastakuñcaneñasu kanthasańkocane krte limadhye paścimatānena syātprāno brahmanādigah II 8 II

... (Jalandhara bandha) and pulling the abdominal wall backwards (Uddiyana bandha), the prana enters into the brahma-nadi (susumna).8.

The set of three Bandhas is of great importance in all the yogic treatises and is even practised by the eminent Siddhas. 68

Firmly contract the lower region (Apply Mülabandha) , contract the throat (Apply Jalandhara bandha) and retract in the middle (Apply Uddiyana bandha). Thus, prana moves in the Brahmanadi. 69.

Adopt Mülabandha and practise Uddiyana. This closing of ida and pingala directs the prana into the posterior path susumna), 70

भन्धलयमिदी श्रीष्ठ महासिद्धर्म संवितम् ॥ योगतन्त्राणी साधन योगिना विदुः ॥ ६८

bhandhatrayamidam śrestham mahāsiddhaiśca sevitam II sarvesām Yogatantrānām sādhanam Yogino viduh || 68 ||

adhastātkuncanenāšu kanthasankocane krte II madhye paścimatānena syāt prāņo brhamanādigah II 69 II

बद्देच्या वाहयत पाश्चिम प्रथम ॥ ७०

mülasthanam samakuncya uddiyanam tu kärayet II İdâm ca pingalam baddhva vähayet paścimam patham II 70 II

Importance Of Bandhas

Apta Pramana - आप्त प्रमाण Hatharatnavali (2, 68)

Apply Three Bandhas

Apta Pramana - आप्त प्रमाण Hatharatnavall II.69

Active Kundalini Through Bandhas

Apta Pramana - आप्त प्रमाण Hatharatnavall II.70

Delay Aging And Death Through Bandhas

Apta Pramana - आप्त प्रमाण Hatharatnavali II.71

Apta Pramana - आप्त प्रमाण

Nathamuni Yoga Rahasya 1.60

निर्मिव विधानेन प्रयाति पवनो लयम् ॥ ततो न जायते मृत्युत्जरारोगादिकं तथा ॥ ७१ ॥

anenalva vidhānena prayāti pavano layam II tato na jāyate mrtyutjarārogādikam tathā li 71 li

नो मुलबन्धः जालंधर इति विधा ।

Translation

Adherence to such techniques alone merges the pavana into the laya state, which retard untimely death, diseases and old age etc. 71

In disciplining the breath, the three types of Bandhas- Uddiyana Bandha, Mula bandha and Jalamdhara Bandha are of great importance.

Proper Understanding Brings Results

Apta Pramana - आप्त प्रमाण Nathamuni Yoga Rahasya I.61

When To Bandhas?

Apta Pramana - आप्त प्रमाण Nathamuni Yoga Rahasya I.93

चलयरहस्य यो न जानाति विशेषतः । प्राणायामास्तस्य सिद्धिः नैव दद्यः कृता अपि

बन्धा मुख्याः प्राणवृत्ति निरोधे सहकारिणः ॥

uddīyāno mūlabandhah jālamdhara iti tridhā |

bandhatrayarahasyam yo na janāti višesatah | prānāyāmāstasya siddhim naiva dadyuh krtā api II 93 II

bandhā mukhyāh prānavrtti nirodhe sahakāriņah li60ll

bhukteh prägeva kurvîta bhukto yamadvayam tyajet | śvāsocchvāsau yadā siddhau dīrghasūksmau na vegatah II 93 II

Translation

For one who does not know clearly the special aspects of the three bandas, even if pranayama is practiced, it will not produce the claimed benefits.

Pranayama along with the Bandhas must be done either before food or six hours after a meal, so that the exhalation and inhalation are long, smooth and not rapid.

When pranayama is done along with the three Bandhas, Mula Bandha, Uddiyana Bandha and Jalamdhara Bandha, the roots of all diseases are removed.

प्राणायामस्सवरागमलानिलनकारकः || ५०

mûlodyane jâladhrtitbandhatrikayuto yadi | pränäyämassarvarogamülonmülanakārakah II 50 II

Removing Diseases With Bandhas And Pranayama

Apta Pramana - आप्त प्रमाण Nathamuni Yoga Rahasya II.50

Translation

The Yogi must practice the three Bandhas only before taking food. Through recaka, the Muladhara which is lifted is firmly held up.

Bandhas Only Before Food

Apta Pramana - आप्त प्रमाण Nathamuni Yoga Rahasya II.51

बद्ध्वत्याप्य च तद्रबम् ॥ ५१ ॥

bhukteh pürvam prakurvita yogî bandhatrayam sadâ | recakatparato mülam baddhvotthapya ca taddrdham il 51 II

Instruction On The Timing For Bandhas

Apta Pramana - आप्त प्रमाण Hathapradīpikā of Svātmārāma IV.34

pürakânte tu kartavyo bandho jálandharabhidhah | kumbhakānte recakdau kartavyastūddiynakah ll3411

Translation

Jalandhara Bandha (chin lock) should be practiced after puraka, while Uddiyana should be practised at the end of kumbhaka, but before recaka starts. 34

Pressing the anus with the heel, (the practitioner) should forcibly draw up the vital air in such a way that the air would move upwards stage by stage. The Prana and Apana (vital airs), as also the Nada (Intellect)and the Bindu (mind), becoming one by means of the Mula-bandha, bestow the successful accomplishment of Yoga. Herein there is no doubt.

Press the perineum with the heel, contract the anus and raise the apana upwards. This is called Mula-Bandha. 79

gudam pārsņyā tu sampīdya vāyumākuncayed balāt | vāraṃ vāraṃ yathā cordhvaṃ samāyātī samīraņah || 104 || prânăpânau nândabindû mūlabandhena caikatăm | gatva Yogasya samsiddhim yacchato natra samsayah || 105 ||

अध मूल-मुद्रापार्व्या भागेन सम्पीड्य योनिमाकुञ्चयेद गुदम् ॥ अपानमध्वेम्-आकृष्य मुलबन्धोऽयमुच्यते ॥७९॥

atha mûla-mudrapärsṇībhägena sampidya yonimäkuñcayed gudam | apânamürdhvam-âkrşya mûlabandho'yamucyate ||79||

The Mula Bandha Explained

Sastra Pramana शास्त्र प्रमाण Yoga-Sikh upanishad (104-105)

Sastra Pramana रास्ल प्रमाण HathapradīPikā Of SvāTmāRāMa V.79

adhogatimapānaṃ vai ūrdhvagaṃ kurute balāt | akuñcanena tam prâhurmülabandho'yamucyate ||42 || apane cordhvage yäte sampräpte vahnimandale | tato'nalasikhā dīrghā vardhate vāyunā hatā || 43 || tato yātau vahnyapānau prānamusnasvarūpakam | tenātyantapradīptena įvalano dehajastathā || 44 || tena kundalinī suptā samtaptā samprabudhyate | dandahatabhujangiva niśvasya rjutām vrajet || 45 || bilapravesato yatra brahmanadyantaram brajet | tasmannityam mülabandhah kartavyo Yogibhih sada || 46 ||

Sastra Pramana रास्त्र प्रमाण Yoga Kundali-Upanishad (1, 42-46) Translation

increases in its height.

bandha by the Yogins.

the body.

When one makes the Apana with the

downward course move upwards by force, by

constriction (of the sphincter-muscle of the

rectum) as they call it, this is known as Mulabandha. When the Apana coursing upwards reaches the region of fire, then the flame of fire, caused by the vital air to move up,

When the fire and the Apana reach the heated Prana (vital air), then by that (Prapa) in an overheated condition is a flame generated in

By that flame the sleeping Kundalini, being

very much heated, is roused and like a snake

belaboured with a stick, becomes erect with

Hence should always be practiced the Mula-

hissing and by way of entering its hole, reaches the interior of the Brahma-nadi -

By the diminution of urine and fences is attained the union of the Prana and the Apana vital airs. By performing Mula-bandha always, even an old man becomes young. By pressing the genitals with the heels, (the Yogin) should contract the anus, by drawing the Apana upwards: This is known as Mulabandha.

apánapranayoraikyam kşayânmütrapurîşayoh || 73 || yuvā bhavati vrddho'pi satatam mūlabandhanāt | pärşnibhagena saṃpīdya yonimākuñcayedgudam || 74 ||

Sastra Pramana रास्त्र प्रमाण Dhyana-bindu Upanisad (73-74)

Opening The Susumna By Kumbhaka

Sastra Pramana a शास्त्र प्रमाण Sandilyopanishad VI. 36.1 -36.4

। मुक्तनाम् ॥ ३६-1 1 विद्याय सुधुमामागण गच्छेत् तद्विष्णोः परमं पदम् ॥ ३६-4 ॥

âkuñcanena kundalinyah kavâtamudghātya

moksadvāraṃ vibhedayet || 36-1 ||

Translation

"Forcing open the door of the Kundalini, by constriction (of the anus), (the Yogin) should

Kundalini, sleeping with its face covering the very door through which (the Yogin) has to move upwards, is encoiled with a crooked form like a serpent. By whomsoever that

the throat, that will conduce to the liberation

burst through the door of liberation the

power is roused, he is verily liberated. Should that power sleep in the portion above

of the Yogin-s. Should it be below (the

throat), that will be for the bondage of the

course, giving up the two courses of the Ida

(and the Pingala), then (would he reach), the

ignorant. Should he adopt the Susumna

highest state of Visnu."

yena mārgena gantavyam taddvāram mukhenācchādya

prasuptā kundalinī kuțilâkārā sarpavadvestitā bhavati || 36-2 ||

sāśaktiryena cālitā syāt sa tu mukto bhavati |

så kundalini kanthordhvabhāge suptā cedYoginām muktaye bhavati |

bandhanayadho müdhanam || 36-3 ||

idadimargadvayam vihâya susumnāmārgeņagacchet tadvisņoh paramam padam || 36-4 ||

Destroyer Of Decay And Death -Mulabandha

Sastra Pramana रास्त्र प्रमाण Shiva Samhita(BA)-IV.41

atha mulabandhah |

pādamūlena sampīdya gudamārgam suyantritam | kalpito'yam mūlabandho jarāmarananāšanah || 41 ||

Translation

Pressing well the anus with the heel, forcibly draw upwards the apana vayu slowly by practice. This is described as the Mula-Bandha - destroyer of decay and death.

Mulabandha Becomes Yoni-Mudra Once Apana And Prana Vayus Unite

Sastra Pramana na शास्त्र प्रमाण Shiva Samhita(BA)-IV.42

अपानप्राणयोरैक्यं प्रकरोत्यधिकल्पितम् । बन्धेनानेन सुतरां योनिमुद्रा प्रसिद्धयति ॥ ४२ ॥

apánapránayoralkyam prakarotyadhikalpitam | bandhenänena sutaram yonimudra prasiddhayati || 42 ||

Translation

If, in the course of the practice of the Bandha, the Yogi can unite the apana with the prana vayu, then it becomes of course the Yoni-Mudra.

Yoni Mudra: Levitation And Moves In Air

Sastra Pramona रास्त प्रमाण Shiva Samhita(BA)-IV.43

सिद्धायां योनिमुद्रायां कि न सिध्यति भर बन्धस्यास्य प्रसादेन गर्गने विजितालसः ॥ पद्मासने स्थितो योगी भुवमुत्सुज्य वर्तते ॥ ४३ ॥

siddhayam yonimudrayam kim na sidhyati bhūtale | bandhasyasya prasādena gagane vijitālasah | padmäsane sthito yogi bhuvamutsrjya vartate || 43 ||

Translation

He who has acomplished Yonl-Mudra, what can he not accomplish in this world. Sitting in the padmasana posture, free from idleness, the Yogi, leaving the ground, moves through the air, by virture of this Mudra.

Secretly Practise Mulabhadha

Sastra Pramāņa शास्त प्रमाण Shiva Samhita(BA)-IV.44

प्ति निर्जनि देशे बन्धमेनं समभ्यसेत् । संसारसागरं तर्तु यदीच्छेद्योगि पुंगवः ॥ ४४ ॥

sugupte nirjane deśe bandhamenam samabhyaset | samsārasāgaram tartum yadicchedYogi pumgavaḥ || 44 ||

Translation

If the wise Yogi is desirous of crossing the ocean of the world, let him practise this Bandha in secret, in a retired place.

Mula Bandha -Key To Anti-Aging

Apta Pramana - आप्त प्रमाण Goraksh Paddhati 1.81-82

णयारक्यात श्रया युवा भवति वद्गीपि सतत मलबन्धनात ॥ ८२ ॥

pärsnibhâgena sampidya yonimakuñcayegdudam| apânmûrdhvamäkrsya mûlabandho vidhîyate|| 81 || apānaprānayoraikyāt ksayo mūtrapurisayoh | yuvā bhavati vrddhopi satatam mūlabandhanāt || 82 ||

Translation

Pressing the left heel against the perineum, [the Yogin] should contract the anus while pulling the apana [life force] upward. [Thus] is the "root lock" (Mula-bandha) to be performed. (1.81) By unifying apana and prâna, urine and faeces are reduced. Even if he is old, he becomes young again through the constant [practice of] the root lock. (1.82)

Müla-bandha leads to the union of prana and apana, nada and bindu, which brings success in Yoga, in which there is no doubt. 82.

Mula Bandha Brings Success In Yoga

Apta Pramana - आप्त प्रमाण Hathapradipika of Svātmārāma V.82

Anti Aging Through Mula Bandha

Apta Pramana - आप्त प्रमाण Hathapradipika of Svätmäräma V.83

नी नादृदिन्दु मूलबन्धन घव म्यू मेसिटि करुत नात्र सर्श

prānāpānau nādabindū mūlabandhena caikatām || tato Yogasya samsiddhim kurute nātra saṃśayaḥ || 82 ||

apānaprāņayor-aikyāt kṣayān-mūtrapūrīṣayoh || yuvā bhavati vrddho 'pi satatam mūlabandhanāt || 83 ||

Translation

By the diminution of urine and fences is attained the union of the Prana and the Apana vital airs. By performing Mula-bandha always, even an old man becomes young. By pressing the genitals with the heels, (the Yogin) should contract the anus, by drawing the Apana upwards: This is known as Mulabandha.

The Science Behind Mula Bandha

Apta Pramana - आप्त प्रमाण Hathapradipika of Svätmärâma V.84-85

अपाने चोर्चगे जाते सम्प्राप्ते वह्निमण्डले ॥ तदानलशिखा दीघों वर्धते वायनाद्वता ॥८४॥ तता याती वहन्यपानी प्राणम-उष्णस्वरूपकम ॥ तेनाभितः प्रदीप्तस्तु कृतो देहस्य संक्षयः ॥८५॥

apâne cordhvage jate samprâpte vahnimandale || tadānalaśikhā dīrghā vardhate vāyunāhatā ||84|| tato yātau vahnyapānau prāņam-uşņasvarūpakam || tenabhitah pradiptastu kuto dehasya samksayah ||85||

Kundalini Awakening Through Mula Bandha

Apta Pramana - आप्त प्रमाण Hathapradipikā of Svātmārāma V.86-87

tena kundalinī suptā samprabodhyate]] dandahata bhujangiva niścitam rjutam vrajemm ||86|| bilam pravešită să tu brahmanădyantare vrajet || tasmannityam mülabandhah karttavyo Yogibhih sada ||87||

When the apana rises up and reaches the region of fire (navel region), the flame of the fire blazes forth, being stimulated by vayu. 84.Then the fire and the apana approach the prana, which is hot by nature, the heat of the body is intensified altogether and the body does not come to decay. 85.

Thus, the unmanifest kundalini, being agitated, gets awakened like a snake beaten with a stick certainly becomes straight. 86.Then, Just as a serpent enters into a hole, she (kundall) enters the brahma-ñadi (susumnã). Therefore, a Yogî should always practice Müla-bandha. 87.

Yogi Becomes Immortal Through Mula Bandha

Apta Pramana - आप्त प्रमाण Hațhapradīpikā of Svātmārāma V.88

मुलबिलं येन तेन विध्यो विद्यारितः ॥ अजरामरतां याति यथा पञ्जमखो 11 6611

bandhaṃ mūlabilaṃ yena tena vighno vidāritaḥ || ajarāmaratām yāti yathā pañcamukho haraḥ ||88||

Translation

One, who has successfully applied Mulabandha, overcomes obstacles. He, like five headed Hara (epithet of Sival), overcomes old age and becomes immortal. 88.

Yogi Attains Powers After Three Years

Apta Pramana - आप्त प्रमाण Hathapradīpikā of Svātmārāma V.89

amrtāpūrna-dehasya Yogino dvitrivatsarāt || ûrdhvam pravartite reto hyanimädi-gunodayat ||89||

In two to three years time, as the body of a Yogi fills up with nectar, and as the energy channelizes upwards, he attains supernatural powers like anima etc. 89.

Yogi Becomes Immortal Through Mula Bandha

Apta Pramana - आप्त प्रमाण Hathapradipika of Svätmäräma V.88

पार्ष्णिभोन सम्पीड्य योनिमाकुञ्चिद गुदम् ॥ अपानमुध्वमाकुम्य मुलबन्धो यमुच्यते ॥ ५८ ॥ अधोगतिमपानं वुऐ ऊर्ध्वगं कुरुते बलात् ॥ आकुञ्चनेन तं प्राहुर्मूलबन्धं हि योगिनः ॥ ५९ ॥ गुदं पाष्ण्या च सम्पीड्य वायुमाकुञ्चयेद बलात् ॥ वारं वारं यथा चोध्वै समायाति समीरणः ॥ ६० ॥ प्राणापानुऔं नादविन्दु मुलबन्धेन चुपेकताम् ॥ गतऔ तदा योगसिद्धि प्राप्तोत्येव न संशयः ॥ ६१ ॥ अपानप्राणयोर्पेक्यं क्षयो मुलपुरीषयोः ॥ युवा भवति वृद्धो पि सततं मूलबन्धनात् ॥ ६२ ॥ अपाने चोर्ध्वगे जाते प्रयाते वद्विमण्डले ॥ तथानलशिखादीप्तिर्वायुना पेरिर्ता यथा ॥ ६३ ॥ यातायातृऔ वहन्यपानूऔ मूलरूपस्वरूपकृऔ ॥ तेनाभ्यन्तः प्रदीप्तस्तु ज्वलनो देहजस्तथा ॥ ६४ ॥ दण्दाहता भुजक्षीव निश्चितं ऋजुतामियात् ॥ बिल प्रविष्टेव ततो ब्रह्मनाड्यन्तरं व्रजेत् ॥ तस्मान्नित्यं मूलबन्धः कर्तव्यो योगिभिः सदा ॥ ६५ ॥

Press the perineum with the heel, contract the anal sphincters and pull the apana vayu upwards. This is Mulabandha. 58

Apana, which has a downward movement, is forcefully raised upwards by contraction. Yogis call this Mülabandha. 59

Press the anus with the heel and forcefully contract apana vayu repeatedly, so that the vayu moves upwards. 60

Thus, with the practice of Mulabandha, prana and apana, nada and bindu are united. Then one certainly attains success in Yoga. 61

As a result of consistent practice of Mülabandha, Apâna and präna are unified, urine and faeces are reduced and even an old person becomes young. 62

parsnibhgena sampidya yonimäkuñcayed gudam II apanamürdhvamäkuñcya mûlabandho "yamucyate || 58 ||

Translation

When Apana rises up and reaches the region of fire (Navel region), the flame of the fire

blazes forth, being fanned by vayu. 63

Then the fire and Apana take their original

These verses give a rationale of arousal of

kundalini by the practice of Mülabandha 65.

form, which intensify the bodily fire. 64

adhogatimapānam vai ürdhvagam kurute balāt II âkuñcanena tam prähurmülabandham hi Yoginah II 59 II

gudam parsnya ca sampidya vayumakuñcayed balât il váram vāram yathā cordhvam samāyāti samīraņah II 60 II

prānāpānau nādabindū mūlabandhena caikatām il gatau tadá Yogasiddhim prāpnotyeva na samsayah II 61 II

apanapranayoralkyam ksayo mütrapurişayoh II yuva bhavati vrddho 'pi satatam mülabandhanat II 62 II

apane cordhvage jäte prayâte vahnimandale il tathanalasikhädīptirväyunā perirtā yathā II 63 II

yätäyätau vahnyapanau mülarüpasvarüpakau II tenäbhyantah pradiptastu jvalano dehajastathā II 64 II

dandahatā bhujangīva niścitam rjutāmiyat II bilam pravisteva tato brahmanadyantaram vrajet II tasmannityam mülabandhah kartavyo Yogibhih sada II 65 II

Yogi Becomes Immortal Through Mula Bandha

Apta Pramana - आप्त प्रमाण Hathapradipika of Svätmäräma V.88

The Uddiyana-bandha should be performed at the close of the Kumbhaka and before the Recaka (expulsion of vital air). For the reason that by (such Bandha) the Prana (vital alr) would spring up in the Susumna, this is said to be what is called Uddiyana by Yogin-s.

Uddiyana is always communicated by the Guru in the natural course. (The practitioner) should practice it without sloth, (whereupon) even an old man would turn young. He should, with effort, make constriction above and below the navel. Should he practice it for six months, he will verily conquer death; there is no doubt (about it). (106-109)

कम्भकान्ते रेचकादऔं कर्तव्यस्तुडियाणकः बन्धो येन सुषुम्नायां प्राणस्तुकीयते यतः ॥ १०६ ॥ तस्मादुडीयणाख्योऽयं योगिभिः समुदाहृतः । उद्धियाणं तु सहजं गुरुणा कथितं सदा ॥ १०७ ॥ अभ्यसेत् तदतन्द्रस्तु वृद्धोऽपि तरुणो भवेत् । नाभेरूध्वमध्यापि ताणं कुर्यात् प्रयत्नतः ॥ १०८ ॥ षाण्मासमभ्यसेन्मृत्युं जयत्येव न संशयः ।

kumbhakānte recakādau kartavyastūddiyānakah | bandho yena susumnâyam prânastûddîyate yatah || 106 || tasmäduddiyanakhyo'yam Yogibhih samudahrtah | uddiyanam tu sahajam guruna kathitam sadā || 107 || abhyaset tadatandrastu vrddho'pi taruno bhavet | nābherūrdhvamadhascāpi tānam kuryāt prayatnataļı || 108 || sanmasamabhyasenmrtyum jayatyeva na samsayah |

The Uddiyana Bandha Explained

Sastra Pramana - शास्त्र प्रमाण Yoga-Sikhopanishad (106-109)

For the reason that the great bird performs soaring without fatigue, for that very reason, there should be (the practice of Uddiyana. Thence the Bandha derives its name. This Uddiyana-bandha is verily the Lion of the elephant of death. The release from that depends upon the virility of the body.

The Bandha of that description is difficult of accomplishment, (as it cannot be easily performed at all times). When the fire in the belly is disturbed, intense pain is produced. It should not be performed by a hungry man, nor by one who is given to sudden evacuation of faeces andurine. (Food) conducive to health and temperate, should be eaten, little by little and several times.

उद्याणं कुरुते यस्मादुविश्रान्तं महास्वगः ॥ ६ ॥ उब्धियाणं तदेव स्यात् तत्त्व बन्धोऽभिधीयते उद्भियाणो ह्यस्यौ बन्धो मृत्युमातङ्गकेसरी ॥ ७ ॥ तस्य भुक्तिस्तनोः कायात् तस्य बन्धो हि दुष्करः । अग्रुऔ तु चलिते कक्ष्मुऔ वेदना जायते भुशम् ॥ ८ ॥ न कार्या क्षुधितेनापि नापि वुण्मूलवेगिना । हितं मितं च भोक्तव्यं स्तोकस्तोकमनेकधा ॥ ९ ॥

udyānam kurute yasmādavišrāntam mahākhagah || 6 || udylyanam tadeva syat tatra bandho'bhidhiyate | uddiyano hyasau bandho mrtyumātangakesarī || 7 || tasya bhuktistanoh kayat tasya bandho hi duskarah | agnau tu calite kuksau vedană jāyate bhršam || 8 || na kāryā ksudhitenāpi nāpi vunmūtraveginā | hitam mitam ca bhoktavyam stokamstokamanekadhā || 9 ||

Uddiyana Bandha: The Anti-Aging Technique

Sastra Pramana na - शास्त्र प्रमाण Varaha Upanishad (5, 6-9)

The Uddiyana Bandha Described by Sadashiva

Sastra Pramana - शास्त्र प्रमाण Yoga Kundali-Upanishad (1, 47-50)

कान्ते रेचकादऔ कर्तव्यस्तुद्रियाणकः । येन सुष्मायां प्राणस्तुब्रीयते यतः ॥ ४७ ॥ तस्मादवीयणाख्योऽयं योगिभिः समुदाहृतः सने पादऔ कराभ्यां धारयेद हढम ॥ ४८ ॥ गुल्फदेशसमीपि च कन्द्रं तत्र प्रपीडयेत् । पश्चिमं ताणमुदरे धारयेद्धदये गले ॥ ४९ ॥ शन्येः शन् पुर्यदा प्राणस्तुन्दसंधिं निगच्छति । तुन्ददोषं विनिर्धूय कर्तव्यं सततं शनूपेः ॥ ५० ॥

kumbhakânte recakâdau kartavyastûddiyanakah | bandho yena susumnayam pranastüddiyate yatah || 47 || tasmaduddiyanakhyo'yam Yogibhih samudahrtah | sati vajrāsane pādau karābhyām dhārayed drdham || 48 || gulphadeśasamīpe ca kandam tatra prapildayet | paścimam tānamudare dhārayeddhrdaye gale || 49 || śanaih śanairyada prānastundasamdhim nigacchati | tundadosam vinirdhûya kartavyam satatam śanaih || 50 ||

Translation

After the Kumbhaka and before expelling the vital air, the Uddiyanaka has to be performed, by which Bandha the Prana (vital air), rises up into the Susumna Nadi and for that reason this has been called by Yogins by the name of Uddiyana. While in the Vajrasana posture, one should firmly hold with the two hands the two feet and press the knot near the region of the ankles against them.

Then he should resort to the Pascima-tana in the belly, the heart and the neck whereby the Prana (vital air), would slowly and steadily reach the junction of the belly. This should always be performed slowly, after shaking off all disorders of the belly.

By what means a great bird soars up without rest, that alone is the Uddiyana and a Bandha is prescribed therefor. One should assume the Pascima-tana (constricting the belly) posture in the belly above the navel.

This will be the Uddiyana-bandha, the lion which will quell the elephant of Death, and which binds (the disease-generating) phlegm which is the water of Ether having its origin at the (thousand petalled lotus of the) head, flowing downwards.

अपानमूर्ध्वमुत्कृष्य मूलबन्धोऽयमुच्यते उद्याण कुरुते यस्मादविश्रान्तमद्वाखगः ॥ ७५ ॥ द्वियाणं तदेव स्यात्तत् बन्धो विधीयते पश्चिमं ताणं नाभेरूध्वे तु कारयेत् ॥ ७६ ॥ उद्धियाणोऽप्यथं बन्धो मृत्युमात्रब्रुकेसरी बध्राति हि शिरोजातमधोगामिनभोजलम् ॥ ७७ ॥

apānamūrdhvamutkrşya mülabandho'yamucyate | udyāṇaṃ kurute yasmādaviśrāntamahākhagaḥ || 75 || uddiyanam tadeva syättatra bandho vidhīyate | udare pascimam tāņam nābherürdhvam tu kārayet || 76 || uddiyano pyatham bandho mrtyumatangakesari | badhnāti hi śirojātamadhogāminabhojalam || 77 ||

Sastra Pramana Na - यास्त्र प्रमाण Dhyana-Bindu Upanisad (75-77)

How to Execute Uddiyana-Bandha

Sastra Pramana - यास्त म्माण Shiva Samhita(BA)-IV.48

Practise Uddiyana-Bandha Four times a Day

Sastra Pramana na - शास्त्र प्रमाण Shiva Samhita(BA)-IV.49

व्यमध्यपि तानं प नवंध एष स्यात्सवेदःखीघनाशनः ॥ पश्चिम तानं नाभेर्र्ध्वे त कारयेत । उद्यानाख्योऽत्न बन्धोयऽ मृत्युमातृक्रुकसरी ॥ ४८ ॥

nābherurdhvamadhaścāpi tānam pašcimamācaret | uddayanabamdha eşa syätsarvaduhkhaughanasanah || udare paścimam tānam nābherürdhvam tu kārayet | udyânâkhyo'tra bandhoya' mrtyumatangakesarî || 48 ||

नित्यं यः कुरुते योगी चतुर्वारं दिने दिने दिने । तस्य नाभेस्तु स्याद्येन सिद्धो भवेन्मरूत् ॥ ४९ ॥

nityam yah kurute yogî caturvaram dine dine | tasya nabhestu syadyena siddho bhavenmarut || 49 ||

Conquer Death, by Practising Uddiyana-Bandha for Six months

5 a stra Pramana - यास्त्र प्रमाण Shiva Samhita(BA)-IV.50

षण्मासमभ्यसन्योगी मत्यं जयति निश्चितम । तस्योदराग्निज्वेलति रसवद्धिः प्रजायते

sanmasamabhyasanyogi mrtyum jayati niscitam | tasyodarāgnirjvalati rasavrddhih prajāyate || 50 ||

Translation

When the intestines above and below the navel are brought to the left side, it is called Uddyana-Bandha - the destroyer of all sins and sorrows. The left side viscera of the abdominal cavity should be brought above the navel. This is Uddyana-Bandha, the lion of the elephant of death.

The Yogi, who always practises it four times a day, purifies thereby his navel, through which the winds are purified.

By practising it for six months, the Yogi certainly conquers death; the gastric fire is kindled, and there takes place an increase of the fluids of the body.

Obtain Vigrahasiddhi, and Destroy All Diseases with Uddiyana-Bandha

Sastra Pramana - यास्त्र प्रमाण Shiva Samhita(BA)-IV.51

अनेन सुतरां सिद्धिविग्रहस्य प्रजायते रोगाणां संक्षय श्वापि योगिनो भवति ध्रवम् ॥ ५१ ॥

anena sutarăm siddhirvigrahasya prajāyate | rogānām samkṣayaścāpi Yogino bhavati dhruvam || 51 ||

Translation

Through this, consequently, the vigrahasiddhi is also obtained. All the diseases of the Yogi are certainly destroyed by it.

Most Inaccessible Bandha: Uddiyana-Bandha

Sastra Pramana - शास्त्र प्रमाण Shiva Samhita(BA)-IV.52

गुरोलेब्वा प्रयत्नेन साध्येत्तु विचक्षअणः निर्जने सुस्थिते देशे बन्धं परम दुर्लभम् ॥ ५२ ॥

gurorlabdhvä prayatnena sädhyettu vicaksaanah | nirjane susthite deśe bandham parama durlabham ||52 ||

Translation

Having learnt the method from the Guru, the wise Yogi should practise it with great care. This most inaccessible Bandha should be practised in a retired and undisturbed place.

Uddiyana Bandha

Apta Pramana - आप्त प्रमाण Nathamuni Yoga Rahasya I.64

Uddiyana Bandha -Conquerer of Death

Apta Pramana - आप्त प्रमाण Goraksh Paddhati 1.77-78

स्थित्वोपविश्य वा कुर्याच्छवित्वाऽपि यथारुचि । अकृताहारः एव स्यात् उद्धीयानक बन्धने ॥

sthitvopaviśya vá kuryācchayitvā pi yathāruci | akrtähärah eva syät uddîyanaka bandhane || 64 ||

उड्यानं कुरुते यस्मादविश्रान्तं महास्वगम् । उद्गीयानं तदेव स्यान्मुत्युमात क्रकेसरी ॥७७॥ उदरात्पश्चिमे भागे अधो नाभेनिंगद्यते । उद्मियानो ह्ययं बन्धस्तत्व बन्धो निगद्यते ॥७८॥

udyānam kurute yasmādaviśrāntam mahākhagam | uddīyānaṃ tadeva syānmṛtyumātaṅgakesarī]|77|| udarātpaścime bhāge adho nābhernigadyate | uddiyano hyayam bandhastatra bandho nigadyate][78]|

Translation

Uddiyana bandha can be done in standing, seated or even lying postures as per one's preference, but it must always be done only before taking food.

Just as a great bird takes to flight untiringly, so his [practice of] Uddiyana[bandha] becomes a lion to the elephant of death. (1.77)

This upward lock (Uddiyana-bandha) is said [to be practiced] below the navel and at the back portion of the abdomen. There the lock is said [to be applied]. (1.78).

तस्मादविद्यानाख्योऽयं योगिभिः समुदाहृन्छतः ॥९०॥ नं कुरुते यस्माद अविश्रान्तो महाखाः ॥ यानं तदेव स्यात्तल बन्धो विधीयते ॥९१॥

atha uddiyana-bandhahûrdhvam yena susumnäyäh pränastüddiyate yatah || tasmaduddiyanäkhyo'yam Yogibhih samudahrrtah ||90|| uddinam kurute yasmād avišrānto mahākhagah || uddiyanam tadeva syattatra bandho vidhiyate ||91||

Uddivana - The Energy That Rises

आप्त प्रमाण Hathapradipikā of Svātmārāma V.90

Translation

uddiyana. 91.

Translation

Retract the abdomen above the navel towards the back. This is uddiyana, which overcomes death, like a lion killing an elephant. 92.

The practice, which channelizes the

direction, is called Uddiyana by the

great bird (prana) always moving

upwards incessantly, is known as

prana through susumna in the upward

Yogis. 90The practice, which makes the

Uddiyana Bandha - The Lion That Overcomes Death

आप्त प्रमाण Hathapradīpikā of Svātmārāma V.92

उदरे पश्चिमं तानं नाभेर-ऊध्वै च कारयेत् ॥ उद्भियाणो ह्यसौ बन्धो मृत्युमातङ्ग-केसरी ॥९२॥

udare paścimam tānam nābher-ürdhvam ca kārayet] uddiyano hyasau bandho mrtyumātanga-kesarī ||92||

Uddiyana Bandha -Makes You Young Again

आप्त प्रमाण Hathapradīpikā of Svātmārāma V.93

अभ्यसत् सतत यस्तु वद्धी ऽपि तरुणी भवेत् ॥९३॥

uddiyanam tu sahajam guruna kathitam sada|| abhyaset satatam yastu vrddho 'pi taruno bhavet ||93||

Translation

As a result of continuous practice of Uddiyana, as prescribed by Guru, even the old person becomes young. 93.

Technique To Awaken Kunalini

आप्त प्रमाण Hathapradipika of Svātmārāma V.95-96

समीपे च कन्दर्प तत् पीदयेत् ॥९५॥ मं तानमुदरे कारयोच्चिबुक हृदि ॥ शनैः शनैर्-यथा प्राणः स्कन्ध-सङ्ग्रेन गच्छति ॥९६॥

sati vajrāsane pādau karābhyāṃ dhārayed drdham || gulphadeśasamīpe ca kandarpa tatra pīdayet ||95|| paścimam tânamudare kārayeccibuka hrdi || sanaih sanair-yatha prânah skandha-sangena gacchati ||96||

सर्वेषामेव बन्धानाम-उत्तमो ह्यानियानकः उद्धियाणे हढे बन्धे मूलं स्वाभाविक भवेत् ॥९७॥

sarvesāmeva bandhānām-uttamo hyuddiyānakah | uddiyane drdhe bandhe mülam sväbhävika bhavet ||97||

Translation

Adopt vajrasana, firmly hold the feet near the ankles with respective hands and press upon the genital at that spot. 95.Contracting the abdomen towards the back, press the chin towards the chest in such a manner that the prana gradually rises up along the shoulders. 96.

Among all the bandhas, Uddiyana is the best. With firm application of Uddiyana, Müla (-bandha) is automatically formed. 97.

Most Powerful Bandha

आप्त प्रमाण Hathapradipikā of Svātmārāma V.97

Uddiyanabandha

आप्त प्रमाण Nathamuni Yoga Rahasya 1.62

स्थित्वोपविश्य वा कुर्याच्छवित्वाऽपि यथारुचि अकृताहारः एव स्यात् उद्धीयानक बन्धने ॥

sthitvopaviśya vā kuryācchayitvā'pi yathāruci | akrtähärah eva syat uddīyānaka bandhane || 62 ||

Translation

Uddiyana bandha can be done in standing, seated or even lying postures as per one's preference, but it must always be done only before taking food.

Uddiyanabandha

आप्त प्रमाण Nathamuni Yoga Rahasya I.63

गुल्मप्लीहादिरोगाणां नाशकं शक्ति चालकम् । गुरूपदेशतो ज्ञात्वा नियमेनाभ्यसेदिदम् ॥

gulmaplihādirogāņām nāšakam šakti cālakam | gurūpadešato jñātvā niyamenābhyasedidam || 63 ||

Translation

This (Uddiyana) bandha destroys the diseases in the abdominal region. It helps in the movement of Prana in Susumna (sakti calakam). Having been learnt directly from a teacher, this bandha must be practiced with great discipline.

Uddiyanabandha

आप्त प्रमाण Nathamuni Yoga Rahasya I.67

जालंधराख्यवन्धस्य मूलमुख्यानं बन्धनम् नियमेनोडीयानस्य बन्धस्याभ्यासतो दृढम् । नाडीचक्राणि शद्धानि भवन्ति बलवन्ति च ॥

jālamdharākhyabandhasya mūlamudyāna bandhanam | niyamenoddiyanasya bandhasyabhyasato drdham | nādīcakrāņi šuddhāni bhavanti balavanti ca || 67 ||

Translation

Uddiyana bandha is the basis for Jalamdhara bandha. Through regular and disciplined practice of Uddiyana bandha, the nadis and cakras become clean and strong.

(With Uddiyanan bandha) The impurities that have entered the liver and spleen are regularly cleaned. Digestion improves and diseases of the urinary track are also destroyed.

Uddiyanabandha

Uddiyanabandha

आप्त प्रमाण

Nathamuni Yoga Rahasya I.68

आप्त प्रमाण Nathamuni Yoga Rahasya 1.69

अपानकोपतो ये हि व्याधिसंघा उदीरिताः । मूलतो ते विनश्यन्ति लोहितस्सरलो भवेत् ॥

यकृत्प्लीहरातास्सर्वे मलाः शुध्यन्ति नित्यशः ।

yakrtplihagatāssarve malāh śusyanti nityaśah |

jätharagnivivrddhiśca mütrarogaśca naśyati || 68 ||

जाठराग्निविवृद्धिश्च मूत्ररोगश्च नश्यति ॥

apanakopato ye hi vyadhisamgha udiritãh | mülato te vinasyanti lohitassaralo bhavet || 69 ||

Translation

(With Uddiyanan bandha) Those groups of diseases arising out of the vitiation of the apana vayu are totally eliminated and the blood also becomes clean.

Uddiyanabandha

आप्त प्रमाण Nathamuni Yoga Rahasya 1.70

आलस्यमुलोच्छेदाय प्रभुरुख्यानबन्धनः । मितस्वत्वद्िताहारसेवनात् सिद्धिमाप्नुयात् ॥

alasyamülocchedaya prabhurudyanabandhanah | mitasatvahitähärasevanät siddhimäpnuyät || 70 ||

Translation

Uddiyana bandha removes tiredness and fatigue. By eating limited sattvic food, its benefits are realized.

The Jalamdhara Bandha Explained Sastra Pramona - शास्त्र प्रमाण Yoga-Sikhopanishad (109-112)

तु कर्तव्यो बन्धो जालंधराभिधः ॥ १०९ ॥ कंठसंकोचरूपोऽसुऔ वायुमार्गनिरोधकः । कण्ठमाकुञ्ज्य हृदये स्थापयेद दृढमिच्छया ॥ ११० ॥ न्धी जालंधराख्याऽयममताप्यायकारकः अधस्तात कञ्चनेनाशु कण्ठसंकोचने कृते ॥ ११२ ॥ ये पश्चिमताणेन स्यात प्राणो ब्रह्मनाडिगः कुण्डल्या ग्रन्थित्नयविभेदनेन निर्विकल्पकप्राप्तिः वज्रासनस्थितो योगी चालयित्वा तु कुण्डलीम् ॥ ११२ ॥

pürakânte tu kartavyo bandho jâlamdharabhidhah || 109 || kamțhasamkocarüpo'sau vāyumārganirodhakah | kanthamakuñcya hrdaye sthapayed drdhamicchaya || 110 || bandho jālaṃdharākhyo'yamamrtāpyāyakārakaḥ | adhastāt kuncanenāšu kanthasamkocane krte || 111 || madhye pascimatânena syāt prāno brahmanāḍigah | kundalya granthitrayavibhedanena nirvikalpakapraptih vajrāsanasthito yogī cālayitvā tu kundalīm || 112 ||

The Bandha known as Jalamdhara should be performed at the close of the Puraka (in-filling the vital air). This is of the form of constricting the throat with a view to obstruct the passage of vital air. After constricting the throat, he should establish (the vital air) firmly in the bosom.

This is known as the Jalamdharabandha, which causes the full flow of nectar. Should the constriction of the throat be made with the immediate contraction of the nether part, by (performing) Pas'cima-tana in the middle, the Prana (vital air) will reach the Brahma-nadi.

pûrakânte tu kartavyo bandho jālamdharābhidhah | kanțhasamkocarüpo'sau văyumârganirodhakah || 51 || adhastāt kuncanenāšu kanthasamkocane krte | madhye paścimatânena syát prâno brahmanādigah || 52 || pürvoktena kramenaiva samyagāsanamāsthitah | călanam tu sarasvatyah krtva prănam nirodhayet || 53 ||

alamdhara Bandha

Sastra Pramana - वास्त प्रमाण Yoga Kundali-Upanishad (1, 51-53)

Sastra Pramana - यास्त प्रमाण Hatharatnávalī II.66 - 71

The Bandha, known as the Jalamdhara, should be performed at the end of the Puraka (after inhalation). This is causing obstruction to the passage of the vital air, of the form of constricting the throat.

When constriction of the throat is made by suddenly contracting the nether part of it and with the Pascima-tana of the middle, the vital air will enter the Brahma-nadi. Having assumed the proper posture well, in the manner described above and roused the Sarasvatl, he should control the Prana-air.

Contract the throat and press the chin against the chest. This is jalandhara bhanda, which removes old ages and premature death. Moreover, it ties up the nervous network, which restricts the downward flow of the nectar oozing from the space. 66

तात्कुञ्चनेनाशु कण्ठसङ्कोचने कृते ॥ ये पश्चिमतानेन स्यात् प्राणो ब्रहृमनाडिंगः ॥ ६९ ॥ मुलस्थानं समाकुद्ध उद्गियानं तु कारयेत् ॥ च पिङ्गलं बद्ध्वा वाहयेत् पश्चिमं पथम् ॥ ७० ॥ अनेनुपेव विधानेन प्रयाति पवनो लयम् ॥ ततो न जायते मृत्युत्जरारोगादिकं तथा ॥ ७१ ॥

kanthamākuñcya hrdaye sthāpaueccinukam drdham il bandho jalandharákhyo 'yam jarāmrtyuvināšakah ll badhnāti hi śirājālam nādho yāti nabhojalam II 66 II tato jālandharo bandhah kanthasańkocane krte il na pîyûşam patatyagnau na ca vâyuh prakupyati II 67 II bhandhatrayamidam śrestham mahāsiddhaiśca sevitam II sarveşâm Yogatantrānām sādhanam Yogino viduh II 68 II adhastātkuñcanenāšu kanthasańkocane krte il madhye paścimatānena syāt prāno brhamanādigah II 69 II mülasthánam samákuñcya uddiyánam tu karayet il idām ca pińgalam baddhvā vāhayet pašcimam patham II 70 II anenaiva vidhānena prayāti pavano layam il tato na jāyate mrtyutjarārogādikam tathā II 71 II

Jalandhara bandha adopted by contracting the throat does not allow the nectar to fall into the fire and voyu does not go astray. 67

The set of three bandhas is of great Importance in all the yogic treatises and is even practised by the eminent Siddhas. 68

Firmly contract the lower region (Apply mulabandha) , contract the throat (Apply Jalandhara bandha) and retract in the middle (Apply uddiyana bandha). Thus, prâna moves in the brahmanadi. 69

Adopt mulabandha and practise uddiyana. This closing of ida and pingala directs the praha into the posterior path (susumna). 70

Adherence to such techniques alone merges the pavana into the laya state, which retard untimely death, diseases and old age etc. 71

Jalamdhara Bandha

Sastra Pramana - शास्त्र प्रमाण Dhyana-bindopanisad (78)

Jalandhara Bandha: How and Why?

Sastra Pramona - शास्त्र प्रमाण Shiva Samhita(BA)-IV.38

रा बन्दः कर्ण्डदःख्या यनाः

tato jálamdharo bandhah kanthaduhkhaughanaśanah | Jalamdhare krte bandhe kanthasamkocalaksane || 78 ||

atha jalandharabandha |

baddhāgalaśirājālam hradaye cibukam nyaset | bandhojālandharah prokto devānāmapi durlabhah || nābhisthavanhirjatūnām sahastrakamalacyutam | pibetpîyusavistăram tadartham bandhayedimam || 38 ||

अमरत्वज्ञ सम्प्राप्य मादत भवनलय || 3

bandhananena pîyusam svayam pibati buddhimân | amaratvanca samprapya modate bhuvanatraye || 39 ||

Translation

Then the Jalam-dhara-bandha, which destroys the flood of allments in the throat, when the Jalam-dhara-bandha, which is characterized by the constriction of the throat, is made.

Having contracted the muscles of the throat press the chin on the breast. This is said to be the Jalandhara-Mudra. Even Gods reckon it as inestimable.

The fire in the region of the navel (i.e., the gastric juice) drinks the nectar which exudes out of the thousand-petalled lotus. (In order to prevent the nectar to be thus consumed). he should practise this Bandha. 38

Through this Bandha, the wise Yogi himself drinks the nectar, and, obtaining immortality, enjoys the three-worlds.

Obtain Immortality And Enjoy Three Worlds

Sastra Pramana - खास्त प्रमाण Shiva Samhita(BA)-IV.39

Giver Of Success To Yogis

Sastra Pramana - शास्त्र प्रमाण Shiva Samhita(BA)-IV.40

Jälandharah Bandha -Avoid Untimely Death, Diseases and Old Age

Apta Pramona - आप्त प्रमाण Hatharatnávali II.66

क्रियते नित्य योगिना सिद्धामच्छता Jalandharo Bandha EşA SiddhäNäM Siddhidayakah

abhyasah kriyate nityam Yoginä siddhimicchata || 40 ||

बध्राति द्वि शिराजालं नाधो याति नभोजलम् ॥ ६६ ॥

kanthamakuñcya hrdaye sthapaueccinukam drdham || bandho jalandharakhyo ´yam jaramrtyuvināšakah || badhnāti hi śirājālam nādho yāti nabhojalam || 66 ||

Translation

This Jalandhara-Bandha is the giver of success to the practitioner; the Yogi desirous of success should practise it daily.

Contract the throat and press the chin against the chest. This is jalandhara bhanda, which removes old ages and premature death. Moreover, it ties up the nervous network, which restricts the downward flow of the nectar oozing from the space. 66

Jalandhara bandha adopted by contracting the throat does not allow the nectar to fall into the fire and vayu does not go astray. 67

The Jalandhara-bandha [or throat lock] blocks the network of conduits (shiras) so that the water from the sky. (nabhas) [i.e., the ambrosial liquid from the secret center In the head] does not drip down [into the abdomen].

Preventing Nectar From Being Wasted

Apta Pramona - आप्त प्रमाण Hatharatnavall 11.67

Jalandhara Bandha -Keeper of the Divine Nectar

Apta Pramana - आप्त प्रमाण Goraksh Paddhati 1.79-80

पीयर्ष पतत्यग्रेजी न च वायः प्रकर्प्यति ॥ ६७ ॥

tato jalandharo bandhah kanthasankocane krte || na plyûşam patatyagnau na ca vâyuh prakupyati || 67 ||

badhnāti hi śirocālam nādho vāti nabhojalam | tato jālamndharo bandho kanthaduhkhaughanāśanah || 79 || jälandhare krte bandhe kanthasamkocalaksane | na piyusam patatyagnau na ca vāyuh prakupvati II 80 ||

Therefore [this practice] removes a host of diseases of the throat. (1.79) By performing the Jalandharabandha, characterized by the [deliberate] constriction of the throat], the nectar does not fall into the fire, and the air is not agitated. (1.80)

Jalandhara Bhandha Continued

Apta Pramana - आप्त प्रमाण Nathamuni Yoga Rahasya 1.75, 77

kanthasamkocanam krtvå cubukam hrdaye drdham | nyasya drstim bhruvormadhye cantare viniyojayet || hastau ca jānunornyasya dandākārau sunišcalau | upaviśyaivamākuńcya kandharām bandhamabhyaset ||

Apta Pramana - आप्त प्रमाण Nathamuni Yoga Rahasya I.80-81

Jalandhara Bhandha

Continued

ने का बन्दीत जालंद्र का लग्यर किया ।

bandhādasmānnaskhalecca vīryam nrnām kadāpi hi | strinām rajovišuddhiśca jāyate na hi samśayah || na hi kupyati vāyušca hrdrogaśca praśāmyati | drstidosah karnabädha näsäroga tathā trsā | samūlato vinašyanti bandhāt jālandharātsadā ||

Translation

Contracting the neck and placing the chin firmly on the chest, the eyes must be focused between the eyebrows and kept closed (in Jalamdhara bandha).

The banda must be done, sitting with the hands on the knees like a stick, without moving, and placing the chin between the hollow of the two clavicles.

Through this (Jalamdhara) bandha, a man never loses his virility. The Rajo kosha (reproductive organs) of women are also cleansed. In this there is no doubt. Further, as a result of Jalamdhara bandha, there will be no vitiation of vayu and diseases of the heart will be reduced. Also, diseases of the eyes and nose, ear pain and thirst are removed, along with their causes.

Jalandhara Bhandha Continued

Apta Pramona - आप्त प्रमाण Nathamuni Yoga Rahasya 1.82

notthayatha śayano vá gacchan vedamtu bandhanam | abhyaset tarhi kasminscit asane śastamucyate | na bhuñjano na pitvápah nālāpi bandhamācaret ||

This (Jalandhara) bandha must not be done while standing, lying down or while walking, except in the case of a few asanas, where it is said to be desirable. This bandha must not be done after eating, drinking a lot of water, or while talking.

अपानमध्वेमत्याप्य प्राण कण्ठादधी नयेत ॥

योगी जराविमुक्तः स्यात् षोडशो वयसा भवेत ॥९॥ apanamurdhapya pranam kanthädadho nayet il yogī jarāvimuktah syāt sodašo vayasā bhavet 11911

Translation

One should raise the apana upwards and take the prana downwards below the throat (Jalandhara bandha). This make the Yogui free from old age and he becomes as young as of sixteen years.

Constrict the network of vessels in the neck and place the chin on the chest. This is called Jalandharabandha. It is precious even to the Gods.

In living beings, the fire situated at the navel drinks the abundance of nectar pouring from the thousand-petaled lotus. That is why one should apply this bandha.

JāLandhara Bandha -Key To Eternal Youth

Jalandhara Bandha-Description

नशिराजाल हृदये चिम्बुक न्यसेट न्धा जालन्धरः प्रक्ति देवानामपि

bddhava galaśirājālam hradaye cimbukam nyaset | bandho jalandharah proktto devänämapi || 60 ||

वश्रिजन्तनां सहस्रकमलेच्युतम् यषावसर तदर्थ बन्धयादिद

nabhisthavahnirjantunam sahasrakamalacyutam | pibetpiyusavisaram tadartham bandhayedidam || 61 ||

नेन पीयुष स्वयं पिवर्ति बद्धिमान । अम्रत्वं च संप्राप्य मोदते भवनलये ॥ ६२ ॥

bandhenanena pîyuşam svayam pibati buddhiman | amratvam ca samprāpya modate bhuvanatraye || 62 ||

Translation

By applying this bandha, the wise Yogi drinks the nectar himself. He becomes immortal and has funin the three worlds.

जालन्धरो बन्ध एष सिद्धानां सिद्धिदायकः । अभ्यासः क्रियते नित्यं योगिना सिद्धिमिच्छता ॥ ६३ ॥

jalandharo bandha esa siddhanam siddhidayakah | abhyasah kriyate nityam yogina siddhimicchata || 63 ||

Translation

This Jalandharabandha grants perfection to adepts. The Yogi desirous of perfection should carry out the practice regularly.

Become a Sage or Poet in Six Months

राजदन्तबिल गाउँ संपीड्य विधिना पिबेत् । च्यात्वा कुन्डलिनी देवी षण्मासेन कविभवित ॥ ७३ ॥

rājadantabilam gādham sampīdya vidhinā pibet | dhyätvä kundalinīm devīm şanmāsen kavirbhavet || 73 ||

Translation

When having firmly closed the glottis by the proper Yogic method. and contemplating on the Goddess Kundalini, he drinks (the moon fluid of immortality), he becomes a sage or poet within six months.

(The Yogin) should place the hind part of the left foot on the genitals and stretching out the right foot, should hold it firmly with both hands. Placing the chin on the heart, again he should infill with air and holding it with Kumbhaka, as far as it lies in his power, should expel it.

Having practiced first with the left side of the body, he should then practice with the right side. Whichever foot is stretched out, he should mount it on the thigh (of the other leg). This is the Maha-bandha and one should practise it bothways in this manner.

वामस्य पादस्य योनिस्थाने नियोजयेत् । प्रसार्य दक्षिण पादं हस्ताभ्यां धारयेद दृढम् ॥ ११२ ॥ बकं द्वदि विन्यस्य परयेद्रायना पनः । याशक्त्या घारयित्वा तु रेचर्यत् ॥ ११३ ॥ वामाङ्गेन समभ्यस्य दक्षाङ्गेन समभ्यसेत् । प्रसारितस्तु यः पादस्तमुरूपरि मानयेत् ॥ ११४ ॥ अयमेव महाबन्ध उभयल् ऐवमभ्यसेत्

parşni vämasya pädasya yonisthane niyojayet | prasarya daksinam pādam hastābhyām dhārayed drdham || 112 || cubukam hrdi vinyasya pürayedvâyuna punah | kumbhakena yathasaktya dharayitva tu recayet || 113 || vāmängena samabhyasya dakşäñgena samabhyaset | prasaritastu yah pādastamurüpari mānayet || 114 || ayameva mahabandha ubhayatraivamabhyaset |

Maha Bandha

Three Bandhas Lead to Kunadlini Awakening

Hathapradipika of Svätmäräma (Chapter 4, Verse 35)

requires Maha Vedha

Translation

The Bandha, known as the Jalam-dhara, should be performed at the end of the in-filling of breath. The Uddlyanaka (Bandha) (should be performed) after Kumbhaka (holding the breath) and before expulsion (of the vital air). By constriction (of the anus) below, and when constriction of the throat is made suddenly,by Pas'cima-tana in the middle, the Prana (vital air) will course through the Brahma-nadi.

By the contraction of anal muscles (Mülabandha), by contraction of the throat (Jalandhara bandha) and by pulling the abdomen backwards (Uiyana badha), the prana moves to brahma-randhra.

As beauty and loveliness, do not avail a woman without husband, so the Mahâ mudra and the MahaBandha are useless without the Maha Vedha.

When the Yogin with the one-pointed intellect, remaining in the Maha-bandha posture, has made the Puraka (inhaled vital air), and obstructed the onflow of vital airs firmly by means of the Kanthamudra (i.e., the Jalamdhara-bandha), the (Prana) vital air, completely filling the two vessels (ida and Pingala Nadls) (flows) quickly into the Susumna Nadi and throbs there. This is the Maha-vedha, which is incessantly practiced by the Siddhas.

ग्रबन्धस्थितो योगी कृत्वा पुरकमेकधीः ॥ ११५ ॥ वायुनां गतिमावत्य निभुतं कण्ठमुद्रया पुटद्वयं समाक्रम्य वायुः स्फरति सत्वरम् ॥ ११६ ॥ अयमेव महावेधः सिद्धुपेरभ्यस्यतेऽनिशाम् ।

mahābandhasthito yogī krtvā pūrakamekadhīb || 115 || väyûnäm gatimävrtya nibhrtam kanthamudraya | putadvayam samākramya vāyuh sphurati satvaram || 116 || ayameva mahavedhah siddhairabhyasyate"nisam |

Translation

Sitting with Mahâ Bandha, the Yogî should fill in the air and keep his mind collected. The movements of the Vayus (Prana and Apana) should be stopped by closing the throat.)

स्थितो योगी क्र्त्वा परकमेकधी वायुनाम् घतिमाव्र्त्य निभूतम् कन्थमुद्रया

atha mahavedhah

mahābandhasthito yogī krtvā pūrakamekadhīh väyünäm ghatimävrtya nibhrtam kanthamudrayā

Preparation for Maha Vedha (sitting in Maha Bandha)

Instructions In Maha Vedha

samahastayugho bhûmau sphichau sanadayechchanaih putadvayamatikramya vayuh sphurati madhyaghah

सर्याधिसम्बन्धो जायते छाम्रताय वै म्रतावस्था समुत्पन्ना ततो वायम विरेछयेत

somasüryäghnisambandho jäyate chämrtäya vai mrtāvasthā samutpannā tato vāyum virechayet

वधोअयम भ्यासान्मद्वासि विप्रदार वलीपालतवपप्रद्व सेव्यत साधको

mahavedhoayamabhyasanmahasiddhipradayakah valipalitavepaghnah sevyate sadhakottamaih

Translation

Resting both the hands equally on the ground, he should raise himself a little and strike his buttocks against the ground gently. The air, leaving both the passages namely Ida and Pingalå, starts into the middle one

The union of the Ida and the Pingala is affected, in order to bring about immortality. When the air becomes as it were dead (by leaving its course through the Ida and the Pingalâ) (i.e., when it has been kept confined), then it should be expelled.

The practice of this Maha Vedha, the giver of great Siddhis, destroys old age, grey hair, and shaking of the body, and therefore it is practised by the best Masters.

Three Great Secrets of Maha Vedha (mention of Anima Siddhi)

etattrayam mahāghuhyam jarāmrtyuvināšanam vahnivrddhikaram chaiva hyanimädighunapradam

These Three are the great secrets. They are the destroyers of old age and death, increase the appetite, confer the accomplishments of Anima, etc.

अस्हृतधा क्रियते छैव यामे यामे दिने दिने न्यसम्भारसन्धाय पार्पीघभिदरम् सदा सम्याक्शक्स्कृति तामवम् स्वल्पम् प्रथमसाधिनम्

ashtadha kriyate chaiva yame yame dine dine punyasambhārasandhāya pāpaughabhiduram sadā samyakślkshävatämevam svalpam prathamasādhanam

Translation

They should, be practiced in 8 ways, daily and hourly. They increase collection of good actions and lessen the evil ones. People, instructed well, should begin their practice, little by little, first.

Assume sukhasana. Repeatedly pull the region five digits above the navel and placing the hands on the pelvis.10 One should carefully keep back, spine, neck and head consistently erect.

Thus prana moves in the posterior path sushumna and kundalini soon leaves kanda.11A wise man should daily practice tana alone at the navel region repeatedly which agitates the kanda.12

नाभौ चरेदुङ्गलपञ्चकोपरि हृदोऽधरे तानमलं मृहर्मद्वः बासने नाभिमभिप्रपश्यतो धृत्वा करी वस्तिगतौ मिलित्वा ॥ १० परस्परं यः समपृष्ठदुण्ड-मन्याशिरः सन्ततमादरेण ॥ प्राणः प्रच्तीचीनपथं हि तस्य यात्याशु कन्द्रश्चलतीशिवरी च ॥ ११ ॥ अथवा केवलं तानमहासेन् नाभिमण्डलेअसकृत प्रत्यहं धीरः कन्दक्षोभकरं मुनेः ॥ १२ ॥

näbhau caredangulapañcakopari hrdo'dhare tānamalam muhūrmuhūh || sukhasane nābhimabhiprapašyato dhrtvā karau vastigatau militvā || 10 || parasparam yah samaprşthadanda-manyasirah santatamadarena || prāņah practicinapatham hi tasya yātyāšu kandaścalatiśivarī ca || 11 ||

athavā kevalaṃ tānamahyasen nābhimaņdaleasakrt pratyahaṃ dhīraņ kandaksobhakaraṃ muneb || 12 ||

Tana: Technique to Activate Kundalini

aksi Pramana - साक्षी प्रमाण

Uddiyana bandha Saksi Pramana - साकी प्रमाण

Jalandhara Bandha Saksi Premana - साक्षी प्रमाण

Mahamudra

Saksi Pramana - साक्षी प्रमाण

By doing Nithyananda Yoga in the breathing space of Swamiji and engaging the Mula Bandha, intense energy was rising up from the bottom of the spine, all the way up to the Sahasrara Chakra. Intense light was floating through my whole body, my eyes, my whole being, my everything.Marlene Wallner, Public Relations/Yoga Teacher, Austria

After Staamiji#s initiation I practiced Uddiyana Bandha which took me to the space of experiencing Kevala Kumbhaka. This is the slate where you do not breathe in or out yet. Where the flow of air is minimum, but high Prana, where you don't have to breathe. It brought me to a state of intense awareness so effortlessly! Sri Nithya Kritananda, Marketing, Toronto

I learned to engage Jalandhara Bandha during Nithyananda Yoga class. When I do this during body scanning I stop breathing for a long time, much longer than usual and I connect with the Bandha to become an emply channel for Swamiji. Ma Nithya Lopamudrananda, Jewelry Designer, Italy

When I am sitting in Padmasana, remembering Swamiii, I feel the benefit of this mudra intersly. When appliang Mahamudra, my attention turns automatically invard and afterwards, for a long time, I feel very expansive in the body and breath. Ma Nithya Nirishvarananda, Human Resourses! Yoga Acharya, Miami

n the Shashtanga Yoga of Sadashiva, Pratyâhâra is a key component that describes how the Yogî moves from the gross to the subtle. It is the space where all the normally outward-going senses shift towards the inner world, towards the Self. Pratyahara is a Sanskrit word that refers to the withdrawal of the senses. It is composed of two words, ahara, which means anything we take into ourselves, and prati, meaning away or against. THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM explains that ahara is not just food, but whatever we take in through all our senses. The

television program we are watching, the music we are listening to, the food we eat, the odors that we smell and the touch that we enjoy, are all ahara.

Since sensory perception opens the door to both pleasure and pain, by casting it aside and directing one's awareness inward, one is able to increasingly abide in one's own Self, free of the effects of doandva, the dual extremes of both outer and inner worlds arising from our incomplete cognitions, like heat-cold, good-bad, right-wrong, happiness-pain, fame-disgrace and so on.

Hathapradîpikâ of Yogi Svâtmârâma describes,

As a tortoise quickly pulls the limbs within, similarly, a Yogî withdraws the senses towards the self (atman). Whatever favorable or unfavorable a Yogî listens through the ears, he withdraws from all of them considering them as the Self. Whatever hot or cold is touched by the skin, the eminent Yogî withdraws from it knowing it as Self. Whatever ugly or beautiful is seen by the eyes, a Yogî withdraws from it knowing it as Self. Whatever is palatable or unpalatable to the tongue, the Yogî withdraws from it considering it as Self. Whatever pure or impure smelt by the nose, the Yogi considers it as Self and withdraws.

Chapter VI-3-8)

THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM explains that our emotions are actually tied to our body fluids. Fear, shock, and suffering are associated with the tears and mucus. Semen is directly connected to lust and guilt. Estrogen is related to the need for attention. Self-torturing concepts are directly connected to sweat. When these body fluids, called rheum, are cleansed using techniques, or when you consciously go through these experiences, the emotions associated will leave your system.

Clear your body fluids to achieve stability of the mind. The capacity to make stable decisions that are not influenced by body

fluids or mental patterns and setups created by body fluids, is Pratyâhâra.

For the Yogi, Pratyahara is part of the happening of Yoga. When we withdraw life and energy from everything else during Pratyahara, the process of centering or flowing towards something is called dhârana.

When dhârana happens, that towards which you are flowing reveals itself to you as oneness; this is known as dhyana. Being in this state continuously is samadhi. We will discuss the other parts in more detail in the following chapters.

Shaastra Pramana: Tejo Bindu Upanishad 1.34

ष्वात्मतों दृष्टा मनसंश्चि

visavesvätmatâm drstvä manasascittarañjakam pratyahārah sa vijñeyo'bhyasaniyo muhurmuhuh || 34 ||

Seeing divinity in all perceptible forms brings delight to the mind and its faculties. Know this as the Pratyahara, 'the withdrawal' which should be practiced every moment, again and again.

THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM explains, when the Kundalini is awakened, the senses shift. They are no longer ordinary. When the Kundalini awakens, when you experience levitation and other shaktis, they are happening from the space of oneness; there you will automatically experience Pratyahâra.

Pratyahara happens during asana practice, as well as during pranayama, where the Yogî remains centered away from the fluctuating experiences from the senses. It is an attitude to cultivate during the entire practice.

Let us now explore the different kinds of Praty@hara techniques described by Sadashiva.

Pratyahara Defined

Atma Pramana - आत्मा प्रमाण THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM

Pratyahara means not being forced to take any decision by body fluids. Anger, lust, fear, greed, attention please understand, attention need is not male hormones action, it is female hormones action. For male hormone it is a lust, for female hormone it is a attention need.

Capacity to be Stable Atma Pramana - आल्मा प्रमाण

THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM

What happends during Pratyahara? Atma Pramana - आत्मा प्रमाण THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM

Pratyahara, one of the Six Limbs of Yoga

Atma Pramana - आत्मा प्रमाण THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM

Man who makes stable decisions, not influenced by body fluids or the mental patterns and setups created by body fluids is Yogi. This capacity is Pratyahara.

When Pratyahara happens, means, you withdraw your life and energy from everything else and center it on something, the Pratyahara withdrawing, becomes dharana, centering, Dharana means centering, flowing towards something. When that Dhirana happens, that on which you are flowing, reveals itself to you, is Dhyana. You being in that state continuously is Samadhi.

Pratyahara means withdrawing from everything else. Dharana means flowing on one thing. Dhyana means that truth towards which you are flowing, revealing itself to you-Being in that state continuously is Samadhi

Pratyahara

Sastra Pramana - शास्त्र प्रमाण Vijnana Bhairava Tantra (136)

indriyadvārakam sarvam sukhaduhkhādisangamam | itîndriyani santyajya svasthah svätmani vartate || 136 ||

Translation

All the doors of perception produce pain and pleasure through contact with the senses. Thus, casting aside (the sensory objects) and withdrawing (the senses) within, one abides in one's own self. || 136 ||

Defining Pratyahara

Apta Pramana - आप्त प्रमाण Hathapradipika of Svätmäräma VI.1

। चक्षरादीनां विषयेषु यथाक्रमम तत्प्रत्याहरणं तेषां प्रत्याहारः सं उच्यते ॥ १ ॥

caratām caksurādīnām visayesu yathākramam II tatpratyäharanam tesām pratyāhārah sa ucyate li 1 il

Translation

Pratyahara is known as a technique by which the sense organs, such as eyes etc., that are engaged their objects, are withdrawn systematically. 1

Withdrawal In The Self

Apta Pramana - आप्त प्रमाण Hathapradipika of Svātmārāma VI.3

Beyond Sensorial Ups And Downs

Apta Pramona - आप्त प्रमाण Hathapradīpikā of Svātmārāma VI.4

अगमध्ये यथाक्यानि कमेः सर्वविद्यद् ध्रवम् । योगी प्रत्याहरत्येवम्-इन्द्रियाणि तथात्मान ।

agamadhye yathangani kürmah sankovayed dhruvam II yogī pratyāharatyevam-indriyāņi tathātmani II 3 II

यं यं शुणोति कर्णाभ्यां प्रियम्-अप्यथवाप्रियम् ॥ तं तम्-आत्मेति विज्ञाय प्रत्याहरति योगवित् ॥ ४ ॥ yam yam śrnoti karnabhyam priyam-apyathavapriyam II tam tam-atmeti vijñaya pratyaharati Yogavit II 4 II

Translation

As a tortoise quickly pulls the limbs within, similarly, a yogi withdraws the senses towards the self (atman)

Whatever favorable or unfavorable a yogi listens through the ears, he withdraws from all of them considering them as the Self. 4

Beyond Hot And Cold

Apta Pramana - आप्त प्रमाण Hathapradipikā of Svātmārāma VI.5

उष्णं वाप्यथवा शीतं यं यं स्पशति चर्मणा ॥ तं तम्-आत्मेति विज्ञाय प्रत्याहरति योगवित् ॥ ५ ॥

usnam vāpyathavā šītam yam yam spršati carmanā II. tam tam-atmeti vijñaya pratyaharati Yogavit II 5 II

Translation

Whatever hot or cold is touched by the skin, the eminent yogi withdraws from it knowing It as Self. 5

Beyond Perceptions

Apta Pramana - आप्त प्रमाण Hathapradipika of Svātmārāma VI.6

अरम्यम्-अधवा रम्यं यं यं पश्यति चक्षणा ॥ तं तम्-आत्मेति विज्ञाय प्रत्याहरति योगवित् ॥ ६ ॥

aramyam-athava ramyam yam yam pasyati caksusā li tam-atmeti vijñäya pratyáharati Yogavit II 6 II

Translation

Whatever ugly or beautiful is seen by the eyes, a yogl withdraws from it knowing it as Self. 6

Beyond Taste

Apta Pramona - आप्त प्रमाण Hathapradīpikā of Svātmārāma VI.7

Beyond Smell

Apta Pramana - आप्त प्रमाण Hathapradipika of Svätmäräma VI.8

अमिष्टम्-अथवा मिष्टं यद्यत् स्पूर्शति जिद्वया ॥ तं तम-आत्मेति विज्ञाय प्रत्याहरति योगवित् ॥ ७ ॥

amiştam-athavā mistam yadyat spršati jihvayā ll tam tam-ätmeti vijñāya pratyāharati Yogavit II 7 II

अमेध्यम्-अधवा मेध्यं यद्यद् जिघ्रति नासिका ॥ तं तम्-आत्मेति विज्ञाय प्रत्याहरति योगवित् ॥ ८ ॥

amedhyam-athavā medhyam yadyad jighrati nāsikā II tam tam-atmeti vijñäya pratyaharati Yogavit II 8 II

Translation

Whatever is palatable or unpalatable to the tongue, the yogi withdraws from it considering it as Self. 7

Whatever pure or impure smelt by the nose, the yogi considers it as Self and withdraws. 8

Effect of Pranayama, Dharana, Pratyahara, Dhyana

Sastra Pramana na - यास्त्र प्रमाण Srimat Sarvajnanottra Agama (Yoga Pada) Verse 16

Pratyahara Defined

Sastra Pramona - रास्त प्रमाण Kirana Agama-Yoga Pada.12-15

pranayamairdaheddosändhäranabhistu kilbişam || 16 pratyáhárena samsargāndhyānenānasvarān gunān

तमं बध्वा वितत्योरस्थलं समम् ॥ स्ततल वामहस्तस्य दो रः कार्या दीर्घ वामकर करम ायक्त दक्षिण वामिक न्यस इदिस्थाप्य पनयात समाहर तावद्यावत्-स्थितं जातं प्रत्याहारस्स उच्यत

esämekatamam badhvä vitatyorassthalam samam ||12|| haste hastatalam vämahastasya daksinam | tatsvakiyakarah kâryo dirgham vămakaram karam ||13|| vämajänusamäyuktam daksinam vämake nyaset | añjalim vāsparāvrttis - samadrstimathāssnayet ||14|| tadānīya hrdisthāpya punaryātam samāharet tāvadyāvat-sthitam jātam pratyāhārassa ucyate ||15||

Translation

By the practice of pranyama, the sadhaka incinerates all the defilements. By Dharana, he annihilates all of his sinful effects. By Pratyahara, he maintains himself completely free from the negative thoughts and vices. And by Dhyana, he becomes capable of nullifying the effects of even those qualities which do not decay.

Having assumed any one of the postures stated above and keeping the chest erect, one should place the right palm on the left and the right leg on the left knee-joint. He should keep the joined palms just in below his navel and should hold a straight look. Keeping his mind on the heart-lotus, he should keep himself detached from the external objects and senses. He should be this state of restraint so doing as he is in the Yogic practice. This kind of retention of mind is known as Pratyahara.

Pratyahara when Kumbaka for three hours

Sostra Pramana - शास्त प्रमाण Shiva Samhita. III. 57

याममालमं यदा धर्तुं समर्थः स्यात्तदाद्भुतः । प्रत्याहारस्तदैव स्यान्नांतरा भवति ध्रुवम् ॥ ५७ ॥

yamamatramam yada dhartum samarthah syattadadbhutah | pratyāhārastadaiva syānnāṃtarā bhavati dhruvam || 57 ||

When he gets the power of holding breath (i.e., to be in trance) for three hours, then certainly the wonderful state of Pratyahara is reached without fail.

Power to Manifesting Realities

sustenance, and destruction. Sadashiva, on the other hand, has five aspects, reflected in the following five names of Sadashiva: creation (Satyojata), giving sustenance (Tatpurusha), destruction Aghora), delusion (Vamadeva) and liberation (Ishana). Swamiji explains that we go through all these five aspects in our daily lives. When we are performing our activities with integrity, giving sustenance with authenticity, taking responsibility for others and life, enriching, and causing

We are able to manifest what we want in our lives because we are Sadashiva. Sadashiva is a two part Sanskrit word. The first part "Sada" means 'eternal' or 'continuously happening and the second part "Shiva" is commonly translated as 'God' but refers to the pure Consciousness within everyone and everything. THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM says that God is actually too limited a word to describe Sadashiva. "God" is commonly associated with only three aspects: creation, giving

sustenance, and destruction. Sadashiva, on the other hand, has five aspects, reflected in the following five names of Sadashiva: creation (Satyojata), giving sustenance (Tatpurusha), destruction (Aghora), delusion (Vamadeva) and liberation (Ishana). Swamiji explains that we go through all these five aspects in our daily lives. When we are performing our activities with integrity, giving sustenance with authenticity, taking responsibility for others and life, enriching, and causing the reality of others, we are manifesting Sadashiva.

Manifesting Sadashiva connects and roots our sense of identity and self worth in the divine eternal truth of ourselves, instead of transient external aspects such as wealth, material possessions or relationships. Entering into Dharana and manifesting what we want in our life is considered a power, or

Shakti. THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM says that as we start to change the outside world as we want, the inner world will also start changing in whatever ways it needs to be changed in order for us to be awakened, and the identity about our selves will change. The more we experience the state, space, and powers of Sadashiva, the more grounded we become in our identity as Sadashiva, and the more our

cognitions will function from Sadashiva. Grounding oneself in the identity of Sadashiva by cognizing that everything perceived through the five senses is the Divine is also considered Dhara a. Ultimately, the more we radiate Sadashiva, the more Shaktis (such as the power of all-knowing) we manifest, and the more our cognition about ourselves shifts from human to Divine.

Within such a Yogi who establishes himself in absolute non-dual union with Lord Shiva and who keeps himself free from all sorts of differentiating notions, the exalted power of allknowing gets unfolded in all its fullness.

જુ જુ

(Sarvajnottara Agama Vidya Pada 2:15)

Concept of Dharana Atma Pramana - आत्मा प्रमाण THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM

Space to Manifest Atma Pramona - आल्मा प्रलाण

THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM

D

Becoming a Wish-Fulfilling Tree Atma Pramana - आला प्रत्याण

THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM

The science and ability to project anything you want and enjoy is Dharana. If you are able to absorb the energy without breathing, breathe without thinking, the veil covering of the mind is lifted and the mind is capable of manifesting itself in a seed form.

When you fall unconscious, what your mind expresses is a dream. It has no impact. When you are aware, what your mind expreses is creativity. It creates your life. When you are in Dharana, it not only manifests the life of whatever you want, but also on whom ever you want.

Whatever your mind manifests is Dharana. You become a Kalpataru, a wish fulfilling tree. The super conscious state has a highly raised mitochondria level. I will push all of you to the next few days. You will learn the science of Dharana and manifest whatever you want.

Dhārana, Dhyana and Samadhi is Samyama Atma Pramona - आत्मा प्रमाण THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM

When your Kundalini is awakened by initiation, when I was awakening the people's Kundalini by initiation, we studied their brains through QEG. It shows very clearly, they are in the deepest resffulness and peak awareness. The Jagrath Sushupthi, Niroikalpa Samadhi is medically recorded, scientifically proven by this Kundalini Awakening. Only then Samyama happens in you, because for any Samyana, Dharana, Dhyana, Samadhi has to happen. Dharana, Dhyana, Samadhi put together is Samyama.

Dharana from Shashtanga Y

Sastra Pramana - शास्व प्रमाण Raurava Agama - Dharana Vidhih VII.5

pratyahārastathā dhyānam prānāyāmo'tha dhāranā | tarkascaiva samādhisca sadango yoga ucyate || 5 ||

Yoga is said to be consisting of six steps pratyahara, dhyana, pranayama, dharana, tarka and samadhi. Of these steps, dharana is now explained.

Among the specific kinds of Dharana, Agneyi Dharana is the first. It should be done at the center of the navel plane. By the continued practice of this Dharana, all sinful effects (negative factors which pull back the sadhaka and reinstall him in his undeveloped state).

Translation

Let the sadhka, who has known the effective path of Yoga from his Master, fix his concentrated thought at the heart-space and contemplate the steady flow of nectarine kala, streaming forth. from the microcosmic moon within. By the continued practice of such Dharna known as Saumya Dharana, nectarine drops get sprinkled profusely over all parts of his body and around the surroundings. By this Dharana, the sadhaka gets consecrated and established in the highest state of purity.

Sustra Pramana - शास्त्री प्रलाण Raurava Agama - Dharana Vidhih VII.8

aiśānīm dhārayenmurdhni sarvasiddhikarim nrnām | yayā prayanti vai ksipram śivasya paramam padam ||8||

Let the sadhaka practice Aishani Dharana by fixing his thought and breath on the crest plane(Sahasrara Chakra). This highest kind of Dharana is capable of accomplishing everything and it enables the sadhaka achieve all those desired by him. Through the continued practice of such Dharana, the sadhka reaches the most highest transcendental place of Lord Siva in fraction of a second.

Sastra Pramana - शास्तु प्रमाण Raurava Agama - Dharana Vidhih VII.9

amrtā dhāranā yātu vyapini tu śivamkarī | āpyāyati sarvatra sarvam jñānāmrtena ca ||9||

Shaastra Pramana: Tejo Bindu Upanishad 1.35

रण चेव धारणा सा परा मता

yatra yatra mano yäti brahmanastatra daršanāt manasā dhāranam caiva dhāranā sā parā matā || 35 |

Wherever the mind goes, there it sees only the Brahman, the Ultimate Consciousness. This single-pointed concentration of the mind or dharana is considered the transcendent concentration, dharana.

The term Dharana comes from the Sanskrit word dhri which means to hold or carry and is typically used to describe concentrating on an object during meditation. However, Dhāranā has a much deeper meaning than concentrating the mind. Dharana is the science and ability to project anything we want and enjoy. When we enter into Dharana through kundalini awakening by the Avatar, whatever we express in our mind manifests in our life.

That which is known as Amruta Dharana is capable of yielding its fruits everywhere by means of its pervasiveness. It instills purity and auspiciousness into everything. It besprinkles the nectarine drops of supreme consciousness and by such sprinkling, it consecrates all parts of the body and of the surroundings. This Dharana is to be done at the highest plane 12 digits above the Sahasrara. The mantras pertaining to these Dharanas are preceded by the OM syllable. These are always present at the heart-space, navel, head and dvadasanta (above sahasrara) and all over the body. These are nectarine in nature, pervasive and most auspicious.

Defining DhāRana

Apta Pramona - आप्त प्रमाण Hathapradīpikā of Svātmārāma VI.11

hrdaye pañcabhūtānām dhāranā ca prthak prthak II manaso niścalatvena dhāranā hyabhidhiyate II 11 II

Translation

Holding the five bhūtas (elements) separately in the heart, while making the mind steady, is know as Dhāranā. 11

Four Kinds Of DhāRanas Explained By Sadashiva

astra Pramona - शास्ल प्रमाण Kirana Agama - Yoga Pada (18-19)

म्यास्मता बाह्यापराध्या वारणास्त ता.

samsiddhaYogino mukhyam dhāranānām catustayam || vahnisaumyasmrtā bāhyāparākhyā dhāraņāstu tāḥ |

Translation

There are four kinds of Dhārana to be essentially practiced by an accomplished Yogin. They are: (Ivahni, (ii) saumya, (iii) amrta and (iv) para.

Sastra Pramona - शास्त्र प्रमाण Kirana Agama - Yoga Pada (19-21)

mūlam rephaputāntastham pancamastham ca bindugam || calārnasamyutā dīptā dhāranā pāvaka matā | sarvoddhāresrihimsādi pāpah brgeva samksayet || 20 || trikonamandalasthosyam kūto vahnissvayam bhavet |

Dhārana done with the accompaniment of the mula mantra placed between repha added with pañcama and bindu corresponding to the vayu bija is known as Vahni Dhārana. Through the practice of this kind of Dharana one can get over the sinful effects arising out of arihimsa (i.e. injuring pious men and high-souled persons). During this process of (Vahni) Dhārana the aspirant should consider himself as though he is inside of a triangled Mandala.

Saumya DhāRana

Sastra Pramona - शास्त्र प्रमाण Kirana Agama - Yoga Pada (21-23)

सियुक्तः प्रनवनाध्वे योजितह

vāyuvestita sarvāngo bījadāhādikrtparam || 21 || pūrvoktavārisamyuktas - saumye binduyutassvayam | toyamandalamadhyastah paritastena vestitah || 22 || śāntipusțikarī ceyam - upasargavisarjanī | sa eväsmrtasamyuktah pranavenordhva yojitah || 23 ||

Translation

Fixing the mind mainly on Saumya Mandala (i.e. Ardhacandra Mandala) which is to be contemplated upon as surrounded of Trikona Mandala and encircled by Catursasra Mandala (corresponding to vayu) with the accompaniment of seed letters corresponding to the fire, water and air, he should consider himself as if he is seated into a Mandala. This kind of Dhārana is efficacious in granting santi and pusti. This is also capable of effecting the annulment of diseases and death.

Sastra Pramona - शास्त्र प्रमाण Kirana Agama - Yoga Pada (24-25)

mūlam rephapuṭāntastham pańcamastham ca bindugam || calārnasamyutā dīptā dhāranā pāvaka matā | sarvoddhāresrihimsādi pāpah brgeva samksayet || 20 || trikonamandalasthosyam kūto vahnissvayam bhavet |

Raising the breath with pranava placed along with the seed letters pertaining to fire etc added with bindu, he should fix his mind on Bramha-randhra. This is known as Amrta-dharana which brings out the full efforescence of the soul's inherent nature. Dhārana which is done with the accompaniment of akara, bindu and nada, all being covered (or grounded) by anusvara is known as para. The mind is to be fixed on a place between the eye-brows.

State Of Bhairava Is Established In Dharanas

Sastra Pramona - शास्त्र प्रमाण Vijnana Bhairava Tantra (140)

वाचा करोति कमीण शापानग्रहकारकः ॥ १४०॥

atra caikatame yukto jayate bhairavah svayam | vācā karoti karmāņi śāpānugrahakārakah || 140 ||

Translation

One attains the state of Bhairava, if established even in one of these (one hundred and twelve Dharanas), and by his speech he confers blessings or curses. || 140 ||

Even One of 112 Dharanas Brings Much Powers

Sastra Pramona - शास्त प्रमाण Vijnana Bhairava Tantra (141)

Five-Fold Dharana Leads Yogi to Command Over Five Elements, Removal of Fear of Injuries (from Elements)

Sastra Pramana - शास्त प्रमाण Shiva Samhita (BA)-III.63

अजरामरताम् ऐति साऽिणिमादिगुणान्वतः गेनीनाम प्रियो देवि सर्वेमेलापकाधिपः ॥ १४१॥

ajarāmaratām eti so'nimādigunānvitah | Yoginīnām priyo devi sarvamelāpakādhipah || 141 ||

asminkāle mahāyogī pamcadhā dhāraņam caret | yena bhūrādisiddhiḥsyāttato bhūtabhayāpahā || 63 ||

O Goddess, (by virtue of even one of these Dharanas) the sadhaka becomes free from old age, attains immortality and is endowed with Shaktis, such as anima, etc. He becomes the darling of all Yoginis and master of all Siddhas. 141

At that time let the great Yogi practice the five-fold Dharana forms of concentration on Vishnu, by which command over the five elements is obtained, and fear of injuries from any one of them is removed. (Earth, water, fire, air, akas cannot harm him.)Note: He should perform 5 Kumbhakas at each centre or chakra.

Practice of Dharana -Yogi Overcomes Effects of Elements in Him

Sastra Pramana - शास्त्र प्रमाण Shiva Samhita (BA)-III.64

का पच लिगस्थान तथ भूरादिना नष्टा यागिन्द्री न भवेल्खल ॥ ६४ ॥

मधावी सवभूतानां धारणां यः समभ्यसेत

शतब्रह्ममृतेनापि मृत्युस्तस्य न विद्यते ॥ ६५ ॥

त्रासने तिष्ठत्कण्ठकुर्यं यदा स्म

medhāvī sarvabhūtānām dhāranām yah samabhyaset |

जिल्ला कुल्वा तालमुले क्षत्यिपासा निवर्तत

śatabrahmamrtenāpi mrtyustasya na vidyate || 65 ||

yogi padmāsane tisthetkanthakūpe yadā smaran |

jihvām krtvā tālumūle ksutpipāsā nivartate || 43 ||

ādhāre ghatikā pamca limgasthāne tathaiva ca | tadūdhrvam ghaṭikāḥ pañca nābhihrnmadhyake tathā || bhrümadhyodhrvam tathā pamca ghatikā dhārayetsudhīh | tathā bhūrādinā nasto yogīndro na bhavetkhalu || 64 ||

Let the wise Yogi practice Dharana thus -- five ghatis (2 1/2 hours) in the adhara lotus (muladhara), five ghatis in the seat of the linga (svadhisthana), five ghatis in the region above it, (in the navel, manipur), and the same in the heart (anahata); five ghatis in the throat (visuddha) and, lastly let him hold Dharana for five ghatis in the space between the two eye-brows (anjapur). By this practice the elements cease to cause any harm to the great Yogi.

The wise Yogi, who thus continually practices concentration (Dharana), never dies through hundreds of cycles of the great Brahma.

Let the Yogi seat himself in the Padmasana, and fix his attention on the cavity of the throat, let him place his tongue at the base of the palate; by this he will extinguish hunger and thirst.

Long Life Of Yogi Through Dharana

Sastra Pramana - शास्त्र प्रमाण Shiva Samhita (BA)-III.65

Dharana On The Cavily Of The Throat

Sastra Pramana - रास्क प्रमाण Shiva Samhita (BA)-V.43

Cen

Dharana on Kurma Nadi

Sastra Pramana - शास्त्र प्रमाण Shiva Samhita (BA)-V.44

kanthaküpädadhah sthāne kūrmanādyasti śobhanā | tasmin yogi mano dattvä cittasthairyam labhed bhréam || 44 ||

Translation

Below the cavity of the throat, there is a beautiful nadi (vessel) called kurma; when the Yogi fixes his attention on it, he acquires great concentration of the thinking principle (chitta).

Sastra Pramana - शास्त्र मनाण Shiva Samhita (BA)-V.45

रताच्यन्तनमालिण पापाना सक्षया दराचारोऽपि पुरुषो लभते परम पदम् ॥ ४५ ॥

śirah kapāle rudrāksam vivaram cintayedyadā | tadā jyotih prakāśah syādvidyutpuñjasamaprabhah || etaccintanamātren pāpānām samksayo bhavet | durācāro pi puruso labhate paramam padam || 45 ||

When the Yogi constantly thinks that he has got a third eye - the eye of Shiva - in the middle of his forehead, he then perceives a fire brilliant like lightning.

By contemplating on this Light, all sins are destroyed, and even the most wicked person obtains the highest end.

Benefits of Dharana on (Shiva's) Third Eve

Sastra Pramana - रास्क प्रमाण Shiva Samhita (BA)-V.46

नां दर्शन तस्य भाषणञ्जू भवद् ध्रवम् ॥ ४६

aharniśam yadā cintām tatkaroti vicaksanah | siddhānām daršanam tasya bhāsanañca bhaved dhruvam ||46 ||

If the experienced Yogi thinks of this Light day and night, he sees the Siddhas (adepts), and can certainly converse with them.

Dharana on Sunya during Action and Inaction

Sastra Pramona - शास्ल प्रमाण Shiva Samhita (Ba)-V.47

tisthan gacchan svapan bhuñjan dhyayecchünyamaharniśm | tadākāśamayo yogī cidākāše vilīyate || 47 ||

Translation

He who contemplates on sunya (void or vacuum or space), while walking or standing, dreaming or waking, becomes altogether ethereal, and is absorbed in the chid-akasa.

Sastra Pramana - शास्ल प्रमाण Shiva Samhita (BA)-V.48

पत्रज्जीनबलाद्योगी सर्वेषा वल्ल्भी भवत ॥ ४८

etajjñānam sadā kāryam Yoginā siddhimicchatā | nirantarakrtābhyāsānmama tulyo bhaved dhruvam || etajiñanabaladyogī sarvesām vallbho bhavet || 48 ||

The Yogi, desirous of success, should always obtain this knowledge - by habitual exercise he becomes equal to me; through the force of this knowledge, he becomes the beloved of all.

Dharana On The Tip Of Nose After Conquering All Elements 5 Astra Pramona - शास्ल प्रमाण Shiva Samhita (Ba)-V.49

त यन प्लासनगर्न मनसो मरण तस्य खेचरत्व प्रसिद्धयति ॥ ४९ ॥

sarvan bhūtān jayam krtvā nirāšīraparigrahah j nāsāgre dršyate yena pdmāsanagatena vai || manaso maranam tasya khecaratvam prasiddhayati || 49 ||

Translation

Having conquered all elements, and being void of all hopes and worldly connections, when the Yogi sitting in the Padmasana, fixes his gaze on the tip of the nose, his mind becomes dead and he obtains the spiritual power called Khechari.

Dharana On The Ligh

Sastra Pramana - शास्त्र प्रमाण Shiva Samhita (BA)-V.50

Benefits of Dharana on the Light Sastra Pramana - शास्त्र प्रमाण

Shiva Samhita (BA)-V.51

Dharana On Earth Elemer

Anta Pramana - आप्त प्रमाण Hathapradīpikā of Svātmārāma (Chapter 6, Verse 12)

तला भ्यासबलनच स्वयं तदस्य तदक्षका भवत

jyotih paśyayi yogīndrah śuddham śuddhacalopamam | tatrābhyāsabalenaiva svavam tadraksako bhavet || 50 ||

uttanaśyane bhūmau suptvā dhyāyannirantaram | sadyah śramavināšāya svayam yogī vicaksanah | sirah paścāttu bhāgasya dhvāne mrtyuñjayo bhavet || bhrumadhye drstimātrena hayaparah parikīrtitah || 51 ||

स्तम्भकरी सदा क्षित्तिजयं कयोद भवो धारणा ॥ १२ ॥

yā prthvī haritāla-hemarucirā tatvalakārānvitā samyuktā kamalāsanena hi catuskonā hrdi sthāyinī II prānam tatra vilīya pañcaghatikāś-cittānvitam dhārayet esā stambhakarī sadā ksittijayam kuryād bhuvo dhāraņā II 12 II

Translation

The great Yogi beholds Light, pure as holy mountain (Kailas), and through the force of his exercise in it, he becomes the Lord and guardian of the Light.

Stretching himself on the ground, let him contemplate on this Light; by so doing all his weariness and fatigue are destroyed. By contemplating on the back part of his head, he becomes the conqueror of death. (We have described before the effect of fixing one's attention on the space between the two eyebrows, so it need not be enumerated here).

The Earth element which has deep golden yellow colour, having 'la' (as the bija), (Brahma) as the deity, having four corners, placed in the heart, should be concentrated upon with prana raised there and retained for five ghatikas. This is Bhuvo-dhāraņā, which brings restraint and by which one conquers Earth element. 12

दःसहकालकृटशमनी स्याद वारिणी थारणा ॥ १३ ॥

ardhendu-pratimam cakundadhavalam kanthe tu tatvam smrtam yat-pratyūsa - vakārabījasahitam yuktam sadā visņunā || prānam tatra vilīya pañcaghatikāś-cittānvitam dhārayet esā duhsahakālakūtaśamanī syād vāriņī dhāranā || 13 ||

Dharana On Water Element

Apta Pramana - आप्त प्रमाण Hathapradīpikā of Svātmārāma VI.13

Dharana on Fire Elemen

Apta Pramana - आप्त प्रमाण

Hathapradīpikā of Svātmārāma VI.14

एषा वद्गिजय सदा विद्युते वर्ण्श्वानरी धारणा ॥ १४ ॥

yattālusthitam indragaposadršam tatvam trikonojvalam tejorephayutam pravālaruciram rudreņa yatsangatam II. prānam tatra vilīya pañcaghatikāś- cittānvitam dhārayet esā vahnijayam sadā vidadhate vaiśvānarī dhāranā II 14 II

Translation

The Water element, which is as white as crescent moon and kunda flower (jasmine) is located in the throat, having 'va' as bija and is presided over by Visnu as deity. One should take the prana there and hold it for five ghatikas with one-pointed mind. This is Vārinī-Dhāranā, which digests severe poisons. 13

Translation

The Fire element, which is located in the palate and as deep red as indra-gopa insect (cochineal), having three shining corners, ra as bija, as brightly red as coral, which is presided over by Rudra as deity. One should take the prana there and hold it for five ghatikas with raft attention. This is Vaisvanari-Dharana, by which one controls fire element. 14

yad-bhinnañjana-puñjasannibham-idam tatva bhruvorantaram tatvam tatra pacaghațikāś- cittānvitam dhārayet esã khe gamanam karoti yaminam syad vayavî dharana II 15 II

move in the space. 15

Translation

The akasa element, is placed in the Brahmarandhra, which is as pure as water. It bears that (unheard) nada, having Sadasiva as presiding deity and embedded with 'ha' (as bija). One should take prana there accompanied with mind for five ghatikas. This Nabho-dhāranā brings liberation to the Yogis. 16

The element of Air is situated between the two eye-brows, bright like a heap of collyrium, round in shape, consisting of vayu and associated with the letter ' ya' (as bija) and Tsvara as presiding deity. One should bring the prana there and maintain it for five ghatikas with one-pointed mind. This Vayavi-dharana enables a Yogī to

Dharana On Space Element

Apta Pramana - आप्त प्रमाण

Hathapradīpikā of Svātmārāma VI.15

Apta Pramona - आप्त प्रमाण Hathapradīpikā of Svātmārāma VI.16

CF 3

च यामना प्रक्तिा नभोधारणा ॥ १६ ॥

tannādena sadāšivena sahitam šāntaṃ hakārānvitam II pranam tatra vilīya pañcaghatikas-cittānvitaṃ dhārayet esa moksaphalapradā ca yaminām proktā nabhodhāraņā II 16 II

ākāšam suvišuddhavārisadršam

yad-brahmarandhresthitam

Benefits through the Five Dharanas managama mana mana mana manan manana mananan mana mana mara mara mara mara mara mara mara mara mara mara mara marka marka marka marka mara mara mara mara mara mara mara

G

D

Apta Pramana - आप्त प्रमाण Hathapradīpikā of Svātmārāma VI.17

स्तम्भनी द्रावणी चुऐव दाहनी भ्रामणी तथा ॥ मोचनी च भवन्त्येव भूतानां पञ्च धारणा ॥ १७ ॥

stambhanī drāvaņī caiva dāhanī bhrāmaņī tathā Il mocanī ca bhavantyeva bhūtānām pañca dhāraņā II 17 II

Translation

These five Dhāraņās generate stability, dilution, burning, whirling and liberation respectively to the aspirants. 17

Invocation of the Shadow (Pratikopasana)

शास्त्र प्रमाण - शास्त्र प्रमाण शिव संहिता (BA)-V.15

काया विचारणा || १५

अथ प्रतीकोपदासनं प्रतीकोपदासना कार्वा दृष्टादृष्टफलप्रदा पुनाति दर्शनादत्र नात्र कार्या विचारणा || 15 ||

अनुवाद

प्रतीक (छाया) का आह्वान भक्त को देखी और अनदेखी वस्तुएँ देता है; निस्संदेह, इसके मात्र दर्शन से ही मनुष्य शुद्ध हो जाता है।

प्रतीकोपासना- तकनीक

शास्त्र प्रमाण - शास्त्र प्रमाण शिव संहिता (BA)-V.16

गाढातपे स्वप्रतिबिम्बतेश्वरं निरीक्ष्य विसफारितलोचनद्वयम् यदा नभः पश्यति स्वप्रतीकं नभोङ्गणे तत्क्षणमेव पश्यति ॥ १६

गाढातपे स्वप्रतिबिम्बतेश्वरं निरीक्ष्य विसफारितलोचनद्वयम्। यदा नभः पश्यति स्वप्रतीकम् नभोङ्गणे तत्क्षणमेव पश्यति ॥ १६ ॥

अनुवाद

एक स्पष्ट सूर्य-प्रकाशित आकाश में, स्थिर दृष्टि से अपने स्वयं के दिव्य प्रतिबिंब को देखें; जब भी यह आकाश में एक पल के लिए भी दिखाई देता है, तो आप एक ही बार में आकाश में भगवान को देखते हैं।

प्रतीकोपासना - जीवनकाल बढ़ाना और कभी भी आकस्मिक मृत्यु न होना

शास्त्र प्रमोण - शास्त्र प्रमाण शिव संहिता (BA)-V.17

नते यो वै स्वप्रतीकं नभो आयुवृद्धभवत्तस्य न मृत्युः स्यात्कदाचन ॥ १७ ॥

प्रत्यहं पश्यते यो वै स्वप्रतीकम् नभोङ्गणे आयुवृद्धिरभवेतस्य न मृत्युः स्यात्कदाचन || 17 ||

तदा जयमवाप्राप्त वाय निजित्य सञ्चरत

यदा पश्यति सम्पूर्णं स्वप्रतीकम् नभोङ्गणे | तदा जयमवाप्नोति वायुं निर्जित्य सञ्चरेत्|| 18 ||

अनुवाद

जो प्रतिदिन आकाश में अपनी छाया देखता है, उसके वर्ष बढ़ेंगे और उसकी कभी भी आकस्मिक मृत्यु नहीं होगी।

जब छाया आकाश के क्षेत्र में पूरी तरह से प्रतिबिंबित दिखाई देती है, तो उसे विजय प्राप्त होती है; और वायु को जीतकर, वह हर जगह जाता है।

प्रतीकोपासना में सफलता योगी वायु को जीतता है

शास्त्र प्रमोण - शास्त्र प्रमाण शिव संहिता (BA)-V.18a

प्रतीकोपासना का आह्वान कैसे करें

शास्त्र प्रमाण - शास्त्र प्रमाण शिव संहिता (BA)-V.18b

यात सम्पण स्वप्रताक नभी तदा जयमवाप्रोति वायु निजित्य सञ्चरेत ॥ श यदा पश्यति सम्पूर्णं स्वप्रतीकम् नभोङ्गणे

तदा जयमवाप्नोति वायुं निर्जित्य सञ्चरेत् || 18 ||

अनुवाद

उगते सूर्य के समय, या चंद्रमा द्वारा, उसे अपनी छाया की गर्दन पर अपनी टकटकी स्थिर रखनी चाहिए; फिर, कुछ समय बाद, उसे आकाश में देखना चाहिए। यदि उसे आकाश में पूरी भूरी छाया दिखाई देती है, तो यह शुभ है।

यः करोति सदाभ्यासं चात्मनां वन्द्रते परम्

पणोनन्दैकपुरुषं स्वप्रतीकप्रसादतः ॥ १९ ॥ यः करोति सदाभ्यासं चात्मनां वन्दते परम् |

पूर्णानन्दैकपुरुषं स्वप्रतीकप्रसादतः || 19 ||

अनुवाद

जो हमेशा इसका अभ्यास करता है और परमात्मा को जानता है, वह अपनी छाया की कृपा से पूरी तरह से खुश हो जाता है।

प्रतीकोपासना: अभ्यास करने का सबसे अच्छा समय

प्रतीकोपासना अभ्यास

शास्त्र प्रमाण - शास्त्र प्रमाण

सुख की ओर ले जाता है

शिव संहिता (BA)-V.19

शास्त्र प्रमोण - शास्त्र प्रमाण शिव संहिता (BA)-V.20

प्रतीकोपासना योगी को मुक्ति की ओर ले जाती है

शास्त्र प्रमोण - शास्त्र प्रमाण शिव संहिता (BA)-V.21

यालाकाले विवाहे च शुभे कर्मणि सङ्ग पापक्षय पुण्यवद्धी प्रतीकोपासनञ्जरत ॥ २०

यात्राकाले विवाहे च शुभे कर्मणि सङ्कटे पापक्षये पुण्यवृद्धौ प्रतीकोपासनञ्चरेत् || 20 ||

तदा माव्वमवाप्राति याग्रा नियतमानसः

निरन्तरकृताभ्यासात् अन्तरे पश्यति ध्रुवम् | तदा मुक्तिमवाप्नोति योगी नियतमानसः || 21 ||

अनुवाद

यात्रा, विवाह, या शुभ कार्य शुरू करने के समय, या जब परेशानी में हो, तो यह बहुत उपयोगी है। छाया का यह आह्वान पापों को नष्ट करता है और पुण्य को बढ़ाता है।

हमेशा इसका अभ्यास करने से, वह अंततः इसे अपने हृदय में देखने लगता है, और दृढ़ निश्चयी योगी को मुक्ति मिलती है।

त्यान एक संस्कृत शब्द है जिसका अर्थ है 'ध्यान'। यह मूल शब्द, धि, जिसका अर्थ है मन और यान, जिसका अर्थ है गति से लिया गया है।

THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM बताते हैं कि ध्यान एक वस्तु पर ध्यान केंद्रित करना नहीं है। ध्यान आपकी आवृत्ति को एक निश्चित स्तर तक बढ़ा रहा है ताकि वह वस्तु जिस पर ध्यान हो रहा है, और ध्यानी, दोनों अपनी सीमा खो दें और एक हो जाएं। उदाहरण के लिए, कपड़े के एक टुकड़े पर ध्यान करना, जहाँ मन और वस्तु अपनी सीमाएँ खो देते हैं, एक हो जाते हैं, और उस स्रोत में गायब हो जाते हैं जहाँ से वे दोनों उत्पन्न होते हैं, ध्यान है।

ध्यान में रंग और रोशनी देखना शामिल नहीं है,

संगीत सुनना, या दिव्य प्राणियों की उपस्थिति को महसूस करना। ध्यान में अलौकिक अनुभव नहीं होते हैं। जबकि आकांक्षी इन अनुभवों को प्राप्त कर सकते हैं, यह स्वयं ध्यान नहीं है। सभी अनुभव मन के होते हैं, और ध्यान तभी हो सकता है जब आप मन को त्याग दें। ध्यान जीवन से पलायन नहीं है। वास्तव में, ध्यान जीवन से घनिष्ठ रूप से जुड़ा हुआ है।

THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM कहते हैं कि चेतना का बाहर की ओर बढ़ना ही जीवन है। जीवन का अंदर की ओर, चेतना की ओर बढ़ना ही ध्यान है। ध्यान एक सतत विकासवादी प्रक्रिया है, प्रत्येक अनुभव हमें जागरूकता और समझ के उच्च स्तर तक ले जाता है, जबकि कई जीवनकालों के मानसिक कचरे को साफ करता है।

कोई भी किसी भी चीज़ पर ध्यान कर सकता है और यदि सीमा खो जाती है, तो ज्ञानोदय का भी अनुभव किया जा सकता है। THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM के लिए, उनका पहला ज्ञानोदय अनुभव बारह वर्ष की आयु में हुआ। THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM अपने विचारों के स्रोत को खोजने की सरल तकनीक के साथ चंचल रूप से प्रयोग कर रहे थे। उन्होंने देखा कि उनके अंदर कुछ खुल गया जिसके परिणामस्वरूप एक ऐसा अनुभव हुआ जो उनकी दो भौतिक आँखों की सीमा से कहीं परे था। आज, हम समझने में सक्षम हैं कि युवा अवतार के पास तीसरी आँख का स्वतःस्फूर्त जागरण और अद्वैत का अनुभव, पूर्णता के साथ एकता थी!

"पहला अनुभव यह था कि मैं सब कुछ देखने में सक्षम था

मेरे चारों ओर, मेरे ऊपर, पूरा 360 डिग्री। मुझे एहसास हुआ कि न केवल मैं देख पा रहा था, मैं महसूस करने, अनुभव करने में सक्षम था, पत्थर की त्वचा, वह चट्टान जिस पर मैं इस शरीर की त्वचा पर बैठा था, दोनों मुझे समान रूप से ले जाते हैं। दोनों में मैं समान रूप से विद्यमान हूँ।" THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM

जैसा कि THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM बताते हैं, ध्यान के दौरान, न केवल मन, बल्कि वह वस्तु जिस पर वह ध्यान कर रहा है, भी अपनी सीमा खो देती है और उस स्रोत के साथ एक हो जाती है जहाँ से दोनों उत्पन्न हुए हैं - जिसके परिणामस्वरूप तीव्र आनंद, शांति और परमानंद होता है। एकता के इस अनुभव के दौरान, ध्यान की वस्तु के गुण ध्यान करने वाले में प्रकट होते हैं। इसलिए किसी देवता या गुरु जैसी उच्च ऊर्जा के स्रोत पर ध्यान करना इतना महत्वपूर्ण है।

परम राज्य, सदाशिव के स्थान और शक्तियों की प्राप्ति ही ध्यान का फल है। THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM संघ के दीक्षित सदस्य नाभि और सौर जाल के बीच एक विशेष बिंदु पर गुरु के हंसते हुए चेहरे की कल्पना करके ध्यान का अभ्यास करते हैं, जिसे आनंद गंध कहा जाता है। मास्टर के साथ एकता की स्थिति में प्रवेश करके, वे योगिक शक्तियों जैसे कि आँखों पर पट्टी बांधकर पढ़ना, दूरस्थ देखना, शरीर स्कैनिंग, उत्तोलन और भौतिककरण को प्रकट करने में सक्षम हैं।

समाधि एक संस्कृत शब्द है जो ध्यान संबंधी चेतना की स्थिति का वर्णन करता है। एक योगी ध्यान के अभ्यास से इसे प्राप्त कर सकता है। व्यक्ति पूरी तरह से वर्तमान क्षण के प्रति सचेत रहता है। मन शांत हो जाता है।

भाव समाधि एक आनंदमय चेतना की स्थिति है जो आपके चुने हुए आदर्श के प्रति बिना शर्त भक्ति के स्थान से उत्पन्न होती है। भाव का अर्थ है मानसिक रवैया, भावना, संवेग। चेतना की यह स्थिति कभी-कभी हम में स्वतःस्फूर्त रूप से घटित होती है।

"भगवान की उपस्थिति का अभ्यास करना सबसे बड़ा, सबसे शक्तिशाली तकनीक है जो आपको तुरंत भाव समाधि में डाल देती है। भगवान की उपस्थिति का अभ्यास करना लगातार यह महसूस करना है कि आप उनके साथ हैं, वह आपके साथ हैं। भगवान की उपस्थिति का अभ्यास करने का अर्थ है उनकी उपस्थिति को जानना आपके साथ है और लगातार उनसे संबंधित रहना, उन्हें अपनी उपस्थिति में रखना। उन्हें अपनी उपस्थिति में रखना, भगवान की उपस्थिति का अभ्यास करना है!"

THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM

"भाव समाधि का अर्थ है वह क्षेत्र जहाँ ठोस ठोस नहीं है, तरल तरल नहीं है, जहाँ ठोस और तरल के बीच का अंतर एक दूसरे पर बस अतिव्यापी है। यह ऐसा है - जब बर्फ और पानी मिलते हैं और पिघलते हैं, तो वह क्षेत्र। न तो निराकार और न ही भौतिक रूप। आप दरवाजे कह सकते हैं। न तो आप अंदर हैं और न ही आप बाहर। उसी तरह, न तो पूर्ण निराकार के स्थान में, और न ही नाम और रूप के स्थान में। जहाँ ठोस तरल बन रहा है। जहाँ रूप निराकार बन रहा है। वह क्षेत्र। वही है जिसे मैं भाव समाधि कहता हूँ।"

THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM

निर्विकल्प समाधि तब घटित होती है जब कोई एक बार एक हो जाता है

परम के साथ. "निर्विकल्प" का अर्थ है बिना किसी बदलाव के होना। "विकल्प" का अर्थ है परिवर्तन, दोलन, मोड़, तनुकरण, विभेदन। ये सभी विकल्प शब्द के विभिन्न अर्थ हो सकते हैं। 'निर्विकल्प' का अर्थ है इनमें से किसी के बिना। जब कोई निर्विकल्प समाधि प्राप्त कर लेता है, तो वह सचमुच भगवान बन जाता है। 'निर्विकल्प समाधि' का अर्थ है आपका संपूर्ण अस्तित्व, आपकी संपूर्ण पहचान ब्रह्मांडीय अस्तित्व में विलीन हो जाना। व्यक्तिगत आंतरिक स्थान में अब कोई गड़बड़ी, अंतर नहीं है।

निर्विकल्प समाधि का सबसे अच्छा प्रत्यक्ष अनुभव अनक्लचिंग द्वारा प्राप्त किया जा सकता है। शब्द "अनक्लचिंग" परम आध्यात्मिक सत्य है। अनक्लचिंग सीधे आपकी चेतना को उन्नत कर सकता है। इस प्रक्रिया को तीन शब्दों का वर्णन करके समझा जा सकता है: क्लचिंग, डिस्क्लचिंग और अनक्लचिंग। क्लचिंग का अर्थ है पकड़ना, आसक्त होना। डिस्क्लचिंग का अर्थ है पूरी तरह से अलग हो जाना, टूटना। अनक्लचिंग का अर्थ है जरूरत पड़ने पर किसी भी समय क्लच पर वापस जाना। लगातार आप अपने शरीर, अपने मन, अपनी भावनाओं, कई चीजों से क्लच होते हैं। आप अपनी फेसबुक पहचान से भी क्लच हैं! आपके मन द्वारा बनाए गए विचार - आनंद का विचार, दर्द का विचार, सुख का विचार - आप कई चीजों के साथ क्लच करते हैं। अनक्लचिंग, भले ही इसका अभ्यास ईमानदारी से बहुत छोटे स्तर पर किया जाए, आप में इतनी जागृति लाता है। उदाहरण के लिए, आप हर क्षण इसका अभ्यास कर सकते हैं जब आपके मन में कोई विचार आए। जब आपके मन में कोई विचार आए, तो बिना उसका समर्थन किए, प्रोत्साहित किए, मनोरंजन किए या उससे मनोरंजन किए, बस उससे आराम करें।

यदि आप उठने वाले विचारों से आराम करना शुरू कर देते हैं, तो आप उस पहचान से मुक्ति का अनुभव करेंगे जो आपने बनाई है।

कृपया समझें, अनक्लचिंग निर्विकल्प समाधि की ओर ले जाने वाला मार्ग भी नहीं है, यह एक ऐसी प्रक्रिया है जो सीधे आपको निर्विकल्प समाधि का अनुभव कराती है। जिस क्षण आप अनक्लचिंग शुरू करते हैं, आप निर्विकल्प समाधि में गिर रहे हैं। यह एक शिखर नहीं है

इसे प्राप्त करने के लिए, यह एक घाटी है जिसमें आपको गिरने की आवश्यकता है। यह इसे प्राप्त करने के लिए कोई वस्तु नहीं है, इसे प्राप्त करने के लिए शिखर नहीं है, यह एक घाटी है जिसमें गिरना है। जब कोई निर्विकल्प समाधि प्राप्त कर लेता है तो यह कोई उपलब्धि भी नहीं होती है।

"अनक्लचिंग ध्यान का शुद्धतम रूप है। अनक्लचिंग शुद्धतम समाधि है।" THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM

प्रत्याहार की सन्निहित अवस्था का अर्थ है सब कुछ छोड़कर पीछे हटना। धारणा का अर्थ है एक चीज़ पर बहना। चेतना - भाव समाधि ध्यान का अर्थ है वह सत्य जिसकी ओर आप बह रहे हैं, जो स्वयं को आप पर प्रकट कर रहा है - उस अवस्था में लगातार बने रहना समाधि है। आत्म प्रमाण - आत्मा प्रसाण The Supreme Pontiff Of Hinduism Bhagawan Sri Nithyananda Paramashivam लीला ध्यान शक्तिपात आपके सिस्टम में लगातार मधुर लीला ध्यान, एक मधुर स्मरण द्वारा घटित होना चाहिए। वे धन्य हैं जिनमें लीला ध्यान लगातार हो रहा है, जिसका अर्थ है कि शक्तिपात आत्म प्रमाण में शाश्वत हो गया है - आत्मा प्रमाण The Supreme Pontiff Of Hinduism Bhagawan Sri Nithyananda Paramashivam आप। शक्तिपात, सबसे पहले यह आप में क्या करता है - आनंद की श्यानता को बढ़ाना, आप में आनंद की गहराई और उपस्थिति और तीव्रता को बढ़ाना, ताकि पित्त परत, भ्रम परत स्वचालित रूप से टूट जाए। ध्यान को परिभाषित करना / ध्यान मस्तिष्क की सबसे सूक्ष्म दृश्यों को पकड़ने की क्षमता का विकास, आंतरिक मौन के लंबे अभ्यास के माध्यम से, अनक्लचिंग या ध्यान कहलाता है। आत्म प्रमोण - आत्मा प्रमाण The Supreme Pontiff Of Hinduism Bhagawan Sri Nithyananda Paramashivam ध्यान को परिभाषित करना / ध्यान मस्तिष्क की सबसे सूक्ष्म दृश्यों को पकड़ने की क्षमता का विकास, आंतरिक मौन के लंबे अभ्यास के माध्यम से, अनक्लचिंग या ध्यान कहलाता है। आत्म प्रमाण - आल्मा प्रमाण The Supreme Pontiff Of Hinduism Bhagawan Sri Nithyananda Paramashivam ध्यान केवल आंतरिक शांति के लिए नहीं, समर्पण या अनक्लचिंग या आनंद गंध ध्यान का अभ्यास करना, पूर्ण पूर्णता, यह सब न केवल लाता है बल्कि मस्तिष्क की सूक्ष्मता को बढ़ाता है शांति आपके हृदय में है, यह आपके मस्तिष्क की सूक्ष्मता को उच्च सत्यों को पकड़ने और जीने की क्षमता को बढ़ाता है। सबसे सूक्ष्म सत्य जो आपके मस्तिष्क ने पकड़ा है, वह स्वयं को आपकी अनुभूति और जीवन के लक्ष्य के रूप में स्थापित करता है।

आत्म प्रमाण - आत्मा प्रमाण THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM

सूक्ष्म दृश्य, अनुभव या कल्पना ध्यान में वास्तविकता बन जाते हैं

आत्म प्रमोण - आत्मा प्रलाण THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM

कुछ भी जो सूक्ष्म है, सबसे सूक्ष्म अनुभव, कल्पना, जिसे आपका मस्तिष्क पकड़ने में सक्षम है, वह उसे अपने कार्य का आधार बना देगा। मुझे यह बताने के अलावा कुछ करने की ज़रूरत नहीं है कि मेरे बालसंतों के साथ कैसे होता है, जिस तरह से वे पकड़ने में सक्षम हैं। जिस क्षण उनके मस्तिष्क में सूक्ष्म खांचे इसे पकड़ लेते हैं, वह शक्ति उनमें प्रकट होने लगेगी। मैं बालसंत क्यों कह रहा हूं, क्योंकि वे सुनने के लिए अधिक तैयार हैं, उनके आंतरिक स्थान में अधिक शांति है, उनके मस्तिष्क में मेरी बातों को आत्मसात करने के लिए अधिक सूक्ष्म खांचे हैं। जब मैं उस विज्ञान को समझाता हूं, यदि आप इसे देख सकते हैं, तो वह शक्ति आपके मस्तिष्क में प्रकट होने लगेगी जो देख सकती है, यह उसे आपकी बुनियादी कार्यक्षमता बना देगा। अगर मैं समझा सकता हूं - एक शरीर से दूसरे शरीर में जाना, सूक्ष्म यात्रा - और आपका मस्तिष्क इसे पकड़ने, देखने के लिए काफी सूक्ष्म है, तो आप उस शक्ति को प्रकट करना शुरू कर देंगे जो केवल उसी तरह की है। आपको बस पूर्णता स्थान और गुरु की आवश्यकता है जो आपके मस्तिष्क के खांचे को ठीक से पकड़ सके।

ब्रह्मांड के पवित्र रहस्यों की सूक्ष्म समझ होना आपको योगी बनाता है आत्म प्रमाण - आल्मा प्रमाण THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM

पूर्णता और शांति का आंतरिक स्थान बनाना आत्म प्रमाण - आल्मा प्रमाण THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM

कुछ भी जिसे आपका मस्तिष्क पकड़ और आनंद ले सकता है, आपका जीवन उसे वास्तविकता बना देगा। यदि आपका मस्तिष्क ब्रह्मांडीय पवित्रताओं और आध्यात्मिक शक्तियों की सबसे सूक्ष्म समझ को पकड़ और आनंद ले सकता है, तो आप बस योगी, दिव्य शरीरी बन जाएंगे।

सबसे सूक्ष्म सत्यों को प्रतिबिंबित करने की क्षमता, पवित्र समझ को प्रतिबिंबित करने की क्षमता, सबसे पवित्र आनंद को पकड़ने की क्षमता, चेतना की शक्ति को पकड़ने की क्षमता, ब्रह्मांड के स्रोत को देखने की क्षमता, आंतरिक स्थान में जबरदस्त पूर्णता और शांति के साथ होती है।

आप अधिक से अधिक चेतना के साथ खुद को जोड़ रहे हैं आत्म प्रमोण - आल्ना प्रमाण THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM

प्राणायाम से ध्यान तक

शास्त्र प्रमोण - शास्ल प्रमाण श्रीमत् सर्वज्ञानोत्तरावगम। योग पद 13

चेतना के साथ, शुद्ध चेतना के साथ अधिक से अधिक खुद को जोड़ना ही ध्यान है।

अथ ध्यानम्

प्राणापानौ समौ कृत्वा सुषुम्नान्तरचारिणौ || 13 तयोर्वृत्तिं निरुद्धयात्मा शिवं ध्यायेत् विचक्षणः

अनुवाद

उच्छ्वास और निश्वास (प्राण और अपान) को समान करके और श्वास को केंद्रीय नाड़ी (सुषुम्ना) के भीतर प्रवाहित करने में सक्षम करके और उच्छ्वास और निश्वास के कार्यों को रोककर, कुशल साधक को भगवान शिव पर गहराई से ध्यान करना चाहिए।

ध्यान को वह तकनीक कहा जाता है, जो मन को सभी विचारों से मुक्त करती है। किसी भी तत्व पर विचारों की अविचलित एकाग्रता का अभ्यास ध्यान के रूप में परिभाषित किया गया है। 19

Adopt a comfortable sitting posture, with the eyes gazing at an external point, while mind is focused inside, keeping the body straight and remaining motionless. This is dhyanamudra, which bestows success.

Defining Dhyana

Apta Pramona - आप्त प्रमाण Hathapradīpikā of Svātmārāma VI.19

Dhyana-Mudra

Apta Pramana - आप्त प्रमाण Hathapradīpikā of Svātmārāma VI.21

तो बहिश्चक्षर्-अधःस्थाप्य हि सुखासनम् ॥ समत्वं च श्रीरस्य ध्यानमुद्रति सिद्धिदा ॥ २१ ॥

antaśceto bahiścaksur-adhahsthāpya hi sukhāsanam || samatvam ca śrīrasya dhyanamudreti siddhidā || 21 ||

dhyānam ca sarvacintānām nivrttir vai nigadyate li yā tatve niścalā cintā saiva dhyānam prakīrtitam || 19 ||

Meditate on the Self Apta Pramana - आप्त प्रमाण Hathapradīpikā of Svātmārāma VI.29

गरे प्रथमे चक्रे दीपं काञ्चनसन्निभम् ॥ नासाग्री दृष्टिरात्मानं ध्यात्वा मुञ्जति किल्विषात् ॥ २९ ॥ āDhāRe Prathame Cakre DīPam KāñCanasannibham Ii

nāsāgre drstirātmānam dhyātvā muñcati kilvisāt || 29 ||

Translation

Fixing the gaze at the tip of the nose, one should. meditate on the Self, which is as bright as a golden light situated on the first cakra, that is adhara. Thus one frees one- self from the sins.

Meditate On Swadisthana

Apta Pramana - आप्त प्रमाण Hathapradīpikā of Svātmārāma VI.30

स्वशब्देन भवेत् प्राणः स्वाधिष्ठानं तदाश्रयम् स्वाधिष्ठानं त तच्चक्रं सदा ध्येयं निगद्यते ॥३०॥

svaśabdena bhavet prāņah svādhisthānam tadāśrayam | svādhisthānam tu taccakram sadā dhyeyam nigadyate ||30||

Translation

Sva stands for prana, svadhisthana is the abode for that (prana), (sva {self} + adhistana {abode}). This is how svadhithana cakra is define, which should be meditated upon.

One meditates upon the Self placing it on the manipura cakra, which is as effulgent as the morning sun, by fixing the gaze on the tip of the nose and experienceing complete Bliss.

One should meditate on the Sefl placed in the lotus heart, which is as bright as lightening and purified by the practice of pranayama, fixing the gaze on the tip of the nose. Thus one becomes identified with Brahman.

Meditate On The Hearl

Apta Pramana - आप्त प्रमाण Hathapradīpikā of Svātmārāma VI.47

सङ्काश चक्र च मणिपरक हष्टिरात्मान ध्यात्वानन्दमया भवत ॥३२॥

tarunādityasankāše cakre ca manipūrake nāsāgre drstirätmänam dhyātvānandamayo bhavet ||32|

त-प्रभे च इत्पद्यो प्राणायामिर-विभेदिते नासाग्री हारिरात्मानं ध्यात्वा ब्रह्ममयो भवत ॥४७॥

vidyut-prabhe ca hrtpadme pranayamair-vibhedite | nāsāgre drstirātmānam dhyātvā brahmamayo bhavet ||47||

Apta Pramana - आप्त प्रमाण Hathapradīpikā of Svātmārāma VI.49

nirgunam ca śivam śāntam gagane viśvatomukham || nāsāgre drstirekākī dhyātvā brahmasamo bhavet ||49||

Translation

One should meditate on the Siva, who is nirguna (without attributes), peaceful and omnipresent, placing it in the gagana (ether - brahma-randra) and fixing the gaze on the tip of the nose. Thus one becomes identified Brahman.

Meditate On Vishuddh

Apta Pramana - आप्त प्रमाण Hathapradīpikā of Svātmārāma VI.50

नासाग्री हष्टिरात्मानं ध्यात्वा दःखा विमुञ्जति ॥५०॥

satatam ghantikāmadhye viśuddhe dīpakaprabhe nāsāgre drstirātmānam dhvātvā duhkham vimuñcati ||50||

Translation

One should meditate on the Atman (Self), in the visuddha cakra, which is as illuminating as the light and located in the throat. Doing so, one attains freedomg from misery.

नासाग्री होष्टरात्मान ध्यात्वा मत्य प्रमञ्जति ॥५३॥

sravat-piyusasampürne lamnikā candramandale | näsägre drstirātmānam dhyātvā mrtyum pramuñcati ||51|

Translation

One should meditate on the Atman (Self), visulizing it in the orb of moon located in the palate, wherefrom the nectar oozes and keep the gaze on the tip of the nose. Thus one transcends death.

Trans Atlon

One should meditate on the Atman (Self), visulizing it as a deity between the two eye-brows, which is brightly shining like the rays of pure diamond, while keeping the gaze on the tip of the nose. Thus one is filled up with Bliss,

Meditate On Third Eve

Apta Pramona - आप्त प्रमाण Hathapradīpikā of Svātmārāma VI.52 हाष्ट्ररात्मानें ध्यात्वानन्द्रमयां भवत ॥५२॥

bhruvorantargatam devam sanmanikya-sukhopamam | nāsāgre drstirātmānam dhyātvānandamayo bhavet ||52||

9 Points Of Meditation

Apta Pramana - आप्त प्रमाण Hathapradīpikā of Svātmārāma VI.55

gudam medhraśca nābhiśca hrtpadmam kantha ucyate | ghantikā lambikāsthānam bhrūmadhyam ca nabhobilam ||55||

Attain Powers through Meditation

Apta Pramona - आप्त प्रमाण Hathapradīpikā of Svātmārāma VI.56

Meditation on Heart Padma Apta Pramana - आप्त प्रमाण Hathapradīpikā of Svātmārāma VI.61

र्थितानि नवेतानि ध्यानस्थानानि योगिभिः उपाधितत्वयवतानि कवन्त्येष्टगणादयम् ॥ kathitāni navaitāni dhyānasthānāni Yogibhih | upādhitatvayuktāni kurvantyastagunodayam ||56||

वज्रासनो नित्यम-ऋजुप्रकयो भवेत प्राणमुइम नियम्य द्ध-हृत्यद्मकाणिकाया ध्यायत् तत्वमयः स मुक्तः ॥६३॥ vajrāsano nityam-rjuprakayo bhavet prāņam-imam niyamya | udbuddha-hrtpadmaka-karnikāyām dhyāyet tatvamayah sa muktah ||61||

Translation

Anus, genitals, navel, lotus heart, throat, uvula, palate, center of the eye-brows and nabho-bila (brahma-randhra) - are the nine sites for meditation as told by the yogis.

Practice of the meditation, accompanying attributes and elements brings about the eightfold virtues.

Adopt the posture of vajrasana daily keeping the body erect, have control on the breath and visualize the tatva in the petals of the hrt padma. Thus one attains liberation.

Keeping the eyes half-open and mind poised, fix the gaze on the tip of the nose, slow down the pace of both ida and pingala, maintain an internal calm, visualize the ultimate Reality as brightly shining internal light. Thus, one attains the Absolute State of tatva (Self), beyond all material realm. What else remains to be said?

See the Ultimate Reality

Apta Pramona - आप्त प्रमाण HathapradīPikā Of SvāTmāRāMa Vii.38

द्वाटित-लोचनः स्थिरमना नासाग्रद्दत्तक्षणः चन्द्राकोवपि लीनताम्-उपनयन्-निष्पन्दभावान्तर ज्योति-रूपम्-अशेष-बाह्यरहितं देदीप्यमानं परम् तत्वं तत्पदमेति वस्तुपरमं वाच्यं किमलाधिकम् ॥३८॥

ardhodghātita-locanah sthiramanā nāsāgradatteksanah candrārkāvapi līnatām-upanayen-nispandabhāvāntare | ivoti-rūpam-aśesa-bāhyarahitam dedīpyamānam param tatvam tatpadameti vastuparamam vācyam kimatrādhikam ||38||

Knowledge of Person Qualified for Yoga and Shivoham as the Fruit of Dhyana

5 a stra Pramona - शास्त्र प्रमाण Srimat Sarvajnanottra Agama -Yoga Pada 2,3

yo dhyātā yacca tad dhyānam tadvai dyānaprayojanam || 2 ātmā dhyātā mano dhyānam dhyeyah sūksmo maheśvarah || 3 yat param paramaiśvarya etad dhyanapravojanam

Effect Of Pranayama, Dharana, Pratyahara, Dhyana

Sostra Pramona - शास्त्र प्रमाण Srimat Sarvajnanottra Agama -Yoga Pada 16

pranāyāmairdaheddosāndhāranābhistu kilbisam || 16 pratyāhārena samsargāndhyānenānaśvarān guņān

Meditating in Supreme Self Residing Neither Inside nor Outside the Body

Sastra Pramona - शास्ल प्रमाण Srimat Sarvajnanottra Agama -Yoga Pada 28

vidyām kalām tata: kālam māyām vidyām tata: parama drastvānukramaś: sarvān punarastrena bhedayet || 28 ||

Translation

Only that person who has known well the nature of meditator, meditation and the fruit of meditation is fit enough to undertake the disciplines of Yoga. The individual self is the meditator. Mind is meditation. The Great Lord S'iva is the One to be meditated. The attainment of the supreme qualities of S'iva, superior to which there is nothing, is the fruit of meditation.

By the practice of pranayama, the sadhaka incinerates all the defilements. By dharana, he annihilates all of his sinful effects. By pratyahara, he maintains himself completely free from the negative thoughts and vices. And by dhyana, he becomes capable of nullifying the effects of even those qualities which do not decay.

This self is neither inside the body nor outside the body. Neither it is at a greater distance nor at a closer point. It is in a supreme space which is beyond the range of 36 tattvas and of the worlds contained in them. The refined seeker should install his mind in that supreme place.

Meditating in Supreme Self - Description

Sastra Pramana - शास्त्र प्रसाण Srimat Sarvainanottra Agama -Yoga Pada 29

vidyeśvaram tatastattavam tata: sadaśivam param | bhitva tu ksurikāstrena tata: sūksmam šivam višet||29|

Pervading completely in all directions across, above, below, outside, inside and so on - the self always exists in its own state being dissociated from all things. Being self luminous it shines forth with its own brilliance and illumines everything. The refined seeker should always meditate on his own self which is of such nature.

Meditation to Experience Oneness with Shiva

Sostra Pramona - शास्त्र प्रमाण Srimat Sarvajnanottra Agama -Yoga Pada 30

amratātmā šivam sāksāt tasmin vistastu yogavit |

saryagya: sarvaga: süksma: sarveša: sarvakradbhavet: | 30 ||

The self is not to be considered as absolutely non-existent( na s'u'nyam). In its own state it is bereft of adjuncts such as body, instruments and so forth ( na as'u'nyam). But in its embodied state it is associated with relevant body . instruments, location and enjoyments( na s'u'nyam). In its liberated state, it becomes one with S'iva who is eternally free from the constricting adjuncts. The refined seeker should meditate on his own self as completely dissociated from adherence to such notion of state as existent or non-existent.

Description of Position, Space and State for Yogic Meditation

Sastra Pramana - शास्त्र प्रमाण Paramesvaragama (Ch. 10, 23)

व्रचल विश्वरम | २३ | Dhyanapaddhatih

ātisthet sthāņuvat svastho yathā dīpo nivātagah |

samam kayasirogrīvam dhārayannacalam sthiram ||23||

Translation

Yogi should be seated on a clean place in a steady posture keeping the head, neck and the body straight without making any movement like a trunk of the tree or an unflinching flame of the lamp.

Describing Location Of Focus For Meditation On Sadashiva (Part 1)

Sastra Pramona - शास्ल प्रमाण Paramesvaragama (Ch. 10, 24)

Describing Location Of Focus For Meditation On Sadashiva (Part 2)

Sastra Pramona - शास्ल प्रमाण Paramesvaragama (Ch. 10, 25)

Description Of Dhyana

Sastra Pramana - शास्त्र मनाण Mahanirvani Tantram (5, 137)

पुण्डरीके नाभ्यां वा स्वाधिष्ठानेऽपि मलके चापि चाज्ञायां सहस्रारेऽपि वा शिवे

hrtpundarike näbhyam vä svädhisthäne'pi mūlake viśuddhau capi cājñāyām sahasrāre'pi vā śive ||24||

brahmarandhre śikhāgre vā dvādašānte cidātmani |

अरूपं तव यद्भ्यानमवाङ्गनसर्गाचरम् ॥ १३७ ॥

dhyānam tu dvividham proktam sarūpārūpabhedatah |

arūpam tava yaddhyānamavāṅmanasagocaram || 137 ||

etadanyatamasthane dhyayenmam paramesvaram ||25||

ब्रह्मरन्थ्रे शिखाग्रे वा द्वादशान्ते चिदात्मनि

एतदन्यतमस्थाने ध्यायेन्मां परमेश्वरम् ॥२५॥

Translation

On one of the lotus centre of the heart, navel, Svadhisthana, Muladhara, Vishuddha, Ajna, Sahasrara.

Brahmarandra (top of the head), crown of the crest, Dvadasanta (western crest) or soul. O Sive! Then Yogi should meditate on me as the supreme God.

Dhyana or contemplation is two-fold, according to the distinction of, with and without forms. But meditation on thee (Devi) without any form is beyond the range of mind and speech.

नं तु द्विविधं प्रोक्तं सरूपारूपभेदतः

Dhyana on (Brahma - Heart Lotus) Sastra Pramana - शास्ल प्रमाण Kirana Agama - Yoga Pada (32a-35)

। स्वरूपन भावनायाथि वर्णगः धराध्यव्यक्तमागोन्ते भवेत सीम्या सुरभना ॥३५॥

hrtpadmam prākrtaṃ jñeyam tatadbrahmādhidaivatam sädhanīyo viśuddho'tra prathamāksara madhyagah || tatra nadyo daśa jñeya vijñeya prathama bhavet | saumyācaiva pasūnaksaih srtissā cetanātmika || 33 || bandhanî mocanî ceyam mohinîyam kramatsmrtãh ekādaśasamākyātā brahmā padme pratisthitah ||34|| tatra brahma swarüpena bhavaniyotha varnaqah dharādhyavyaktamārgānte bhavet-saumyā susbhanā ||35||

Heart-lotus is denoted as prakrta padma, and Brahma is its presiding deity. Out of the five syllable of mula mantra, the finest syllable is considered to be one with the presiding deity

Brahma who is to be meditated upon as the pure Lord. Associated with the heart lotus there are ten important nadis - vijñaya, prathama, saumyā, pašūni, aksi, vedātmika, cetana, bandhanî, mocanî and mohinî.

Brahma is to be contemplated upon as endowed with his own characteristics and shinning forth in the form of first syllable. Through this kind of Dhyana , the aspirant can attain victory over tattvas from prthivi to avyakta.

Reaching the Place Belonging to Visnu

Sastra Pramana - शास्ल अमाण Kirana Agama - Yoga Pada (36)

Region Where Vishmu Resides Occupied by Sixteen Nadis

Sastra Pramana - शास्त्व प्रमाण Kirana Agama - Yoga Pada (37)

Names of the Sixteen Nadis Sastra Pramona - शास्त्र प्रमाण Kirana Agama - Yoga Pada (37-38)

उपरिष्ठाद्यथाऽगच्छेतु हरिस्थानं भवेत-खग नाडयण्योडशाब्जस्था विज्ञेयाः कर्णसंस्थितः ॥ ३६ ॥ uparistādyathā'gacchet haristhānam bhavet-khaga nādayassodaśābjasthā vijñeyāh karnasamsthitah || 36 ||

णस्ततः श्राद्धाः द्वितियोऽक्षरमास्थितः शुभा मनारम दाप्ता सदाप्ता भामकारिका ॥ ३७ ॥ tatra visnustatassuddho dvitiyo'ksaramasthitah ||37||

When he rises above the plane of heart lotus (mentally) he reaches a place belonging to visnu.

There are sixteen nadis occupying the region of the ears. With all purity and in the form of the second syllable Lord Visnu resides there.

शभा मनोरम दीप्ता सदीप्ता भीमकारिका ॥३७॥ मा पिङ्गला पीता वारुणी शीघ्रगाचला का स्प्रभा चेव ज्ञादा मोक्षिटा परा 113८

śubhā manorama dīptā sudīptā bhīmakārikā ||37|| sudhūmā pingalā pītā vāruņī šīghragācalā | śaśārikā sprabhā caiva jñādā moksadā parā ||38|

Translation

The name of the 16 nadis are: subha, manorama, dīptā, sudīptā, bhīmakārikā, sudhūmā, pingalā, pītā, vārunī, šīghragācalā, šašārikā, sprabhā, caiva, iñādā, moksadā and parā ||38|

Description On Dhyana On Vishnu

Sastra Pramana - शास्त्व मनाण Kirana Agama - Yoga Pada (39)

इत्यताष्ठाङ्गा ज्ञेया हरिमावृत्य संस्थिताः स्वरूपणाभ्यसद्विष्ण अधवा वर्णरूपकम् ॥३९॥

ityetassodaśa jñeya harimāvrtya samsthitāh | svarūpenābhyasedvisnum athavā varnarūpakam ||39|

Translation

These sixteen nadis are there surrounded of Visnu who is to be meditated upon as shining forth with his own features and appearing one with the second syllable.

From Avyakta To Purusha Sustra Pramana - रास्क प्रमाण Kirana Agama - Yoga Pada (40)

Meditation on Palate Region (Uvuka) Sastra Pramona - शास्त्र प्रमाण Kirana Agama - Yoga Pada (40-41)

Twenty Four Energy Channels - Nadis

Sastra Pramana - शास्त्र प्रमाण Kirana Agama - Yoga Pada (41-43)

tadabhyāsādayatnena siddhissyātpurusāntikā || 40 ||

उपरिष्ठाद्यथास्थानं तदआस्थान सुनिभल तालसस्थन्तु पद्मस्थ चतुऋय चतुऋवाशाति नारि

uparistādyathāsthānam tadaāsthānam sunirmalam ||40|| tālusamsthantu padmastham caturvīmšati nādibhih

णी जल्पा उटकुष्ठा प्राणवतिनी ॥४१॥ आक्राषणा विकाषणा प्राणित प्राणवायना

svarnā śravanī jalpā utkrstā prānavartinī ||41|| saśabdā vāhinī boddhrī manamī bhaīvanī śubhā brāhmī dinapradhānākhyā niyoksī retavāhinī ||42|| pitrmārgānugā nādī devamārgapradaršita ākarsinī vikasinī prānahā prānavardhinī ||43| cittasamsthā susamsthā ca dhūmā caiva tathā dhrvā

Translation

Through the practice of this Dhyana , one can easily get over the letters of tattvas from avyakta to purusa.

Above the place of the second lotus there is a lotus region which is very pure. This is in the region ocupied by the uvula (or palate). There are 24 nadisrunning around the lotus-petals.

They are (24 nadis): swarnā, śravanī, jalpā, utkrstā, prāņavartinī, sašabdā, vāhinī, boddhrī manamī, bhaīvanī, brāhmī, dinapradhānā, nivoksī, retavāhinī, pitrmārgānugā, devamārgapradaršita, ākarsinī, vikasinī, prānahā, prānavardhinī, cittasamsthā, susamstha, dhūmā and dhrvā.

Description Of Dhyana On Rudra Sastra Pramana - शास्ल प्रमाण Kirana Agama - Yoga Pada (44)

jñeyo rudrassvarüpena trtīyārnagato S pi vā ||44||

Translation

Rudra is to be contemplated upon as being surrounded of these twenty four nadis and as endowed with his own divine form and shinning forth in the form of third syllable.

Raising Yourself Through this Dhyana

Sastra Pramona - शास्त्व प्रमाण Kirana Agama - Yoga Pada (45)

Dhyana on Bindu

Al

5 a stra Pramana - शास्त्र प्रमाण Kirana Agama - Yoga Pada (56-57)

tadabhāsādananteśa padam yāvadgatirbhavet

bindorürdhvam bhavennādassūksmo dīrgho S bjatantuvat ||56|| meghnāda ivābhāvād - sadāśivabhavesubhih

Description of Dhyana on Sadashiva 5 astra Pramona - शास्त्व प्रमाण

Kirana Agama - Yoga Pada (57-58)

कनाथ स्वपूर्ण कलारमकड दीपिका चैव वण्डका मोचिका तथा ॥५८॥

ūrdhvanāntakenātha svrūpeņa kalātmakah || caturnādīsamopetasso S pi padmāntasamsthitah indikā dīpikā caiva weikā mocikā tathā |

Through the practice of this kind of dhyana, the aspirant can ascend to the place of Ananteswara. Note: Ananta means the serpent Ananta Sesa. As He is the Lord of Ananta, He is known as Ananteswara.

Above the place of bindu (fore-head) there ascends a path which is subtle and long as the subtle thread of lotus stalk. This is the place of Lord Sadashiva where innumerable sounds like the loud noise of clouds can be heard internally.

O Garuda, Lord Sadashiva is to be meditated upon as shining forth with is own divine form made of kala mantras and adorned with rising snakes. He is seated on the lotus surrounded of four nadis - indikā, dīpikā, weikā and mocikā.

Dhyana to Become Knower of Al
Sastra Pramana - शास्ल प्रमाण
Kirana Agama - Yoga Pada (59)
पि परतश्शक्तर- ज्ञया कुन्डालनाति च
शब्दान्तं तु भवत्तस्यास-सुक्षरूपानुरूपिणा ॥ ५९ ॥
tasyāpi paratassaktir- jñeyā kundalinīti ca
sabdānte tu bhavettasyäs-sūksmarūpānurūpinī 59
Univels Subli
Above the region of Sadașiva mandala exists
sakti mandala known as kundalinī. This is beyond
the reach of sound and it is with subtle form. 59
Seat of Shakthis and
Names of the Four Nadis
Sastra Pramona - शास्ल प्रमाण
Kirana Agama - Yoga Pada (60)
तुर्णादी समोपेता सा विज्ञेया ऽपि मध्यमा
ससक्ष्मी च तथा ऽचवा मता मता ॥ ६०॥
caturnādī samopetā sā vijñeyā 'pi madhyamā
sūksmā caiva susūksmā ca tathā 'caivā mrtā mrtā 60
Translation
Sakti is seated there surrounded of four nadis -
sūksmā, susūksmā, amrtā and mrtā.
Benefits of this Dhyana
5 astra Pramona - शास्ल प्रमाण
Kirana Agama - Yoga Pada (61)
कस्ता च तदभ्यासाद्धवत्यस
sarvajñassarvakastā ca tadabhyāsādbhavatyasau
Translation
Through the practice of this kind of dhyana, one can.
become the knower of all and the doer of all.
Dhyana on Parashakti
Sastra Pramona na - शास्त्र प्रमाण
Kirana Agama - Yoga Pada (61-62)
तयोपि परतश्शक्तिशु - चतुर्णोडीयुता परा ॥ ६३ ॥
पद्ममध्ये स्थित सा 5 पि सुक्ष्मा 5 भ्यत्मनिरञ्जना
taryāpi paratassaktis - caturnādīyutā parā 61
padmamadhye sthita sā S pi sūksmā S bhyatmanirañjanā
Translation
Above the place of Sakti is the mandala of paraśakti in which
there arefour nadis - vyapinī, ananta, anatha and anasrita. She is
seated at the center of lotus with a subtle and impeccable form.
Manifesting Shakthi
through this Dhyana
Sostra Pramona - शास्त्र प्रमाण
Kirana Agama - Yoga Pada (62-63)
पान व्यामरूपा चानन्ता ऽ नाथाप्यनाश्रिता ॥
म्या च तदभ्यास्द = व्यापकस्तत्क्षनाद्भूवत् ॥
vyāpinī vyomarūpā cānantā S nāthāpyanāśritā
durlabhyā ca tadabhyāsd - vyāpakastatkṣanādbhavet
Translation
Through the practice of this kind of Dhyana , one can achive the
power of Vyapakatva (all-pervasiveness), the power which is not
to be attained even by divine and celestial beings.

Description of Place Existing Above Parashakti

Sastra Pramana - शास्त्र प्रमाण Kirana Agama - Yoga Pada (63-64)

तस्यापि पतेस्स्थानम् निष्कलं नित्यमव्ययम् ज्ञनरूपञ्जू बोधव्यं निश्चलानिलसन्निभ्यम्

tasyāpi partassthānam niskalam nityamavyayam || 63 || jñanarüpañca bodhavyam niścalānilasannibhyam

Translation

The place existing above Paraśakti - mandala is niskala; it is eternal and everlasting (avyaya). It is the nature of consciousness and it is as still as motionless air.

A Yogin who ascends to that highest mandala

through the gradual practice of dhyana process

and gets absorbed in it (samadhi bhavana)

never comes back to his mundane state.

Yogi Reaching the Non-Return Zone of Higher Conciousness through Dhyana

5 astra Pramana - शास्त्र प्रमाण Kirana Agama - Yoga Pada (64)

माद्गतो योगी तस्थान्न निवर्तते ॥

evam kramādgato yogī tasthānna nivartate || 64 ||

Three Nadis As Three Gunas Pervading The Three-Fold Existence

Sastra Pramana - शास्त्र प्रमाण Kirana Agama - Yoga Pada (69)

मिट जय विकव्याप्त यथाथित

trimbavacca gunādhāram śakti-daivata-samyutam nadītrayamidam ]ñeyam trikavyaptam yathārthatah ||69|

Translation

Translation

These three nadis exist in the form of the three fundamental gunas and they are being controled by their respective Shakti and Rudra. All the three-fold existents are pervaded by these three nadis.

Meditation to Know Past, Present and Future Sastra Pramana - शास्ल प्रमाण Kirana Agama - Yoga Pada (70)

लिकाअविषयज्ञान - एतदभ्यासातो भव वामेनातृत -विष्ह्यं दक्षिणेना ऽ गतम् भवेत् ॥७०॥

trikāavisayajñānam - etadabhyāsāto bhavet | vāmenātrta -vishyam daksinenā S gatam bhavet ||70||

Translation

Through the continued practice of Dhyana based on these three nadis, one can attain the power of knowing all things concerned with the past, present and future.

Nadi Corresponding To The Shakti Sustra Pramana - शास्त्र प्रमाण Kirana Agama - Yoga Pada (71)

vartamantu madhyena mārgena kramaYogatah | (71)

Translation

That which has occured during the past time can be known through vama nadi (idā); happenings of the present time that occur all over the world can be known through the right nadi (pingala); future can be known through the middle nadi known as susumna.

Through the proper process of Dhyana based on these

three nadis, one can certainly attain the state of nistha

etc. within the period of six months.

निष्तः आध्यं तस्य षण्मासात् - ज्ञानमुत्पद्यते धुवम् ॥७१॥ Attainment of Higher States in Six Months 5 a stra Pramona - शास्त्र प्रमाण Kirana Agama - Yoga Pada (71) nisthadhyam tasya sanmasat - jñanamutpadyate dhrvam ||71||

Dhyana on Shambu in the Heart Region 5 astra Pramana - शास्त्र प्रमाण Kirana Agama - Yoga Pada (72)

Location and Description

5 astra Pramona - शास्ल प्रमाण

Kirana Agama - Yoga Pada (73)

of Dhvana

gatāgatau patostasya Yogino nātra samšayah athavā bhāvavecchambhum svadehānutarātmakam || 72 ||

svamatācca param śantam nāsāgārād - dvādaśāṅgule samsthitam saramargena vyapta bhavyam yatharthatah || 73 ||

Translation

He becomes a perfect Yogin endowed with the power of knowing the past present and future. There is no doubt about this kind of acheievement. If not in this manner, the aspirant can meditate upon Lord Sambhu who assumes a form as small as an atom in the heart of all beigns.

He can be meditated upon in a place twelve angulas above the plane of his nose-tip, a place known as Dvadasanta, which is superior to all and which is of the nature of ineffable clamness.

Part 9: THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM Yoga_ Evolution of the New Species - 1008+ Pramanas from the Source_English_part_9.md

Shakti to Ascend to the All-Pervading Space Sostra Pramana -शास्त प्रमाण Kirana Agama - Yoga Pada (74)

शिरः-पाक्राइयिद् संयुक्तम् - ऊध्वदिवं स्वहृद्धतम् । (७४)

śirah-pāriydi samyuktam - ūrdhvadevam svahrdgatam | (74)

Translation

Through the proper pronouncement of prāsāda kala as instructed by the preceptor one can mentally ascend to that highest place which pervades everything.

Oneness with Cosmos
in Samadhi
In Samadhi, cosmos will do your job
Atma Pramona - आत्मा प्रमाण
THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM
Bhava Samadhi
Atma Pramana - आत्मा प्रमाण
THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM
Practicing the presence of God is constantly feeling you are with you. Practicing the presence of
God is the greatest, most powerful technique to put you in Bhava Samadhi immediately.
Deeper Description
of Bhava Samadhi
Atma Pramuna - आत्मा प्रमाण
THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM
I could see very clearly, my mind has raised to the level of bhava samdhi, means the solid is not solid, liguid is not
liquid, where that gap between the solid is just overlapping on each other. It is tike when the ice and water meets
and melts, that zone. Neither the formlessness nor the doorstep. Neither you are in nor you are in nor you are
out. Same way, nor in the space of comlessness, or in the space of name and form. where the solid is becoming liquid.
where the form is becoming formless. That zone. That is what I call Bhava samadhi.
Moving to the Next Levels
of Samadhi
Atma Pramana - अल्मा प्रमाण
THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM
In enlightenment, if you are having first level of Samadhi, if you don't verbalize even internally and just be a witness, you will
be led to the next level of Samadhi.
Description of
Nirvikalpa Samadhi
Atma Pramana - आत्मा प्रमाण
Nirokalpa' means being without any changes. Vikalpa' means changes, oscillation, differentiation. All these
can be different meanings of the word Virvikalpa' means without any of this. When one achieves Niroikalpa Sanadhi, he
literally becomes God. He becomes one with the ultimate. 'Nirvikalpa Samadhi' means your whole identity
THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAMdissolving into the cosmic existence. The individual inner space has no more disturbances, differences.

Description Of Jnana-Shakt

Sastra Pramona - शास्त्र प्रमाण Shiva Samhita(BA)-III.67

नां वायः क्रियाशक्ति च वेगवान क्रान्वाजत्सा च ज्ञानशक्ता विलीयते ॥ ६७

yadā nispattirbhavatī samādheh svenakarmanā jīvanmuktasya śāmtasya bhaveddhīrasya yoginah || vadā nispattisampannah samādhih svecchayā bhavet grhītvā cetanām vāvuh krivāšaktim ca vegavān II sarvāmšcakrānvijitsā ca jňānaśaktau vilīyate || 67 ||

Madhi Bhavana

Apta Pramana - आप्त प्रमाण Kirana Agama-Yoga pada.61(b)-64 एवं क्रमाद्गतो योगी तस्थानान्न निवर्तते

tasyāpi paratassaktis - caturnādīyuta parā || padmamadhye sthitā saSpi sūksmā S bhyanta nirañjanā vyāpinī vyomrūpā cānantā S nāthāpyanāśritā || durlabhya ca tadabhyasad - vyapakasatatksanadbhavet | tasyāpi partassthānam niskalam niścalānilasannibham evam kramādgato yogī tasthānānna nivartate ||

Translation

When the jivan-mukta (delivered in the present life,) tranquil Yogi has obtained, through practice, the consummation of samadhi (meditation), and when this state of consummated samadhi can be voluntarily evoked, then let the Yogi take hold of the chetana (conscious intelligence), together with the air, and withthe force of (kriya-sakti) conquer the six wheels, and absorb it in the force called jnana-sakti.

Above the place of Sakti is the mandala of Parasakti in which there are four nadis - vyapini, ananta, anatha and anasrita. She is seated at the centre of lotus with a subtle and impeccable form. Through the practice of this kind of Dhyana, one can achieve the power of vyapakatva, the power which is not to be attained even by divine and celestial beings. The place existing above Parasaktimandala is niskala; it is eternal and everlasting (avyaya). It is of the nature of consciousness and it is as still as motionless air. A yogin who ascends to that highest mandala and gets absorbed in it (samadhi bhavana) through the gradual practice of Dhyana process never comes back to his mundane state

Sastra Pramana - शास्त्र प्रमाण Shiva Samhita-V.208-209

Ya Idam Pathate NityamāDyopāNtam Vicaksanah

Yogasiddhirbhavettasya krmenaiva na samsyah || samoksam labhate dhīmānya idam nityamarcayet || 208 || moksārthibhyaśca sarvebhyah sādhubhyah śrāvayedapi kriyayuktasya siddhih syadakriyasya kathambhavet || 209 ||

Translation

The wise one, who reads it daily from beginning to end, undoubtedly, gradually obtains success in Yoga. He attains emancipation who honours it daily. 208.

Let this science be recited to all holy men, who desire emancipation. By practice success is obtained, without it how can success follow? 209.

Therefore, the Yogi should perform Yoga according to the rules of practice. He who is contented with what he gets, who restrains his senses, being a householder, who is not absorbed in the household duties, certainly attains emancipation by the practice of Yoga.Even the lordly house-holders obtain success by japa, if they perform the duties of Yoga properly.

Let, therefore, a householder also exert in Yoga (his wealth and condition of life are no obstacles in this).Living in the house amidst wife and children, but being free from attachments to them, practicing

Householders Obtai

Sastra Pramana - शास्ल प्रमाण Shiva Samhita-V.210-212

tasmātkriyāvidhānena kartavyā Yogipumgavaih yadrcchālābhasantustah sanyuktvāntarasamjñakah | grahasthaścāpyanāsaktah sa mukto Yogasādhanāt || 210 ||

grhasthānām bhavetsiddhirīksvarāņām japena vai | Yogakriyābhiyuktānāṃ tasmātsaṃyatate grhī || 211 || gehe sthitva putradārādipūrņah | sangam tyaktvā cāntre Yogamārge || siddheścihmaṃ vīkṣya paścād grhasthaḥ | kridetso vai mammatam sārdhyetvā || 212 ||

Yoga in secrecy, a householder even finds marks of success (slowly crowning his efforts), and thus following this teaching of mine, he ever lives in blissful happiness.

antra is a Sanskrit word and describes a sacred utterance, a sound, a syllable, a single word or a group of words. A Mantra has spiritual power, with or without syntactic or literal meaning. A disciple needs to be initiated into a mantra by his Guru,using the right procedures (mantra deeksha), for the mantra to have its maximum potency for that individual. It is given by the Guru und received with gratitude and respect. Clear instructions are given about the number of repetitions, the right speed and the duration of chanting in order to experience the truth of the mantra. Mantras are chanted for a wide range of purposes, including health, wealth, success and enlightenment. When a person experiences the desired effect of the mantra, it is known as mantra siddhi, and the person is called a mantra siddha. The mantra Om is known as the "pranava mantra," the source of all mantras.

"Om is the ultimate home." - THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM

Sadashiva is Light (Consciousness),while Adishakti is Sound (Creation). Sound evolves from the subtlest vibration (para) through the stages of pashyanti and madhyama, to the final vaikhari (grossest form - the 'heard' sounds of normal language). Through mantras, we can make the return journey to Sadashivatva - through the manifest (vyakta) sound to the avyakta (unmanifest).

Power of Vibrations

By mantras, a Yogi can unclutch from external things. He will be absorbed in the sound of the mantra. One might be hearing different sounds throughout the time of practicing and chanting mantras. The goal is to focus more and more on the subtle sound. No matter of the intensity or frequency of the sound, one should learn to listen to the subtle sound.

By abandoning the thoughts, a Yogi learns to listen to the nada. Nada is a sound which is based on the premise, that the entire cosmos consists of sound vibration. The practice of listening to nada will lead to a thoughtless state, called Unmani. Focusing inside and exploring listening to nada leads to oneness with the Ultimate, with Sadashiva.

The benefits are various. One can get released from fear. One can obtain salvation. One can gain happiness and also power and success. There are mantras for attaining a luminous body and even mantras that can raise the body from the ground.

Mantras lead a Yogi to live and radiate the state and space of Sadashiva.

In this chapter we will explore the Mantras for the Yogis in the path.

How to chant a Mantra Atma Pramona - आत्मा प्रमाण THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM

Chant your Mantra by visualising that it is rotating around the throat in a circulating way. When you visualize that, your mouth is locked and you will feel immediately the mild vibration of the Mantra.

Self-Acceptance leads you to Ham-Sam Mantra Atma Pramana - आत्मा प्रमाण THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM

Breathing the Mantra

Atma Pramana - आत्मा प्रमाण THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM

Mantra is the bridge Atma Pramana - आत्मा प्रमाण THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM

Purify Yourself

Atma Pramana - आल्मा प्रमाण THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM

The moment you accept yourself, there will not be any thoughts. Automatically, your breath will flow with a deep 'Ham-sam' sound. Just become silent and you will be able hear this Mantra repeating constantly.

A psychological revolution should happen in a way that their very breathing should start repeating the Mantra. This can only happen when they are in deep peace.

A sincere prayer has great benefits. When you are connected to the Master, the prayer establishes a direct bridge between you and the all-powerful, compassionate Existence in the form of the Master.

Prayer can directly remove all the physical and mental impurities you carry inside you.

Pathway towards the Ultimate Atma Pramona - आत्मा प्रमाण THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM

Discover the primordial sound Atma Pramana - आत्मा प्रमाण THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM

Connecting to Existential energy наћанинамирании савидина иманици имамијами има кви Atma Pramona - आत्मा प्रमाण THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM

Prayer is an integrated, focused direction of your energy towards the Ultimate energy.

mable it .

Om is the primordial sound and is the representation of the male energy, Shiva energy,

A very easy, powerful and effective way to connect to the Existential energy is through the chanting of Mantras or sacred syllables, which have a deep meaning linguistically as well as vibrationally.

तदात्मनि निरते य उपनिषत्सु धर्मास्ति मयि सन्तु

  • aum āpyāyantu mamāņgāni vākprāņašcakśuh śrotram-athobalam-indriyani ca sarvāni
    • sarvam brahmopniṣadam

Translation

Let the sacred truths manifest as sacred experiences, sacred semtiments and sacred powers, fully manifest and radiate

dharmaste. May they manifest and radiate in me, who, am integrated and authentically devoted to knowing and experiencing that Truth, Atma, the Self -

tad ātmani nirate ya upaniṣatsu

in me - mayi santu te mayi santu.

  • mā ham brahma nirākuryām mā mā brahma nirākarod-anirākaraņamstvanirākaranam mestu |
    • tadātmani nirate ya upaniṣatsu dharmāste mayi santu te mayi santu || aum śantih śantih śantih ||

anirākaraņamstva-nirākaraņam me'stu

tadātmani nirate ya upaniṣatsu dharmāste mayi santu |

Shanti Mantra, Peace Declaration Kenoupanishads - Shanti Mantra Mahadeva Rahasya, the secret of secrets Atma Pramona - आत्मा प्रमाण THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM

Mahadeva Rahasya, the secrets There is nothing, nothing between you and Satashiva other than your self-doubt. Declare to yourself again and again. Decide to manifest. I AM SADASHIVA AND THIS IS THE WAY I WANT MY LIFE TO BE. Declare again and again. Stand with it. Keep this as your declaration today. This is one of the most powerful declaration to manifest all the experiences, sentiments, Experience of Oneness is Shastra. Sentiments from the Oneness is Stotta. Power from the Oneness is described as Sutras in Hindu tradition."

Shiva Mulamantra as Instructed by Guru Before Commencing Yoga Sustra Pramona - शास्त्र प्रमाण Srimat Sarvajnanottra Agama (Yoga Pada) 1.10

न्तेः संस्पर्शेद्रन्तान सक्क्रिण्यौ च न जिद्वया ॥ १०

na dantaih samsprśeddantān srkkinyau ca na jihvayā || 10 kiñcit kuñcita netrastu śivam samyak tadoccaret

Benefits of Shiva Mula Mantra Stastra Pramana - शास्ल प्रमाण Srimat Sarvajnanottra Agama (Yoga Pada) I.11

भ्दासयति तत्त्वानि तन्मालाद्यानि देहिनाम ॥११

sobhdāsayati tattvāni tanmātrādyāni dehinām || 11 punarvināšakaścaiva astrayuktah sadānana

Translation

Without allowing the upper row of teeth to touch the lower teeth and without allowing the tongue to touch the corners of the mouth, and keeping his eyes half-closed and raised, the sadhaka should repeat the mulamantra of Siva in a perfect way as instructed by his Guru.

The systematic repetition of mulamantra illuminates and makes known all the tattvas such as the subtle elements (tanmatras) and others to the embodied self. O, Sanmukha!, the sadhaka then becomes capable of severing his bonds born of these tattvas through the particular repetition of astra mantra instructed to him by his Guru.

Mula Mantra As Source Of Six Angas Mantras

Sastra Pramona - शास्त्र प्रमाण Srimat Sarvajnanottra Agama (Yoga Pada) 1.12

Ham - Sa Breathing Technique

Sostra Pramana - शास्त्व प्रमाण

Apta Pramona - आप्त प्रसाण

Hathapradipikā of Svātmārāma

Vijnana Bhairava Tantra

(Chapter 5, Verse 159)

na prrthak hrdayam tasya na śiro na śikhā guha || 12 varmāstranetrasahitam tasmādeva pravartate

ग बहियोति हकारण विषंत् पुनः यम मन्त्र जावा जपाते नित्यशः ॥ १५६॥

sakārena bahiryāti hakārena viset punah hamsahamsetvamum mantram iïvo japati nitvaśah ||155b||

ह्रकारण बहियोति सकारेण विशेत पनः ॥ सेल्यतो मन्त्र जीवो जयति सर्वदा ॥ १५२ ॥

hakārena bahiryāti sakārena višet punah II hamsa-hamsetyato mantram jīvo japati sarvadā II 159 II

Apta Pramona - आप्त प्रसाण Hathapradipika of Svātmārāma (Chapter 5, Verse 159)

शतानि षट् दिवारात्नुऔं सहस्राण्येक = विशतिः एतत-सख्या-यत मन्त्र जीवो जपति सर्वदा ॥ १६० ॥

śatāni sat divārātrau sahasrānyeka - vimšatih II etat-samkhyā-yutam mantram jīvo japati sarvadā II 160 II

Translation

The sadhaka who practices in this way need not repeat the hrdaya mantra, siro mantra, sikha mantra, kavaca mantra and netra mantra separately at the completion of mula mantra japa, since all the six anga mantras originate from that mula mantra.

The breath is exhaled with the sound 'Ha' and inhaled again with the sound 'Sa'. Thus the individual always repeats this particular mantra Hamsa. (This verse is found only in some versions of Vijnana Bhairava: hence it is given as 155b)

Exhalation produces a sound like ' ha', while inhalation produces a sound like 'sa'. The jiva constantly chants the mantra - hamsa hamsa (in the form of exhalation and inhalation)

The jiva constantly chants the mantra for twenty one thousand and six hundred times in one day and night. 160

Ajapa Gayatri (Hamsa)

Sastra Pramana - शास्त्र प्रमाण Shiva Samhita V.27

अजपा नाम गायली योगिना मोक्षदायिनी अस्याः संकल्पमान्नेण नरः पापर्ऐः प्रमुच्यते ॥ १६१ ajapā nāma gāyatrī Yoginām moksadāyinī II asyah samkalpamātrena narah pāpaih pramucyate II 161 II

मवरणाराज्याः प्रयमा

सतः पश्चात संसरध्वान्तनारा

घण्टानादसमः पश्चात् ध्वानमध्यनम् घरवापमः

ध्वनी तस्मिन्मनो दत्वा यदा तिष्ठति निर्भयः ॥

तदा संजायते तस्य लयस्य मम वल्ल्मे ॥ २७ ॥

mattabhrngavenuveenāsadršah prathamo dhvanih

evamabhyāsatah paścāt samsāradhvāntanāšanam ||

ghantānādasamah paścāt dhvanirmegharavopamah dhvanau tasminmano datvā yadā tisthati nirbhayah || tada samjayate tasya layasya mama vallbhe || 27 ||

Translation

This is ajapā gāyatrī which brings moksa to a yogi. A man gets rid of all the sins just by mere thought about it.

Translation

The first sound is like the hum of the honeyintoxicated bee, next that of a flute, then a harp; after this, by gradual practice of Yoga, the destroyer of the darkness of the world, he hears the sounds of ringing bells; then sounds like roar of thunder. When one fixes his full attention on this sound, being free from fear, he gets absorption, O my beloved!

Yogi Gets Absorbed in Anahad Sound Sostra Pramona - शास्ल प्रमाण Shiva Samhita V.28

तत्व नादे यदा चित्ते रमते योगिनो भुश विस्मृत्य सकले बाह्य नादेन सह शाम्यति ॥ २८

tatra nāde yadā cittam ramate Yogino bhršam | vismrtya sakalam bāhyam nādena saha śāmyati || 28 ||

Translation

When the mind of the Yogi is exceedingly engaged in this sound, he forgets all external things, ad is absorbed in this sound.

Yogi Absorbed in Chidakas (the ether of intelligence) Sastra Pramona - रास्त्व प्रमाण Shiva Samhita V.29

Best Amongs Techniques Sastra Pramana - शास्त्र प्रसाण Shiva Samhita V.30

सवारभ्मपरित्यागी चिदाकाश विलीयत ॥ २९ etadabhyāsayogena jitvā samyaggunānbahūn sarvārabhmaparityāgī cidākāše vilīyate || 29 ||

सन सिद्धसदृश न कम्भसूदृशं बलम खेचरीसमा मुद्रा न नादसदृशा लयः ॥ ३०

năsanam siddhasadrśam na kumbhasadrśam balam na khecarīsamā mudrā na nādasadrśo layah || 30 ||

Obtain Salvation

Sastra Pramana - शास्त्र प्रमाण Shiva Samhita V.31

Please the Guru to be Initiated in this Yoga (Nada) Sustra Pramona - शास्त्र प्रमाण Shiva Samhita V.32-33

नां कथयिष्यामि मुक्तस्यानुभवं प्रियं यज्ज्ञात्वा लभते मुक्ति पापयुक्तापि साधकः ॥ ३१ ॥

idānom kathayiṣyāmi muktasyānubhavam priye yajjñātvā labhate muktim pāpayuktopi sādhakah || 31 ||

samabhyacryeśvaram samyakkrtvā ca Yogamuttmam | grhvīyātsusthito bhūtvā gurum santosya buddhimān || 32 ||

Translation

By practice of Yoga he conquers all the three qualities (i.e., good, bad and indifferent); and being free from all states, he is absorbed in chidakas (the ether of intelligence).

There is no posture like that of Siddhasana, no power like that of kumbha, no mudra like the Khechari, and no absorption like that of nada (the mystic sound).

Now I shall describe to thee, O dear, the foretaste of salvation, knowing which even the sinful aspirant may obtain salvation.

Having adored the Lord God properly, and having completely performed the best of the Yogas, and being ina calm and steady state and posture, let the wise Yogi initiate himself into this Yoga by pleasing his Guru. 32

Having given all his cattle and property to the Guru who knows Yoga, and having satisfied him with greatcare, let the wise man receive this initiation.33

jīvādi sakalam vastum datvā Yogavidam gurum | santosyatiprayatnena yogoyam grhyte budhaih || 33 ||

Please the Brahmans to receive this Yoga (Nada) 5 astra Pramona - शास्त्र प्रमाण Shiva Samhita V.34

Receive this Highest Yoga

5 astra Pramona - शास्त्र प्रमाण

Shiva Samhita V.35

Renounce Previous Bodies (past karma)

and Establish in Spiritual Body to

विप्रान्संतोष्य मेधावी नानामंगलसंयुतः

संन्यस्यानेन विधिना प्राक्तनं विग्रहादिकम्

भत्वा दिव्यवपूर्योगी गृह्वीयाद्वक्ष्यमाणकम् ॥ ३५ ॥

samnyasyānena vidhinā prāktanam vigrahādīkam

bhūtvā divyavapuryogī grhvīyādvaksyamānakam || 35 ||

ममालये शुचिभूत्वा प्रगुद्वीयाच्छुभात्मकम् ॥ ३४ ॥

viprānsamtosya medhāvī nānāmamgalasamvutah mamalaye sucibhürtvä pragrhvīyäcchubhātmakam || 34 ||

Translation

Having pleased the Brahmans (and priest), by giving them all kinds of good things, let the wise man receive this auspicious Yoga in my house (i.e., the temple of Shiva) with purity of heart.

Having renounced by the above methods all his previous bodies (the results of his past karma), and being in his spiritual (or luminous) body, let the Yogi receive this highest Yoga.

Nada Yoga Apta Pramana - आप्त प्रमाण HathapradīPikā Of SvāTmāRāMa (Chapter 8, Verse 7)

Sound of Susumna Apta Pramona - आप्त प्रमाण Hathapradīpikā of Svātmārāma (Chapter 8, Verse 5)

सर्वचिन्तां परित्यज्य सावधानेन चेतसा ॥ नादमेवानसन्धत्ते योगसाम्राज्य इच्छता ॥७॥

sarvacintām parityajya sāvadhānena cetasā || nādamevānusandhatte Yogasāmrājyam icchatā ||7|

श्रवण मुख नयनयुगल नासारोधनमंव कत्तेव्यम् द्धसुष्ठासरणः स्फुटममलः श्रयते नादः । ५॥

śravana mukha nayanayugala nāsārodhanameva karttavyam suddhasusumnasaranah sphutamamalah srūyate nādah |5||

Translation

One who wants vast knowledge of Yoga, abandons all the thoughts and with a very attentive mind listens to nada alone. 7

One should close the ears, mouth, eyes and nose. Consequently, a clear and distinct nada, originating in the paddage of purified susumnā, is heard. 5

Apta Pramona - आप्त प्रमाण HathapradīPikā Of SvāTmāRāMa (Chapter 8, Verse 6)

Listen to Nada Alone Apta Pramona - आप्त प्रमाण Hathapradīpikā of Svātmārāma (Chapter 8, Verse 8)

Attain Oneness Through Liste

Apta Pramana - आप्त प्रमाण Hathapradīpikā of Svātmārāma (Chapter 8, Verse 27)

Subtle Sounds

Apta Pramana - आप्त प्रमाण Hathapradīpikā of Svātmārāma (Chapter 8, Verse 16,19-20)

मुक्तासने स्थितो वो गी मुद्राम् संधावा शांभवीम् || श्र्नुयाद्दक्षिणे कर्णे नादमेकांतके सुधीह ||६

muktāsane sthito vogī mudrāam sandhāva śāmbhavīm || śrnuyāddaksine karne nādamekāntake sudhīh ||6|

भट्ट्या स्ट्रा म्यामन नाकरण संचा नादमन च वर्थ

ādau audāsīnyaparo bhūtvā sadābhyāsena saṃyamī unmanikaranam sadyo nadameva ca vardhayet ||8|

गिल संद्यः सन्दर्भक्तं चापलम

baddham cennadayogena sadyah santyakta-capalaml pravāti sutarām caikvam paksacchinnanagā iva || 27 ||

Translation

A wise Yogi, adopting muktasana in an isolated place, while performing sambhavi mudra, should attentively hear the nada in the right ear. 6

Trans Ation

A Yogi, after mastering indifference, should regularly practice listen to nada, to bring about the unmani state inmediately. 8

Translation

Being absorbed in nada, the mind immediately gives up its fickleness and consequently attains one-ness (with the Absolute), like a bird clipped off the wings. 27

In the initial practice, various sounds are heard. With the progress of the practice one hears more and more subtle sounds. 16Even though loud sounds of cloud (thunder) and drum are heard, one should listen to extremely subtle sounds. 19The sound to be heard may be loud or subtle, but the mind should always be concentrated on the sound alone. 20

श्रूयते प्रथमाभ्यासे नादो नानाविविधो महान | वर्धमाने ततोभ्यसे श्रूयते सूक्ष्मसूक्ष्मतः ||१६

śrūyate prathamābhyāse nādo nānāvidho mahān | vardhamane tatobhyase śrūyate sūksmasūksmatah ||16||

महाति श्रूयमाणे'पि मेघभेर्यादिके ध्वनौ तत्र सूक्ष्मात् सूक्ष्मातरं नादमेव परामृशेत ||१९

mahati śrūyamāne'pi meghabheryādike dhvanau tatra sūksmāt sūksmātaram nādameva parāmršet ||19||

ध्वनीमुत्स्त्र्य वा सूक्ष्मे सूक्ष्ममुत्स्त्रिय वा ध्वनौ रममानमपि क्षिप्तं मनो नातः प्रचालयेत || २०

dhvanimutsrjya vā sūksme sūksmamutsriya vā dhvanau ramamānamapi ksiptam mano nātah pracālayet || 20 ||

Concentrate On Nada

Apta Pramana - आप्त प्रमाण Hathapradīpikā of Svātmārāma (Chapter 8, Verse 14)

कणो पिध्याय हस्ताध्यां यः शणोति ध्वनि मनिः तल चित्त स्थिरं कर्याद्यावत स्थिरपदं व्रजेत ॥१४॥

karnau pidhyaya hastādhyām yah śrnoti dhvanim munih tatra cittam sthiram kuryadyavat sthirapadam vrajet ||14||

दिवा रात्नौ सहस्राण्येकविशातिः देव्याः समदिष्टः सलभो दलेभो जडेः ॥ १५६॥

satśatāni divā rātrau sahasrānyekavimsatih japo devyah samuddistah sulabho durlabho jadaih || 156 ||

Hechari Mantra

Apta Pramona - आप्त प्रमाण Hathatatvakaumudi Ch.18.2-3 व्याख्यातं खंचरीबीजिं तेन योगः प्रसिध्यति 11 3

khecarya khecari yuñjatkhecaribîjapürvayã khecaradhīpatir bhūtvā khecaresu sadā vaset || 2 |

Translation

By closing the ears, the Yogi should listen to the sound which is heard by concentrating on it, till he attains undisturbed state of consciousness. ||14||

This japa of the Devi which was previously indicated (ham-sa), (being repeated) twenty-one thousand six hundred times during the day and night, is easily available and difficult only for the ignorant. 156

One practicing khecari alongwith the bijas of khecari (hrim etc) becomes master of khecarividya and attains the state of void.Khecara means h -- kara, vahnim is r -- kara, avasatha is 'i'-kara and bedecking it with ambumandala the nasal half syllable ' m' (anusvara) making it the khecari-bija `hrim', which brings success in (lambika-) Yoga.

खेचरवासथम वह्निमम्बुमण्डलभूषितम् | व्याख्यातं खेचरीबीजं तेन योगः प्रसिध्यति || ३

khecaravasatham vahnimambumandalabhüsitam | vyākhyātam khecarībījam tena Yogah prasidhyati || 3 ||

सोमेऽशान्नावमं वर्णं विलोमेनापरं प्रिये

tathā tatpañcamam devi tadādirapi pañcamah || 4 ||

ान्नवमं वर्णं विलोमेनापरं प्रिये

indro'pi bindusambhinnam kūto'yam parikīrtitah | gurūpadešāllabhyam ca sarvalokaprasiddhidam || 5 ||

Overcoming Distraction by Chanting Mantras twelve Times Everyday

Apta Pramona - आप्त प्रमाण Hathatatvakaumudi Ch.18.6

Khecari Bija Mantras

Apta Pramona - आप्त प्रमाण Hathatatvakaumudi Ch.18.4-5

Success in Khecari Taking Place on its Own

Apta Pramona - आप्त प्रमाण Hathatatvakaumudi Ch.18.7

प्रेऽपि न भवत्तस्य नित्यं द्रादशजाप्यतः ॥ ६ ॥

yattasya devatā māyā virūpakaranāśrayā svapne'pi na bhavettasya nitvam dvādašajāpyatah || 6 ||

य इमा पञ्चलक्षाणि जयद्दपि सुयन्तितः तस्य श्रीखेचरीसिद्धिः स्वयमेव प्रवत्तते

ya imām pañcalaksāni japedapi suvantritah tasya śrîkhecarīsiddhih svayameva pravarttate || 7 ||

Translation

Translation

By the grace of the deity being adored, one will not face distraction even in dream state if one chants (mantra) 12 times every day

According to this reading, when decoded,

the khecari-bija mantras are found as - hrim,

gam, mam, nam, sam, pham, lam. According to Yogakundalyupanisad (ch-11.17-20) the

khecari bija mantras are as follows - hrim,

bham, sam, mam, pam, sam, ksam.

If one chants this mantra five lac times in the prescribed manner, success in khecari takes place on its own to him.

Benefits Of Khecari Mantra

Apta Pramona - आप्त प्रमाण Hathatatvakaumudi Ch.18.8

नश्यन्ति सर्वविद्यानि प्रसीदन्ति च देवताः वलीपलितनाशश्च भविष्यति न संशयः ॥ ८

našyanti sarvavighnāni prasīdanti ca devatāh valīpalitanāšaśca bhavisyati na samśayah || 8 ||

Translation

All his obstacles vanish, deities favour him. and wrinkles and grey hair would certainly disappear.

Chanting Pranava Repeatedly

Apta Pramona - आप्त प्रमाण Hathatatvakaumudi Ch.35.9

द्यो यथा व्याकलता न चतसः

sthirātmanaivam mrdurecapūrau sevyau vathā vyākulatā na cetasah || drutam na mandam na bhráam prasanno bhyakhedayan svam pranavam bhajejñah || 9 ||

Translation

Remaining poised, one should slowly inhale and exhale so that there is no anxiety felt in the mind. The wise in a pleasant mood without any worries should chant pranava repeatedly neither slowly nor rapidly.

The Best Japa Mantra (Om, Aim, Klim, Strim). S astra Pramana - शास्त्र प्रमाण Shiva Samhita V.188

Benefits Of This Japa Mantra

Sustra Pramona - शास्ल प्रमाण Shiva Samhita V.189

ना सप्रवक्ष्यामि मन्त्रसाधनमत्तमम हेकाम विकसख येन स्यादविरीधतः ॥ १८८ ॥

adhuna saṃpravakṣyāmi mantrasādhanamuttamam | aihikāmusmikasukham yena syādaviraudhatah || 188 ||

Translation

Now I shall tell you the best of practices, the japa of mantra: from this, one gains happiness in this as well in the world beyond this.

यस्मिन्मन्त्रे वरे ज्ञाते योगसिद्धभवेत्वल योगेन साधकेन्द्रस्य सवैश्वयसुखप्रदा ॥ १८९ ॥

yasminmantre vare jñate Yogasiddharbhavetkhalu | yogena sādhakendrasya sarvaiśvayesukhapradā || 189 ||

Translation

By knowing this highest of the mantras, the Yogi certainly attains success (siddhi): this gives all power and pleasure to the one-pointed Yogi.

Da Mala Technique Sastra Pramana - शास्त्र प्रमाण Shiva Samhita V.190

वाग्भव बीज विस्फरन्ते तडित्प्रभम् ॥ १९०

mūlādhārosti vatpadvam caturda asamanvitam tanmadhye vāgbhavam bījam visphurantam taditprabham || 190 ||

वन्द शक्तयारव्य चन्द्रकादसम्प्रभम

ājñāravinde śaktayākhyam candrakotisamaprabham || bījatrayamidam gopyam bhuktimuktiphalapradam | etanmantratrayam yogī sādhayetsiddhisādhakah || 191 ||

etanmantram gurorlabdhvā na drutam na vilambitam aksaraksarasandhānam nihsandigdhamanā japet || 192 ||

Translation

Translation

In the four-petalled Muladhar lotus is the bija of speech, brilliant as lightening (i.e., the syllable aim).

In the heart is the bija of love, beautiful as the

bandhuk flower (klim). In the space between the

two evebrows (i.e., in the Aiña lotus), is the bija of Shakti (strim), brilliant as tens of millions of moons. These three seeds should be kept secret

  • they give enjoyment and emancipation. Let

the Yogi repeat these three mantras (i.e., Om,

aim, klim, and strim) and try to attain success.

Apa Mala Steps And Benefits Sastra Pramana - शास्त्र प्रमाण Shiva Samhita V.191

Learning this Mantra from Guru Sostra Pramona - शास्त्र प्रमाण Shiva Samhita V.192

Translation

Let him learn this mantra from his Guru, let him repeat it neither too fast nor too slowly, keeping the mind free from all doubts, and understanding the mystic relation between the letters of the mantra.

Foma-lana-Homa 5 astra Pramana - शास्त्र प्रमाण Shiva Samhita V.193 - 194

तद् गतश्चैकाचित्तश्च शास्त्रोक्तविधिन धः देव्यास्तु पुरतो लक्षं हुत्वा लक्षत्रयं जपेत् ॥ १९३ ॥

tad gataścaikacittaśca śāstroktavidhinā sudhīh devyāstu purato laksam hutvā laksatrayam japet || 193 ||

करवा वीरप्रसूनन्तु गुणक्षीराज्यसंयुत कुण्डे योन्यकृते धीमांजपांते जुहुयात्सुधीः ॥ १९४ ॥

karavīraprasūnantu gunaksīrājyasamyutm kunde yonyakrte dhīmāñjapānte juhuyātsudhīh || 194 ||

anusthane krte dhīmānpūrvasevā krtā bhavet tato dadāti kāmānvai devī tripurabhairavī || 195 ||

Translation

The wise Yogi, intently fixing his attention on this mantra, performing all the duties peculiar to his caste, should perform one hundred thousand homs (fire sacrifices), and then repeat this mantra three hundred thousand times in the presence of the Goddess Tripura. At the end of this sacred repetition (japa), let the wise Yogi again perform hom, in a triangular hollow, with sugar, milk, butter and the flower of karari (oleander).

By this performance of Homa-Japa-Homa, the Goddess Tripura Bhairavi, who has been propitiated by the above mantra, becomes pleased, and grants all the desires of the Yogi.

Performing Homa-Japa-Homa the Goddess Tripura Bhairavi will be pleased Sastra Pramona - शास्त्र प्रमाण Shiva Samhita V.195

Success by Pleasing Guru and Getting Initiation Sustra Pramona - शास्त्र प्रमाण Shiva Samhita V.196

गुरुं संतोष्य विधिवल्लध्वा मन्त्रवरोत्तमम् अनेन विधिना युक्तो मंदभाग्यो'पि सिध्यति ॥ १९६ ॥

gurum santosya vidhivallabdhva mantravarottamam | anaina vidhina yukto mandabhāgyo'pi siddhayati || 196 ||

Translation

Having satisfied the Guru and having received this highest of mantras, in the proper way, and performing its repetition in the way laid down, with mind concentrated, even the most heavy-burdened with past Karmas attains success.

Power of Attracting Others 5 astra Pramana - यास्ल प्रलाण Shiva Samhita V.197

Power Of Manifesting Desires Through People

Sastra Pramona - शास्त्र प्रमाण Shiva Samhita V.198

Power Of Spheres And Their Presiding Deities Sastra Pramona - शास्त्र प्रमाण Shiva Samhita V.199

Power to Be Vehicle of Power and Protector of the World Sastra Pramana - शास्त्र प्रसाण Shiva Samhita V.200

लक्षमेकं जपेद्यस्तु साधको विजितेंद्रियः दर्शनात्तस्य क्षुभ्यंते योषितो मदनातुराः || पतन्ति साधकस्याग्रे निर्लज्जा भयवर्जिताः || १९७ ॥

laksamekam japedyastu sādhako vijitendriyah darśānāttasya ksubhyante yosito madanāturāh || patanti sādhakasyāgre nirlājjā bhayavarjitāh || 197 ||

न चेद्दविलक्षेणयं यस्मिन्वेषये स्तिथाः आगच्छन्ति यथातीथि विमुक्तकुलाविग्र ति तस्य सर्वस्वं तस्यैव च वशे स्तिथाः ॥ १९८ ॥

japtena ceddvilaksenaye yasminvisaye stithah āgacchanti yathātīrtham vimuktakulavigrahāh || dadati tasya sarvasvam tasyaiva ca vase stithah || 198 ||

त्रिभिलेक्षेस्तथाजप्तैमेण्डलीकाः समण्डलाः वशमायान्ति ते सर्वे नाल कार्या विचारणा ॥ १९९ ॥

tribhirlaksaistathājaptairmandalīkāh samandalāh | vašamāvānti te sarve nātra kārvā vicāranā || 199 ||

षड भिलेक्षेमेडीपालं संभत्यबलवाहनम् ॥ २०० ॥

sadabhirlaksairmahīpālam sabhrtyabalavāhanam || 200 ||

Translation

The Yogi, who having controlled his senses, repeats this mantra one hundred thousand times, gains the power of attracting others.

By repeating it two lacs of times he can manifest what he wants through people people come to him as freely as women go to a pilgrimage. They give him all that he may want, and remain always available for him.

By repeating this mantra three lacs of times, all the deities presiding over the spheres as well as the spheres, are brought under his dominion.

By repeating this six lacs of times, he becomes the vehicle of power - yea, the protector of the world - surrounded by servants.

Benefit of repeating this mantra 12 lacs times 5 astra Pramona - शास्ल प्रमाण Shiva Samhita V.201

Sastra Pramana - शास्त्र प्रमाण Shiva Samhita V.202

laksairdvādaśabhirjaptairyaksaraksorageśvarāh vaśamāyānti te sarve ājñām kurvanti nityaśah || 201 ||

न्ति ते सर्वे नात्र कार्यो विचारणा

हूठाच्छवणावज्ञान सर्वज्ञत्व प्रजायते ॥ २०२ ॥

tripañcalaksajaptaistu sādhakendrasya dhīmatah siddhavidyadharaścaiva gandharvapsarasamganāh || vašamāyānti te sarve nātra kāryā vicāranā hathācchavanavijñānam sarvajñatvam prajāyate || 202 ||

Translation

By repeating this twelve lacs of times, the lords of Yakshas, Rakshas and Nagas come under his control; all obey his command constantly.

By repeating this fifteen lacs of times, the Siddhas, the Viddyadharas, the Gandharvas, the Apsaras come under the control of the Yogi. There is no doubt of it. He attains immediately the knowledge of all audition and thus all-knowinghood.

Benefit of repeating this mantra 18 lacs times

Sastra Pramona - शास्त्र प्रमाण Shiva Samhita V.203

तथाष्टादशाभिलेक्षदर्हननन साधकः

त्त्वन्मादना त्यक्त्वा दिव्यदहस्त जाय च्छ्या लोके छिद्रा पश्यति मेदीनीम ॥ २०३ ॥ tathāstādaśabhirlaksairdehenanena sādhakah | uttisthenmedinīm tyaktvā divyadehastu jāyate || bhramate svecchaya loke chidram paśyati medinīm || 203 ||

Translation

By repeating this eighteen lacs of times, he, in his body, can rise from the ground: he attains verily the luminous body; he goes all over the universe, wherever he likes; he sees the pores of the earth, i.e., he sees the interspaces and the molecules of this solid earth.

Power to Assume Whatever Form Desired

Sastra Pramona - शास्त्र प्रमाण Shiva Samhita V.204

स्तु भवद्योगी ज्ञैलोक्ये सोऽतिदुलभः ॥ २०४ ॥

astāvimšatibhirlaksairvidyādharapatirbhavet | sādhakastu bhaveddhīmānkāmarūpo mahābalah | trim sallksaistathajaptair brahmavisnusamo bhavet | rudrtvam ṣaṣṭibhirlakṣairamaratvamaśītibhiḥ || kotyaikayā mahāyogī līyate parame pade | sādhakastu bhavedyogī trailokye so'tidurlabhah || 204 ||

Translation

By repeating this 28 lacs of times, he becomes the lord of the Viddyadharas, the wise Yogi becomes kamarupi (i.e., can assume what-ever form he desires). By repeating these thirty lacs of times he becomes equal to Brahma and Vishnu. He becomes a Rudra, by sixty lac repetitions, by eighty lac repetitions. he becomes all-enjoyer, by repeating one tens of millions of times, the great Yogi is absorbed in the Pram Brahman. Such a practitioner is hardly to be found throughout the three worlds.

yogic body is defined as one possessing four components: power, energy, flexibility and health. These four qualities put together is the definition of a yogic body. A male body should first focus on building power, then flexibility should be added, then focus on energy, and the body will become healthy. A female body should start with flexibility, then power, then energy, and the body will become healthy.

Your body consists of various circuits: blood circuit, nerve circuit, prana circuit (respiratory system), digestive circuit, excretory circuit, reproductive circuit and energy circuit. The energy flow continuously

happens in you. The energy circuit is governed by the Kundalini energy. The Kundalini energy is the immense potential energy in every individual that helps complete the energy circuit.

Compared with a water tank, the tank stores water, which is distributed to different places through the pipelines. The water is like a whole circuit. So is the Kundalini energy flowing through the whole body. The energy flows through energy channels, through the nadis. If there is a block in the pipelines of the water tank, then the water is not flowing. Similarly, when there is a block in energy tubes, in the nadis of the body, then diseases, disorders and disturbances start

happening. The blockage needs to be removed. The kumbhaka pumps the Kundalini energy through the body, once the blockage is removed. Removing the blockage happens through Nithya Kriyas. When your body is put into different asanas, it frees the body from the blockages. It is like the plumbing gets done, the wiring gets aligned. The kumbhaka starts pumping energy into the circuit. If the energy circuit is aligned even only for a few seconds, the energy gets pumped, you are out of the disease and disorder. The body needs to be strengthened by Nithya Kriyas, so the energy flow is ensured. Bandhas are there to lock the body, so energy is not leaking out. Mudras are there to pump the energy in different parts of the body. A yogi needs to

know the movements of the prana, including rechaka (exhalation), puraka (inhalation) and kumbhaka (retention of the breath).

NāDi नाडि

Nadi is a Sanskrit word, the root nad means channel, stream, or flow. According to Ayurveda, Nadis are the channels through which the energy of the physical, the subtle and the causal body is flowing. The three main nadis are Pingala, Ida and Sushumna.

Pingala is also named as suryanadi, surya means the sun. It has the power to burn morbidity. It flows along the right side of the spine and end at the right nostril. Ida has the power to remove fatigue, the one through which ambrosia flows. It flows along the left side of the spine, going to the left nostril.

Ida and Pingala are also called Varana and Asi, referring to the city Varanasi. The space between those two energy channels refers to the oldest city in Bharat, the holy city of Shiva.

The Sushumna is the energy channel which contains the vital air, where vital air continuously flows. As the Ida and the Pingala are situated on the right and on the left side, the Sushumna passes through the middle of those two. Sushumna is also referred to as the Brahmarandhra. This is understood the the opening of Brahman, the highest Universal principle, the Ultimate reality of the universe.

Shivastambha And Rope Yoga

First thing you need to know, Shivastambha and Rope Yoga are all from the agamas and ancient vedic tradition. Second, they are powerful tools to add power and flexibility into your system.

H.H. Sri THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM recommends

male bodies to start with Shivastambha. He reinvents this ancient manifestation of power. The origin, in the Hanuman's history, the life history of Hanuman, the Shivastambha has recorded evidence and long history. Hanumad Purana describes he was trained in Shivastambha by his father. Therefore, all the male bodies should start with Shivastambha manifestation in order to gain power. Afterwards, for gaining flexibility, they should continue with rope yoga. Female bodies should start with Rope Yoga to gain flexibility. Afterwards, the manifestation of Shivastambha should happen.

Once a body manifests Shivastambha and Rope Yoga, it can hold the energy. The energy added will sustain. Through physical preparation by Shivastambha and Rope Yoga, the awakened Kundalini energy will never be lost. The power, the energy will never be lost and the body will be completely healthy.

The following pramanas offer a great inside and details about the yogic physiology.

Rate Of Breath

Apta Pramana आप्त प्रमाण Yoga-rahasya of Srinatha-muni 1.57

Breath in Shushumna Apta Pramana आप्त प्रमाण Yoga-rahasya of Srinatha-muni 1.58-59

ञ्चासगतीरेताः सर्वेषां प्रायशः समाः प्राणायामेन ताः संख्याः संकोच्या योगिना सदा ॥ śvāsocchvāsagatīretāh sarvesām prāyaśah samāh |

prānāyāmena tāh samkhyāh samkocyā Yoginā sadā || 57 ||

रचपूरक कुम्भाख्याः लिविधाः प्राणव

yavan bhavet pranavayoh samkoco cakramandale | tavanāyurvrddhiśya roganāšaśca Yoginah || 58 || tadarthameva jñātavyam prānavrttiprakārakam | racapüraka kumbhākhyāh trividhāh prānavrttayah || 59 ||

Trans Ation

The respiratory rate is generally the same for everyone. Yogis reduce this rate through the practice of pranayama.

Translation

The Yogi whose prana vayu is confined in the Sushumna nadi, has a long life and is free from disease. It is for this purpose, that the movements of prana must be known. Exhalation (rechaka), inhalation (puraka) and retention of breath (kumbhaka) are the three components of breath.

Apta Pramona आप्त प्रमाण Hathatatvakaumudi

mūlādibrahmarandhrāntām visatntutanīyasīm | udyatsūryaprabhājālaidyuktotisamaprabhām || 9 ||

I salute (kundali) which emanates from mula (perineum) and extends up to brahmamarandhra (crown of the head), which is as subtle as the fibre of lotus stalk, which is as luminous as a rising sun or a crore of lightning.

adhunā kathayiṣyāmi Yogasiddhikaram param | gopaniyamam susiddhānām Yogam paramadurlabham || 12 || suptā guruprasāden yadā jāgarti kundalī | tadā sarvāni padmāni bhidyante granthayepi ca || 13 || tasmātsarvaprayatnena prabodhayitumīśvarīm | brahmarandhramukhe suptam mudrābhyasam samacaret || 14 ||

The Awakening Of Kundalini

Sostra Pramana शास्त्र प्रमाण Shiva Samhita-IV.12-14

Yoga Technique Pressing Viinana Nadi

Sastra Pramana शास्त प्रमाण Shiva Samhita-V.36

Translation

greatest care. 14

Translation

through and through.13

Sitting in the padmasana posture, renouncing the society of men, let the Yogi press the two vijnana nadis (vessels of consciousness, perhaps coronal arteries) with his two fingers.

Now I shall tell you the best means of attaining

success in Yoga. The practitioners should keep

it secret. It is the most inaccessible Yoga. 12

Therefore, in order that the goddess, who is

asleep in the mouth of the Brahmarandhra (the

innermosthollow of sushumna) be awakened,

the mudras should be practiced with the

When the sleeping goddess Kundalini is awakened, through the grace of Guru, when all the lotuses and the bonds are readily pierced

padmasanastitho yogī janasamgavivarjitah |

vijhānanādīdvitayamangulībhyām nirodhayet || 36 ||

। योगो जनसंगविवजितः

tra Pramana and senu Shiva Samhita-V.37-42

siddhestadāvirbhavati sukharūpī nirañjanah | tasminpariśramah kāryo yena siddho bhavetkhalu || 37 || yah karoti sadābhyāsam tasya siddhirna dūrataḥ | vāyusiddhirbhavettasya krmādeva mana samšavah || 38 || sakrdyah kurute yogi papaugham nasayed dhruvam | tasya syanmadhyme vayoh praveśo nātra samśayah || 39 || etadabhyāsaśīlo yah sa yogī devapūjitah | animādigunāmilbdhvā vicared bhuvanatraye || 40 || yo yathāsyānilābhyāsāttadbhvettasya vigrahah | tisthedatmani medhāvī samyutah krīdate bhrsam || 41 || etadYogam param gopyam na deyam yasya kasyacit | yah pramanaih samayuktastameva kathyate dhruvam || 42 ||

By obtaining success in this, he becomes al happiness and unstained; therefore, let him endeavor with all his might, in order to ensure success.37 He who practices this always, obtains success within a short time; he gets also vayu-siddha in course of Time. 38

The Yogi, who does it even once, verily destroys all sins; and undoubtedly in him the vayus enter the middle channel.39

The Yogi who practices this with perseverance is worshipped even by the gods; he receives the psychic powers of anima, laghima, etc., and can go everywhere, throughout the three worlds, at pleasure.40

According to the strength of one's practice in commanding the vayu, he gets command over his body; the wise, remaining in the spirit, enjoys the world in the present body. 41

This Yoga is a great secret, and not to be given to everybody; it might be revealed to him only, in whom all qualifications of a Yogi are perceived. 42

THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM

"Your Will is only Life Energy. Your Will is a living organism, living mechanism, living principal. Give life to that, and constantly you will be rising to your highest possibilities.

Apta Pramana आप्त प्रमाण Yoga-rahasya of Srinatha-muni II.29

How Kundalini Raises U Apta Pramana आप्त प्रमाण Hathatatvakaumudi 35.23

About Ida and Pingala Nadis

Apta Pramana आप्त प्रमाण Hathatatvakaumudi 35.27

medovrddhirmāmsavrddhih śarīre ntarbahissadā nādīkośagranthisandhivāyusamcārarodhakau || 29

sahāgninā prānahutāśanābhyām prāņo yutah satvarameti kundalīm suptām tatah sā dahanena taptā-madhyā'yane yāti samīracālitā || 23.

Blockage of the movements of vayu in the nadis, koshas, junctions of the nadis (granthis) and joints is always because of excess fat and flesh outside and inside the body.

Prana having been mingled with the fire soon reaches to kundali, which is latent and which having been put on fire and fanned by prana, moves through the middle path.

Pingala that is suryanadi (the right nostril) burns morbitidites residing in the siras by enhancing the heat, thus resulting in removal of the ailments. While ida i.e. indu-nadi is the one through which ambrosia flows which removes fatigue.

मले पिङ्गला सूर्यनाड्युष्मवीयो निरुद्धाऽप्रिमादीप्य दुह्याच्छिरास्थ प्रतप्ता गदाहरियशान्त्रं संघामह्यमान-वन्द्रवाडा प्रयोग् श्रमुद्रा ॥ २७

malam pingalā sūryanādyusmavīryā niruddhā'gnimādīpya dahyācchirāstham | prataptām gadāhopaśāntyai sudhāmuhyamān-vaindavīdā pradhāryā śramaghnī || 27 |

Graphic Account of Marmas (Vital Poins) for Pratvahara

Apta Pramana आप्त प्रमाण Hathatatvakaumudi 41.28

Translation

From the foot to the heel the distance is four digits, from heel to the middle of the calf measures ten digits, from the middle of the calf the vital point of citi (upper end of shin) measures ten digits, above which is in the middle of the knee that measurestwo digits, from which middle of the thigh is nine digits.

mānaṃ gulphasya pādātsadalamiha bhavedangulīnāṃ catuskaṃ4 gulphāj janghasya madhyam kalaya viśkhayugmāṅgulaṃ10 janghamadhyāt||

marmasthānam cite yadgaganaśaśimitaṃ10 cāngulam syāttadūrdhvaṃ jānormadhyāṅgulaṃ dvi2 prabhavati ca tatah navāṅgulaṃ sakthimadhyam || 28 ||

Apta Pramana आप्त प्रमाण Hathatatvakaumudi 41.29

rmas Continue

Above it (middle of the thigh) the root of anus measures nine digits , after which center of the body is two digits, from here the genital is two-and-half digits above, form which the navel is located at the distance of ten and half digits. From navel, heart region is fourteen digits, from which the throat masures six digits.

Apta Pramona आप्त प्रमाण Hathatatvakaumudi 41.30

Root of the tongue above the throat is at a distance of four digits, root of the nose is at a distance of four digits. Above this the eyes are at a distance of half a digit, from which mamasthana (vital point) is at half a digit, above which forehead is at a distance of three digits according to the experts.

jihvāmūlam galāndhorupari salilanāthāngulam4 ghrānamūlam jihvāmūlāttu bāhyāṅgulakparimitaṃ4 syāttadanghrerdrganghri ||

marmasthānam ca khandāngulakaparimitam]| syattato'rdhangulam

bhrumadhyam bhālam tasmādupari nigaditaṃ svāngulānām trayaṃ3 jñaiḥ || 30 ||

From the forehead vyoma (void) in the body of a human measures three digits. A wise should firmly maintain kumbhak holding vayu (prana) and the mind in these points. In a peaceful manner one should continuously hold (prana) at these points moving from one point to the other. Practice of pratyahara overcomes the group of ailments and a wise gains success in the path of Yoga.

Rmas Continue Apta Pramana आप्त प्रमाण Hathatatvakaumudi 41.31

स्थानात स्थान समाकृष्य च सततम्म क प्रत्याहारे विनश्यन्त्याखिलगद्भ

syād bhālādvyomāsamjñam vapusi tanubhrtāmangulānām trayam3 ca sthānesvetesu vāyumanasa uparamāntam drdham kumbhayejñah ||

sthānāt sthānam samākrsya ca satatamaho kurvatah śāntavrtyā pratyāhāraṃ vinaśyantyakhilagadagaṇā jňasya siddhyanti yogāḥ|| 31 ||

from the Food

Sastra Pramona शास्त्र प्रमाण Shiva Samhita V.52

caturvidhasya cannasya rasastrodha vibhajyate | tatra sāratamo limgadehasya pariposakah || saptadhātumayam piņdametī pusņāti madhyagah || 52 ||

वप्रवायमापाद्दतलमस्तकम् ॥ ५३॥

yāti viņmūtrarūpena trtīyah saptato bahih || ādyabhāgadvayam nādyah proktāstāh sakalā api | posayanti vapurvāyumāpādatalamastakam || 53 ||

nādībhirābhih sarvābhirvāyuh sañcarate vadā | tadaivānnaraso dehe sāmyeneha pravartate || 54 ||

Translation

Of the four kinds of food (i.e., that which is chewed, that which is sucked, that which is licked and that which is drunk), which a man takes, the chyle fluid is converted into three parts. The best part (or the finest extract of food) goes to nourish the linga sharira or subtle body (the seat of force). The second or middle part goes to nourish this gross body composed of seven dhatus (humours).

The third or the most inferior part goes out of the body in the shape of excrement and urine. The first two essences of food are found in the nadis, and being carried by them, they nourish the body from head to foot.

When the vayu moves through all the nadis, then, owing to this vayu, the fluids of the body get extraordinary force and energy.

Function Of The Three Chyle Fluids

Sastra Pramona शास्त्र प्रमाण Shiva Samhita V.53

id of the Body ( Sastra Pramana सास्त्र प्रमाण Shiva Samhita V.54

Mention of Fourteen Important Nadis

Sastra Pramona शास्ल प्रमाण Shiva Samhita V.55

ना लेन्द्र व्यापारे मख्यभागतः ता अनुग्रत्वहीनाश्च प्राणसञ्जारनाडिका

caturdaśānāṃ tatreha vyāpāre mukhyabhāgataḥ | tā anugratvahīnāśca prāņasañcāranāḍikāḥ || 55 ||

Translation

The most important of these nadis are fourteen, distributed in different parts of the body and performing various functions. They are either weak or strong, and the prana flows through them.

एवञ्जास्ति सर्मे कन्द्र समताच्यतरगलम् ॥५६॥

gudādvayamgulataśvordhvam medhaikāmgulatastvadhah | evañcāsti samam kandam samatāccaturamgulam || 56 ||

Translation

Two fingers above the rectum and two fingers below the linga, four fingers in width, is a space like a bulbous root.

The Muladhara Chakra (or "Root Chakra") is located at the base of the spine. In Sanskrit Muladhara means the "root and basis of Existence". Mula means root and adhara means basis

Between this space is the yoni having its face towards the back; that space is called the root; there dwells the goddess Kundalini. It surrounds all the nadis, and has three coils and a half; and catching its tail in its own mouth, it rests in the hole of the sushumna.

Atma Pramana आप्त प्रमाण The Supreme Pontiff Of Hinduism Bhagawan Sri Nithyananda Paramashivam

Sostra Pramona रास्त्र प्रमाण Shiva Samhita V.57

paścimābhimukhīh yonirgudamedhrāntarālagā | tatra kandam samākhyātam tatrāsti kundalī sadā || samvestya sakalā nādīh sārddhatrikutalākrtīh |

mukhe niveśya sā puccham susumnāvivare sthitā || 57 ||

Sastra Pramona शास्त्र प्रमाण Shiva Samhita V.58

suptā nāgopamā hayesā sphurantī prabhayā svayā | ahivatsandhisaṃsthänā vāgdevī bījasaṃjñikā || 58 ||

Translation

It sleeps there like a serpent, and it is luminous by its own light. Like a serpent it lives between the joints; it is the goddess of speech, and is called the seed (vija).

Out Muladh

Sastra Pramona रास्त्र प्रमाण Shiva Samhita V.59

jñeya śaktiriyam visnornirbhara svarnabhāsvarā | sattvam rajastamaśceti guņatrayaprasūtikā || 59 ||

Translation

Full of energy, and like burning gold, know this Kundalini to be the power (shakti) of Vishnu; it is the mother of the three qualities - sattwa (rhythm), rajas (energy) and tamas (inertia).

Atma Pramona आत्मा प्रमाण THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM

The muladhara chakra located at the base of the spine is linked to base emotions of survival such as lust, anger, greed and fantasy and is blocked by excesses in these emotions. Since 85% of our energy is located in this chakra a blocked muladhara saps one's ability to live.

Sastra Pramana na सास्त्र प्रशाप Shiva Samhita V.60

Sastra Pramana शास्त्र प्रमाण Shiva Samhita V.61

tatra bandhūkapuspābhamkāmabījam prakīrtitam | kalahemasama yoge prayuktāksararūpinam || 60 ||

परतजस्तद्व परिकारितम

susumnāpi ca samślistā bījam tatra varam sthitam I saraccamdranibham tejassvayametatsphurasthitam || sūryakotipratīkāšam candrakotisuśītalam | etattrayam militvaiva devī tripurabhairavī || bījasamjñam paramtejastadeva parikīrtitam || 61 ||

Apta Pramana आप्त प्रमाण Shiva Samhita V.62

निस्य तत्पर तजाः स्वयंभालगसाइत

kriyavijñānaśaktibhyām yutam yatparito bhramat | uttisthadviśatastvambhah sūksmam śonaśikhāyutam || yonistham tatparam tejah svayambhūlimgasamjñitam || 62 ||

Trans Stion

There, beautiful like the Bandhuk flower, is placed the seed of love (kleem); it is brilliant like burnished gold, and is described in Yoga as eternal.

Translation

The sushumna also embraces it, and the beautiful seed is there; there it rests shining brilliantly like the autumnal moon, with the luminosity of millions of suns, and the coolness of millions of moons. The goddess Tripura Bhairavi has these three (fire, sun, and moon) taken together, and collectively she is called the vija. It is also called the great energy.

It (vija) is endowed with powers of action (motion) and sensation, and circulates throughout the body. It is subtle, and has a flame of fire; sometimes it rises up, and at other times it falls down into the water. This is the great energy which rests in the perinaem, and is called the swayambhu-linga (the self-born).

stra Pramona सास्त्र प्रमा Shiva Samhita V.63

Sastra Pramana रास्ल प्रमाण Shiva Samhita V.64

ādhārapadmametaddhi yoniryasyāsti kandatah | parisphuradvādisāntacaturvarnam caturdalam || 63 ||

kulābhidham suvarnābham svayambhūlingasamgatam | dvirando yatra siddhosti dākinī yatra devatā || tatpadmamadhyagā yonistatra kundalinī sthitā | tasyā ūrdhvam sphurattejah kāmabījam bhramanmatam || yah karoti sadā dhyānam mūlādhāre vicaksanah | tasya syāddārdurī siddhirbhūmityāgakrameņa vai || 64 ||

पटत्वर संवजूद्यक जाय

vapusah kāntirutkrstā jatharāgnivivardhanam | ārogyañca patutvañca sarvajñatvañca jāyate || 65 ||

Trans Stion

All this is called the adhar-padma (the support lotus), and the four petals of it are designated by the letters (v), (d), (s,), (s).

Translation

Near this Swayambhu-linga is a golden region called kula (family); its presiding adept is called Dviranda, and its presiding goddess called Dakini. In the centre of that lotus is the Yoni where resides the Kundalini; the circulating bright energy above that, is called kama-vija (the seed of love). The wise man who always contemplates on this Muladhar obtains Darduri-siddhi (the frog-jumping power); and by degrees he can altogether leave the ground (i.e., rise in the air).

The brilliancy of the body is increased, the gastric fire becomes powerful, and freedom from disease, cleverness, and omniscience ensue

Sastra Pramona सास्त्र प्रमाण Shiva Samhita V.65

Out Muladhar

Sastra Pramana सास्त्र प्रमाण Shiva Samhita V.68

Out Muladh

Sastra Pramana यास्ल प्रमाण Shiva Samhita V.69

bhūtam bhavvam bhavisvañca vetti sarvam sakāranam aśrutānyapi śāstrāņi sarahassyam bhaveddhruvam || 66 ||

vaktre sarasvatī devi sadā nrtyati nirbharam | mantrasiddhirbhavettasya japādeva na samšavah || 67 ||

यागान्डी मध्यते संवाकाल्वशत

jarāmaranaduhkhaughānnāšayati gurorvacah | idam dhyānam sadā kāryam pavanābhyāsinā param | dhyanamātrena yogīndro mucyate sarvakilvisāt || 68||

तदा तस्क्रणमालण पापाच नारायद्वयू

mūlapadmam yadā dhyāyedyogī svayambhulingakam | tadā tatksanamātrena pāpaugham nāšayeddhruvam || 69 ||

Translation

He knows what has been, what is happening, and what is to be, together with their causes; he masters the unheard of sciences together with their mysteries.

On his tongue always dances the goddess of learning, he obtains mantra-siddhi (success in mantras), through constant repetition only.

This is the dictum of the Guru: "It destroys old age, death, and troubles innumerable." The practitioner of pranayama ought always to meditate upon it; by its very contemplation, the great Yogi is freed from all sins.

When the Yogi contemplates this Muladhar lotus the Swayambhu-linga - then, undoubtedly, at that very moment, all his sins are destroyed.

Sastra Pramana Riea Riea प्रमाण Shiva Samhita V.70yam yam kamayate citte tam tam phalamavapnuyāt nirantarakrtābhyāsāttam pašyati vimuktidam bahirabhyantare śrestham pūjanīyam prayatnatah tatah sresthatamam hyetannanyadasti matam mama 70Translation Whatever the mind desires, he gets; by habitual exercise he sees him, who gives salvation, who is the best both in and out, and who is to be worshipped with great care. Better than Him, I know none.
Atma Pramana आत्मा प्रमाण THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAMThe process of changing lust to love is an alchemy process, in your inner world. Master your inner process and easily you will manifest inner and outer alchemies.
Sustra Pramana शास्त्र प्रमाण Shiva Samhita V.71mūlapadmam yadā dhyāyedyogī svayambhulingakam tadā tatksanamātreņa pāpaugham nāsayeddhruvam 69Translation When the Yogi contemplates this Muladhar lotus - the Swayambhu-linga-then, undoubtedly, at that very moment, all his sins are destroyed.
Atma Pramana na आत्मा प्रमाण THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAMThe Muladhara chakra is blocked when you live in fantasy and imaginations which can never become a reality. Especially greed based incompletions; it is blocked when we are not connected with reality. The major thought flow that can influence this chakra is pleasure. Pleasure is not just limited to physical sex, it can exist in mental and cerebral level also. This

Sastra Pramana na शास्त्र प्रमाण Shiva Samhita V.72

स्यात्सकला सिद्धिनाले काया विचारणा

ātmalimgārcanam kuryādanālasyam dine dine tasya syātsakalā siddhirnātra kāryā vicāranā || 72 ||

Uella Needing Administration De Se

nirantarakrtābhyāsātsanmāsaih siddhimāpnuyāt tasya pavāyupraveśopi susumnāyāmbhaveddhruvam || 73 ||

Translation

He conquers the mind, and can restrain his breath and his semen; then he gets success in this as well as the other world, without doubt.

Sastra Pramona शास्त्र प्रमाण Yoga Sika Upanishad V.169

sivasya jīvarūpasya sthānam taddhi pracakśate | yatra kundalinīnāma parā śaktih pratisthitā || 169 ||

aihikāmusmikīsiddhirbhavennaivātra samśayah || 74 ||

manojayañca labhate väyuvinduvidhäranāt

Translation

The triangular part in between the anus and penis is called the mooladhara. This is the place where Shiva lives as a life giving force. There the Parashakthi called Kundalani lives. From there wind is produced. The fire is also produced from there. From there only the sound 'Hamsa' and the mind are also produced. This place which would give whatever is asked for is called Kamakhya peetam (the seat of passion).

Let one thus meditate daily, without negligence, on his own Swayambhu-linga; and have no doubts that from this will come all powers.

By habitual exercise, he gets success in six months; and undoubtedly his vayu enters the middle channel (the sushumna).

Out Muladh

Sostra Pramana na शास्लू प्रमाण Shiva Samhita V.74

संडाजिस्त देवा यलास्त राकिणी

dvitīyantu sarojañca limgamüle vyavasthitam | bādilāntam ca sadvarnam paribhāsvarasaddalam || svādhisthānābhidham tattu pamkajam śonarūpakam | bālākhyo yatra siddho'sti devī yatrāsti rākiņī || 75 ||

Translation

The second chakra is situated at the base of the penis. It has six petals designated by the letters b, bh, m, y, r, l. Its stalk is called Swadhisthan, the colour of the lotus is blood-red, its presiding adept is called Bala, and its goddess, Rakini.

The Swadhishtana Chakra is located two inches above the muladhara chakra and two inches below the navel center. In Sanskrit Muladhara means the where "where your being is established". "swa" means self and "adhishtana" means established

He who daily contemplates on this Swadhisthan lotus, becomes an object of love and adoration to all beautiful goddesses.

Atma Pramana आत्मा प्रमाण

Swadhisthana cha Sastra Pramona शास्त्र प्रमाण Shiva Samhita V.76

vo dhyäyati ssadā divyam svādhisthānāravindakam | tasya kāmānganāh sarvā bhajante kāmamohitāh || 76 ||

Sastra Pramona रास्त प्रमाण Shiva Samhita V.77

vividhañcāśrutam śāstram nihśaṅko vai bhaveddhruvam | sarvarogavinirmukto loke carati nirbhayah || 77 ||

Translation

He fearlessly recites the various Shastras and sciences unknown to him before; becomes free from all diseases, and moves throughout the universe fearlessly.

Atma Pramana आत्मा प्रमाण THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM

Fear can simply blind you. It can take away your thinking and intelligence all together. That is why you need to deeply understand the fear and overcome it. Awareness is the way. In fact, if you suppress the fear, you are missing the chance of overcoming it.

Sastra Pramona रास्त्र प्रमाण Shiva Samhita V.78

maranam khãdyate tena sa kenāpi na khādyate | tasya svātparamā siddhiranimādigunapradā || vayuh sañcarate dehe rasavrddhirbhaveddhruvam | ākāšapankajagalatpīyūsamapi varddhate || 78 ||

Death is eaten by him, he is eaten by none; he obtains the highest psychic powers like anima, laghima, etc. The vayu moves equably throughout his body; the humours of his body are also increased; the ambrosia. exuding from the ethereal lotus also increases in him.

What blocks this chakra: This chakra is locked by fear, especially fear of death. What unblocks this chakra: This chakra flowers with acceptance of fear, acceptance of death itself. All our fears are actually fear of death under various disguises, that's all. Every single fear isrelated to the fear of death but in a convoluted way.

Atma Pramana आत्मा प्रमाण The Supreme Pontiff Of Hinduism Bhagawan Sri Nithyananda Paramashivam

Because it is convoluted we do not see it asa fear of death. Without fear, the word "death" as we come to see it loses its meaning.

Translation

In the edge of the anus is the Swadishtana Chakra with six petals.

yasmādutpadyate vāyuryasmādvahnih pravartate | yasmādutpadyate binduryasmānnādaļ pravartate || 170 ||

About Muladhara .............................................................................................................................................................................. Sostra Pramona शास्त्र प्रमाण Yoga Sika Upanishad V.170

Sastra Pramona सास्त्र प्रमाण Shiva Samhita V.79

trtīyam pankajam nābhau manipūrakasamjñakam | daśāramdādiphāntārnam śobhitam hemavarnakam || 79 ||

The third chakra, called Manipur, is situated near the navel; it is of golden colour, having ten petals designated by the letters d, dh, n, t, th, d, dh, n, p, ph.

Manipuraka Chal Sostra Pramona शास्त्र प्रमाण Shiva Samhita V.80

5 astra Pramona शास्त्व प्रमाण Shiva Samhita V.81

rudrākhyo yatra siddho'sti sarvamangaladāyakah | tatrasthā lākinī nāmnī devī paramadhārmikā || 80 ||

tasmin dhyānaṃ sadā yogī karoti maņipūrake | tasya pātālasiddhih snānnirantarasukhāvahā || ïpsitañca bhavelloke duhkharogavinasanam | kālasya vañcanañcāpi paradehapravešanam || 81 ||

Translation

Its presiding adept is called Rudra - the giver of all auspicious things, and the presiding goddess of this place is called the most sacred Lakini.

When the Yogi contemplates on the Manipur lotus, he gets the power called the patalsiddhi - the giver of constant happiness, He becomes lord of desires, destroys sorrows and diseases, cheats death, and can enter the body of another.

Part 10: Nithyananda Yoga_ Evolution of the New Species

Manipuraka Chakra

Sastra Pramons सास्त्र प्रमाण Shiva Samhita V.82

न भवत || ८२।

jāmbūnadādikaraņam siddhānāṃ darśanaṃ bhavet | oşadhīdarśanañcāpi nidhīnāṃ darśanaṃ bhavet || 82 ||

Translation

He can make gold, etc., see the adepts (clairvoyantly), discover medicines for diseases, and see hidden treasures.

If you go beyond your inner chatter even for a few moments, you will become more aware, more alive. You will understand, that worry is unreal, unnecessary.

Atma Pramana आत्मा प्रमाण The Supreme Pontiff Of Hinduism Bhagawan Sri Nithyananda Paramashivam

Shiva Samhita V.84

Sastra Pramona सास्त प्रमाण Shiva Samhita V.83

त्रशाण वायुवाज प्रसादस्यानमारतम

hrdaye'nahatam nama caturtham pankajam bhavet | kādithāntārnasamsthānam dvādašārasamanvitam || atiśonam vāyubījam prasādasthānamīritam || 83 ||

यस्य स्मरणमालेणी दृष्टाहृष्णले लभेत्

padmastham tatparam tejo banalimgam prakirtitam |

yasya smaranamatrena drstādrstaphalam labhet || 84 ||

तत्पर तेजो बाणलिंग प्रवे

Translation

In the heart, is the fourth chakra, the Anahat. It has twelve petals designated by the letters k, kh, k, kh, g, gh, n, c, ch, j, jh, ñ, t, th. Its colour is deep blood-red; it has the seed of vayu, ( - yam), and is a very pleasant spot.

In this lotus is a flame called vanlinga: by contemplating on this, one gets objects of the seen and the unseen universe.

5 Astra Pramona शास्त्व प्रसाण Shiva Samhita V.85

Sostra Pramona शास्त्र प्रमाण

siddhah pinākī yatrāste kākinī yatra devatā | etasminsatatam dhyanam hrtpathoje karoti yah ||

ksubhyante tasya kantā vai kāmārtā divyayositah || 85 ||

Translation

Its presiding adept is Pinaki, and the Kakini is its goddess. He who always contemplates on this lotus of the heart is eagerly desired by celestial maidens.

Ordinary love gives birth to children, while real love gives birth to your own real self. Birth to your own transformation, when a man becomes a realized soul.

Atma Pramana आत्मा प्रमाण THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM

Sastra Pramana शास्त्र प्रमाण Shiva Samhita V.86

Sastra Pramana शास्त्र प्रमाण Shiva Samhita V.87

Sastra Pramana रास्ल प्रमाण Shiva Samhita V.88

Sastra Pramana शास्त्र प्रमाण Shiva Samhita V.89

jñānañcāpratimam tasya trikālaviṣayambhavet dūraśrutirdūradrstih svecchayā khagatām vrajet || 86 ||

द्मनां दर्शनञ्जापि योगिनी दर्शनं तथा । भवत्वचरासाद्धि खंचराणा जयन्तथा ॥ ८७ ॥

siddhānām daršanañcāpi Yoginī darśanam tathā | bhavetkhecarasiddhiśca khecaranām jayantathā || 87 ||

yo dhyāyati param bānalimgam dvitīyakam | khecarī bhūcarī siddhirbhavettasya na samśayah || 88 ||

etaddhayānasya māhātmyam kathitum naiva śakyate | brahmādyāh sakalā devā gopavanti parantivadam || 89 ||

Translation

He gets immeasurable knowledge, knows the past, present and future time; has clairaudience, clairvoyance and can walk in the air, whenever he likes.

He sees the adepts, and the goddess known as Yoginis; obtains the power known as Khechari, and conquers all who move in the air.

He who contemplates daily the hidden Banalinga, undoubtedly obtains the psychic powers called Khechari (moving in the air) and Bhuchari (going at will all over the world).

I cannot fully describe the importance of the meditation of this lotus; even the Gods Brahma, etc., keep the method of its contemplation secret.

Yogic Body means power, energy, flexibility, health. All these four put together is Yogic body. In a male body you should start with power, then add flexibility, then add energy; it will become healthy.

ath visuddhicakravivaranam | kanthasthanasthitam padmam visuddham namapañcamam | suhemābham svaripetam sodašasvarasamyutam || chagalaando'sti siddhotra śākinī cādhidevatā || 90 ||

Sostra Pramona शास्त्र प्रमाण Shiva Samhita V.90

Sustra Pramona वास्व प्रमाण Shiva Samhita V.91

Vishuddha Ch Sastra Pramana शास्त प्रमाण Shiva Samhita V.92

स्य यागनाऽन्यत्व विशुद्धारख्यं सररूद्धे ॥ चतवेदा विभासन्ते सरहस्या निर्धारिव ॥ ९१ ॥

dhyānaṃ karoti yo nityaṃ sa yogīśrvarapanditaḥ | kintvasya Yogino'nyatra viśuddhākhye sarorūhe || caturveda vibhasante sarahasya nidheriva || 91 ||

तदासमस्ति त्वैलोक्यं कम्पत्ते नात्न संश्यः ॥ ९२ ॥

rahahsthane sthito yogī vadā krodhavaśo bhavet | tadāsamastam trailokyam kampate nātra saṃśyah || 92 ||

Translation

This Chakra situated in the throat, is the fifth, and is called the Vishuddha lotus. Its color is like brilliant gold, and it is adorned with sixteen petals and is the seat of the vowel sounds (zi.e. its sixteen els - a, a, i, i, u, u, ri, Iri, Iri,e, ai, o au, am, ah.) Its presiding adept is called chhaglanda, and its presiding goddess is called Sakini.

He who always contemplates it, is truly the lord of the Yogis, and deserves to be called wise; by the meditation of this Vishuddha lotus, the Yogi at once understands the four Vedas with their mysteries.

When the Yogi, fixing his mind on his secret spot, feels angry, then undoubtedly all three worlds begin to tremble.

| Vishuddhi Chakra: Description Sastra Pramana शास्त्र प्रमाण Shiva Samhita V.93 | इद्ध स्थाने मनो यस्य दैवाद्यातिलयं यदा
बाह्य परित्यज्य स्वान्तरं रमत ध्रुवम् ॥ ९३३ ॥
iha sthane mano yasya daivadyatilayam yada
tadā bāhyam parityajya svāntare ramate dhruvam 93 | Translation
Even, if by chance, the mind of the Yogi is
absorbed in this place, then he becomes
unconscious of the external world, and enjoys
certainly the inner world. | |---|---| | Ishuddhi Chakr Sastra Pramona शास्त्र प्रमाण Shiva Samhita V.94 | तस्य न क्षतिमायाति स्वशरीरस्य शक्तितः
सवत्सरसहले ऽपि वज्रातिकाठनस्य व
tasya na ksatimāyāti svašarīrasya śaktītah
samvatsarasahatre 'pi vajratikathinasya vai 94 | Translation
His body never grows weak, and he retains
his full strength for a thousand years, it
becomes harder than a diamond. | | uddhi Chal Sastra Pramona शास्त्र प्रमाण Shiva Samhita V.95 | यदा त्यजति तद्धयानं योगीन्द्रोऽवनिमण्डले
तदा वर्षसहस्त्राणि मन्यते तत्क्षण कृति ॥ ९५ ॥
yadā tyajati taddhayānam yogīndro'vanimandale
tadā varsasahastrāņi manyate tatksaņam krti 95 | Translation
When the Yogi leaves off this contemplation, then
to him in this world, thousands of years, appear as
so many moments. | | Atma Pramana आत्मा प्रमाण THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM | | When you take the first step, you are ready to win yourself.
To win others is very easy, but to win yourself takes real courage.
This vishuddhi chakra is all about winning vourself. |

R

त्रशाणि वायुबीज प्रसादस्थानमारितम् ॥८३॥

hrdaye'nähatam nama caturtham pankajam bhavet | kādithāntārnasamsthānam dvādašārasamanvitam |1 atiśonam vāyubījam prasādasthānamīritam || 83 ||

यस्य स्मरणमात्रिण दृष्टादृष्टुकले लभेत्

padmastham tatparam tejo banalimgam prakīrtitam |

yasya smaranamatrena drstādrstaphalam labhet || 84 ||

स्थि तत्पर तेजो बाणलिंग प्रकी

Translation

In the heart, is the fourth chakra, the Anahat. It has twelve petals designated by the letters k, kh, k, kh, g, gh, n, c, ch, j, jh, ñ, t, th. Its colour is deep blood-red; it has the seed of vayu, ( - yam), and is a very pleasant spot.

In this lotus is a flame called vanlinga; by contemplating on this, one gets objects of the seen and the unseen universe.

Nahat Chakra

Sastra Pramona शास्त्र प्रमाण Shiva Samhita V.84

Sastra Pramona शास्त्र प्रमाण Shiva Samhita V.85

siddhah pinākī yatrāste kākinī yatra devatā |

etasminsatatam dhyanam hrtpāthoje karoti yah ||

ksubhyante tasya kāntā vai kāmārtā divyayositah || 85 ||

Translation

Its presiding adept is Pinaki, and the Kakini is its goddess. He who always contemplates on this lotus of the heart is eagerly desired by celestial maidens.

Ordinary love gives birth to children, while real love gives birth to your own real self. Birth to your own transformation, when a man becomes a realized soul

Atma Pramana आत्मा प्रमाण THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM

THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM

Understand that you are not a finished product, you are a possibility; you are a happening; it is never too late to change because you are a seed on fertile soil, even if you are 93 years old!

Sostra Pramona शास्त्र प्रमाण Shiva Samhita V.100-101

idā hi pimgalā khyātā varanāsīti hocyate | vārānasī tavormadhye višvanāthotra bhāsitah || 100 || etatksetrasya māhātmyamrsibhistattvadarśibhih | šāstresu bahudhā proktaṃ paraṃ tattvaṃ subhāṣitam || 101 ||

susumnā merunā vātā brahmarandhram vato'sti vai | tatascaisaparāvrtva tadāiñāpadmadaksine ||

Translation

The two vessels called the Ida and the Pingala are the real Varana and Asi. The space between them is called Varanasi (Benares, the holy city of Shiva). There it is said that the Vishwanatha (the Lord of the universe) dwells.100.The greatness of this holy place has been declared in manifold scriptures by the truth-perceiving sages. Its great secret has been very eloquently dwelt upon by them.101.

The sushumna goes along the spinal cord up to where the Brahmarandhra (the hole of Brahma) is situated. Thence by a certain flexure, it goes to the right side of the Ajna lotus, whence it proceeds to the left nostril, and is called the Ganges. 102.

The lotus which is situated in the Brahmarandhra is called Sahasrara (the thousand-petalled). In the space in its centre, dwells the moon. From that triangular place, elixir is continually exuding. This moon-fluid of immortality unceasingly flows through the Ida. The elixir flows in a stream, - a continuous stream. Going to the left nostril, it receives from the Yogis the name of the "Ganges". 103.

Aina Chakra: Next Chakra Sahasrara and About Amrta (Moon Fluid of Immortality)

Sostra Pramona रास्त प्रमाण Shiva Samhita V.102-103

vāmanāsāputam yāti gamgeti parigīyate || 102 || brahmarandhre hi yatpadmam sahastrāram vyavasthitam | tatra kandehi ya yonistasyām candro vyavasthitah | trikonākāratastasyāh sudhā kṣarati santatam idāyāmamrtam tatra samam sravati candramāh | amrtam vahati dhārā dhārārūpam nirantaram | vāmanāsāpuṭaṃ yāti gaṃgetyukttā hi Yogibhiḥ || 103 ||

From the right-side portion of the Ajna lotus and going to the left nostril flows the Ida. It is here called Varana (the northward-flowing Ganges). 104.

Let the Yogi contemplate on the space between the two (Ida and Pingala) as Varanasi (Benares). The Pingala also comes in the same way from the left side portion of the Ajna lotus, and goes to the right nostril, and has been called by us the Asi. 105.

पिमलाप तब आजाना कमल दक्षानासापुट यात प्रक्तिस्माभरसाति ।।

ājnāpankajadaksāmsādvāmanāsāputamgatāļ udagvaheti tatredā varanā samudahratā || 104 ||

tato dvayorhi madhye tu vārāņasīti cintayet | tadākārā pimgalāpi tadāājñākamalāntare || daksānāsāpute yāti prokttāsmābhirasīti || 105 ||

Ajna Chakra: Next Chakra Sahasrara and About Amrta (Moon Fluid of Immortality)

Sostra Pramona शास्त्र प्रमाण Shiva Samhita V.104-105

Aina Chakra: Sun-Fluid of Mortality & Moon-Fluid of Immortality

Sastra Pramona शास्त प्रमाण Shiva Samhita V.106-109

mūlādhāre hi yatpadmam catuspatram vyavasthitam | tatra madhyehi ya yonistasyam sūryo vyavasthitah || 106 || tatsūryamandaladvārādvisam ksarati santatam | pimgalāyām visam tatra samarpayati tāpanah || 107 || visam tatra vahantī yā dhārārupam nirantaram daksānāsāpute yāti kalpiteyantu pūrvavat || 108 || ājñāpankajavāmāsvāddaksanāsāputam gatā udagvahā pimgalāpi purāsīti prakīrtitā || 109 ||

Aina Chakra: Three Sacred Stages du. Nada and Sakti

Sastra Pramona रास्त्र प्रमाण Shiva Samhita V.110

ājñāpadmamidam prokttam yatra devo maheśvarah | pīthatrayam tataścordhvam nirukttam Yogacintakaih || tadbindunādaśaktyākhyam bhālapadme vyavsthitam || 110 ||

The lotus which is situated in the Muladhar has four petals. In the space between them, dwells the sun. 106.

From that sphere of the sun, poison exudes continuously. That excessively heating venom flows full through the Pingala.107.

The venom (sun-fluid of mortality) which flows there continuously in a stream goes to the right nostril, as the moon-fluid of immortality goes to the left. 108.

Rising from the left-side of the Ajna lotus and going to the right nostril, this northward flowing Pingala has been called of yore the Asi. 109.

The two-petalled Aina-lotus has been thus described where dwells the God Maheshwara. The Yogis describe three more sacred stages above this. They are called Vindu, Nada and Sakti, and are situated in the lotus of the forehead.

Aina Chakra: Destroys the Karmas of Past I

Sastra Pramona मास्ल असाण Shiva Samhita V.1111

Ajna Chakra: All Forms, Worships and Prayers Appear as Worthless Sostra Pramona यास्त्र प्रमाण Shiva Samhita V.112

Ajna Chakra: Mythical Creatures Celestial Beings Follow His Will

Sastra Pramona सास्तु प्रमाण Shiva Samhita V.113

Aina Chakra: Destroy Fear and Sins

Sastra Pramona रास्त्र प्रमाण Shiva Samhita V.114

yah karoti sadādhyānamājñāpadmasva gopitam pūrvajanmakrtam karma vinašyedavirodhatah ||111 ||

iha sthite yada yogi dhyanam kuryannirantaram tadā karoti pratimām pūjājapanarthavat || 112 ||

yaksarāksasagandharvā apsaroganakinnarāh sevante caranai tasya sarve tasya vasanuga || 113 ||

karoti rasanām yogī pravistām viparītagām lambikordhvesu gartesu dhrtva dhyanam bhayāpaham || asmin sthāne mano yasya ksanārdham vartate calam tasya sarvāni pāpāni samksayam yānti tatksanāt || 114 ||

He who always contemplates on the hidden Ajna lotus, at once destroys all the karmas of his past life, without any opposition.

Remaining in this place, when the Yogi meditates constantly, then to him all forms, worships and prayers appear as worthless.

The Yakshas, Rakshashas, Gandharvas, Apsaras, and Kinnaras, all serve at his feet. They become obedient to his command.

By reversing the tongue and placing it in the long hollow of the palate, let the Yogi enter into contemplation, that destroys all fears. All his sins, whose mind remains steady here even for a second, - are at once destroyed.

Sastra Pramana शास्त्र प्रमाण Shiva Samhita V.115

yāni yāni hi prokttāni pamcapadme phalāni vai | tāni sarvāni sutarāmetajjhānādbhavanti hi || 115 ||

Ajna Chakra: Free From The Chain Of Desires

Sastra Pramona रास्ल प्रमाण Shiva Samhita V.116

Aina Chakra: Atma Pramona आत्मा प्रमाण The Supreme Pontiff Of Hinduism Bhagawan Sri Nithyananda Paramashivam

य: कर्रात समस्या भाजा गत विचक्ष वासनाया महावन्य तिरस्कत्य प्रमोदत् ॥

yah karoti sadābhyāsamājñā padme vicaksanah vasanaya mahabandham tiraskrtya pramodate [] 116 ]]

Translation

All the fruits which have been described above as resulting from the contemplation of the other five lotuses, are obtained through the knowledge of this one Aina lotus alone.

The wise one, who continually practises contemplation of this Ajna lotus, becomes free from the mighty chain of desires, and enjoys happiness.

When you know you are part of Sadashiva, you will be liberated. When you think you are separated from Sadashiva, you will fall into misery (this is ego)

Aina Chakra: Absorbed In Paramatma At The Time Of Death

Sastra Pramona शास्त्र प्रमाण Shiva Samhita V.117

प्राणप्रयाणसमय तत्पद्य यः स्मर त्यजेत्प्राण सं धर्मात्मा परमात्मनि लीयत ॥ ११७ ॥

prānaprayānasamaye tatpadmam yah smaransudhīh | tyajetprānam sa dharmātmā paramātmani līyate || 117 ||

Translation

When at the time of death, the Yogi contemplates on this lotus, leaving this life, that holy one is absorbed in the Paramatma.

Aina Chakra: Not Touched By Sins

Sostra Pramana शास्त्र प्रमाण Shiva Samhita V.118

tişthan gacchan svapan jāgrat yo dhyānam kurute narah | pāpakarmavikurvāņo nhi majjati kilvise || 118 ||

Translation

He who contemplates on this, standing or walking, sleeping or waking, is not touched by sins, even if it were possible for him to do sinful works.

Ajna Chakra: Its Importance Cannot Be Fully Described

Sastra Pramone शास्त्र प्रमाण Shiva Samhita V.119

yogī bandhādvinirmukttah svīyayā prabhayā svayam | dvidaladhyanamähātyaṃ kathituṃ naiva śakyate || brahmādidevatāścaiva kinñicanmatto vidanti te || 119 ||

Translation

The Yogi becomes free from the chain by his own exertion. The importance of the contemplation of the twopetalled lotus cannot be fully described. Even the gods like Brahma, etc., have learnt only a portion of its grandeur from me.

Sahasrar Chakra: Sushumna Extends Downwards Reaching Muladhar

Sastra Pramona शास्त्र प्रमाण Shiva Samhita V.121

ata ūrdhvam tālumūle sahastrāramsaroruham | asti yatra susumnāyā mūlam savivaram sthitam || 120 ||

जभवास्त्रत्वस्य ब्रह्ममागप्रदायिकाः ॥ १२१ ॥

tālumūle susumnā sā adhivaktrā pravartate | mūlā dhāreņayonyastāḥ sarvanādyah samāśritāh || tā bījabhūtāstattvasya brahmamārgapradāyikāh || 121 ||

Sahasrar Chakra: Yoni (Seat Or Force-Centre) At The Center Of Sahasrar

Sastra Pramona शास्त्र प्रमाण Shiva Samhita V.122

तत्कन्द्र योनिरकास्ति पश्चिमाभिमखा मता ॥ १२२ ॥

tālusthāne ca yatpadmam sahastrāram purāhitam | tatkande yonirekāsti paścimābhimukhī matā || 122 ||

Translation

Above this, at the base of the palate, is the thousand-petalled lotus, in that part where the hole of that Sushumna is.

From the base or root of the palate, the Sushumna extends downwards, till it reaches the Muladhar and the perinaeum: all vessels surround it, or are supported by it. These nadis are the seeds of mystery, or the sources of all principles which constitute a man, and show the road of Brahma (i.e. give salvation).

The lotus which is at the root of the palate is called the Sahasrar (the thousand-petalled); in its centre, there is a Yoni (seat or force-centre) which has its face downwards. Sahasrar Chakra: Brahmarandhra (the Hole of Brahma) at the Root of Sushumna

Sastra Pramona शास्त प्रमाण Shiva Samhita V.123

Sahasrar Chakra: Kundalini, Chitra And Brahmarandhra In Sushumna

Sastra Pramona शास्त अमाण Shiva Samhita V.124

ब्रह्मरन्थ्रं तदवीक्तमामुलाधारपङ्जम् ॥ १२३ ॥

त्तः संघर्म्णा कण्डल

tasyā madhye susumnāyā mūlam savivaram sthitam | brahmarandhram tadevokttamāmūlādhārapaṅkaiam || 123 ||

स्माया स्टा राक्तिश चिला स्यान्मम

मम मते कार्या ब्रह्मदन्त्रादिकल्पना ॥ १२४ ॥

tatastadrandhre tacchakttih susumnā kundalī sadā |

susumnāvām sadā śakttiś citrā syānmama vallbhe ||

tasyām mama mate kāryā brahmarandhrādikalpanā || 124 ||

Translation

In that is the root of the Sushumna, together with its hole; this is called the Brahmarandhra (the hole of Brahma), extending up the Muladhar padma.

In that hole of the Sushumna there dwells as its Inner force the Kundalini. In the Sushumna there is also a constant current of force called chitra, its action or modifications should be called, in my opinion as Brahmarandhra, etc.

यस्याः स्मरमणमाविण ब्रह्मजत्वे प्रजायत पापयक्ष अश्वति न भयः पुरुषो भवेत ॥ १२५ ॥

yasyāh smaramanamātrena brahmajñatvam prajāyate | papayksaasca bhavati na bhūyah puruso bhavet || 125 ||

Translation

By simply remembering this, one obtains the knowledge of Brahman, all sins are destroyed, and one is never born again as man.

When you open yourself to Existence, it fills you up. How much you open yourself up, that much it fills you up. Sahasrar Chakra: Three Vessels Meet at the Brahmarandh Shows the Way to Salvati

Sastra Pramona शास्त प्रमाण Shiva Samhita V.106-109

pravesitam calangastham mukhe svasya nivesayet tenātra na vahatyeva dehacārī samīraņah || 126 || tena samsāracakresmin bhramatītyeva sarvadā tadartham ye pravartante yogî na prāņadhāraņe || tata evākhilā nādī viruddhā cāstavestanam | iyam kundalini śaktī randhram tyajati nānyathā || 127 ||

Let him thrust the moving thumb into its mouth: by this the air, which flows through the body, is stopped. 126

Owing to this (vayu) man wanders in the circle of the universe; the Yogis, therefore, do not desire to keep up this circulation; all the nadis are bound by eight knots; only this kundalini can pierce these knots and pass out of the Brahmrandhra, and show the way to salvation. 127

When the air is confined fully in all the vessels, then the Kundalini leaves these knots and forces its way out of the Brahmarandhra. 128

Then the vital air continually flows in the Sushumna. On the right and the left side of the Muladhar, are situated the Ida and the Pingala. The Sushumna passes through the middle of it. 129

The hollow of the Sushumna in the sphere of the adhar is called the Brahmarandhra. The wise one who knows this is emancipated from the chain of karma. 130.

All these three vessels meet certainly at the mouth of the Brahmarandhra; by bathing at this place one certainly obtains salvation. 131.

yadā pūrnāsu nādīsu sanniruddhānilāstadā | bandhatyāgena kundalyā mukhaṃ randhrād bahirbhavet || 128 || susumnayam sadalvayam vahetpranasamīranah | mūlapadmasthitā yonirvānadaksinakonatah | idāpimgalayormadhye susumnā yonimadhyagā || 129 || brahmaradhramtu tatraiv susumnādhāramaņdale | yo jaanati sa mukttah syātkarmabandhādvicaksanah || 130 || brahmarandhremukhe tasam samgamah syadasamsayah | tasminsnāne snātakānām mukttih syādavirodhataḥ || 131 ||

sanas, or body postures, are probably the most commonly known aspect of Yoga. Whereas some people understand "Yoga" as being a given set of postures and breathing techniques, Asana is only one of the 6 limbs of the original Shastanga Yoga revealed by Sadashiva.

THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM describes Asanas as "steady and comfortable body postures to tune oneself with the Cosmos."

Since most people are either in a state of restlessness (rajas) or tiredness (tamas), the body needs preparation to enter into the experience of Yoga. Asanas allow the

body and mind to come to a state of balance and restful awareness (sattva), where one can easily enter into the deeper and more subtle dimension of yoga.

A person is made up of three bodies - the physical or gross body (sthula sharira), the subtle body (sukshma shareera) and the causal body (kaarana shareera). Chakras are the subtle energy centers that are present at the intersection of the physical, the subtle and the causal body. They are aligned in an ascending column from the base of the spine to the top of the head. Asanas involve placing these centres in relative position with each other. Those positions can be represented by geometrical figures.

"If the asanas are practiced in a certain manner, one becomes prepared for the purification of the nadis. It is excellent in alleviating the diseases, prana and bodily heat are enriched. Minor diseases are also cured, and bodily heat and prana are stimulated. One feels light. Life span is enhanced. Premature death is prevented. "

Hathatatvakaumudi (Ch.9.18-19)

Some of the benefits of Asanas include:

  • optimizing the digestive functions (e.g. Matsyendrasana, Hathatatvakaumudi Ch.7.8),

  • regulating fever and imbalances caused due to the humours (e.g. Mayurasana, Hathatatvakaumudi Ch.7.10),

  • removing fatigue (e.g. Savasana,

Hathatatvakaumudi Ch.7.12), giving mental stability, - enhancing enthusiasm and stamina (e.g. Virasana, Hathatatvakaumudi Ch.7.19), and ultimately,

  • ensuring success to the yogi (e.g. Siddhasana, Shiva Samhita-III.85).

Each posture embodies a certain mental-emotional state. Ultimately, asanas allow us to be in tune with the embodied states of consciousness of joy, lightness and bliss. To experience that, one has to hold the right intention and visualisation.

THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM shares the truth in a deeper sense: "With whatever intention you move your body, that intention will become your reality. Whether it is health, power, enlightenment, Sadashivatva, that intention is imbibed into every muscle, cell and nerve of the body, and manifests as reality."

In the practice of THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM Yoga, Asanas thus allow us to awaken and experience Bliss in the body, Amrita Sarira, and manifest the state and powers of Sadashiva.

Let us explore in this section the traditional Asanas prescribed by Sadashiva and their benefits.

Tune yourself with the cosmosAsanas are steady and comfortable body postures to tune oneself to the Cosmic energy.
Atma Pramona - आत्मा प्रमाण
THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM
Yoga is a scienceYoga is a great science where your body is trained to achieve it's peak potential through asanas, your
mind is trained through liberated thinking, and your breathing structure is trained through
Atma Pramona - आल्मा प्रमाण
pranayama.
THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM
It is about your spiritual identity
Yoga is meant to awaken your mystical powers. Realizing your spiritual identity is the ultimate goal of yoga.
Atma Pramona - आला प्रसाण
THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM
Physical postures are important
Atma Pramona - आत्मा प्रमाण
Physical postures are not excluded, but that does not mean only physical postures are yoga.
THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM
According to the original sources
Whether bending the body or blowing the nose, asana or pranayama, visualization or meditation, go back to
the original source, original scriptures, original instructions, manifest and get benefitted by it.
Atma Pramona - आल्मा प्रमाण
THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM

Become one with the asana Atma Pramona - आत्मा प्रमाण THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM

Definition of asana .............................................................................................................................................................................. Atma Pramana - आत्मा प्रमाण THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM

One asana, even if you don't experience, you can see it, grasp it. But the more and more things become subtle, it's the depth of your experience. How much you feel one with it, that much only you will know it.

Asanam means, where each of your muscles should sit on the other very comfortably and stably.

Anta Pramana - आप्त प्रमाण Joga Pradipika 205- 208

पर्व कहो भिश्रिका जोई वाही विधि जो कीजै सोई । सब अंगरी मुख बाहरि आने मुखको फनि संपट करि ठाने जिभा उलति तालवे धरै हाथांसो आरंभ पुनि करै आरँभ की क्रिया है जाई विधिपर्व अब वर्णों सोई ॥२०६॥

pürva kaho bhicrikä joé vähé vidhi jo kéjai soé | saba aiguré mukha bähari äne mukhako phuni sampuoa. kari öhäne ||205||

iibhä ulaöi tälave dharai häthääso ärambha puni karai l ärambha ké kriyä hai jäé vidhipürva aba varëo soé ||206||*

For Extended Verse See End Of Chapter

Take all of the fingers away from the mouth and make a hollow. like mouth. Turn the tongue and place it on the palate. Put right hand on the face and place the thumb towards the right nostril. Then inhale through the right nostril and after kumbhaka exhale through the left nostril. While inhaling again, inhale through the left and proceed in reverse order.

Apta Additional References Yoga-Asanamala Sacitra (ms.)-39

Every asana is very clearly described bv Mahadeva in Hatha Yoga literatures, including the way you need to breathe.

Technique:

  1. Sit with the heels together and knees apart
  2. The right palm should be placed on the mouth.
  3. Turn the tongue backwards.
  4. Inhale through the right nostril and hold the breath judiciously.
  5. Exhale through the left nostril.
  6. Inhale through left nostril and hold the breath judiciously.
  7. Exhale through the right nostril.
  8. Repeat this breath for 3 minutes This Meditative asana brings stability to the

mind through withdrawing from the senses. This makes a complete energy circuit.

अथ वक्ष्ये वीरनाथ आनन्दर्मन्दिरासनम् ॥२३.१०३॥ दस्तयग्मं पाददेशे पादयग्म प्रद्यापयेत ॥२३.१०४॥

atha vaksye vīranātha ānandamandirāsanam||23.103|| yatkṛtvā amaro dhīro bhavatyeveha sādhakaḥ| hastayugmam pädadeśe pādayugmam pradāpayet||23.104||

O! Virnatha, now I shall talk about anandamandirasana;Doing which the resolute practitioner becomes immortal. (23.103, 104)O Kaul! stand properly like a rod and rest on the front part of the buttocks.

Technique:

  1. Sit with the legs folded by the side
  2. Keep the front part of the buttocks on the ground
  3. Sit upstraight

आप्त प्रमाण - आप्त प्रमाण Kapala-Kurantaka-Hathabhyasa-Paddhati-4

uttāna śayanam ekaikam pādam grīvāyām vinyasya itara hastena pādāgram grhītvā itarapādahatistau lambīkrtya tistet anantāsanam bhavati || 4 ||

Lying supine place one foot on the neck, then by other hand hold the top of the other foot and then extend both of that hand and that foot. This is known as Anantasana.

Apta Additional Reference

Kapala-Kurantaka-Hathabhyasa-Paddhati

Balances the prana & apana energies.

Technique:

  1. Lie on back with straight legs.
  2. Place one of the legs behind neck and hold toes with opposite hand.
  3. Head rests on the foot.
  4. Straighten the other arm next to the body.

Apta Pramona - आप्त प्रमाण Joga Pradipika-III.87-89

दछिन गोडो नीचो ठानै वा ताक ऊपर आ गोदा साधि मिलावै भार आदा पद पुनि पसारि ॥८७॥

Il caupaé II dachina goòo néco öhänai väävo täke üpara änai goòä sändhi milävai bhäré äòä pada puni deta pasäré ||87||

*for extended verse see end of chapter

Place left knee above the right knee so that both the knees should touch each other. Extend the legs away from the body. Catch hold of the toes with opposite hands. Gaze at the tip of the nose. Daily practice of this asana makes the body lustrous. It removes all kinds of diseases.

  1. Place the left knee above the right knee so that both knees touch each other.
  2. Keep the feet by the side of the buttocks.
  3. Extend the legs away from the body.
  4. Catch hold of the toes with opposite hands.
  5. Gaze at the tip of the nose.

Engages moola bandha, abdominals and inner thighs Deeply opens and stretches hip flexors and gluts Relaxes entire back, spine and shoulders Increases blood flow to brain Beneficial to lower body organs. improves menstrual and reproductive issues Creates a complete energy circuit with hands clasped and legs crossed Contraindication: Avoid with any back pain or knee pain

Sakshi Pramana Benefits

Ma Nithya Nirishvarananda, Miami, Yoga Acharya Anasuyasana is a great outer hip opener, and if you have limited hip flexibility, it is easier to sit on top of a pillow or folded blanket to elevate the hips. This asana brings a feeling of presence and awareness of the Inner and outer space.

Apta Pramona - आप्त प्रशाण Yoga-Asanamala sacitra 44

जीमणा गोदा की स्यंधि उपरि डावा गोडा की संधि मिलाई राषै गोडास्यौ ले पगथल्या ली आडवाड संघा राष् था स्यो प्रगाका अमाठा पक्रदे अधावा दाऊ झा

anasuväsanä 2

jémaëä goòä ké syandhi upari òävä goòä ké sandhi millä i räñai goòäsyau le pagathalyä lau äòavä i südhä räñai. häthä syau pagäkä agüöhä pakaòai athava doü hätha pächä nai kari käkasé karai müladvära pächai käkasé räñai

*for extended verse see end of chapter

After spreading the feet wide apart followed by placing one knee over the other, one is supposed to catch holdof the hands over the back. Then one should bend the head down to touch the nose to the ground.

Technique:

  1. Place one knee above the other
  2. Hold the hands from the back
  3. Bend down to touch the nose on the ground
  4. Gaze at the tip of the nose
  5. Remain in this pose 30 seconds

The body becomes lustrous like gold; free of diseases. There are several benefits of this asana, Even if practiced 2 times a month it gives tejas to the body.

Na Asalia

Forward Bend

प्रथम पगथली सम ठहरावे कोर माहली उभे मिलावे फणापाण उकड कर बैसे दोउ पड़ी गदा निवैसे

prathama pagathalé sama öhaharävai kora mähalé ubhai milävai | phaëäpäëa ukaòa ka ra baise dou eòé gudä nivaise || 193 ||

*for extended verse see end of chapter

Sit on the toes together placing arms above the heels. Keep knees and thighs together and extend them infront. Gazing at the knees, place whole body on the thighs. Bring both the hands from outside the legs and place elbows on the ground.

Apta Additional References

Joga pradipika (or Yoga-äsanamälä sacitra-33)

explain that usually night blindness is removed by putting cow ghee and black pepper in the eyes and emphasizes the exhalation to be done from the mouth ensuring to close the anal region.

Technique:

  1. Kneel down and lower the head in between the knees.
  2. Keep the elbows adjacent to the knees.
  3. Hold the head with the hands.

This removes night blindness and even blind can see with eyes.

Apta Additional References

kirana-tīkā-11.46, Yogasanam(sacitra)-61

Technique:

  1. Squat and sit on the heels, legs together, back straight. 2. Place the palms together in front of the chest and gaze forward.

Engages and strengthens the feet, calves, abdominals and thighs. Engages the mula- and uddiyana-bandhas. Improves balance and has a grounding effect. Anjali Mudra stimulates the heart chakra and creates a complete energy circuit in the body. Removes lethargy, anxiety and depression. Allows Kundalini to easily flow upwards. Brings attention inwards,

Increased focus on balance, strengthens toes

Sakshi Pramana Benefits Sunniva Kaurin, Norway

मित्याहः गारिक्षासनम्ब Beiden Sel Gentre F

kabandhäsanamityähuù gorakñäsanameva ca || aìguñöhamuñöikaà jieyaà brahmapräsäditaà tathä || 16 ||

Sit on the toes and touch the two knees together on the ground. Place the buttocks on the heels and fold the hands on the chest.This asana is similar (in some versions the same) as Utkatasana

Apta Pramona - आप्त प्रमाण Joga Pradipika (346-347)

दोउ हाथ भूमपर ठानो कहणि जाडि नाभीलग आनै । फणा दोउ ऐसे विधि करे पिष्टि द्वथेल्याकी परि धरै ॥३४६॥ ऐसे रहे कराके पाणि धरै नासामध्य आणि यासी तपत मिटे तन केरी जैतराम प्रकट कहै देरी ॥३४७

dou hätha bhümapara öhäno kahüël jäòi näbhilaga änai | phaëä dou alsai vidhi karal piñöi hathelyäké pari dharai || 346 || aisai rahai karäkai päëi dharai näsämadhya äëi | yäsau tapata miöe tana keré jaitaräma prakaöa kahai öeré || 347 ||

Place both hands on ground and keep both elbows joined together at the navel. Arrange the feet on hands which are placed prone. Fix the gaze at the nose.

Technique:

  1. Come to a full squat posture.
  2. Place the hands below the feet, palms facing down.
  3. Keep the arms straight, elbows joined together at the navel (Option: If you cannot hold the squat position, you can sit on the ground).
  4. Fix the gaze at the nose.
  5. Remain in this pose 30 seconds.

This reduces the bodily heat

Apta Pramona - आप्त प्रमाण Joga Pradipika (283-286)

दोउ करकी उभै हतेली कोर वारिली मै ले भेली । सो आगा ने भपरि दाख़े माहा नै अंगलि मिलि राखै ॥२८३॥ अगृष्ठ छोदा राखें दोई पुनह हथेली पिष्टि तापरि मलदारि टिक बैसे बद्रज्यों जगाति करें एक बैसे

dou karaké ubhai hatelé kora värilé mai le bhelé | so ägä nai bhüpari däkhai mähä nai aìguli mili räkhe ||283 || aìguñöa chédä räkhai doé punaha hathelé piñõé ju joi | täpari müladväri öika baise bahujyau jugati karai eka baise || 284||

*for extended verse see end of chapte

Place both the hands of respective sides on the ground with palm upturned. Fingers will remain straight and together. The back part of the palm should be near anus. Hands should touch the sides of the abdomen. Extend legs in front with toes pointing upward and heels on the ground. Heels and toes should remain together. Gaze should be nasal. This wards of harasa diseases.

Technique:

  1. Sit with legs stretched forward keeping the heels on the ground and toes pointing upward. 2. Place both the hands under the buttocks, palms facing upward and fingers close together. 3. Bring the elbows close to the body as much as possible.
  2. Gaze at the center of the eyebrows.

It cures trembling of the body.

Brings feeling of stability and strength

Sakshi Pramana Benefits Ma Nithya Nirishvarananda, Miami, Yoga Acharya

11525ans

Supine

Apta Pramana - आप्त प्रमाण Kapala-Kurantaka-Hathabhyasa-Paddhati-5

uttānaśayītah ekaikam pādam grīvāyām kurvan itaram hastam karnamüle sthapayet tasyaiva hastasya kūparam bhūmau nidhāya itara hasta pādau saralikrtya tiştat ankuśāsanaṃ bhavati ||5||

Lying supine place one foot on the neck, then place the hand on the root of the ear, and place the elbow of that hand on the ground, then extend straight the other hand and the other foot and stay. This is known as Ankuśasana.

Apta Additional References Stn-3

Opens the root chakra and brings apana energy upwards. Strengthens the abdominals, back and neck. Stretches the spine, gluteal and pelvic muscles.

Technique:

  1. Lie on the back. 2. Place one leg behind the head. 3. Place the hand from the opposite side at the base of the ear. 4. Keep the elbow on the ground for support. 5. Keep the other leg straight.

stra Pramona - शास्तु प्रमाण Rudravamala Tantra (23.68-70)

Their The Real The Cal

kevalam pādamekañca skandhe cāropya yatnatah| ekapādena gagane tisthet da davat prabho||23.68|| apānāsanametaddhi sarvesām pūrakāśrayam| krtva sūksme sīrsapadme samāropya ca vāyubhih||23.69|| *for extended verse see end of chapter

(If you) Place just one foot on the shoulder with effort and (raise) the second foot like a rod towards the sky it surely becomes apanasana, (and if) by doing pūraka in śirspadmāsana by the subtle breath then person (who is bound to die one day, anybody who is born will surely die one day) becomes a siddha. This way praņa and apāna become one, and by doing this apānāsana one becomes yogeswara (supreme among Yogis). (23.68, 69, 70)

Technique:

  1. Sit and bring one leg on top of the shoulder.
  2. Keep the hands on the ground.
  3. Raise the other leg straight towards the sky.

Apta Pramona - आप्त प्रमाण Yoga-Asanamala Sacitra (ms.) -30

दोड पग मिलिवा पसारी पगाका अगुठा पकडि लिलाट गोडा लगावै सरीर समीराष आसन को गण आरभ की बिधि उत्तर नमंत्र बैसी आरम्भ करे

dou paga milivā pasārī pagākā aguṭhā pakadi lilāṭa godā lagāvai sarīra samīrāṣai āsana kau guņa ārabha kī bidhi uttara sanamuṣa baisī ārambha karai || 30 ||

*for extended verse see end of chapter

Sit with legs extended in front. Catch a hold of the big toes with the index and middle finger. Place the head over the knees. It is recommended to consume a liquid gruel made of green mung dal and rice should be taken sip by sip, and after few minutes then start the asana. Arambasana is practiced with nadi shodana pranayama starting with 12 matras all the time through 24 hours with intermittent rest of an hour or so. Start Inhaling from the left big toes with the index and middle finger. Place the head over the knees.

No Na Asama

Forward Bend

Technique:

  1. Sit with legs extended in front.
  2. Catch hold of the big toes with the index and middle finger.
  3. Place the head over the knees.

5 astra Pramona - शास्ल प्रमाण Kirana Agama- Yoga pada- verse

त्-पाद्याअद्वयं कत्वा स्वरलोला

tadvat-pādāadvayam krtvā svaralolā'nya samsthitam | ardhacandram bhavedevam virāsanamatha srnu |

Placing the legs as before (ie. as in padmasana) and keeping one on the other mutually, ardhachandrasana can be assumed.

Technique:

  1. Stand straight
  2. Balance on the right foot as you bring the left knee up
  3. Bring the left foot to the right hip, bringing the knee down
  4. Stand strong relaxing the arms by the sides
  5. Repeat on the other side

Improves posture, balance, and concentration. Increase flexibility in the hip joints, knees, and ankles. Reqular practice of this asana regulates and balances the function of the central nervous and lymphatic systems. Primordial meditative posture.

A hips-opening posture, stretches adductors (inner thighs), external rotators. Allows the body to be held completely steady for a long peroid of time, relaxes the nervous system, enable the mind to become calm. Directs the flow of prana to the spine. Breath slows down, muscular tension decreases, blood pressure reduces in posture.

Increased focus and presence, feeling of comfortability and stretching

Sakshi Pramana Benefits

Sunniva Kaurin, Norway

A Ota Pramona - आप्त प्रमाण Yoga-Asanamala Sacitra (Ms.)-14

घआत्मरामासन प्रथम सुधा सोवे ॥ पग उचाई आगने आनै दोई पगा विचि हाथ करि कहौणी की माहिली संघिमै फणा अथवा पगथल्याका लाक कौर वाणा राषि भुजाकलाया सौ दौवे हाथा की काकसी करि गुदी पीछे राषै माथो उच्ची राषे दृष्टि नाशा अग्र आसण कौगुण जैतिन विरिया एकाती बैसी ध्यान घारा करे ता पाछे अरू पहलीय आसन चढतौ सधै तो एता गुन होई अगनी विरधि होई पवन सलिलता बैंहै सरीर सुद्ध हो ई नाडी सुद्ध होई सरीर का रौग जाई और रोग की उतपति न होई ॥ १४ ॥घ

First lie on back. Raise the legs towards head. Bring the hands in between the legs. Turning the hands over the legs, hold the feet in elbows. Interlock the fingers over shoulders and raise the head. Fix the gaze at the tip of the nose.

Atmaramasana

Supine

Apta Additional References Jp-149-153, Hp(Ms.)-11.138-139

Also known as adhyatma-asana or pralopa-asana (Yoga ASANAMALA SACITRA-14). This is also called mrtti-bhanjikasana

Technique:

  1. Lie down on your back.
  2. Raise the legs towards the head.
  3. Wrap the arms around the ankles and interlace the fingers behind the neck.
  4. Gaze at the tip of the nose.

Gastric fire is improved. Rectifies the flow of prana in the body and purifies the nadis. Removes diseases.

5 astra Pramona - शास्ल प्रमाण Tri-shikhi-brahman Upanishad (40)

padmāsanam susamsthāpya tadangusthadvayam punah | vyutkramenaiva hastābhyām baddhapadmāsanam bhavet || 40 || Having well established the Padmasana posture, (should one hold) the two big toes with (his) two hands stretched crosswise, it becomes the Baddha-padmasana (the bound- lotus-postion).

Apta Pramana - आप्त प्रमाण Gheranda Samhita II .9

अयं पड़ासनम वामोरूपरि दक्षिण च चरण संस्थाप्य वाम तथा दक्षोरुपरि पश्चिमेन विधिना धत्वा कराभ्यां हल

atha padmäsanam

vāmorūpari daksinam ca caranam samsthāpya vāmam tathā daksorupari paścimena vidhinā dhrtvā karābhyām drdham || 30 ||

*for extended verse see end of chapter

The right foot is placed on the left thigh and the left on the right, the big toes are held with the respective hands crossed behind the back, chin fixed upon the chest and the gaze directed towards the tip of the nose. This padmasana, which removes the diseases of the Yogis.

Technique:

  1. Put the right foot over left thigh and left foot over right thigh.
  2. Cross the arms behind the back
  3. Firmly catch hold of the toes with the respective hands.
  4. Press the chin over chest.
  5. Fix the eyes at the tip of the nose

It removes diseases. Purifies the internal cavity (belly). Purifies eyes, speech, mind.

Feeling of being free, pose feels effortless

Sakshi Pramana Benefits Sunniva Kaurin, Norway

Baddhakeki Asana Arm Balance

Apta Pramona - आप्त प्रमाण Hatharatnavali (III 42,45)

धिवचासनां दण्डवद्गत्थितः खे मायूरमेतत् प्रवदन्ति पीठम् ॥४२ ॥ मयूर पद्मक कुयात बद्धककीति कथ्यते ।। ४० ॥घ

uccasano daeoavadutthitaù khe mäyürametat pravadanti péoham ||42|| mayüraà padmakaà kuryät baddhakekéti kathyate ||45||

*for extended verse see end of chapter

Place both the palms on the ground. Place both elbows on the side of the navel. Stand on the hands lifting body in air with legs in padmasana. Mayura is called baddhakeki.

Technique:

    1. Sit in padmasana
    1. Stand on the knees and lean forward over the arms
    1. Place the hands on the ground fingers pointing backwards
    1. Lean forward and place the elbows on the lower abdomen
    1. Shift the weight forward and lift the legs off the ground
    1. Balance on the arms with the chin and chest up

Increases strength in the arms, opening in the upper back, engages lower back

  • · Stimulates digestive organs and increases the metabolic process
  • · Useful for constipation, flatulence, diabetes, kidney, spleen, sluggish liver
  • · Balances the endocrine system
  • · Balances all three doshas
  • · Strengthens all muscles of the body
  • · Stimulates detoxification process and clears skin conditions
  • · Awakens Kundalini energy

अथान्यदासनं वक्ष्ये साधकानां हिताय वै॥२३.१०७॥ नासरूपो खेचरो योगिराड भवेत त्वा बद्धासने धीरो नाभेरधःकरद्वयम्॥२३.१०८॥ ऊद्यम डः पिबेट वायं निरुद्धित यमाविले

athānyadāsanam vaksye sādhakānāṃ hitāya vai ||23.107|| pavanāsarūpo khecaro Yogirād bhavet] sthitva baddhāsane dhīro nābheradhahkaradvayam||23.108|| ūddharvamu dah pibed vāyum niruddhyet yamāvile|

Now I shall talk about another asana for the benefit of the practioners; Doing the pavanasana the practitioner can levitate (khechara) and becomes a king among Yogis.Remaining in badhasana the resolute practitioner should place both hands on the upper part of the navel; Raise the head upwards and inhale the air and block the double-holed senses. (23.107,108)

Technique:

  1. Sit in padmasana
    1. Place the hands on the upper portion of the navel
    1. Raise the chin to inhale

Apta Pramana - आप्त प्रमाण Yoga-Asanamala Sacitra (Ms.) 95

आसण कौ गण पीती जाई

āSana Kau Guna PīTī Jāī

Put both hands on ground at width of the shoulders and stretch them. Stretch both the legs backwards. Bend the right knee and cross it over the right arm and place the right foot between two hands. Raise the head up a little.

Technique:

  1. Place both hands on the ground shoulders width apart. 2. Stretch the left leg back and step the right forward. 3. Cross the right arm under the leg 4. Keep the right foot between two hands.

  2. Raise the head.

Strengthens the arms, shoulders, back and abdominals. Stretches the legs and hip. Removes disorder caused by pitta (bile).

Opens up hips/groin

Apta Pramana - आप्त प्रमाण Yoga-Asanamala Sacitra (ms.) 93

आसण कौ गण जलबिकार जाइ

āsana kau guna jalabikāra jāi


Place the left toes on the round and rest the buttocks on the left heel. Bend the right knee and place it vertically close to the chest. Rest the hands on respective knees and maintain an upright position of the trunk.

    1. Place the left toes on the ground and rest the buttocks on the left heel.
    1. Bend the right knee with right foot on the ground and place it vertically close to the chest.
    1. Rest the hands on respective knees and maintain an upright position of the trunk.

Removes disorders caused by water (jala vikara)

Stretch in the lower back, chest expansion

ये महादिव बन्दुयान्यासन श्रु अऊ। कत्वा खेचरी भत्वा विच

yatra madhye mahadeva banddhayonyasane śru au| yat krtvā khecaro bhūtvā vicaredīšvaro yathā||23.55||

O! Mahadeva, in the middle of this, listen to the bandhayoniasana; Doing which the practitioner attains khechara and goes all over like İśwara. (23.55)

*for extended verse see end of chapter

Technique:

    1. Sit and press one heel at the perineum and the other over the genitals.
    1. Bring the little fingers next to the mouth.
    1. Block the nostrils with the ring fingers
    1. Bring the middle fingers on top of the eyes
    1. Block the ears with the index fingers (you can also use the thumbs)

Sastra Pramona - शास्त प्रमाण Rudravamala Tantra 23.63-65

भेकानामासने योग निजवक्षसि सम्मखम् । निधाय पादयुगले स्कन्थे बाह्य पदोपरि ॥२३.६३॥ ध्यायेद्धि चित्पद्धं भ्रान्त्रमासनस्थः सुखाय च । यदि सर्वाङ्गमुत्तोल्य गगने खेचरासनम् ॥२३.६४॥

bhekanamasanam Yogam nijavaksasi sammukham| nidhäya pādayugalam skandhe bāhu padopari||23.63|| dhyāyeddhi citpadaṃ bhrāntmāsanasthah sukhāya caļ yadi sarvangamuttolya gagane khecarasanam||23.64|| *for extended verse see end of chapter

For bhekasana Yoga place both the feet facing each other on the chest effortlessly;Then keep both arms on the shoulders around the feet in front. (While this asana is being done) concentrate on the supreme consciousness looking upwards to attain bliss for the disillusioned one sitting in this asana. If all the body parts are raised upwards uniformly, it becomes khecarasana. (23.63, 64) The aforesaid mahabhekasana give the practitioner all siddhis (Yogic powers); He who practises it while chanting the mahamantra, acquires ultimate knowledge here. (23.65)

Techniques

  1. Bring the sole of the feet together and place them over the chest.

  2. Keep the hands on the shoulders

  3. Gaze at the point between the eyebrows

Apta Pramana - आप्त प्रमाण Joga Pradipika 129-131

दोऊ पमथली संपट करें कोर वारिली भपरि धरें । कोर वारिली राखे ऐसे तापरि मलदारि टिकि बैसे ॥ १३१ ॥ गोडा पीडी भवपरि दाखे हाथ दाऊ गाडा पार रा द्रिष्टि लिकुटी मध्य जु ठानै ताकौ गोरखभद्र बखानै

doū pagathalī samputa karai kora vārilī bhūpari dharai | 'kora vārilī rākhe aisai tāpari mūladvāri tiki baise || 131 || godā pīdī bhūvapari dākhai hātha doū godā pari rākhai | dristi trikutī madhya ju thānai tākau gorakhabhadra bakhānai ||132 || *for extended verse see end of chapter

Sit on the ground, fold both the legs and join the soles. Now arrange to keep soles in such a way that arms placed upon the fingers of the legs. Both the knees should touch the ground and hand being placed upon them respectively. Gaze should be between the eyebrows. All diseases are warded off and Yogi is never subjected for any type of dejection.

Apta Additional References Yoga-Asanamala Sacitra (ms.)-8

Technique:

  1. Sit on the ground. 2. Bring the sole of the feet together with the toes and knees on the ground. 3. Place the anus on the heels. 4. Place the hands on the knees

Removes all diseases and gets rid of all worries

Sastra Pramana - शाख्य मनाण Sandilvopanishad 3.8

पानपार्थ त पाणिभ्या इन्हे बद्ध्वा सनि

gulphau tu vrsanasyādhah sīvanyāh pāršvayoh ksipet | pādapārsve tu pānibhvām drdham baddhvā suniścalam | bhadrāsanam bhavedetat sarvavvādhivisāpaham || 8 ||

(The Yogin) should place the two ankles of the leg below the testicles, on either side the frenum of the prepuce. Then with both hands holding firmly the two feet by their sides, and remaining motionless. This will be the Bhadrasana, the panacea for all ills and the antidote against all poisons.

Apta Pramana - आप्त प्रमाण Hatharatnavali (3-30)

qulphau ca vrsanasyadhah sivanyah parsvayoh ksipet | parsvapadau ca panibhvam drdham baddhva suniscalam | bhadrasanam bhavedetat sarvavyadhivisapaham || 30 ||

The two ankles are put under the scrotum on the two sides of the perineum. One catches hold of the feet with hands and remains steady. This is bhadrasana, which removes all the diseases and toxins.

Apta Additional References

Hathapradīpikā of Svātmārāma (10 chapters)-11. 37-38

Technique:

  1. Bring the sole of the feet together with the heels close to the perineum

  2. Hold the sides of the feet firmly with the two hands.

  3. Sit upstraight and remain motionless,

Stimulates the reproductive organs and improves digestive processes. Helps with stress, anxiety, tension and depression. Removes all toxins and efficient in alleviating all diseases. Suggest bhadrasana to get rid of diseases caused by vitiation of kapha and vata. Helps stabilize the mind. Removes all diseases and toxins.

Through the requiar practice of Yoga. I have been able to sit in Bhadrasana. There is a stretching of the inner thighs which I enjoy, along with the increased flow of energy throughout the body.

भद्रवेसनम गल्फो च व्यवस्था अस्युविधो व्युत्क्रमेटेंअ समुविद्वित्र । पविद्वीगुञ्जूष करतें यूर्वींच धूर्वत्वव च प्रवेज उद्यद्य द्वित करते।

bhadräsanam qulphau ca våñaëasyädho vyutkrameëa samähitaù pädäiguñöhau karäbhyäïca dhatvä ca pañöhadeçataù || 9 ||

    • for extended verse see end of chapter

Placing both heads upside down under the testicles, cross the hands behind the back and hold the toes of the feet, as in Padmasana. Taking the position of Jalandhara bandha, fix the gaze on the tip of the nose. This is called the bhadrasana and its practice destroys all diseases.

Technique:

  1. Sit in bhadrasana i with the sole of the feet together

  2. Turn them upside down, toes pointing back and sit on the heels.

  3. Take hold of the feet from the back with a finger lock.

  4. Apply Jalamdhara bandha by contracting the throat.

  5. Fix the gaze at the tip of the nose.

Rids one of all diseases

Apta Pramona - आप्त प्रमाण Joga Pradipika 223-226

घडलटा मोडि पाव दो बैसे बहुरो जुगति करें एक ऐसे। पावन महिला ग्राहक जु होउ कुला पाखाति लावे सोउ ॥२२३ ॥ ऋषिष्टि पगर्थल्यां की पुनि जोई हाथासो मोड़े वह सोई ताको जंघघनिके दुगि ल्यावै तास्तो तिन

ulaöä mool paise bahuro jugati karai eka aise | pävana mahilä gulaphu ju hou kulä päkhati läve sou ||223|| piñoï pagathalyäà ké puni joé häthäso moòai vaha soé J täko jaìghanike òhagi lyävai täso tinaké piñöi lagävai ||224|

*for extended verse see end of chapter

Fold both the legs towards backside in such a manner that heels are touching the sides of respective hips. Turn the soles upward with hands. Toes of both the feet should be kept on reproductive organs. Place hands on knees and gaze between eyebrows. Air flows in the body without obstruction, removes ailments of joints due to vata i.e. one of the three humors of the body. Any obstruction in the path of Prana and Apana is also removed immediately.

Technique:

  1. Kneel down and sit on the heels. 2. Soles are upturned and toes are kept close to the body with the help of hands. 3. Place the hands on knees. 4. Sit with the spine upright. 5. Gaze between the eyebrows.

Helps free movement of prana and apana. Gets rid of arthritis and joint pain (sandhivata).

Makes one feel grounded

Paga Ulāṭā Modī Baisai

pagā kā māhilā gulapha kūlā pāsatā lagāvai pachai pagathalyā kā pisți hāthā syau modi jāghā bārilī kānī āņī pagathalī pīsți lagāvai medha upari paga kī āgulī agra milāvai

For Extended Verse See End Of Chapter

Bring the soles of feet together and heels together and touch the toes at the navel. Place the hands on knees. Fix the eyes at the tip of nose.

Technique:

  1. Bring the soles of the feet together. 2 Bring the toes to the navel. 3. Place the hands on the knees. 4. Fix the eyes at the tip of the nose

Opens the groin. Improves flexibility in ankles, feet and knees. Stimulates the lower 3 chakras and the heart. Releases the granthis (blockages). Gives relief from sandhivata (joint pain).

व मनालात्वा । वावधासन यत्र तत्र साधो भ

vāmapārsņaugudamsthāpya daksānghrimvāmajaghane | madhyamātarjanyanguṣṭhai nāsādṛṣṭi śrutīḥ kramaiḥ ]] cchādyapejjinam bhruvi manolātvā sthiraṃ manah | evamvidhāsanam yatra tatra sādho bhagasnam ||

In sitting, place left heel at the anus and right foot on left thigh. Close ears with thumbs, nose with middle fingers and eyes with index fingers. Then bring the mind at the middle of the eyebrows and concentrate on Arihanta (Lord).

Technique:

    1. Sit with left heel at the anus and right foot on the left thigh.
    1. Close the eyes with index fingers, nose with middle fingers, and ears with thumbs.
    1. Bring your awareness to the eye brow center.
    1. Meditate on the Master or Deity.

Brings Stability Of Mind.

Part 11: THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM Yoga_ Evolution of the New Species

Apta Pramana - आप्त प्रमाण Hatharatnavali-111.48

gulphau sampéòya cänyo'nyaà vyutkrameëotthitaà çanaiù || jänvoù pärcvagatau hastau daëoavad bhairaväsanam ||48||

Press the two ankles with each other and raise them up. Place the hands straight by the sides of the knees. This is bhairavasana. 48

Technique:

  1. Press the soles of the feet together.

  2. Rotate the feet, bringing the toes down and, heels up.

    1. Place the hands by the sides of the knees.
    1. Sit up stright.

Deeply opens the hip flexors and inner thighs. Strengthens the abdominals and back. Improves flexibility and strength in ankles, feet and knees.

दोउ पगकी थल्याकी माहिली कौर मिलाइ फणा पाणि उकड़ मड्र बैसे दौन्यौ एडी योनिस्थान राषै दोल हाथ पीठि पाछे आणी काकसी करी काठी पकड़ि राषे दृष्टि नामि राषि

dou pagaké thalyäké mähilé kaura milä i phaëä päëi ukaòü maoü baisai

daunyau eòé yonisthäna räñai

dou hätha péöhi pächai äëé käkasé karé käöhé pakaòi räñai dåñöi näbhi räñai

  • for extended verse see end of chapter

Sit on the ground in squatting posture. Join both feet together and squat in such a manner that the heels are touching the perineum. Hold the hands at the back and sit upright. Fix the gaze at the navel.

Technique:

  1. Come to a deep squat.

  2. Keep the heels together close to the perineum.

    1. Hold the hands togheter at the back and sit up straight.
  1. Gaze at the navel.

Overcomes hikka (hiccups) and awakens the kundalini.

ota Pramana - आप्त प्रश्वाण Joga Pradinika 95-98

muladvära ölka baisika dharaé vämapada quda aundhau karaé l eòi agra gudätari dharai urdhva ciöé aìguñöatari karai || 95 || qulapha värilau külai änai punaha mähilau bhüpari öhänai I bahuri carana dähinau joé hradai äni lagäval soé || 96 ||

Fold the left leg in such a manner that heel should touch the arms and the ankle is brought below the buttock. Fold the right leg in such a way that heel should press the navel and toes should touch the chest and the knee of the same leg should touch the ground in front at the distance of a cubit.

Apta Additional References

Also known as siddhi-bhairu-asana. More reference found in: YMS-3. HP(ms.)-II.57-60. Ana-41. JP(L)-13.

Technique:

  1. Sit on the left heel keeping the knee on the ground. 2. Place the right foot on the left thig and keep the heel in a way to press the navel region, toes touching the chest. 3. Interlace the fingers and raise both arms keeping the body upright.

  2. Gaze at the tip of the nose

Removes abdominal disorders like enlargement of spleen, gulma etc. Purifies the nadis and releases the granthis (knots). Relieves from acidity and hiccups. Kundalini moves upwards and purifies the heart chakra.

Apta Pramona - आप्त प्रमाण Joga Pradipika (III.273-274)

को माहिला ।

|| atha bharatharé äsana || äsana gopé canda kahyo jaise , yähu ko kéje puni taise kora pagathalyä ké mähilé , siñä änni mele doü milé || 273 ||

  • for extended verse see end of chapter

This Asana is performed in a similar manner as Gopicanda Asana. Sit on the floor joining the soles and holding the toes making a fingerlock. Raise the feet over the head . Fix the gaze at the tip of the nose.

  1. Sit on the floor joining the soles and holding the toes making a fingerlock.

  2. Raise the feet over the head.

  3. Fix the gaze at the tip of the nose.

Aids in making Mulabandha happen

मेरिकाज आसन ाभिणानां यागाभ्यासां यथा वलाधार श्रीव्यन प्राक्ति

bharadväja äsana idäné garbhiëénäà yogäbhyäso yathä laghu | sukhaprasavaläbhäya procyate präktane pathi ||

  • for extended verse see end of chapter

Now, practicing the Yogasanas for pregnant slightly(at ease/without straining much) for smooth delivery will be told as earlier way. Danda, Padma, Bharadwaja, Veera, Vajra, sama these are to be practiced with Deep Exhalation.

Technique:

  1. Sit on the right heel. 2. Place the left foot over the right thigh. 3. Catch the left foot with the left arm around the back. 4. Slide right hand fingers under the left knee. 5. Turn the head to the right and breathe deeply.

Practicing the Yogasanas for pregnant slightly(at ease/without straining much) for smooth delivery will be told as earlier way.

प्रथम बैसि दोउ पाव पसारे कछुक उर्धको करखो डारे। एड्यामधि आंतरों राखे मुद्र हाथ परमाण सु दाखे ॥१८४४ ॥ फणा उधेको उच्चो राखे खवा उमे गोडा में आने । तिनके मधि जुगत सो ठाने ॥१८

prathama baisi dou päva pasärai kachuka urdhako kurado däre l edvämmadhi äntaro räkhe mudra hätha paramäëa su däkhai ||184 || phaëa urdhako uco räkhe khavä ubhai qooa mem äneà tinake madhi jugata so öhäne ||185 ||

*for extended verse see end of chapter

Sit with legs extended on the floor. Keep the heels apart about a cubit. Toes point upwardly. Bend the head forward reaching the armpits up to knees. Insert both hands under legs turning them take hold of feet from outside. Touch the ground with forehead. Gaze is directed at the center of eyebrows.

Technique:

  1. Sit with legs extended on the floor.

  2. Keep the heels apart.

  3. Toes point up.

  4. Bend the head forward reaching the armpits upto knees.

  5. Insert both hands under legs turning them take hold of feet from outside.

  6. Touch the ground with forehead.

  7. Gaze is directed at the center of eyebrows.

This asana removes fever, all sorts of disturbances in the stomach and purifies the whole body. This practice overcomes fever, jaundice and abdominal

Apta Pramana - आप्त प्रमाण Joga Pradipika. 197-203

दोन पुगांकी एडी जोड़े गोडाफणों वाणों फ़ाने होई। गोडा जंघघ अधर करि राखें आडेवाह इसी विधि दाखे 118९८ ।। दोड एडी उधेही मूलद्वार ताउपर करे। पुनि अंजुली हाथा दाखे तामि फुनि पोलोटकी दाखे ॥१९९

dou pagaiké eòé joé goòaphaëoà väëoà phuni hoé | goòä jaìgha adhara kari räkhai äòeväha isé vidhi däkhe ||198|| dou eòé urdhahé müladvära täupara karaj puni aïjulé häthä däkhai tämme phuni poloöaké däkhe ||199||

*for extended verse see end of chapter

Sitting on toes and placing buttocks on heels. Separate the knees sidewards and place on the ground. Make a hollow of palms and place it on mouth. Keep thumbs under teeth and close the lips fix the gaze steadily at the tip of nose. Inhale through pingala nadi and exhale through mouth to the capacity.

Bhisraka asana

lisraka asana

Technique:

1.Sit on the toes and place buttocks on heels.

  1. Separate the knees.

  2. Make a hollow with your hands and place it on the mouth.

  3. Keep thumbs under the teeth and close the lips.

  4. Gaze at the tip of nose.

  5. Inhale through right nostril and exhale through the mouth.

Practice of this asana digests excess consumption of food. One gets rid of cough and fever.' .It removes fever and makes the body disease free.

Apta Pramana - आप्त प्रमाण Gheranda Samhita. Ii.42-43

अंग्रांगतिहन वैभिपर्यन्तमधोभ्यंमी विनिन्यसेत् । करविभ्युवांच धर्तवे धर्वत्वृत्व प्रश्वेद्रतिआय फर्टिव हि ॥४१॥ देहवंग्निर्वध्दते नित्यते सर्वरोगविनवंद्रअनम् जवंगति भजगर्द देवर्ट भजोगवंसनसंधूनवंत ॥४२॥

aìguñöhanäbhiparyantamadhobhümau vininyaset | karäbhyäïca dharaà dhåtvä ürdhvaçérñaù phaëéva hl ||41|| dehägnirvardhdate nityaà sarvarogavinäçanam ] jägarti bhujagé devé bhujaigäsanasädhanät ||42||

*for extended verse see end of chapter

Keep the body from the toes to the navel on the floor and placing the palms of the hands also firmly on the floor, raise the head like a snake. This is called Bhujangasana. The fire of the body increases, all diseases are destroyed and kundalini Shakti is awakened by the practice of bhujangasana.

Apta Additional References

BrYs III.49-50

Technicu

  1. Lie down on your belly.
    1. Place the hands by the chest, forehead on the ground. Point the toes.
    1. Keep the paims on the ground and raise the head and chest like a snake.

Strengthens the entire back, shoulders, abdominals and thighs. Opens the chest and expands the lungs capacity. Beneficial for digestion, sciatica, flexibility in spinal cord and elevates mood. Increase gastric fire, Awakens the kundalini and removes all bodily diseases.

Opening Of The Chest

Sakshi Pramana Benefits Sunniva Kaurin, Norway

Seated

Apta Pramana - आप्त प्रमाण Joga Pradipika-220-222

dou pagathalé bhüparé dharai kora mähilé aise karai | kora miläé ukaòa baise jaìghä chäté agra nivese || 220 || vyabüka gooa upari karai näsädriñöi acala le dharai | bhujä parasapara pakaòe do é khaväà lägané kaöhéna ju soé || 221 ||

  • for extended verse see end of chapter

Place both the soles on the ground. Fold the legs and arrange them in such a way that the thighs touch the chest. Place the chin on knees. Gaze should be at the tip of nose. Catch hold of both the hands bringing wrist upon the knees. Catch hold wrist by hands. It removes the problem of hysteria.

Technique:

  1. Sin and Place both the soles on the ground.

  2. Fold the legs and press knees to chest.

  3. Rest the chin on knees.

  4. Cross the forearms and hold opposite knees.

  5. Keep the gaze at the tip of the nose

Brings feeling of contemplation

Sakshi Pramana Benefits Keong Chow, Singapore, Yoga Teacher/Freelancer

Apta Pramona - आप्त प्रमाण Joga Pradipika-344-345

|| atha brahma äsana || vaéõhal prathama müla kai päël do u paga kändhai dharai äëi | bahuri päpaòä pari le jävai küñi nañaila keà öhaharävai || 344 ||

  • for extended verse see end of chapter

First sit on the buttocks, place both legs upon the shoulder and remain suspended with the help of hands, Gaze to be fixed on tip of nose. One attains intuitive knowledge.

ahma asana

Technique:

  1. Sit on the floor.

  2. Raise both legs over the head upon the shoulder.

  3. Raise the uper body with the help of the hands.

4.Gaze to be fixed on tip of nose.

Increases the vak shakthi, the power of words. Intuitive knowledge is attained with regular practice.

Apta Pramona - आप्त प्रमाण Joga Pradipika-189-192

dou phaëäpäëi hoya baise eòéà do gudä nivaise | kora pagathalyäiké mähilé äpasa mähi räkhai millé ||189 || dou gooa age anai sudho kari uïcä le öhäne | hätha doü le upara dhare hathelé sudhé kareà || 190 ||

For Extended Verse See End Of Chapter

Sit straight with supine and neck in one line. Being seatted on toes touching each other, placing arms above the heels. Bring both the knees in front, keeping them straight raise them a little. Place both hands above the legs with palms turned upward and fingers stretched. Gaze between the knees as if meditating.

Balance

This asana should be practiced till ones gets tiredness. Also found in: Yoga-Asanamala Sacitra (ms.)-32

Technique:

  1. Bend the knees and come to the tip of your toes, let the toes touch each other.

  2. Sit straight with spine, neck and head in one line. 3. Keep both the knees in front and raise them from the ground.

  3. Place both hands above the legs with palms turned upward and fingers stretched.

  4. Gaze between the knees in meditative space

Relief from fever.

निव्यादजकायस्त चक्रासनामद नत तत्रत्न चक्रासनलक्षणमाह- सव्येति ॥ १७ ॥

savyoru daksine gulphe daksinam daksinetare | nidadhyādrjukāyastu cakrāsanamidaṃ matam || 17 || tatra cakrāsanalaksaņamāha- savyeti || 17 ||

One should place the left thigh over the right heel and the right thigh over the left heel with his body erect. This is considered to be the Cakra posture. (17)

Technique:

  1. Sit with the spine straight.

  2. Cross the legs and keep the feet under the thighs

Apta Pramona - आप्त प्रमाण Hatharatnavali-Iii.15

çaväsanasthaù dvau pädau kuryänmastakataù parau | vyuktkrameëa tataù céghrametat sarvasya sädhanam || cakräsanaà gulmapléha vätarogädinäçanam || 15 ||

In the pose of Savasana, lift the two legs and stretch them towards to place them on either side of the head, by this, as said, this will give benefit for all. Chakraasana removes, inflammation, spleen related issues, acidity etc.

Apta Additional References

YSC. II.46.15, KT-II.46.p.244-245, Abs-31-32. alternate technique SYK-24,SCA-33. SYK-24,Yas-67- called pada-hastasana. Meditation Pose- VU-V.17; PVS-246 and YSC-II.46;p.85- alt techniques. Cfkamalasana-v. STN-35 provides illustration for cakrasana. RY-43:25 baddhacakrasana and maha-cakrasana as variations of this pose- no description though.

Technique:

    1. Lie on your back
  1. Lift your hips and stretch your legs towards the head.
    1. Bring the hands toward the feet and hold your ankles. Overcomes disorders from vitiations of vata enlargement or diseases of the spleen, and relieves disorders of gulma (inflammation).

Apta Pramona - आप्त प्रमाण joga pradépikä 145-148

cakri-äsanadävä pagaké pagathalé tatha su barilé kora | änal väi kükhipari häthä so jora || 145 ||

  • for extended verse see end of chapter

Sit on the floor in long position. Hold the left foot with hands and place its sole in left arm-pit. Take right leg backwards and raise it. Raise the hands upwards and by bringing them forward, place palms and head on ground with fingers pointing forward. Fix the gaze at the tip of the nose.

Apta Additional References Yoga-äsanamälä sacitra -13

1.Sit on the floor.

  1. Hold the left foot with hands and place the sole of the foot on the left arm-pit.

  2. Bend the right leg and take it backwards

  3. Bringing the hands forward and place the palms and head on ground with fingers pointing forward.

  4. Fix the gaze at the tip of the nose.

This asana purifies the body, and cures the diseases of Jalandhara such as (jalodara, udararoga, retention of water)

Apta Pramona - आप्त प्रमाण Joga Pradipika-254-255

dou pagathalé sampuoa dhäre ägä ne kara joraya säre | goòa bhusau lagatä räkhe hätha dou goòäpari däkhal || 254 ||

*for extended verse see end of chapter

Bring both the soles together and place them in front. Knees should touch the ground. Both hands should be placed on the knees and press them towards ground. Gaze between eyebrows. This removes night blindness and eyesight is purified.

Apta Additional References

Same as gvalipava-asana. Reference also found in Yoga ASANAMALA SACITRA-56, AYG-41

Technique:

  1. Sit up straight.

  2. Bring the soles of the feet together in such a way that the knees come as close to ground as possible. 3. Place the hands on knees and press them down. 4. Fix the gaze in between the eyebrows.

It improves eyesight, and removes heat from the eyes.

Apta Pramona - आप्त प्रमाण Yoga-Asanamala Sacitra (Ms.)-63

dou pagäké yeòé dharaté lagivä meòha lagävai pagathalé mähalé kaura aìguöhäké sadhi südhi joòai bärili kora phanä ñulyä räñai

For Extended Verse See End Of Chapter

While sitting on ground, draw legs close to the seat in such a way that heels comes together and goes apart. Bend the arms and place elbows on respective knees. Keep the back of hands and fingers on ground in supine position. Direct gaze at tip of nose. Controls movement of Naga vayu.

Technique:

  1. Sit up straight on the ground.

  2. Draw legs close to the seat in such a way that the heels come together and knees goes apart.

  3. Toes are separated and the soles of the feet are looking up

  4. Bend the arms and place elbows on respective knees.

  5. Keep the back of hands and fingers on ground and palms facing up.

  6. Direct gaze at tip of nose."

Controls movement of Naga vayu (responsible for belching, burping and all upwards wind. movement from your stomach.)

Release tension in the hips/groin

Sakshi Pramana Benefits Keong Chow, Singapore, Yoga Teacher/Freelancer

Apta Pramona - आप्त प्रमाण Joga Pradipika-278-282

prathama paqathalé sampuoa karai punaha jugati aisé vistare òäé kahüëé mähilé sandhi täpari dou eòé bandha || 278 || phaëä jugama òarathakari räkhai bahuri jugati aisé vidhi däkhai | bahuri pagathalé kora sésa lagäve karikai jora || 279 ||

For Extended Verse See End Of Chapter

First of all bring the soles together and with the help of left elbow, take both the legs behind so as the soles touches the head. Heels should point towards forehead. Encircle the neck with the right hand and elbow should touch the navel and let the hand touch the abdomen. Gaze should be nasal. This asana helps in warding off the stone problem in the stomach.

  1. Soles touch the head and heels point to forehead.
  2. Raise the left arm straight up.
  3. Encicles the neck with the right arm touching the left shoulder while elbow touches the navel.
  4. Gaze at tip of nose.

Removes gallstone or gallbladder stone

Apta Pramana - आप्त प्रमाण Joga PradéPikä -166-167

atha deva äsana prathame südho sove soé, kare käikasé kara gaha doé | eòayäm ambara pagathélyäà däñai , kari atika vitta täsa pari räñai ||166 ||

*for extended verse see end of chapter

Lie on the floor, raise the legs upward. Forming a fingerlock of the hands put it on the ankles. Next bring the legs near the head and soles on the ground. Stay there keeping the head and hands in this manner.

Technique:

  1. Lie on the floor.
  2. Raise the legs and bring them over the head, toes together, soles on the ground.
  3. Forming a fingerlock, brings the hands back and hold the ankles
  4. Stay there keeping the position.

Removes the disturbance from the ghosts.

Apta Pramona - आप्त प्रमाण Yoga-Asanamala Sacitra (Ms.) -70

ाधि परि हाथाको काकसो र

dhanantara äsana pürababidhi pari häthäké käkasé syau phaëä ñarä moòé pagäké ägulé agri meòhu lagäval

*for extended verse see end of chapter

Sit with legs extended. Bend the legs and placing the feet under the buttocks Soles of feet brought together. Form a finger-lock and hold the toes in it pull the feet closer to the perineum. Place hands in respective knees. Fix the gaze at the tip of the nose.

Technique:

  1. Sit on the ground.
  2. Bend the legs and place the feet under the buttocks
  3. Sole of the feet togheter and heels close to the perinum.
  4. Rest the hands on knees respectively.
  5. Gaze at the tip of the nose.

Overcomes piles

Astra Pramana - शास्त प्रमाण Tri-Shikhi-Brahman Upanishad (43)

pādāngusthau tu pāņibhyām grhītvā śravaņāvadhi | dhanurākarsakākrstam dhanurāsanamīritam || 43 ||

Grasping the big toes with the hands and drawing them up to the ear, even as a bow is drawn, is said to be the Dhanurasana (drawn bow-posture).

Apta Pramona - आप्त प्रसाण Hathapradipika-Ii.11

pādāmgusthau tu pānibhyām grhitvā śravanāvadhi || dhanurākarsanam krtvā dhanurāsanamucyate || 11 |

The big toes are caught with the hands and are pulled upto the ears (alternately). Thus one assumes the shape of a stretched bow. This is called dhanurasana.

Technique:

  1. Sit up straight with legs forward.
  2. The big toes are caught with the opposite hands and are pulled up to the ears (alternatively).
  3. Thus one assumes the shape of a stretched bow.

This Asana Purifies Nadis And Overcomes Inertia.

It helps to have very flexible hamstrings to perform Dhanurasana i. But, this asana is still accessible for many by leaning slightly forward or slightly bending the straightened leg. There is engagement in the upper back, and slight twisting benefit, and a feeling of lengthening through the upper body.

Sakshi Pramana Benefits Ma Nithya Nirishvarananda, Miami, Yoga Acharya

Anurasana

Back Bend

Apta Pramona - आप्त प्रमाण Gheranda Samhita Ii 18

prasărya pādau bhuvi daëòarüpaukarau ca pañöhe dhatapädayugmam | katvä dhanustulyavivarttitäigaà nigadya yogé dhanuräsanaà tat ||18||

Dhanurasana: Spreading the legs on the ground, straight like a stick, and catching hold of (the toes of ) the feet with the hands, and making the body bend like a bow, is called by the Yogis the Dhanurasana or Bow-posture.

Technique:

  1. Lie flat on your belly on the ground.
  2. Bring the hands back
  3. Bend the knees and catch your ankles with hands, respectively
  4. Lift the chest and legs bening the body like a bow

Improves digestion and gastrointestinal problems. Helps in constipation and menstrual problems. Improves blood circulation. Gives flexibility and strength to the back.

Opens the heart, feeling of liberation

Sakshi Pramana Benefits Keong Chow, Singapore, Yoga Teacher/Freelancer

Apta Pramona - आप्त प्रमाण Yogasanam 5

dakñäghrià vämapädasya jaìghopari nidhäya ca | dvyaù päëlà jänupärçvayoù spåçetkumitaräighriëä evaavidhäsannayatra tatraikäighryäsanaà bhavet | raktaçuddhiranena syäjjvaranaçaà ca mülataù ||20||

one stands on one leg, the other foot is placed on opposite thigh. Hands are hanging on sides touching the knees.

Balancing

Technique:

  1. Stand up straight on one leg.
  2. Place the other foot on the opposite thigh.
  3. Relax the hands on the sides of the body touching the knees

Purifies blood, cures fever

Apta Pramona - आप्त प्रमाण Hatha Ratnavali Iii.64

दिमथी कण्ठे उत्थाप्यकं च दण्डवत् ॥

ekapädamatho kaëöhe utthäpyaikaa ca daëoavat || karau sampuöltau katvä ekapädaà taducyate ||64||

Having placed one leg over the neck, the other leg is raised up like a stick. Then hands are folded on the chest. This is called ekapada. 64

Seated

Technique:

  1. Sit on the floor
  2. Place one leg over the neck
  3. Stretch the other leg on the ground
  4. Palms together in front of the heart

Heals disorders of the spleen ; increases digestive fire; strengthens the nervous system; Activates the mula bandha and the kundalini shakti.

Ra Pramona - शास्त Varahopanishad (5.17

garudāsanamāvaksye yena dhyānam sthiram bhvij sarvadosādvinirmukto bhavatīha mahābalī ||23.98|| ekapādamurau baddhvā ekapādena da davat janaghapadasandhideśe jhanavyagram vyavasthitam||23.99||

*for extended verse see end of chapter

Now (I shall talk) garudasana doing which the mind becomes stable in this world; (And the practitioner) becomes free of all sorts of imperfections and becomes a mahābali (a person with super powers). (23.98)

Stand on one foot straight like a rod and place the other foot on the (opposite) thigh at the joint of the groin, doing so restless (practitioner for knowledge) becomes stable minded. (23.99)

After doing this asana meditate on samhara mudra; Then worship Yoganātha and sarveśvara. (23.100)

Balancing

Technique:

  1. Stand on the right leg and slightly bend the knee
  2. Bend the left leg and place the sole of the foot on the right thigh
  3. Palms togheter in front of the heart.

Strengthens the feet, groin, abdominals and back muscles. Stretches the knees, pelvic muscles and back of sacrum. Improves the balance, stability and focus. Anjali mudra stimulates the heart chakra and acknowleges divinity with oneself and all of life .... 'Prevents spreading of snake poison and the like. It controls discharge of semen.

Increased awareness on the body, opens the u

Sakshi Pramana Benefits Sunniva Kaurin, Norway

steady and sit with both hands on the knees. Strengthens

arms and legs.

muscles, tones the nerves, and loosens joints of the shoulders,

Apta Additional References BrYs-III.44: HS-asana-44

  1. Sit in vajrasana. (Sit on your heels)
  2. Move the feet to the side, toes pointing outwards.
  3. Allow the thights and knees to rest on the ground.
  4. Keep spine straight, keep hands on the knees.

Improves blood circulation in legs, digestion and gas problems. Helps with symptoms of menopause. Improves posture.

Apta Pramona - आप्त प्रमाण Yoga-Asanamala Sacitra (Ms.) 72

òävo paga moòi yeòé mähilauà gulapha müladvara nécai de baisai jémaëé pagathalé dharaté öeki goòo üïcau ubhau räñai pagathalé mähilé dharaté öeki gooa aru péòé mähilé

*for extended verse see end of chapter

Sit on the ground. Bend the left leg and place its ankle under the anus. Then place right foot close to the side of the left knee and calf, keeping its knee vertically raised. Place hands on respective knees and direct the gaze at the tip of the nose.

Technique:

  1. Bend the left leg and place its ankle under the anus.
  2. Place right foot on the ground and keep the knee vertically raised.
  3. Place hands on respective knees
  4. Gaze at the tip of the nose.

Controls discharge of semen.

Gohé äSana

doû hätha kahuëyä syaule kala é hathelé ägulyä ké péñöé dharati öekai kaläé juòivä räñai kaläyä ké mähilé käné mäthau

*for extended verse see end of chapter

Bring the elbows and forearms together and place them on ground. Place the head on forearms kept together. Raise the trunk towards the sky. Then fold the legs at knees and touch the heels to the buttocks. Touch the chin to knees and fix the gaze at the nose.

Apta Additional References

Also called sisumarasana, found in MS-20, HP(ms.)-11.156

Technique:

  1. Kneel down.
  2. Place the forearms on the ground, fingers interlocked, elbows shoulder width apart.
  3. Bring the crown of the head on the ground, hands at the back of the head.
  4. Straighten the legs and walk forward, until hips come in line with shoulders.
  5. Bring the knees to the chest, keeping the heels close to the buttocks.

Helps to heal from all diseases of head and eves

Feeling of being focused, engagement of the core mu

Sakshi Pramana Benefits Sunniva Kaurin, Norway

Sastra Pramana - शास्त्र प्रसाप Sandilyopanishad (3-2)

सव्यं दक्षिणमल्फ त पश्रपाश्व नियाजयंत दक्षिणेऽपि तथा सव्य गोमख गोमख यथा ॥ २

savye daksinaqulpham tu prsthapārsve nivojavet | daksine'pi tatha savyam gomukham gomukham yatha || 2 ||

One should place his right ankle of the leg on the left side of the back (of the leg) and also the left ankle of the leg on the right side similarly. This is Go-mukha, resembling the face of the cow.

Additional Shastra Reference

Tri-shikhi-brahmanopanishad (36), Darshanopanishad (III, 3-4)

Apta Pramona - आप्त प्रमाण Hathapradipika Ii.6

सव्य दक्षिणगुल्फं तु पृष्ठपाश्र्वे नियोजयेत ॥ दक्षिणेऽपि तथा सव्यं गोमखं गोमखाकतिम ॥ ६ ॥

savye daksinagulpham tu prsthapäśrve niyojayet || daksine pi tatha savyam gomukham gomukhakrtim || 6||

One places the right ankle by the side of the left hip and the left ankle by the side of the right hip. Thus imitating the shape of the head of a cow. This is gomukhasana

Apta Additional References Hatharatnavall.III-53,

Gheranda Samhita.Il-16, HSC-35

Technique:

  1. Place the right ankle by the side of the left hip and the left ankle by the side of the right hip.
  2. Keep knees on top of each other.
  3. Sit with the spine straight.
  4. Keep the hands on the knees.

Deeply opens and stretches the hips and gluteus. This asana brings control on apanavayu if properly apply mulabandha. Also it overcomes bhagandara(fistula) and arsa (piles). Helps in sciatica, enhances the working of the kidneys, thereby helping those with diabetes. It also works the chest muscles and helps in treating sexual ailments. Practicing this asana regularly can reduce stress and anxiety. This asana is used in THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM Krivas for diabetes and obesity.

Chest expansion and balancing when done on both sides

Sakshi Pramana Benefits Li Yeen Chow/Singapore/Unemployed

Ta Pramana - आप्त प्रमाण Yoga-Asanamala Sacitra - 65

òavo paga moòl yeòé mähilauà gulapha müladvara nécai de baisai jémaëé pagathalé dharaté öeki goòo üïcau ubhau räñai pagathalé mähilé dharaté öeki goòä aru péòé mähilé

Bring both soles together. Make a fingerlock and hold the sides of the feet. Raise the feet and arrange the heel on chest and toes in the depression of throat. Rest the chin on fingerlock and gaze at the nose.

Seated

Technique:

  1. Sit on the floor with the soles of the feet together.
  2. Hold the toes with a fingerlock, raise the feet and arrange the toes in the groove at the throat.
  3. Bring heels to touch the chest.
  4. Rest the chin on the fingerlock.
  5. Fix the gaze at the tip of the nose.

Helps in Jalandhar Bandha and successful with Ida and Pingala Nadis

Apta Pramona - आप्त प्रमाण Joga Pradipika-85-87

pratham hé übhau hoya bahuri nécau puni hovai dou kara dou jaigha madhi néké vidha paucai || bahuri dou bhuja sanai jaigha bähara le änai | näsädriñoi lagäi käkasé näbhi ju õhänai || 85 ||

  • for extended verse see end of chapter

Stand erect and then bend forward, bring both the hands at the level of thighs from the back side and make a fingerlock and then sit in squatting position so as fingerlock should touch the navel. Various miraculous effects in the body of Sadhaka may be felt. Kundalini leaves the Brahmarandhra and becomes straight.

Apta Additional References Yoga Asanamala Sacitra-41-42;

HP(ms.)-11.95; JP(L)-10

Technique:

  1. Squat keeping the hands in betweeen the thighs and calf muscles.
  2. Interlock the fingers with the palm on the navel.
  3. Fix the gaze at the tip of the nose.
  4. Remain in this position for 30 seconds.

Gives extraordinary benfits to human body. With the practice of this asana for 1 year, kundalini is awakened and some divine miracles experienced.

Apta Pramona - आप्त प्रमाण Gheranda Samhita-Ii.24-25

जानूरवोन्तरे पादावुत्तानौ व्यक्तसास्थिताउ गुल्फौ चच्छाद्य हस्ताभ्यामुत्तानाभ्यां प्रयत्नतउ ]]24]] कण्ठसैकौचनं कृत्व नासाग्रमवलोकयेत् । गोरक्षासनामत्याद्व योगिनां सिद्धिकारणं ||25||

jänürvorantare pädävuttänau vyaktasaasthitau gulphau cacchädya hastäbhyämuttänäbhyäà prayatnataù ]]24]] kaëõhasaikocanaà katvä näsägramavalokayet | gorakñäsanamityäha Yoginäà siddhikäraëam ||25||

Between the knees and the thighs, the two feet turned upward. And placed in a hidden way, the heels being carefully covered by the two hands outstretched; the throat being contracted, let one fix the gaze on the tip of the nose. This is called gorakashasana. It gives succes to the Yogis.

Technique:

  1. Sit cross-legged with the toes hidden between the thighs and calves.
  2. Keep the hands on the heels.
  3. Contract the throat and fix the gaze at the nose.

Enables Yogis to attain siddhi. Focuses the mind to achieve a state of concentration.

Sostra Pramana - 2000 Mari Rudravamala Tantra 23.79-82

atha vaksye nilakantha granthibhedasanam subham jñātvā rudro bhavet ksipram sūksmavāyunisevanāt ||23.79|| krtvā padmāsanam mantrī janghayoh hrdaye karaul kurparasthanaparyantam vibhedya skandhadharanam||23.80||

    • for extended verse see end of chapter

O! Neelkantha, now (I shall talk about) the beneficial granthibhedasana; Knowing which one holds subtle breath and quickly becomes a rudra. (23.79)

The practitioner (well-versed) in the mantras should sit in padmasana (then) raising both legs take both hands (close to) to the chest through the elbows and rest them on the shoulders. (23.80)

The practitioner (well-versed) in the mantras should (then) free himself from padmasana and lower the head and bow five-hundred times holding the body firmly with the fingers; this is the well-known granthibheda asana. Doing this one sees all the heavenly bodies. The practitioner of this asana should dissolve the mind in the subtle breath and concentrate on parmatma. (23.81, 82)

Technique:

  1. Sit in Padmasana
  2. Fold the legs onto the chest.
  3. Wrap the arms around the leq
  4. Keep the knees close to the shoulders

Apta Pramona - आप्त प्रमाण Matsyendra-Samhita Iii.25-27

वारन्तरं पादावुत्तानीं व्यक्तस पाण्डीचे हर्ताम्यामुत्तानान्या प्रयत्ततः ।२४४ ॥ कण्ठसङ्गाचन कर्त्वा नासाधिमवलीकर्यत गोरक्षासनमित्याह योगिनां सिद्धिकारणम् ॥२५॥

jänürvorantare pädävuttänau vyaktasaasthitau | gulphau căcchädya hastäbhyämuttänäbhyäà prayatnataù ||24|| kaëöhasaikocanaà katvä näsägramavalokayet | gorakñäsanamityäha Yoginäà siddhikäraëam ||25||

Adopt padmasana. Place the elbows on toes. Interlock the fingers. Place the chin on knuckles. Press the thumbs against the throat.

Technique:

  1. Sit in Padmasana. 2. Place the elbows on the toes. 3. Interlock the fingers. 4. Rest your chin on the knuckles. 5. Press the thumbs on the throat.

Brings all doshas (humural disorders) including mental and physical back to balance.

नूर्वारन्तरे पादों कृत्वा पादों च गोपयेत् । पादोपरि च संस्थाप्य गुद्द गुप्तासन विद्रुः ॥ २० ॥

jänürvorantare pädau kâtvä pädau ca gopayet | pädopari ca saasthäpya gudaà guptäsanaà viduù ||20||

Keep both feet hidden in the middle portion of both the knees and bring the anal region between the feet

Technique:

  1. Sit on the feet crosswise.

  2. Press one foot against the anus.

  3. Sit upstraight with the hands on the knees

Same as siddhasana and easier to execute the posture. According to the scripture about siddhasana, Liberation is attained on perfecting this practice.

Apta Pramona - आप्त प्रमाण Joga Pradipika 256-257

|| atha gvälé päva äsana ||

pürva carapaöacoka kahyo soé , vähé vidhi yo kéjé soé | yä me eòé bhinna ju räñai , aìgula äöha antaro räñai || 256 ||

*for extended verse see end of chapter

This is practiced in the manner of carpatacaukasana. In this asana, keep both the heels separate at a distance of eight fingers. Chin well placed at the jugular knotch. Gace at the tip of nose.

Technique:

  1. Sit with the soles of the feet together, legs spread apart.

  2. Keep the heels separate.

  3. Apply Jalandhara-bandha, bringing the chin in the depression of the throat.

  4. Gaze is fixed at the tip of the nose.

This facilitates jalandhara bandha.

Apta Pramona - आप्त प्रमाण Joga Pradipika 261-263

pürva vidhi yähüà meà jänau , ubhai pagathalé sampuöa öhänau | piñoa pachai dou kara lyävo , dachiëa kara so väma gahävo || 261 || piñoi hathelyäà ké joé , aàsu sahita bhümi dharai soé | puni laläti bhüpari öhäne , eòyäa lagatä mähé äneà || 262 ||

  • for extended verse see end of chapter

Bring both soles together. Bring both hands towards backside and hold the left hand by the right hand and place the hand on the ground. Place forehead on the ground (by bending forward) near the ankles. Gaze at the nose. Body becomes purified. This asana facilitates kapalabhati.

Halipava-asana Forward Bend

Apta Additional References

Yoga ASANAMALA SACITRA-60; AYG-45. Similarity with lohasana. Alt position JP(L)-54 and NS-34. Variety of halipava-asana is similar to balaguna-asana, Yoga ASANAMALA SACITRA_93

Technique:

  1. Sit with the soles together.

  2. Bring both hands towards backside and hold the left hand by the right hand.

  3. Place the hand on the ground.

  4. Bend forward and place the forehead on the

ground near the ankles.

  1. Gaze at the nose.

It makes you Dheera a person who conquers the inner world.

Apta Pramana - आप्त प्रमण Joga Pradipika III.267-269

jalandharé päva äsana dou eòé mailakai déjai häti pasäré | puni cyibuka mukhanäsikä tä òhiga bhüpari dhäri || 268 ||

  • for extended verse see end of chapter

Extend both the legs in front with heels together. Place the chin, mouth and nose on the heels. Insert both the hands below the legs keeping elbows together and let the elbows and fingers placed on the ground. Palms facing upward. Gaze at the tip of nose. It removes diseases like dropsy.

Alandhari Pava Asana

Forward Bend

Technique:

    1. Sit with the feet together knees spread out.
    1. Insert the hands below the legs, forearms on the ground, palms facing up.
    1. Bring the chin to the ground neer the heels.
    1. Gaze at the tip of the nose,

Opens and stretches muscles of the groins, inner thighs and the back.

Apta Pramona - आप्त प्रमाण Yoga-Rahasya Of Srinatha-Muni- 1.52, Ii.17

parivrittih kukşibhāge tridhā hi parikīrtitah | baddhakonam suptakonamūrdhvakonamathāpi ca ||

It is proclaimed that the parivritti of the navel region (jathara parivrtti) is of three variations. There are also different variations of Badha konasana, Supta konasana, Urdhva Konasana and other. 52.

Technique:

  1. Lie down on your back and bring the knees to the chest.

  2. Extend the arms on the ground at shoulder level.

  3. Bring both knees to one side of the body and extend the legs

  4. Turn the head in the opposite direction.

  5. Relax and breathe deeply.

Apta Pramana - आप्त प्रमाण Joga Pradipika III.313-316

Iati äSana

dou eòé sampuoa karai so le müladväritari dharai | phaëämpäëi ukaòa hoya baisai bahuri piñöi disi karai ju aisai ||

For Extended Verse See End Of Chapter

Bring the heels together and place them below the anus. Take both the hands towards backside in such a way that elbows are placed on the ground. The backside of the head should also be placed on the ground. Keep the knees in front and place them on the ground. Catch hold of backside of soles by the hands. Gaze should be nasal. This purifies the body. Mnd is also controlled.

Back Bend

Technique:

  1. Fold the legs and join the heels under the anus. 2. Sit on the feet, knees spread out.
    1. Lean back and place the elbows on the ground.
    1. Bring the back of the head to ground.
    1. Hold the feet with the hands from behind.
  1. Gaze at nose.

Purifies the body and controls the mind.

अथ जात्यासन वक्ष्ये येन जातिस्मरो भवेत ॥२४.३६॥ हजाड़ाधि भूमी च गमनागम

atha jātyāsanaṃ vakṣye yena jātismaro bhavet || 24.36 || hastāndhri bhūmau ca gamanāgamanaṃ tataḥ|

Now | shall talk about jatyasana doing which one remembers the past life. (24.36)

Place both the hands and feet on the floor and keep moving forward and backwards.

Technique:

  1. From a standing position, bend forward and hold toes. 2. Walk back and forth.

Strenghten legs muscles and improve sense of balance.

Rudrayamala Tantra 23.94-97

athānyadāsanam krtvā sarvavyādhinivāranam| yogābhyāsī bhavetksipram jñānāsanaprasādatah||23.94|| daksapādorumūle ca vāmapādatalamtathā| daksapādatalam daksapāršve samyojya dhārayet||23.95||

*for extended verse see end of chapter

Thus by doing other asanas all diseases are annulled;The practitioner of Yoga quickly becomes (siddha) as a result of jnānāsana. (23.94)

Place the sole of the left foot on the right side at the groin;(Then) place the sole of the right foot behind the back and hold it. (23.95) O Lord! this is called the jñanasana which gives the light of knowledge; One who does this regularly his joints become relaxed. (23.96)

By doing it alternately by the left and right method it comes to be known as mundasana; Practicing it, concentrating on it, and by perfecting it one becomes one with parmatma. (23.97)

Seated

  1. Place the sole of the left foot on the right side at the groin.

  2. Place the sole of the right foot behind the back and hold it.

  3. Sit upright.

Joné äSana

dou pagathalé sampuoa karai eòé meòhra ke òhiiga dhare | ardha hätha ko antara räkhai liläöa pagathalyä upara däkheà || 215 |

For Extended Verse See End Of Chapter

Join both the soles together and put the heels near the generative organ at a distance of half hand (12 fingers). Catch hold of sole with the help of all the ten fingers. Bring elbows on the ground near the shins. Balance the whole body. Gaze at the tip of nose. Sadhaka gets control over urine and ordure. Accumulated vayu is also liquified (removed). Inhale through mouth, exhale through the left nostril. Practise it for seven days with proper technique and also include kumbhaka gradually.

Forward Bend

글 이상

Technique:

  1. Sit on the floor with feet together, knees apart.

  2. Bend forward and place the head on the heels.

  3. Bring the forearms on ground.

  4. Gaze at the tip of the nose6. Remain in this posture for 30 seconds

Relieves disorders of Vata dosha in the abdomen region, including constipation.

Apta Pramana - आप्त प्रमाण Joga pradipika 107-109

|| atha jonimudrä äsana || väma päda ké pagathalé , jähi mäàhilé kori | joni tahäà dhari vaisiye , ulaöo päva ju mori ||107 ||

  • for extended verse see end of chapter

Sole of the left foot is to be turned upward and sit on it by placing perineum on the sole. Bend the right leg and place the right foot on the left thigh. Gaze should be at the tip of the nose.

  1. Sit and place the perineum on the left heel. 2. Place the right foot on the left thigh 3. Gaze at the tip of the nose.

This asana moves the energy upwards required in the practice of brahmacharya

KäKa-Bhusaëòé - äSana

prathame baisaka ukaòa öhänai dou hätha pagavyéca änai | tinako moòi nalyäpari lyävai piñöapachai käkasé karävai || 328 ||

  • for extended verse see end of chapter

While sitting in squatting position bring both hands between the legs by turning them over the shins (and) form the finger lock at the back. The gaze be fixed at the tip of the nose.

Technique:

  1. Squat with the feet together, knees apart 2. Bring the chest between the legs 3. Wrap the arms around the legs below the knee 4. Hold the fingers at the back. 5. Gaze at the tip of the nose.

relief from chronic fever (dirghajvara).

Sastra Pramana - शास्त्र प्रमाण Rudravamala Tantra 23.112-114

atha vaksye käkarüpaskandhāsanamuttamam||23.112|| kalipāpāt pramucyeta vāyavīm vašamānayet| nijapādadvayam baddhavā skandhadeśe ca sādhakah||23.113|| nityametat padadvandvam bhūmau pusțikaradvayam||23.114||

  • for extended verse see end of chapter

Now I shall talk about the supreme

kākarūpaskandhāsana; Practising which the sādhaka becomes free of the sins of kaliyuga and masters the vital breath.

The sadhaka should tie both his feet and place them on the shoulders (or) place both feet on the ground daily. (23.112, 113, 114)

Spated

  1. Sit and bring one leg behing the head.
    1. Bring the other leg behind the head and cross them.
  1. Tie the legs together with a cloth.

  2. Use the hands on the ground for support.

Apta Pramona - आप्त प्रमाण Joga pradipika 338-339

KalyäNa äSana

dou hätha pagaà vici äne tinako goòä nécai öhänai | bahuri päkhtyä bähari lyävai punaha yugati aisai öhaharäval || bahuri moòi päöhä ne äne kari parilyäi käkasé öhänai | dou päda adhara kari räkhai näsä agra driñöa ko däkhai || 338 ||

  • for extended verse see end of chapter

Bring both the hands between the legs and place them under the knees, while bringing the hands outside turn in such a way that the finger lock is formed. Both the feet are positioned in the air. Gaze is directed at the tip of the nose.

Technique:

  1. Sit with the legs raised. 2. Bring the arms under the knees 3. Interlock hands at the back. 4. Fix the gaze at the tip of the nose 5. Be balance in this position for 30 seconds

Practiced for 7 days along with pranayama body will be purified. One who patiently performs the asana along with pavanadharana gets his body purified.

भद्रासनं सुखं स्थाप्य विपरीते तु हे पदे ।। अनेन यदि कुयान्वितत् कामदहूनं भवेत् ॥४९॥

bhadräsanaà sukhaà sthäpya viparéte tu dve pade || anena yadi kuryäccaitat kämadahanaà bhavet || 49||

  • for extended verse see end of chapter

Comfortably adopt bhadrasana and place the toes turned backwards. This posture is kamadahana. 49

ਵਿੱਚ ਸ

amadahanasana

Technique:

  1. Sit with the sole of the feet together. 2. Turn the toes backwards and sit on the heels. 3. Stay upstraight.
  • · Opens and stretches the hips, groin, quadriceps, knees, feet and ankles
  • · Improves health of reproductive organs
  • · Releases stress and tensions held in the Mooladhara
  • · Engages the abdominals and strengthens the back
  • · Stimulates kidney and bladder
  • · Stimulates digestion and elimination
  • · Allows the kundalini to flow up the spine

। -पाव असन ग्वालीपाव आसन कह्यों है जैसे याहर्में जाने विधि तैसे दोड गुलफ माहिला जानो अरु एड्याविचि कहूणी ठानो

kaneré -- päva äsana

gvälépäva äsana kahyo hai jaise yähumaià jäne vidhi taise | dou gulapha mähilä jäno aru eòyävici kahüëé öhäno || 259 ||

  • for extended verse see end of chapter

Adopt Gvalipava asana, place elbows between heels and ankles, keep both the hands vertically erect and join both the palms and place the fingers on head. Gaze at the nose and adopt Uddiyana. This purifies the body.

  1. Sit with the soles of the feet together, legs spread apart. 2. Place elbows between heels and ankles. 3. Keep both the hands vertically erect 4. Join both the palms and place the fingers on head. 5. Gaze at the nose and adopt Uddiyana.

Body becomes purified.

सण को गण आषि द्र

käni- päva äsana äsaëa kau guëa äñi duñatä hoé to äché haué

Place the hands on the ground with comfortable distance between them. Bend the hands at elbows. Raise the legs off the ground and place the knees on the respective elbows and balance the body on paims.

SAR

Technique:

  1. Place the hands on the ground, shoulder distance apart. 2. Bend the elbows.

  2. Place the knees on the respective elbows.

  3. Raise the legs off the ground and balance the body.

Pain in the eyes is removed.

Kani pava asana is similar to bakasana; the easiest way to experience this asana is to trust in your own power/arm strength, by leaning forward slightly to help left the feet off of the ground. Intense body awareness is produced, and it helps to engage moola and uddiyana banda to ease the pressure/weight on the hands.

Sakshi Pramana Benefits

Ma Nithya Nirishvarananda, Miami, Yoga Acharya

षा धरात तकी पुग दोड़ मिलिवा ऊचा क

sésa séñä dharati teké paga dou milivä ücä ku karai pagathalé äkäsa diçi sanamuña räñai do u häthä ké hathelé doü päñatyä dharaté öekau dåñöi näsä agra

  • for extended verse see end of chapter

Place the head and both of the hands on the ground and stretch both the legs upside, gaze should be at the tip of the nose.

Apta Additional References

YMS 19 .19. Same as pani-mukta-drumasana (YAs-58)

Technique:

  1. Place the hands on the ground, shoulder width apart
    1. Bring the head on the ground.
    1. Stretch both the legs upside.
  1. Gaze be at the tip of the nose.
  • When practiced for 3 months, turn grey hair into black
  • Improves balance
  • Strengthens upper body, legs and abdominals
  • Reverses the effects of gravity and brings energy to the head
  • Improves overall health
  • Reduces stress and anxiety
  • Increase mental power and concentration
  • Improves self-confidence
  • Improves cardiovascular, lymphatic, nervous and endocrine systems

Part 12: THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM Yoga_ Evolution of the New Species - 1008+ Pramanas from the Source

Apta Pramona - आप्त प्रमाण Joga Pradipika-Iii.310-312

ubhai pagathalé sama öhaharävai tinaké mähilé kora millavai | phaëäpäëi ukaòa hoya baisai eòé do u joni nivaise || 310 || goòä dou bhümi lagävai samasaréra nékä öhaharävai hasta dou goòapari räkhai näsädriñöi acala kari däkhai || 311 ||

  • for extended verse see end of chapter

Join the soles together, balancing on toes, sit on two heels pressing perineum. Let the knees touch the ground, balancing the body, place both palms on respective knees. Gaze at the tip of nose. Semen is retained in the body. This asana purifies apana vayu.

Apta Additional References

Yoga-Asanamala Sacitra (ms.)-78, asana-Yoga-grantha-73, Hathapradipika (ms.) Siddhanta-Muktavalill.96

Technique:

  1. Join the soles together, balancing on toes.

  2. Sit on the heels pressing perineum.

  3. Let the knees touch the ground balancing the body.

  4. Place both palms on respective knees.

  5. Gaze at the tip of nose.

Apana Vayu is purified and seminal discharge is controlled.

Keeps spine straight, opens the chest, and produces the feeling of an open flow of energy through the body

Sakshi Pramana Benefits Sunniva Kaurin, Norway

Apta Pramona - आप्त प्रमाण Yoga-Rahasya 2.21

merudaëòagranthidäòhyasampipädayiñuù pumän | kapotoñöräsanäbhyäsaà kuryänmitahitäçanaù ||

A person desiring to strengthen the back (merudanda) and the knots (granthis) in the body, must practice kapotasana and strasana, along with intake of appropriate and limited food.

Back Bend

Technique:

  1. Kneel with the heels by the side of the hips

  2. Lie on your back.

  3. Bring the hands below the shoulders, fingers pointing towards the body.

  4. Raise the body and bend backards.

  5. Bring the forearms on the ground.

  6. Put the head in between the feet.

  7. Hold the toes with hands.

Strengthens the spinal cord and spine

Deeply opens the back, and chest, brings awareness towards deep diaphragm breathing

Sakshi Pramana Benefits Ma THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM, Miami, Yoga Acharya

Sastra Pramana - शास्त मगण Rudrayamala Tantra 23.36-38

कार्यनमाकार्य उदर परथव

kārmukāsanamākrtya udare pūrayet sukham| tadā vāyurvašo yāti kālena sūksmavāyunā ||23.36|| krtvā padmāsanam mantrī vestayitvā pradhārayet| kareņa daksinonaiva vāmapādāntikam tatam||23.37||

Doing the karmukasana contract the stomach and fill it up easily with breath; Then in due course the subtle vital breath comes under control. (23.36)

After doing padmasana the one who has perfected the mantras, should take the right hand around the back and hold the toe of the left foot, and repeat it the same way by taking the left hand backwards and holding the toe of the right foot. (23.37) The number of asnas get doubled by left and right method in karmukāsana too; With the aid of dual karmukāsanas, take the breath straight in like an arrow. (23.38)

Technique:

  1. Put the right foot over left thigh and left foot over right thigh.
    1. Cross the arms behind the back
  1. Firmly catch hold of the toes with the respective hands.

Sastra Pramana na - शास्त्र प्रमाण Rudravamala Tantra 23.83-86

athānyāsanamāvaksye Yogapūrakaraksaņāt| krtvā padmāsanam pādā angusthajanghayo sthitam ||23.83 || hastamekam tu janghayā kārmukam kūrparorddhakam | padmāsane samādhāya angustham paridhāvayet ||23.84||

*for extended verse see end of chapter

Now (I shall talk about ) another asana that can help to strengthen the püraka (pranāyama); After doing padmāsana rest both the big toes on the thighs. (23.83)

Place one hand on the thigh and bend the other like a bow and place it on the middle part of the knee-joint keep moving the big toe while sitting in padmasana. By doing this alternatively by the left and right method, it comes to be known as the karmukāsana. (23.84, 85) O Lord! He who does this supreme kārmukāsana; All his ailments disappear and he becomes blissful. (23.86)

  1. Sit in padmasana with the left leg over the right

  2. Hold the knee with one hand

  3. Hold the mid-thigh with the other hand.

  4. Sit upstraight.

Apta Pramona - आप्त प्रमाण Nathamuni'S Yoga Rahasya 1.50

väsisthamathakaundinyamürdhvakukktumeva ca | aṣṭāvakramathottānamayūraṃ setubandhanam |

.

The list of asanas is as follows-Vasisthasana, kaundinyasana, Urdhvakukkutasana, Astavrakasana, uttanala mayurasana, Setubandhasana,

Technique:

    1. Place the hands on the ground shoulder width apart.
    1. Bring both legs to the right against the armpit.
    1. Bend the elbows and lean over the arms.
    1. Lift the body and balance on the right elbow.
    1. Stretch the legs all the way to the right. Repeat on the left.

Sastra Pramana - शास्ल प्रमाण Rudravamala Tantra 23.41-42

savyāpasavyayugalam kukkutam brahmanā krtam| baddham krtvā adhahśīrsa yah karoti khagāsanam ||23.41|| khagāsanaprasādena śramalopo bhaved drutam| punah punah śramādeva viṣayaśramalopakrt ||23.42||

By the left and right alternation the number kukutāsanas developed by the Brahman, get doubled; That which is done by binding the lower portion of the head with the hands is called khagāsana. (23.41)

By doing the khagasana tiredness disappears quickly; The fatigue generated by the sense objects also vanishes by doing it again and again. (23.42)

  1. Sit in a comfortable position.
    1. Hold a cloth with the hands
    1. Pass the cloth behind the neck
  1. Sit straight using the cloth for suppport

Apta Pramana - आप्त प्रमाण Kapala-Kurantaka-Hathabhyasa-Paddhati-41

मेमवारभ्य उच्चित्रत

nubjām saratņamāsanaṃ krtvā pādatalābhym bhūmimavaṣṭabhya uttiṣṭhet khaḍḍagāsanaṃ bhavati ||41|| . After performing Saratha Asana which involves lying prostrate, get up holding the ground with two soles (of the feet). This is called Khadgasana. 41.

Technique:

  1. Stand with the feet together.

  2. Lean forward and extend the arms forward.

Sastra Pramana - शास्ल प्रमाण Rudravamala Tantra 23.105-106

khañjanãsanamãvakṣye yatkṛtvā susthiro bhavet ||23.105 || prsthe pādadvayam baddhvā hastau bhūmau pradhārayet | bhūmau hastadvayam nātha pātayitvānilam pibet ||23.106|| prsthe pādadvayam baddhvā khañjanena jayī bhavet |

Now I shall talk of khanjanasana doing which one becomes stable; Lock both legs behind the back and place both hands on the floor;Placing both hands on the floor inhale the breath O! Lord. By placing both legs behind the back the sadhaka becomes victorious. (23.105, 106)

Khanianasana Seated

Technique:

  1. Sit and bring both legs at the back, behind the head 2. Cross and lock the feet together 3. Place the hands on the ground

Sastra Pramana - शास्त्व प्रमाण Rudrayamalam (uttara-tantram) 23.65-64

द्धे चित्पदं भ्रान्तमासनस्थः सखाय च ।

dhyāyeddhi citpadaṃ bhrāntamāsanasthah sukhāya caļ yadi sarvāṅgamuttolyagagane khecarāsanam || 23.64 || mahābhekāsanam proktam sarvasiddhipradāyakam | mahāvidyām mahāmantram prāpnoti japatīha yah ||23.65||

For Bhekasana Yoga place both the feet facing each other on the chest effortlessly; Then keep both arms on the shoulders around the feet in front. (While this asana is being done) concentrate on the supreme consciousness looking upwards to attain bliss for the disillusioned one sitting in this asana. If all the body parts are raised upwards uniformly, it becomes khecarasana. (23.63, 64)

hecaria asama

Seated

Technique:

  1. While sitting on floor, raise both legs over the head with the help of hands.

  2. Hold the toes with hands forming fists.

  3. Direct the gaze at the tip of nose.

Strengthens back and abdominals. Develops balance, stability and focus. Relaxing to both body and mind.

Kocalci Ka-Asana

Supine

Kocaka äSana

dou hätha chédäsä kare tinaso ubhai ésa pakarai | paga ucaya aga ne ane bahuri jugati aiséka vidhi öhäneà || 175 ||

Lie on back extending both the hands towards their respective sides. Raise the legs and bring them in front in such a way that both legs are placed on the middle of the body. Gaze between eyebrows. It stops decaying of Dhatu. All diseases including blindness at night can be overcome through the practice of this asana. This asana can be accomplished easily within 15 days.

Technique:

  1. Lay on back, knees pulled towards the chest, soles of the feet are facing upwards.

  2. Extend the hands sideward.

  3. Gaze between evebrows.

Opens and releases the hips, pelvic and chest ... 'It stops the decaying of Dhatu. All diseases including blindness at night can be overcome through the practice of this asana.4 (easily 15 days)

5 astra Pramana - शास्त्र प्रमाण Rudrayamalam (uttara-tantram) 23.101-102

athānyadāsanaṃ vaksye yena siddho bhavennaraḥ| akasmād vāyusañcāram kokilākhyāsanena ca ||23.101|| ūddharve hastadvayam krtvā tadagre pādayo sudhīh | vrddhangusthadvayam natha śanaih śanaih prakārayet |23.102||

Now I shall talk about another asana by which one becomes a siddha; That is called kokilasana by which the breath gets circulated instantly. (23.101)O Lord! raise both hands and stretch both legs upwards; And hold both the big toes, do this in a slow process. (23.102)Do the padmasana properly by contracting and resting over the knee-joints.

Supine

Technique:

  1. Sit in Padmasana.

  2. Hold the toes.

  3. Lean forward and place the elbows on the ground.

कुबा आसना आसान कौ गुणा झोलो जायै

While sitting on the ground, place left foot on the base of the right thigh. Then bend right knee and place the right foot near the left knee in floor. Now pass the left hand outside the right knee wand with left hand catch hold of the right toes. Place right thumb at the left ear and extend the other fingers.

Twist

Technique:

    1. Sit on the floor
    1. Place the left foot at the base of the right thigh
    1. Bend the right leg and place the right foot near the left knee.
    1. Cross the left elbow over the outside of the right knee.
    1. Hold the right toes with the left hand
    1. Keep the right thumb on the right ear with other fingers also stretched.

Removes kapha from the body. Removes rheumatic conculsion.

KubjikäSana

atha jaöharägni - sandipanaà - gulmapléha - çulahara - kubjikäsanam | kiïcittiryak sakthimästhäpya jänumürdhva dhátvä samparävartanena | kakñäműle pädamädäya tiñöhedetat péöhaà kubjikaà vahnikäré || 35 ||

Fold one knee and keep the foot by the side of the hip. Then turn the other foot upwards and place it in the respective armpit and remain steady.

Technique;

  1. Sit and fold the right leg.

  2. Keep the foot by the side of the hip.

  3. Turn the left foot upwards and place it in the armpit.

  4. Remain steady.

Kasana

Seated

Stre Pramona - med Dair Tri-shikhi-brahmanopanishad (41

padmāsanam susamsthāpya nānūrvorantare karau nivesya bhūmāvātisthedvyomasthah kukkutāsanah || 41 ||

Having well established the Padmasana, he who is firmly grounded on the earth (with his body) suspended inmid-air, his two hands inserted in the inter-space betweenthe knees and the thighs, assumes the Kukkutasana (cock-posture).

Apta Pramona - आप्त प्रमाण Hatharatnavali 3.73

padmāsanam susamsthyapya jānūrvorantare karau || niveśva bhūmau samsthapya vyomastham kukkutāsanam ||73|

Adopt padmasana, insert the arms between the knees and the thighs and firmly place the palms on the ground and remain aloft. This is known as kukkutasana. 73

Technique:

    1. Sit in padmasana.
    1. Insert the arms between the thighs and the knees
    1. Place the palms on the ground.
    1. Lift the body and balance on the hands.
  • Brings stability of mind.
  • Cleanses the morbidities of nadis.
  • Strengthens the abdominals, hands, wrists, triceps, shoulders and back
  • Opens the hips and groins
  • Energizes the body
  • Strengthens wrists
  • Creates deeper focus and concentration

Kukkutasana is easiest to perform by slightly leaning forward to bring the weight onto the hands. Engaging moola and uddiyana bandha will help to lift and keep the legs suspended. Once in the air, there is a feeling of weightlessness.

Sakshi Pramana Benefits

Ma THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM, Miami, Yoga Acharya

Apta Pramona - आप्त प्रमाण Joga Pradipika-325-327

आम्हां साम्हां ऐसे करें आपस में कोहणी पकरे ॥ ३२५

and Stree

kurakaöa äsana

dou hätha paga bähara lyävai good néce le öhaharävai | ämhää sämhäm aisai karai äpasa mea kohaëé pakarai || 325 ||

दोड हाथ पग बाहर ल्यावै गोडा नीचे ले ठहरावे

Sitting in squatting position bring both the hands under the knees and catch hold of elbows thus the wrists of both the hands are placed in the cockpit of knees. The gaze is fixed at the tip of nose.

Technique:

  1. Sitting and bring the knees to the chest.

  2. Wrap the arms around the thighs under the calves

  3. Catch hold of the elbows so that the wrists are under the knees.

  4. The gaze is fixed at the tip of nose.

The accumulation of vayu of various kinds in the extremities (ribs) Is warded off within three days. Brings relief from rheumatism (vata) effecting the ribs (or ribcage)

Apta Pramona - आप्त प्रमाण Hathapradipika of Svatmarama-11-8

ल्फा म्या व्यक्कमण सम्म

gudam niyamya gulphābhyām vyutkrameņa samāhitah || kūrmāsanam bhavedetaditi Yogavido viduh ||8 ||

Having the ankles pressed well under the anus in an everted manner one remains steady. Yoga experts call this kurmasana.

Technique:

  1. Kneel down and sit on the the ankles pressed well under the anus

  2. Keep the feet pointing outwards.

  3. You may place the hands on the hips and remain steady.

  • Strengthens the quadriceps, abdominals, back
  • Increases flexibility to the feet and ankles .
  • Relieves all 80 types of Vata disorders .
  • Improves digestion, relieves flatulence and constipation
  • Cures varicose veins .
  • Relieves knee pain .

Irmasana

Forward Bend

Apta Pramona - आप्त प्रमाण Joga Pradipika 348-350

KüRmäSana

prathama padama äsanako karai gooäsandhi mähi kari dharai | tarapha düsaré kara doü äne kohaëyä upara sandhi le öhäne || 348 || qudé pache doü kara lyävai tahäm äni käikasé karävai puna laläöa bhü üpara dharai näsä agra driñöi thira karai || 349 |

  • for extended verse see end of chapter

First adopt the padmasana, place both hands in the knee joins (and) bring the hands out up to elbows through the other side and take them towards the anus and form the finger lock. The forehead is placed upon the ground. Gaze be fixed at the tip of the nose. Disease are warded off by this.

Technique:

  1. Sit in Padmasana and insert the hands in between thighs and calf muscles.

  2. Pull both hands up to elbows.

  3. Turn the arms towards back and lock the fingers.

  4. Bend forward and touch the forehead on the floor.

  5. Fix the gaze at the tip of the nose.

Opens and stretches the hips. Helps withdrawing sense organs. Cleanses the pores of skin and skin becomes bright. Also change the very course of karma.

Maccandra asana

वाम जंघघपर दुछि ठाने वामहस्त पिष्टि दिस आने

väma jalghapara dachi öhänai vämahasta piñõi disa äne | bahuro dachana pada hai joé täké nalé ju pakarai soé || 91 || väma carana puni aisai karai dachina goòä üpara dharai | bahurau dachina hasta hai joé väma jaìgha pari äne soé || 92 ||

*for extended verse see end of chapter

Place right leg on the left thigh. Take the left hand towards the backside and catch hold of right thigh. Place the left leg above the right knee. The right hand should be kept on the left thigh. Gaze should be between the eyebrows. It increases gastric fire. It removes all kinds of disorders. Kundalini becomes straight.

Technique:

  1. Sit on the ground with the right foot on the left thigh. 2. Place the left foot on the right knee.

  2. Catch the right thigh from the back with the left hand.

  3. The right hand is placed on the left thigh.

  4. Fix the gaze between the eyebrows.

Increases the Gastric fire, brings relief from all the diseases. Raises the Kundalini shakti.

Maccindra äSana Ii

prathama jémaëo caraëa ju joé väma jaighapari räkhai soé | täké eòé kaòiso lävai bahuri jugati yaha ora karävai || 235 ||

  • for extended verse see end of chapter

Place right leg on left thigh. The heel of right leg should be near to the waist. The toes and heel of the left leg should be fixed upon the right knee. The big toes should be caught hold of with both the hands. Place forehead on the ground and chest should touch knees.

Technique:

  1. Sit on the ground with the right foot on the left thigh near the waist.

  2. Place the left foot on the right knee.

  3. Catch hold of the toes.

  4. Bend forward and place the forehead on the ground.

  5. Chest should come over the knees.

Knee pain is releived.

बैसी करि दोऊ काधै राषि आटी करी दोऊ हाथ की मुठी नीचे जीमणी ऊपरि राषी जे यहु आसन साधो तौ पूरब रोग जाई और जोगेस्वर एक बिधि ओर

baisé kari doü kädhai räñai äöé karé doü hätha ké muöhé nécai jémaëé üpari räñé je yahu äsana sädhau tau püraba roga jäé ora jogesvura eka bidhi ora karai

  • for extended verse see end of chapter

Sit on the floor. Take booth feet over respective shoulders and then cross the feet behind the neck. Form fists of hands and place them one over the other on the ground infront.

  1. Sit on floor.

  2. Take both feet over respective shoulders and then

cross the feet behind the neck.

  1. Form fists with the hands

  2. Place them one over the other on the ground in front.

Offer relief from (premature death)

Mahamudra Asana

Forward Bend

एडी जाई सावानि आनि लगावे स

òävä pagaké eòé joé sévani äni lagävai soé | dachina lämbau ju pasärai tämai äni kägasé dhärai || doü khavä urdhaso dharai tinaso phera abhyasa ju kare | näsädriñöi äna öhaharävai mahämudrä näma so pävai || 105 ||

For Extended Verse See End Of Chapter

CARANAVAWAREEDAADHANABARA KEEHASHAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA

Place the left heel against the perineum, extend the right leq and catch hold the sole with hands by making a finger lock. Repeat it with the other legs. Gaze should be at the tip of the nose. Nothing remains conducive or non-conducive with regard to food. The poison converts in to nectar. Even one can avoid the death. Diseases like T.B., leprosy, tumor, indigestion etc. can be overcome.

Apta Additional References

asana-Yoga-grantha-59; Yoga-Asanamala Sacitra (ms.)-7. Same as ardhapascimatana, ardhapascimottanasana, janusirasana. It is recommended to consume a liguid gruel made of green mung dal and rice should be taken sip by sip. and after few minutes then start the asana.

Technique:

  1. Stay on the ground with legs stretched forward 2. Bend the left knee and place the heel at the perineum 3. Hold the right foot with both hands with fingers interlocked
    1. Bend the head forward
    1. Place the chin on the right knee
    1. Fix your gaze at the nose tip
    1. Remain in this pose 30 seconds
  • · Stretches the hamstrings, calves, hips, buttocks, groin, knees
  • · Strengthens the abdominals and back
  • · Spontaneously induces all three bandhas
  • · Lifts and lengthens the spine
  • · Increases lung capacity
  • · Expands and opens the diaphragm
  • · Awakens Kundalini and makes one young
  • · Cures TB, leprosy, skin disease, glandular enlargement, tumor, indigestion
  • Bring integration of the Self

दोऊ पनाथली संपुट आने तिनकी पिष्टि भूमिपरि ठाने । द्वार करका अगरा जांऊ वतरवा आनि लगाते खजावन को ज्य करें

doü pagathalé sampuoa ane tinaké piñoi bhümipari öhänai | müladvära eòyämpari lyäve müòa hätha ucä öhaharäval || 125 || dou karaké aiguré joü vatakhäm äni lagävai soû | khäji khujävana ké jyüà karai trikuöé driñöi acala kari dharai || 126 ||

  • for extended verse see end of chapter

Join the two soles in such a way that back side of the feet touches the ground. Place the anus on the heels. Folding the hands raising upto soulder height, put the fingers near the armpit and imitate as if scratching ( like a monkey). Gaze between the eyebrows

Technique:

    1. Bring the feet together touching, on the tip of your toes.
    1. Bend the knees all the way down to the ground as you sit on heels of feet.
    1. Raise the arms above the head on inhale
    1. On the exhale, bend the elbows and bring hands to opposite shoulder.
    1. Keep spine straight and elbows close to the ears.

स्न्यः शति हृदय निधार य घट्या करदण्डय भ्रिकार मकरासने तत् ॥३९ ॥

adhyäsyaù cete hådayaà nidhäya bhümau ca pädau ca prasäryamäëau | ciracca dhatva karadaëòayugme dehägnikäraà makaräsanaà tat ||39||

For Extended Verse See End Of Chapter

Lie down on the ground face downwards, chest touching the earth, the two legs being stretched: catch the head with two arms. This is makarasana. The increaser of the bodily heat.

Prone

Technique:

Having held the head with the two arms, one lies down on the ground facing downwards, chest touching the ground, two legs spread apart. This posture is called the Makarasana - the Crocodile posture - the increaser of bodily heat.

  • Relaxes the whole body .
  • Slows the breathing and heartbeat .
  • Releases lower back compression .
  • Massaging the abdominals .
  • Reduces stress, tension and anxiety .
  • Relieves fatigue, high blood pressure and promotes . sleep
  • Beneficial for asthma and other lung problems .
  • Corrects the acquired wrong process of respiration .
  • Brings your focus inwards .
  • Allows Kundalini to flow and increases bodily fire .

Relaxing to the mind and body, brings attention inward

Padatalau Prsthadese Angusthe Dve Ca SamspréEt IāNuvuomam Puraskrtva SāDhavenmandukāSanam ||33

Taking the feet at the back, the toes touching each other, bring the knees forward. This is known as the Mandukasana. 33

Technique:

  1. Bend the knees and sit with the soles of the feet under the buttocks.
    1. Keep the big toes together and separate the knees.
    1. Rest the hands on the knees respectively.
  • Stretches quadriceps, groin , inner thighs and knees

  • Releases tension and stress .

  • Relieves leg pain .

  • Strengthens the abdominals and back muscles .

  • Spontaneously induces the Moola and Uddiyana bandhas

  • Improves function of digestive and reproductive systems

  • Improves elimination .

  • Particularly helpful for constipation, diabetes and digestion issues

  • Relieves stress, anxiety and mild depression

  • Reduces weight in the thighs, hips and abdomen . Relieves menstrual cramps

  • Allows Kundalini energy to move up the spine

  • Stimulates the energy in the palms and spreads it into . the chest and heart region

  • The posture creates a complete energy circuit and . brings one's focus inwards

  • Removes diseases of the legs Contraindication Avoid with low back pain, knee or ankle injuries.

PåñöHaà SampéòYa GulphäBhyäà JäNvaìGe SavalayäKåTiù || Hastau PäDatale KñIptau MaëOüKaa PäDadoñAhåT ||55

The ankles are placed under the buttocks. The knees are kept wide apart. Hands are placed under the feet. This is mandukasana, which removes diseases of the legs.

Technique:

  1. Bend the knees and sit with the soles of the feet under the buttocks.

  2. Keep the big toes together and separate the knees. 3. Hands placed under the knees.

Removes diseases of the legs.

Arici-Asana

Forward Bend

UttāNapāDam KrauñCam Ca MarīCim VīRabhadrakam | NațArăJam Trikonam Ca SuptāNgasțHaprasāRane

Uttanapadasana, Krauncasana, Maricyasana, Virabhadrasana, Natarajasana, Trikonasana, Supta padangusthasana and Supta prasarita padangustasana.

Technique:

  1. Sit with legs extended.

  2. Bend the right leg and place the right foot close to the groin. Keep the knee raised.

  3. Lean forward so that the right arm can surround

the raised knee and hold hands at the back.

  1. Bend the upper body forward.

  2. Touch the head to the knee of the extended leg.

Stretches, opens the hamstring, groin, shoulder and back muscles. Strengthens the abdominals and back. Increases gastric fire and stimulates the digestive processes.

Opening in the chest/shoulders, expansion in the lungs

मसकासन प्रथमे सूधो सैन ही करें वामपाद कांघपार धर तापार दोछन पग को आने दोड हस्त ऐसी विधि ठाने तनसो लगिवा नोचा धारे भ नासा अग्र द्रिष्टि ठहरावे याते रोगनास

masakäsana prathame südho saina hé kare vämapäda kändhapari dhare |

täpari dachina paga ko äne dou hasta aisé vidhi öhäne || 342 || tanaso lagivä nécä dhärai bhüpari südhä hasata pasäre | näsä agra driñöi öhaharävai yäte roganäsa saba pävai || 343 ||

First lie supine placing the left leg upon the (left) shoulder, bring the right left upon it (left). While touching the body spread both the hands down on ground. Fix the gaze upon the tip of the nose.

Supine

Technique:

  1. Lie supine and both legs behind the neck, crossed.

  2. Extend the arms between the legs and place the

hands down on ground.

  1. Fix the gaze upon the tip of the nose.

Helps relieving from all diseases.

वामेन वामाङ्गुष्ठं तु ग्रहीतं मत्स्यपीठकम् । योन् ! वामेन संपीड्य मेद्रादुपरि दक्षिणाम् ॥ ४९ ॥

vämena vāmāṅguṣṭhaṃ tu grhītaṃ matsyapīṭhakam | yon! vāmena sampīdya medhrādupari daksinam || 49 ||

Placing the right foot at the root of the left thigh, with the two hands embracing the knees and the left hand grasping the left big toe, is the Matsya-pithaka posture.

Technique:

  1. Place the right foot at the root of the left thigh. 2. Bend the left leg, keeping the knee raised and catch hold of the big toe with the left hand. 3. Embrace the legs with the arms.

MuktapadmäSanaà Katvä UttäNaçAyanaïCaret | KüRparäBhyäà çIroveñöYa MatsyäSanantu Rogahä ||21

In the position of mukta padmasana bring the elbows of both hands around the head and lie flat on the floor.

Technique:

  1. Lie on the back.

  2. Bring the legs in padmasana and extend them on the ground.

  3. Bring the arms overhead and catch hold of the elbows.

Supine

  • Destroys all diseases .
  • Relieves constipation. .
  • Corrects rounding shoulders and stretches the neck . gently
  • Stimulates the thyroid and parathyroid glands .
  • Relieves lower back pain during pregnancy .
  • Brings more blood to the thoracic and cervical spine .
  • · Helps to relieve asthma and chronic bronchitis and Increases lung capacity
  • Calms the mind and relieve stress, anxiety, depression and tension

यन्द्रपाठ जठरप्रद्धादी प्रचण्डरुग्मण्डलस्यप्डनास्त्रना अभ्यासतः कुन्डलिनीप्रबोधं दण्डस्थिरत्वं हि दुदाति पुसाम

matsyendrapītham jatharapradīptim pracandarugmandalakhandanastram || abhyāsatah kundalinīprabodham dandasthiratvam hi dadāti pumsām ||

The right foot is placed at the root of the left thigh. The left leg is placed by the side of the right knee. Holding left leg by the right hand and twisting the body, one remains steady. This posture comes from Sri matsyendranath. 12Practice of matsyendrasana stimulates the digestive function and works like a weapon to destroy hosts of severe ailments. It also helps arousal of kundalini and gives stability to the spine. 13

Twist

Technique:

  1. Place the right foot at the root of the left thigh.
    1. Bring left leg by the side of the right knee.
    1. Hold left foot by the right hand.
  1. Keep the left hand on the ground behind the back for support.

Matsvendrasana

Twist

Technique:

  1. Bend the left knee and place the left foot on the right thigh.
  2. Put the right elbow on top of left knee.
  3. Rest the face on the right palm.
  4. Gaze in the middle of the forehead.

Stimulates internal organs functioning, and helps detoxify the body.

Sastra Pramona - शास्त्र प्रभाष Rudrayamala Tantra 23.91-92

आय वक्ष्य महादेव मयूरासनमुत्तमम् । भूमी निपाल्य हस्ती द्वी कुर्परीपरि देहकम् ॥२३. कर्परोपरिसंस्थाप्य सर्वदेहं स्थिराश्यः किवलं हस्तयुगलं निपात्य भवि सस्थिरः ॥२३.९२

atha vaksye mahadeva mavūrāsanamuttamam bhūmau nipātya hastau dvau kūrparopari dehakam ||23.91|| kūrparoparisamsthāpya sarvadeham sthirāšvah kevalam hastayugalam nipatya bhuvi susthirah||23.92||

O Mahādeva! Now | shall talk about the supreme mayurāsana; Place both the hands on the floor and rest the body on both the elbows. (23.91)

Rest the entire body on the elbows at the abdomen; Placing only both the hands on the floor, be properly still. (23.92)

Additional Shastra Reference

Tri-shikhi-brahmanopanishad, 47-48, Darshanopanishad. III.10-11. Sandilya upanishad (3, 10-11)

Apta Pramona - आप्त प्रसाण Hatharanavali of SrinivasaYogi 3.42 घरमवस्तभ्य करद्वयेनतत्कुपरे स्थपितनशिपर्स्वह उच्चसना दन्द्रवद्यात्यतह खमयरमतत् प्रवर्तन्ते प्रवद्यन्ति पिठम ॥४२

haramavastabhya karadvayenatatkurpare sthapitanabhiparsvah || uccasano dandavadutthitah khemayurametat pravadanti pitham ||42||

The two palms are place on the ground. Elbows are placed on the respective sides of the navel and the body is lifted in the air like a horizontal stick. This is known as mayura-pitha.

Avurasar

Arm balancing

Technique:

  1. Kneel with knees apart.
  2. Place the palms on the ground fingers pointing backards.
  3. Lean forward and place the elbows on the respective sides of the navel.
  4. Lean over the arms and lift the legs like a horizontal stick.
  5. Balance in this posture with the chin and chest slightly up.
  • Stimulates digestive organs and increases the metabolic process
  • Useful for constipation, flatulence, diabetes, kidney, spleen, slugaish liver
  • Balances the endocrine systemBalances all three doshas
  • Strengthens all muscles of the body
  • Stimulates detoxification process and clears skin conditions
  • Awakens Kundalini energy
  • Stimulates blood circulation, purifies the blood, and purifies the body.
  • It enhances the efficacy of the internal organs and harmonizes the glands of the endocrine system. Increase whole body strength

Increases strength in the arms, core, legs; gives feeling of lightness, powerfulness

Sakshi Pramana Benefits

चार्स्य माहिली कानी अ

püraba bidhi pari pagathalé sampüöa ñola yeòé milé räñal yeòyäsyü mähilé käné agüla do ätarai liläöa dharaté lagävai hätha doû goòä upari lagävä aòaväirachä parä pasäral

  • for extended verse see end of chapter

Sit with legs extended. Close two heels together while keeping toes apart. Knees are spread sideward. Lower the body forward to touch the forehead on ground near the heels. Spread hands sideward over knees and place palms on ground. Gaze is fixed at the nose.

Midakipava Asana I

Apta Additional References JP.265-267; AYG-46. Similar to asthi-pava-asana illustrated in NS-72

Technique:

  1. Sit with the heels together while keeping the toes apart.

  2. Knees are spread sideways.

  3. Bend forward and bring the forehead to the ground near the heels.

  4. Spread the hands sideward over the knees and place the palms on the ground.

  5. Gaze at the nose.

Improves and facilitates the flow of the five secondary vayus.

Apta Pramona - आप्त प्रमाण Yoga-Asanamala Sacitra 101-102

आसन कौ ऊषण गुलामिया बाया जाई

äsana kau ūṣaṇa gulamai bäya jäé

Sitting on the ground, bend both legs at the knees and place the heels under the bottoms. Interlock the fingers and put them on ground at one side of the body. Bend the head forward.

Midakipava asana II

Forward Bend

Technique:

  1. Kneel down and keep the feet bent, toes on the ground. 2. Sit on the heels. 3. Interlock the fingers and put them on ground at one side of the body.

  2. Bend the head forward.

Beneficial for gulma vayu.

Supine

मृत्व-भंजक आसन

mṛtva-bhaïjaka äsana

prathama sena südho hoya öhänai paga ucäya ägä nai änai | bahura pagathalé ko yo räkhai kora väralé yä vidhi däkhai || 154 ||

Lying on back raise the legs upwards and keep the feet in such a way on the respective sides of the ear that fingers of the feet are visible. Grasp the feet from the outside firmly by taking both the palms behind the back. Head (back side) should remain on the ground. Gaze should be on tip of the nose and maintain silence. It removes all types of diseases. It immediately ensues samadhi.

Technique:

  1. Lie down on the back.
  2. Bend the knees and bring them under the armpits.
  3. Hold the feet with hands and arrange the feet up vertically.
  4. Keep the head on the ground while gently pulling down on the feet.
  • It removes all types of diseases ...
  • limmediately ensues samadhi."
  • Revitalizes and energuzes the whole system.
  • Creates a complete energy circuit and brings awareness inwards.

Opens the hips, releases the lower back, brings feeling of surrender

Sakshi Pramana Benefits

Sastra Pramana - शास्त्र प्रभाष Darshanopanishad (III.8-10)

नी सक्ष्मा दक्षिणतरमल्फतः ॥ ८ ॥ मेंडादपारे निक्षिप्य सच्य गल्फ ततोपरि गुल्फान्तरं च संक्षिप्य मुक्तासनमिदं म

nipīdya sīvinīm sūksmām daksinetaraqulphatah || 8 || vamam yāmyena gulphena muktāsanamidam bhavet | medhrādupari niksipya savyam gulpham tatopari || 9 || qulphāntaram ca samksipya muktāsanamidam mune

Pressing the right side of the frenum of the prepuce with the left ankle and the left side of the frenum with the right ankle, this becomes the Muktasana; placing the left ankle over the genitals and the right ankle over that, this, O sage' is the Muktasana.

Additional Shastra Reference Same as siddhasana (JP 357-359)

Apta Pramona - आप्त प्रमाण Gheranda-samhita II. 11

पायुमूलं वामगुल्फ दक्षगुल्फ तथोपरि । शिरोग्रीवासमं कार्य मुक्तासनं तु सिद्धिदम् ॥११ ॥

päyumüle vämaqulphaà daknaqulphaà tathopari | çirogréväsamaà käryaa muktäsanaa tu siddhidam || 11 ||

1 ktasana

Apta Additional References BrYs-III.13

  1. Sit the the left heel at root of generative organ.

  2. Right heel on top of it.

  3. Keep spine, head and neck aligned

Meditative asana that calms the mind and relaxes the body. By practicing it a Yogi obtains perfection or siddhi. Regular practice removes diseases of morbidities (vikaras).

Sastra Pramana - शास्ल प्रमाण Rudrayamala Tantram 23.24-25

ādhomundāsanam vaksye sarvesām prāņinām sukham ūrdhvamārge pade dattvā dhārayenmārūtam sidhīh || 23.24 || sarvāsanānām šrestham hi ūddharvapādo yadā caret| tadaiva mahatīm siddhim dadāti vāyavī kalā || 23.25 ||

For the well-being of all creatures, I speak now about mundasanam; The expert should raise legs upwards and by lowering the head hold the vital breath. (23.24) This (mundāsana) is surely supreme among all āsnas, in which the legs are raise upwards. The skill of breath control gives great siddhis to the practitioner instantly. (23.25)

ਵਿੱਚ

  1. Kneel down.

  2. Interlace hands and place the forearms on the ground like a triangle.

  3. Bring the crown of the head down and hands supporting the back of the head.

  4. Straighten the legs and walk forward.

  5. Bring the knees to the chest, keeping the heels close. to the buttocks. This is Gohiasana.

  6. Straigthen the legs to come to the full head stand.

विधि परि आगाने नीचौ होई कहूणी फणा स्यौ लगाई हाथ आगाने घरती लगावे पसारि दोऊ हाथ की अंजली करें भ यडी परि लगावे दिष्टि नासा अग्र आसण को गण सरिर बिथा जाई

puraba vidhi pari ägänai nécau haué kahüëé phaëä syau lagãé hätha ägänai dharaté lagävai pasäri doü hätha ké aïjülé karai bhü yadé pari lagävai driñöi näsä agra äsaëa kau guëa sarira bithä jäé ||

Sit on the ground with legs extended infront. Bring both soles together keeping knees sidewards on the ground. Bend the head forward place elbows on legs and extend hands on ground. Form a hollow of hands. Direct the gaze at the tip of nose.

Apta Additional References

Yoga-siddhanta-candrika-11.46p.82, Hathapradipika (ms.) Siddhanta-Muktavali-II.191, HSC-41, Yoga-cintamani of Sivananda Sarasvati-p.78, Hathapradipika of Svatmarama-1.45-47.

Technique:

  1. Sit with the soles together, knees sidewards. 2. Bend forward and rest the elbows on the legs. 3. Place the palms on the ground. 4. Make a hollow of the hands 5. Gaze at the nose tip

Pain In the body is removed

घनम्र आसन प्रथम पदम आसन को ठाने दो उ हाथ पाछा ने आने पाद अंगठा पकडे आणि सोवे कहण्या कल्या पाणि ॥ ३५१ ॥ गोडा जघुघ अग्र को दाखे मसतग सो सम सध्या राख नासा अय द्विष्टि को धर आसन नय इसी विधि करें ।। उपर ।। वासा राश जुना रहे विसाली पीनस उ जखाम आदिक सब हरे नग्रासल

nagra äsanaprathama padama äsana ko öhäne do u hätha pächä ne äne päda alguöhä pakade äëi sovai kahüëyä külyä päël || 351 || goòä jaìgha agra ko däkhe masataga so sama südho räkhe | nasä agra driñöi ko dhare äsana nagra ésé vidhi karai || 352 || näsä rogu junä rahai visälé pénasa joya | jukhäma ädika saba harai nagräsana guëa soya || 353 ||

Adopt padmasana. Take hands over the back and cross them. Lie on the back. Keep knees touching the ground. Hold the head straight and fix the gaze at the nose.

  1. Lie on your back and bring the legs in Padmasana.
  2. Extend the legs on the ground
  3. Cross the arms behind the back.
  4. Gaze at the nose tip.

Relieves chronic nasal conditions such as pinasana (running nose)

Apta Pramona - आप्त प्रमाण Joga Pradipika 303-305

|| atha narasilgha äsana || dou phaëä päëi hoya valsal , eòé melira gudä nivaisaí | suma saréra nékä öhaharävai , näsä agra driñöi ko lyävai || 303||

  • for extended verse see end of chapter

Join both the feet like hand and keeping the heels together place it against anus. Gaze at the tip of nose. Place palm on the ground touching the toes. Keep all fingers separate. Both the thumb should touch each other. Open wide your mouth, take out the tongue.

Apta Additional References

asana-Yoga-grantha-70, Yoga-Asanamala Sacitra (ms.)-75

Technique:

  1. Bring heals together and sit on upright feet. 2. Place the hands on the ground, fingers spread. 3. Open the mouth widel and stick the tongue out. 4. Fix the gaze at the tip of the nose.

Overcomes diseases and toxins. All nadis function properly. Strengthens the legs, feet and ankles. Purifies the visshudi chakra.

नारदासन

näradäsana

piñõi ju väma pagathalé keri bhüpari tähi lagävai pheré | goòä sudhau phaëo hai joé dachi päkhaté räkhai soé || 298 ||

*for extended verse see end of chapter

Place the left sole on the ground folding it (at knee) and bringing towards backside. Fold right leg keeping knees straight pointing upward and place the right sole on the left sole. Place perineum above the left heel. Gaze should be between eyebrows. Make finger lock. Bring both the elbows towards right side of the right thigh.

Technique:

  1. Kneel with left leg folded back. 2. Fold right leg keeping knee up. 3. Place the right sole on the left sole. 4. Press the perineum with the left heel. 5. Gaze between the eyebrows. 6. Make a finger lock behind the head. 7. Bring the elbows on right side of the right thigh.

Cures deafness and purifies the ears

Apta Pramona - आप्त प्रमाण Nathamuni's Yoga RAHASYA I.51

uttānapādam krauñcam ca marīcim vīrabhadrakam | națarājam trikonam ca suptāngasțhaprasārane ||

Uttanapadasana, Krauncasana, Maricyasana, Virabhadrasana, Natarajasana, Trikonasana, Supta padangusthasana and Supta prasarita padangustasana.

  1. Stand straight. 2. Keep the right leg straight. 3. Bend the left leg and hold the left foot with the left hand. 4. Lean forward and extend the left leg upwards. 5. Blance firmly and extend the right arm forward. Fluidity, dancing, showy, gracefulness Sakshi Pramana Benefits

Anta Pramana - आप्त प्रमाण Joga Pradipika (54-59)

qoòä bävä pädaké äkha mähilé soya dacha carana ko väralau täpari gulapha samoya väma pädako mähilau bahurau gulapha ju jäna täpari gooa dachiké aikha caha bahara léväna || 55 ||

  • for extended verse see end of chapter

Left knee above right ankle and left ankle below right knee, catch hold of two arms with hands and then extending the arms in front, churn it clock and anti clockwise observing silence. Gaze at the tip of nose. It purifies the body. Removes physical disorders. Body attains lightness. Nadis are purified. It churns the pranavayu. Practise it slowly in the morning, afternoon and evening.

Apta Additional References

ANa-5, Joga Pradipika (sanskrit manuscript No.24099 deposited in The British Library London)-3. Joga Pradiplka mentions practise it thrice a day.

Technique:

  1. Sit with the left foot on the right knee and right foot under the left knee.

  2. Hold the elbows with the opposite hands.

  3. Extend the arm forward.

  4. Rotate the arms clockwise and anticlockwise.

  5. Fix the gaze at the nose.

This purifies the nadis, it churns the pranavaya. It purifies the body, so physical disorders will not happen. Body attains lightness.

Breathing passages clearing up

Sakshi Pramana Benefits

Apta Pramona - आप्त प्रमाण Hatharatnavali Iii 61-62

karäbhyäà paìkajaà katvä tiñöhetkürparayä sudhéù || mukhamunnamayannuccairnirälambanamäsanam ||61|| nirälambanayogé syännirälambanamäsanam || nirälambanatä dhyänaà nirälambanamäsanam ||62||

Supported on the elbows, hands forming like a lotus and supporting the face, raise the face up.

Technique:

    1. Lie down on the stomach.
    1. Keep the elbows on the ground.
    1. Form a lotus shape with the hands
    1. Rest the head on the lotus.
  • Practising niralambasana, a Yogi attains the state of niralambana. The posture niralambana culminates into niralambana dhyana.
  • Retains flexibility of the spine while stimulating the . attached nerves
  • Beneficial for Spondylitis of lumbar region .
  • Beneficial for sciatica problems .
  • Relieves stress, tension, anxiety and mild depression
  • Stretches the neck, stimulates thyroid and parathyroid glands

Feeling relaxed, like a child

Sakshi Pramana Benefits

Soma Majumder, New York, Graphic Designer/ Marketing Professional

Tra ambanasana

Prone

Apta Pramona - आप्त प्रमाण Hatharatnavali III.72

sthitvaikasmin pädatale karäbhyäà veñöayettanum [] pañohe saasthapya yatnena pädapéòanamasanam ||72||

Stand on one leg. Bend other leg to bring foot to the back. Hold foot with the hands.

Balance

Technique:

    1. Standing straight.
    1. Bend the right knee and hold with both hands at the back.
    1. Balance on left the leg.
    1. Repeat on the other side.
  • · Develops balance, grace and confidence
  • Strengthens the feet, ankles, quadriceps .
  • Firms the abdominals and back .
  • Reduces flat feet .
  • · Relieve sciatica

Stretches The Thighs

  • Sakshi Pramana Benefits Sunniva Kaurin, Norway Sastra Pramona - शास्त्र प्रमाण Rudrayamala Tantra 23.26-27

etatpadmāsanam kuryāt prānavāyuprasiddhayeļ subhasanam sada dhyayet purayitva punah punah || 23.26 || urumūle vāmapādam punastaddaksinam padam| vāmorau sthāpayitvā ca padmāsanamiti smrtam|| 23.27 ||

(This) Padmasanam should be done which is well-known for the siddhi (perfection) of breath control; This beneficial asanam ought to be practised again and again until it is fully mastered. (23.26) The left foot should be placed at the bottom of the right thigh; Then the right foot on the bottom of the left thigh, this is known as padmāsanam. (23.27)

Additional Shastra Reference Srimat Sarvajnanottra Agama, Yoga Pada.8

Technique:

  1. Sit and place the left foot on the inner right thigh 2. Place the right foot on the left thigh. 3. Keep the spine straight.

Primordial meditative posture. According to Shastra Pramana, padmasana destroys all diseases,

Feeling of stability

Sakshi Pramana Benefits Mijeann Najin, Los Angeles, Actress/Model

शास्त्र प्रमाण Yoga-Cudamany-Upanishad . 1.4-5 आसन दिविध प्राक्ति पद्म वज्रासन तथा ऊध्वारुपारे चंद्भुत्ते उभे पादतले यथा पद्मासन भवदेतत सर्वेपापप्रणाशनम् ॥ ५ ॥

āsanam dvividham proktam padmam vajrāsanam tathā || 4 || ürdhvorupari ceddhatte ubhe pādatale yathā padmāsanam bhevedetat sarvapāpapranāšanam || 5 ||

Postures are said to be of two kinds: the Padmasana and the Vajrasana. When one places the soles of his feet over the two thighs (crosswise, the right sole over the left thigh and the left sole over the right thigh), this becomes the Padma posture, which destroys all sin.

Additional Shastra Reference

Kirana Agama Yoga Pada v.7, Tri-shikhi-brahmanopanishad , 39. Yoga-kundalyupanisad-132,183, Yoga-kundalyupanisad-132,183

Apta Pramana - आप्त प्रमाण Joga Pradipika 53

PadmäSana Iii

värnajaigha para dachina caraëa | dachina jaigha vämapada dharaëa || dou hasta jaìghapara kare | sama saréra näsä cakñu dharai || padamäsana yaha näma kahävai | vyädhi roqa saba näsa hé pävai || 53 |

Seated

Right foot on the left thigh and left foot on the right thigh. Hands on the thighs. Keep the body straight and gaze at the tip of the nose.

Technique:

  1. Sit up straight.
    1. Place the right foot on the left thigh
    1. Place the left foot on the inner right thigh
    1. Place the hands on legs

Primordial meditative posture. According to Shastra Pramana padmasana destroys all diseases

Increases concentration, doesn't allow for any thoughts to interfere

Sakshi Pramana Banefits,

Soma Majumder, New York, Graphic Designer/ Marketing Professional

शास्त्र प्रमाण Sandilvopanishad, 3.3 रुपार शामिडल्य करवा पावर

angusthena nibadhnīyāddhastābhyām vyutkramena ca | ūrvorupari śāndilya krtvā pādatale ubhe | padmāsanam bhavedetat sarvesāmapi pūjitam || 3 ||

Placing the soles of the two feet, O S'andilya, over the two thighs, one should hold (them) by the toes, with the two hands stretched out crosswise. This will be the Padmasana Posture, held in esteem by all (Yogin -s).

Additional Shastra Reference Darshanopanishad , III.4-5, Yoga-kundalyupanisad-132,183

Technique:

  1. Sit up straight.

  2. Place the right foot on the inner left thigh.

  3. Place the left foot on the right thigh.

  4. Hold the toes with the opposite hand.

Meditative asana. One attains unparallel wisdom of the highest order through the arousal of kundalini sakti. and by Intense concentration on the Supreme Reality.

This asana brings control on prana, helps removing disease.

Padmasana creates a subtle upward flow of kundalini, and a feeling of all-knowingness.

Sakshi Pramana Benefits

Ma Nithya Nirishvarananda, Miami, Yoga Acharya

स्त्र प्रमाण Shiva Samhita-III.88-89

uttānau caranau kratvā ūrūsamsthau prayatnatah | ürümadhye tathotānau pānī krtvā tu tādrśau || nāsāgre vinyasedūdrstim dantamūlañca jivhyā | uttolya cibukam vaksa utthāpya pavanam šanaih || *for extended verse see end of chapter

I now describe the Padmasana which wards off (or cures) all diseases: Having crossed the legs, carefully place the feet on the opposite thighs (i.e. the left foot on the right thigh, and vice versa); cross both the hands and place them similarly on the thighs; fix the sight on the tip of the nose; pressing the tongue against the root of the teeth, (the chin should be elevated, the chest expanded) then draw the air slowly, fill the chest with all your might, and expel it slowly, in an unobstructed stream. 88

It cannot be practiced by everybody; only the wise attains success in it. 89

Seated

  1. Sit up straight.
    1. Place the left foot on the inner right thigh
    1. Place the right foot on the left thigh
    1. Hold the toes with the opposite hand
    1. close your eyes and relax

Apta Pramona - आप्त प्रमाण Yoga Asana Mala Sacitra 102-104

para äsaëä kau guëa coräsi väi jäé pavana sarala bahai para asaëa kau guëa gaöhiya bäi jaé

Legs are spread wide apart and hands are also spread over the legs.

  1. Come onto your knee and extend the other leg in front.

  2. Slowly extend the leg forward while extending the other leg back.

  3. Extend the arms as well and hold the posture.

This asana balances vitiated conditions of vata. Helps prana move freely. Alleviates gathiya vata (a type of arthiritis)

Inner Thigh Stretch

..............................................................................................................................................................................

Sakshi Pramana Benefits Li Yeen Chow

Apta Pramona - आप्त प्रमाण Joga Pradipika 126-128

Atha ParasaräMa äSana

prathama karal padamäsana ächai , südho sove bhüpari pächal | goòa aru jaìghä ye dou , bhü so lagatä räñai soé || 354 || dou hätha masataga disa dhärai, läbäà bhü so lagata pasärai | bahuriju väma hasata hai jäsoa , dachi hathelé piñõi ju täso || 355 || For extended Verse see end of Chapter.

Sit on the anus with folded legs and knees pointing upward. Insert both the hands up to the elbow in between thigh muscles and calf muscles. Bring the legs near the body resulting into soles lifted upward. Gaze should be at the tip of the nose.

Seated

Technique:

  1. Sit on the buttocks with the legs folded

  2. Insert the legs between the thighs and calves

  3. Join the hands in a finger lock4. Keep the heels raised

Facilitates the arousal of kundalini.

Apta Pramona - आप्त प्रमाण Joga Pradipika 354-356

Atha ParasaräMa äSana

prathama karal padamäsana ächai , südho sove bhüpari pächal | goòa aru jaìghä ye dou , bhü so lagatä räñai soé || 354 || dou hätha masataga disa dhärai, läbäà bhü so lagata pasärai | bahuriju väma hasata hai jäsoa , dachi hathelé piñoï ju täso || 355 || *for extended verse see end of chapter

Adopt Padmasana and lie on your back in such a way that knees and thighs remain on ground. Bring both the hands towards head and spread them straight touching the ground. Place backside of right palm on left palm. Gaze at the tip of nose.354-356

Technique:

    1. Lie down on the back assuming Padmasana
    1. Extend the legs on thr ground.
    1. Bring the left arm overhead.
    1. Catch hold of the left arm with the right hand.
    1. Gaze at the tip of the nose.

It ensues rest to the entire body

Lying supine extend both the feet united together and touching the ground with buttocks catch firmly the shoulder with two hands and remain with kumbhaka performed. This is called Parighasana.

  1. Sit and extend the legs at 45 degrees.

  2. Catch hold of the shoulders with the hands crossed overhead.

  3. Hold the breath while holding the position.

Apta Pramona - आप्त प्रमाण Joga Pradipika 320- 323

Atha PäRavaté äSana

goòä dou aoa rañal , òämu päda dachi jaigha däñai | phaëoa jémaëo bhù pari dharai , eòé samyaka uïcé karai || 320 || väma pagathalé mahilé kora , meke dachina péëòé vora | òämu gulapha mäàhilé joé , ara dachiëa värilau soé || 321 || *for extended verse see end of chapter

Place both the knees cross wise, right leg should be placed by the side of right thigh, place the toes on the ground keeping the heel upward. The left sole should be placed by the side of right calf muscles. The left and right ankle should be kept together properly. Place both the hands on knees and gaze at the tip of nose.

Technique:

  1. Bend the knees and sit on the heels of the feet, balancing on the tip of the toes. 2. Bring left knee higher than right knee 3. Place hands on the knees

  2. Gaze at the tip of the nose.

Practiced in this way, bestows the sadhaka ability to cross the hills without the feeling of exertion.

Apta Pramana - आप्त प्रमाण Hatharatnavali, Iii.10.44

mayüram dandavatkuryänmäyüram dandanāmakam kuryānmāyüram pārsvābhyām māyürapārsvanāmakam ||44||

When mayura is practiced like a horizontal stick, it is caled danda mayura. This same when practiced on both the sides, is parsva mayura. 44.

Apta Additional References

One of 6 varieties of mayurasana ... see kaundinyasana, mayurasana ili

Technique:

  1. Sit with the legs folded together.

  2. Twist sideways and place the hands firmly on the ground.

  3. Lift the hips and extend legs sideways.

  4. Thus balance on the two arms.

Quick relief from all the diseases of the spleen and stomach. Cures imbalances caused by the humours. Digests excess food and bad food, stimulates gastric fire and even the deadliest of poison.

Finding balance between strength and stability, like a balancing scale

Sakshi Pramana Benefits

Ma Nithya Nirishvarananda, Miami, Yoga Acharya

5 astra Pramana - शास्त्र प्रमाण Rudravamala Tantram 23.52 अघ वक्ष्य महादेव पवेतासनमङ्लम् ।

यत् कत्वा स्थिररूपी स्यात् षट्टचक्रादिविलोपनम् ॥ २३.५२॥

atha vaksye mahadeva parvatasanamanlam| yat krtvā sthirarūpī syāt satcakrādivilopanam||23.52||

O Mahādeva! now I shall talk about auspicious parvatasana; Practising which (mental) stability is gained, and the penetration of the six cakras is called parvatasana. (23.52)

Apta Pramona - आप्त प्रत्याण Yoga Rahasya (N)-11.22

यकृत्प्लीहवपाशुद्धये निरन्तर Childre Garant

mütrapiëòa yakatpléhavapäcuddhaye nirantaram upaviçya ca suptagha parvatäsanamabhyaset

To cleanse the urinary bladder, liver, sleen and diaphragm, Parvatasana must be done in seated and lying down positions.

Apta Additional References

Also known as tadasana variation and can be practiced sitting or lying down. KT-II.46p249, Yas-42, SYK-68, SCA-82, V-p885, RY-23:52-53

Technique:

  1. Place the right foot on the left thigh. 2. Now place the left foot on the right thigh 3. Keep both the arms raised above the head and join the hands 4. Settle in this posture for 30 seconds(This should be practiced in both sitting as well as lying position. Kumbhaka should be done in sitting pose only.)

Purifies the lungs, spleen, urinal bladder and diaphragm.

Expansion in the lungs and diaphragm, grounded feeling while energy is simultaneously lifing upward

Sakshi Pramana Benefits

Ma Nithya Nirishvarananda, Miami, Yoga Acharya

5 6 stra Pramana - शाख प्रमाण Tri-shikhi-brahmanopanishad 51

जानुपरि ललाटं तु पश्चिमं ताणमुच्यते यन केन प्रकारेण संख्व धार्यं च जायते ॥ ५१

jānūpari lalātam tu paścimam tānamucyate vena kena prakārena sukham dhāryam ca jāyate || 51 ||

Stretching the leg on the ground, touching the big toes with the fore-arms and placing the face on the knees, is said to be the Pascimatana posture.

A ota Pramona - आप्त प्रमाण Hatharatnavali 3.66-67 पाश्चिमतानासिना

प्रसार पात भावे दण्डरूपी दोग्या पावामादित Iति पश्चिमतानमस्त्रनग्रम् प्रवनम् प्रस्थिमवादिन उद्य कर्त्यमराणतमा व पास्त्रता । १७७

Atha PaśCimatāNāSana

mprasārva pādau bhuvi dandarupau dorbhvām pādāgradvitavam grhītvā I jānupari nyastalalatadeso vasedidam paścimatānamāhuh ||66|| lti pašcimatānamasanagryam pavanam pascimavahinam karoti udare karsvamarogatam ca pumsam || 67 |

Stretch both leas on the ground. Hold the big toes by the respective hands and put forehead on the knees. 66

Pascimatana causes the currents of prana to flow through susumna, stimulates gastric fire, reduces the belly and brings good health to a person. 67.

Seated

Apta Additional Reference

Hathapradipika II.14-15, Joga Pradipika-III.69-7

1. Sit With The Legs Extended

    1. Fold forward from the hips
    1. Catch hold of the big toes
    1. Bring the forehead to the knees

Stimulates gastric fire, reduces the belly, causes prana to flow through central channel, susumna. Tones up nerves supplying the pelvic organs. Brings good health. Improves the flexibility of of the hips, buttocks, hamstring, calves and back, Stretches the back side of the body from head to ankles. Contracts the muscles on the front of body. Engages the abdominals and thorax (neck to diaphragm) Improves respiration. Improves secretion of abdominal glands. Improves blood circulation in the back and tones spinal nerves. Activates Kundalini Shakti. Increases digestive fire. Reduces visceral fat. Purifies the nadis. Removes abdominal disorders like enlargement of the spleen, digestion issues, constipation, colitis and contributes to the feeling of well-being. Causes the current of prana to pass through the susumna (posterior path), increases gastric fire, reduces belly and offers good health to a person.

Through Pascimattanasana, the whole body and mind gets rejuvenated. Holding the posture for even 5 minutes is equivalent to 1 hour sleep. Try it for youself!

kshi Pramana Banafits Sri Mitra Bharat

Sastra Pramana - शास्त्र प्रमाण Rudrayamala Tantra 23.107-108

अथान्यदासनं वक्ष्ये साधकानां हिताय वै॥२३.१०७॥ यत्वा बाहासन थारा नाभर थ? ऊद्धवम् डः पिबंद वाय निरुद्धति यम

athānyadāsanam vaksye sādhakānām hitāya vai||23.107|| pavanāsarūpo khecaro Yogirād bhavet] sthitva baddhāsane dhīro nābheradhahkaradvayam||23.108 üddharvamu dah pibed vāyum niruddhyet yamāvile|

Now I shall talk about another asana for the benefit of the practioners;Doing the pavanasana the practitioner can levitate (khechara) and becomes a king among Yogis.Remaining in badhasana the resolute practitioner should place both hands on the upper part of the navel; Raise the head upwards and inhale the air and block the double-holed senses. (23.107, 108)

Technique:

  1. Sit in padmasana.
  2. Place both hands on the upper part of the navel.
  3. Raise the head upwards and inhale and perform kumbhaka.

A pta Pramona - आप्त प्रमाण Yogasanam (sacitra) 4-5

PavanamuktäSana

dvayostu pärněi lätvä svasvanitambake | jänuné vakñasi sädhurbadhnäté karabandhanaiù || 4 || evaàvidha sthitiryatra tatra väyumuktasanam | bhavedanena vaçãçuddhirmalasthaväyormocanam || 5 ||

Sit on ground. Bring two heels close to perineal region. Keep the knees raised. Hold knees with two hands and press them against the chest.

Apta Additional References

Sacitra Cauryayasin Asane_5-7, Sri-Yoga-kaustubha-5, kirana-tīkā-11.46

Technique:

  1. Sit with the spine straight.
  2. Fold the legs and bring the heels to the perineum and the knees close to the chest.
  3. Hold the knees with the hands, arms crossed.

Compresses the internal organs. Purifies the nadis located in the abdomen. Releases obstructed vayu at the large Intestine. This asana also used in THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM Kriya for Achromatopsia, lower back pain, digestive issues and hypertension.

Apta Pramona - आप्त प्रमाण Jogapradipika 123-124

PhodyäSana

doû hätha paga bähara änal goòätaral kägasé õhänai | aìguñoa piëòalé lagatä dharai caraëa ubhai akäsadisé kare | puñölru külä dharaté lävai udarasaikoca ürdha öhaharävai | goòa sésabhi thambhana karai iha vidhi phodyäsana dharai || 123 || *for extended verse see end of chapter"

Sit with legs extended on ground. Slowly raise legs upward by catching hold of calves with two hands. By contracting the abdomen, raise the head up towards the knees.

Technique:

  1. Be seated with legs stretched on the ground.
  2. Slowly raise the legs upward by catching hold of thighs behind the knees.
  3. Contract the abdomen and extend the legs.
  4. Bring the head towards the knees

Compresses the internal organs. Purifies the nadis located in the abdomen. Releases obstructed vayu at the large Intestine. This asana also used in THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM Kriya for Achromatopsia, lower back pain, digestive issues and hypertension.

Sastra Pramana - शास्त्र प्रमाण Rudrayamala Tantra 23.66,67

etat prabhedam vaksyāmi karoti yah sa cāmarah| ekapādamūrau baddhvā skandhe'nyatpādarakṣaṇam||23.66|| etatprānāsanam nāma sarvasiddhipradāyakam vayumūle samāropya dhyātvā"kuñcaya prakārayet||23.67||

I now tell you a variant of this asana which leads to immortality; Lock one foot on the thigh and the other on the shoulder. This is called pranasana which gives the practitioner all types of siddhis. This should be done by holding the breath in the mūladhara and then practised by contracting it. (23.66-67)

  1. Sit and fold one foot at the root of the thigh.
  2. Bring the other shoulder below the leg.
  3. Hold the breath judiciously contracting the base of the spine.

पादद्धयं प्रसायोत्म-सुमुखं सुप्रसारितम् | . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

pādadvayam prasāryātma-sumukham suprasāritam | (11)

Stretching out the two legs (in sideways) keeping his face and chest straight, prasarita can be assumed.

THEM HAMMER OF COMMENT OF THE HORT HE COUNT HE CHITAN HE WARRET FOR WARREN FOR THE FOR THE FOR THE FOR THE FOR THE FOR THE FOR THE FOR THE FOR THE FOR THE FOR THE FOR THE FOR THE FOR

useibers

  1. Sit upright. 2. Extend the legs in opposite directions.

Apta Pramona - आप्त प्रमाण Joga Pradipika-228-230

väma caranapari dachina räkhai eka jugati asévidhi däkhai | väma pagathalé mähilé kora dachina kéju bäharalé vora || aise dou deta milä é gooa räkhai ädeväé | edé müladväratari devai goda upari hasta jo leve ||228 || *for extended verse see end of chapter"

Place right foot on left in such a way that the outer part of right foot should come on the inner part of the left foot and heels be placed below the anus. Place both the hands on respective knees. Gaze between the eyebrows. If apana vayu is obstructed because of any knot, such knots are dissolved as a result of this asana. Then inhale through the left nostril upto 12 matra. Practising kumbhaka as per ones capacity then exhale through right nostril. One should practise Pranayama in this manner for eight times.

Seated

Apta Additional References YMS 47, DP variations JP(L) 43 and YMS 25

  1. Sit upright.
  2. Place the feet in such a way that the ankles come on top of the other.
  3. Place the heels at the anus and spread the knees.
  4. Place the hands on the knees and fix the gaze at the third eye.

This asana helps purifying the path of Apana vayu

Seated

Apta Pramona - आप्त प्रमाण Yoga-Asanamala sacitra 25

Rudra äSana

pagathalé sampuoa kari häthasyau paga ucaé pagäkä aìguöhä dou leü paralékäné tälavai lagävai pachai dou hätha pagämähe kari nécai kari cérai äëi pagäké ägalyä kälkasé karai dåñöi näsä agra *for extended verse see end of chapter

Sit on ground. Catch hold of respective feet by inserting hands below the pair of heels. Pull the heels towards chest. Eyes remain fixed at the tip of nose.

Technique:

  1. Sit with the sole of the feet together
  2. Catch hold of the feet, forming a finger lock
  3. Keep the spine straight and lift the feet to the chest
  4. Gaze at the tip of the nose

Helps improve disorders in the abdomen region.

  1. Lie down with face downwards.
  2. Place both hands next to the chest, palms on the ground.
  3. Raise the legs in the air about 9 inches.
  • Builds strength and flexibility in the lower back
  • Strengthens the arms and shoulders
  • Recommended for sciatica, lower back pain and slipped disc
  • Massages the Internal organs
  • Stimulates digestive fire and improves digestionImproves . functioning of the lower abdominal organs
  • Beneficial for anorexia and constipation
  • Stimulates the Swaddhistana chakra
  • Improves concentration

on the chest, touching the ground with the palms, raise the legs in the air one cubit high. This called the Locust-posture.

adhyäsyaù cete karayugmavakño

pädau ca cünye ca vitasti cordhvaà

bhümimavañöabhya karayostaläbhyäm |

vadanti péöhaà çalabhaà munéndräù ||38||

Contraindication: Do not practice if pregnant.

Lie on the ground, face downwards, the two hands being placed

Sastra Pramana - शास्त्र प्रमाण Rudrayamala Tantra 23.71, 72

ે વીરીનેન જ દિવેલા અને તાલુકાનું એક ગામના લોકોનો મુખ્ય વ્યવસાય ખેતી, ખેતમજૂરી તેમ જ પશુપાલન છે. આ ગામના લોકોનો મુખ્ય વ્યવસાય ખેતી, ખેતમજૂરી તેમ જ પશુપાલન છે. આ ગામના લોકોનો इत्यक्तित्य जपन्मन्त्र थुत्वा वायु चतुर्वा ।

samānāsanamāvaksye siddhamantrādisādhanāt| ekapādamūrau dattvā guhyo'nyallingavaktrake||23.71|| etad vīrāsanam nātha samānāsanasamiña kam| ityākrtya japenmantram dhrtva vāyum caturdale||23.72||

(Now I tell you about) samanasana which is the cause of siddamantra etc .; Place one foot on the chest and the other on (the place between) the anus and the genitals. This, O Lord! is named vīrāsana or samānāsana. While doing this āsana (one must) chant the mantra holding the breath in the caturdala (four-leaved) of the mūlādhāra. (23.71-72)

Seated

Technique:

  1. Sit with one heel pressed at the perineum.
  2. Bring the other foot to the chest.
  3. Hold the breath judiciously.

Apta Pramona - आप्त प्रमाण Yoga-rahasya VI. 8,10

यासा यथा लेंट

idänéa garbhiëénäà yogäbhyäso yathä laghu | sukhaprasavaläbhäya procyate präktane pathi || daëòapadmabharadväjavéravajrasamäni tu | äsanäni sadä kuryät sudérghaiù recapürakaiù ||

It is a simple cross-legged position wherein one sits on ground by keeping the body straight. One is supposed to practice prolonged recaka and puraka.

356-8

Technique:

  1. Sit in comfortable possition by crossing the legs.
  2. Keep the body straight.
  3. Practice pranayama in this position.

It has been suggested for pregnant women

Apta Pramona - आप्त प्रमाण Gheranda Samhita II 28

मूल सन्यस्य धरणीतले ग्डेन याम्यन वृष्टयद्वामपादक यम्मे करयग्ममतत सङ्कूटमासनम्

vämapädaà citermülaà sannyasya dharaëétale | pädadaëòena yämyena veñöayedvämapädakam | jänuyugme karayugmametat saikaöamäsanam ||28||

Placing the left foot and the leg on the ground, surround the left foot by the right leg; and place the two hands on the two knees. This is the Sankatasana.

GIS

  1. Kneel with the left foot on the ground.
  2. Sit on the left heel.
  3. Wrap the right leg over the left.
  4. Place the hands on the opposite knees.

Removes discomfort and swelling of legs. Improves digestion, assimilation and elimination.

Seated

  1. Sit with the left heel at the right side of the genital.
  2. Place the right foot over the left.
  3. Place hands on respective knees with palms upturned.

Overcomes fickleness of mind

Apta Pramona - आप्त प्रमाण Yoga-asanamala sacitra 109

गण - मन की चंचलता

äsaëa kau guëa - mana ké caïcalatä méöai |

Sit on floor with legs extended. Bend the left leg, and place its heel at the right side of the genital. Now place right foot over left. Place hands on respective knees with palms upturned (YMS-109)

Seated

Apta Pramona - आप्त प्रमाण Joga pradipika-III.62-63

dou paga ké pagathalé tina ké läika ju soya | dou käñani maià dharai näsädriñöa samoya || 62 || bahurau hasta käikasé karai, so le äni siña para dharai | dina prati téna bera sadhi ävai , saptariñi so năma kahävai || 63 ||

Place two soles in the respective armpits, form fingerlock and put it on head, gaze at the nose. Cleanses whole body, wards off diseases entirely. Purifies lotus of the heart. Should be practised three times a day for perfection.

  1. Sit on the floor with the soles of the feet in the armpits.
  2. Form the fingerlock and put it on the head.
  3. Fix the gaze on the nose.

Cleanses the whole body, Purifies the lotus of the heart, and removes all the diseases.

Sastra Pramona - शास्त्र प्रमाण Rudrayamala Tantra 23.109-111

वायुपानाय कवलम् || २३.१०९|| वायवी क डली दीव के डलाकारमङ्गल || २३.११०॥

atha sarpāsanam vaksye vāyupānāya kevalam||23.109|| śarīram da davattisthedrajjubaddhastu pādayoh| vāyavī ku dalī devi ku dalākāramangule ||23.110||

Now I shall talk about sarpasana that is especially good for inhaling breath. Tie both the feet with a rope and stand erect like a rod. The airy Kundali devi is shaped like a finger held in a ring form. It is adorned with ornaments etcetera. What I said is the stable sarpāsana. (23.109-110)Do this asana several times in the night by sacrificing sleep and indolence. By the help of vital breath, all obstacles such as sleep etcetera come under your control. (23.111)

Technique:

1.Tie both the feet with a rope and stand upright. 2. Hands at the side of the body touching the thighs.

S & Stra Pram A Na - शास्त्र प्रमाण Rudrayamala Tantra 23.71.72

अध वक्ष्येऽत्व सक्षेपात सर्वाङ्गासनमन्त्रम् । यत्कत्वा योगनिपुणो विद्याभिः पण्डितो यथा। २३.८७। अधो निधाय शीर्ष च ऊद्धवेपादद्वयं चरेत् । पद्मासन तु तत्वव भूमां कृपरयुग्मकम् ॥ २३.८

atha vaksve'tra samksepāt sarvāngāsanamuttamam| yatkrtvā Yoganipuno vidyābhih pandito yathā||23.87|| adho nidhava śīrsa ca ūddharvapādadyavam caret padmāsanam tu tatraiva bhūmau kūrparayugmakam||23.88|| *for extended verse see end of chapter

Now (I shall talk of) supreme sarvangasana briefly. Doing which the one becomes proficient in Yoga like a pandita who is the master of knowledge. (23.87) The head should be placed on the floor and both the legs raised upwards; Position both the elbows on the floor just as in padmasana. (23.88)

The adept practitioner should do this every danda for relaxation: Do not hold the breath without doing the sarvangasana. (23.89)

Doing so the subtle breath begins to circulate within a month ; In three months (the sadhaka) attains the stature of a deva and becomes blissful and relaxed. (23.90)

Apta Pramana - आप्त प्रमाण Joga pradipika-111.62-63 विपरीतं मण्डले च द्विधैव विदितं हि नः । दण्डासनं द्विधा प्रोक्तं विपरीतोपवेशने सर्वाङ्गशीर्षभागास्तु षट्षष्टिः प्रथितास्तु ते

viparītam mandalam ca dvidhaiva viditam hi nah dandāsanam dvidhā proktam viparītopavešane || sarvāṅgašīrsabhāgāstu satsastih prathitāstu te

Then there are two types of inverted mandalas (arrangements)- Sirsasana and Sarvangasana. Dandasana is also of two types inverted (viparita dandasana) and seated (dandasana). It has been proclaimed that there are sixty six variations of Sarvangasan and sirasasana.

Apta Additional References

Also known as surya-mandala in Yogarahasya of Srinatha-muni-1.53 and urdhvasarvangasana in Sri-Yoga-kaustubha-73. Also found in: YMP-38, KT-II.46, Sri-Yogakaustubha-73. Sacitra Caurvavasin Asane-93. Yas-30. Yoga-rahasva of Srinatha-muni-11.13. AR-21:1936

Technique:

  1. Lie on the back and bring the knees to the chest.
  2. Keep the elbows close to the body and draw the shoulders closer together
  3. Lift the legs up to a vertical position supporting the back with the hands
  4. Look straight up.
  • Help relieve Thyroid glands problem.
  • Good for heart functioning and also prevents palpitations.
  • Relieve Varicose vein.
  • Help asthma and respiratory problems.
  • Good for asthma.
  • Relieve stomach problems, e.g. ulcer.
  • Strengthen the body.
  • Improve sleep.
  • Soothes headache.
  • Good for those have hypertension, nervous breakdown. irritation and temper.

Feels very feminine, nourising to the system and cooling; like the pose takes care of your system - mother-like energy. It calms one down.

Sakshi Pramana Benefits

Keong Chow, Singapore, Yoga Teacher/Freelancer

Apta Pramona - आप्त प्रमाण Hatharatnavali III 63

यिकं पादतलं संस्थाप्य त्वेकपादकम् ॥६३ ॥

prasăryaikaa pädatalaa saasthäpya tvekapädakam || 63||

Stretch out one leg and place the other foot on the ground. 63.

Technique:

  1. Fold one leg and sit on the heel, foot upright.
  2. Stretch out the other leg pointing the toes up.
  3. Keep the hands by side with fingertips touching ground for balance.
  4. Keep spine erect.

Strengthens the feet, ankles, legs and back. Stretches the hamstrings. Develops balance, stability and focus.

Stretches out hamstrings, increased kundalini flow in the spine

Sakshi Pramana Benefits Li Yeen Chow

Apta Pramana - आप्त प्रमाण Hathapradipika II.18

atha śavāsanam uttānam śavavad bhūmau śayanam tu śavāsanam || śavāsanam śrāntiharam cittaviśrāntikārakam || 18 ||

One lies supine on the ground (motionless) like a dead body. This is savasana, which removes physical fatique and gives rest to the mind.

Apta Additional References

Hatharatnavali 3.76, also known as Pretasana (SYK-17)

Technique:

  1. Lie on the ground with the arms by your side at a comfortable distance from the body.
  2. Keep the head straight.

This asana removes physical fatique and gives rest to the mind.

Brings one into a no-thought space, increased relaxation, going into restful awareness

Sakshi Pramana Benefits Li Yeen Chow

Seated

तानं शयित्वा तु कुर्वीत शयितपश्चिमतानकम् ॥६८॥

tänaà çayitvä tu kurvéta çayitapaçcimatänakam ||68||

Lie supine and practice pascimatana to form sayita-pascimatana.

Contraindications : Do not do with any back injury

Technique:

  1. Lie supine.

  2. Rool over bringing the toes to the ground over head.

  3. Bring the hands to the toes.

  4. Keep the legs straight.

Benefits:

  • Stretches the spine, back, hamstrings and buttocks ... engage abdominals
  • Stimulates the liver, kidneys, ovaries and uterus .
  • Helps menopause symptoms .
  • Improves digestive fire, appetite, reduces obesity and constipation
  • Increases blood flow to head .
  • Calms the mind, reduces stress, anxiety, mild depression, . fatigue and helps with headaches
  • Invigorates the nervous system

Stretches the back, and back of legs, feeling of playfulness

Sakshi Pramana Benefits

Ma Nithya Nirishvarananda, Miami, Yoga Acharya

Sibhu äSana

dou paga jodé mähi gülapha miläé ubhau hauya dou hätha joòi sampüta karai äkäsa disa sudho pasärai mastaga ñavãci räñai driñöi trikuõé äsana su teja badhai |

Place palms firmly on ground. Raise whole body up with support of hands alone. Legs are stretched towards the sky. Eyes are fixed between eyebrows.

Apta Additional References

This is the same as mukta-hasta-vrksasana-ii, vajrol(n)i-mudra

Technique:

  1. Place the hands firmly on the ground,

  2. Kick the legs up and balance on the hands.

  3. Gaze between the eyebrows.

Energy (tejas) in the body will be enhanced through this asana.

Apta Pramona - आप्त प्रमाण Joga Pradipika (233-234)

dou päva sésapari änai phuni eka jugati aura tähäà öhäneà | dou pagake aìguñõa jou tinapari müöhé kara ké dou || 233 || talä uparé dharai ju äna bhüpari rahai müla ke päni | näsä agra driñöi öhaharävai sakala roga näsako pävai || 234 ||

While sitting on floor, raise both legs over the head with help of hands. Hold the toes with hands forming fists. Direct the gaze at the tip of nose.

  1. While sitting on floor, raise both legs over the head with the help of hands.

  2. Hold the toes with hands forming fists.

  3. Direct the gaze at the tip of nose.

This asana relieves all disease.

SiddhaharatäLé äSana 1

prathamaà padamaäsana ko kare hasta dou goòä sandhi dharai | ubhe hathele bhü dhari räkhai pohacä goòaa sandhimai däkhai || 330 || piñoi hathelé ké hai jahäm äsana lagavä räkhai tahäà | näsädriñöi acala öhaharävai siddha hastälé näma kahävai || 331 || *for extended verse see end of chapter

First adopt padmasana, by crossing the legs. Insert both hands through knees and place them on ground. Fix the gaze at the nose.

Technique:

  1. Sit in Padmasana by crossing the legs.

  2. Insert both hands through the gap between the legs.

  3. Place the hands on the ground.

  4. Fix the gaze at the nose.

Practicing this asana constantly prevents diseases, and the body becomes cheerful and alive.

Strong kundalini awakening, feeling of lightness

Sakshi Pramana Benefits

Ma Nithya Nirishvarananda, Miami, Yoga Acharya

Siddha-Haratali-Asana

Seated

Apta Pramona - आप्त प्रमाण Yoga-Asanamala Sacitra (ms.)-64

siddhaharatälé äsana 2 pagathalé sampuöa kari ägulyä kau sampüöa karal mähé ñulo räñal doü häthä ké kägasé kari pagathalyä ké bärilé kaura yeòé dharaté tekai *for extended verse see end of chapter

While sitting on ground with legs spread in front, bring heels together. Keep toes slightly separated. Keep knees spread to sides interlock the fingers and place it under the feet. Press heels against the generative organ. Fix the eyes at nose tip.

Technique:

  1. Sit with the spine straight.

  2. Keep the heels together and toes separated.

  3. Interlace the fingers under the feet and press the heels at the generative organs.

  4. Gaze at the tip of the nose

Bring contol over (relieves) vitiated vayu located at generative organ.

Sido Ha-Samadhi Asana

Forward Bend

आम्हा साम्हा कर पुनि दीई

dou pagathalé sampuoa karai so le ägä me dharai | aìgula äöha äntaro räkhai eòé ko aisal vidhi däkhai || 250 || äëe hätha pagäà ke mähé kauhaëé sahita taläyä täé ämhä sämhä kara puni doé bhüpara räkhai sudhä soé || 251 || * for extended verse see end of chapter

While seated on ground, bring soles of feet together by keeping. little distance of eight digits between heels. Insert hands through legs and place them on two sides on ground. Keep palms facing upwards. Bend forward to touch the nose on ground and place toes at the throat. Fix the gaze at the nose-tip.

Apta Additional References

YMS-55, AYG-40. JP(L)-50 illustrates this asana with slight difference in the head position.

Technique:

  1. Bring the feet together leaving a fist distance between the heels.
  2. Bring the arms below the legs with palms facing up arms stretched outwards.
  3. Bring nose towards the ground and the toes touching the throat. 4. Gaze at the tip of the nose.

Body is purified and not troubled by diseases. If practice with pranadharana, can attain the state of Samadhi.

5 6 stra Pramona - शास्त्र प्रलाण Tri-shikhi-brahmanopanishad , 50 श्रजकाय: समासान मास्त्रत्यनमद प्रसाये भवि पादओं त दा व्यामद्र

riukāvah samāsīnah siddhāsanamudīritam prasārva bhuvi pādau tu dorbhvāmangusthamādarāt || 50 ||

Pressing the secret parts with the left (foot), placing the right (foot) over the secret parts and sitting with the body erect, (this) is said to be the Siddhasana.

Additional Shastra Reference

Shiva Samhita (III.85-87), Sandilyopanishad (3.7)

Apta Pramona - आप्त प्रमाण Goraksh Paddhati 1.11

yonisthanakamamghrimūlaghatitam krtvā drdham vinyaset medhre pādamathaikameva nivatam dhrtvā vigrahamil sthanuh samyamitendriyo'caladréa paśved bhruvorantaram caitanmoksakapātabhedajanakam siddhāsanam procyate]] 21||

[The Yogin] should firmly place one [i.e., the left] heel against the perineum (yoni-sthâna), while placing the other heel above the penis and pressing the chin against the chest (hridaya). With the senses restrained like a log, he should direct his gaze steadily at the [third eve] between the eyebrows. This is said to be the hero's posture, which bursts open the door to liberation. (1.11)

Seated

Apta Additional References

Hathapradipika II.20-29, SriTattvaNidhi-80, Joga Pradipika (357-359)

Technique:

  1. Press the right heel over organ of generation.
  2. Remain upright and steady with the chin down.
  3. Bring the gaze between the eye brows.
  • Meditative asana which should be practiced dillgently. Opens the door to liberation.
  • Recommended for men which balances reproductive organs and regulates testosterone ( Women's equivalent is Yoniasana )
  • Stretches the hips, knees and ankles
  • Strengthens the core muscles
  • Awakens the kundalini, purifies the 72,000 nadis and controls the apana vayu
  • Alleviates heart diseases, diabetes, chronic urinary problems
  • A simple but powerful asana. A meditative pose that allows you to sit upright and relaxed for longer periods of time.
  • A spiritual practice used during meditation, pranavama, mudras and during practice of cellbacy.
  • This will take one to liberation.
  • This asana is used in THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM Krivas for hypertension. Iong sight asthma, addiction.

Brings stillness to the body, and turns attention inwards. Allows one to achieve meditative state

Sakshi Pramana Benefits

Ma Nithva Nirishvarananda, Miami, Yoga Acharya

Sastra Pramana - शास्त्व प्रमाण Sandilyopanishad 3.5-6

नाक्षेण सव्यगल्फन दक्षिणनं तथतरम् हरतआ च जान्वोः संस्थाप्य स्वाङलीश्व प्रमाणे च ॥ ५ ॥ व्यात्तवक्लो निरीक्षेत्र नासाग्रं ससमान्जितः सिहासनं भवेदेतत् पुजितं योगिभिः सदा ॥ ६ ॥

daksinam savyagulphena daksinena tathetaram | hastau ca jānvoh samsthāpya svāngulīsca prasārya ca || 5 || vyāttavaktro nirīkseta nāsāgram susamāhitah | simhāsanam bhavedetat pūjitam Yogibhih sadā ||6 ||

Pressing the right side (of the frenum of the prepuce) with the left heel and the other side with the right (heel) similarly, firmly placing the two hands on the two knees, with their fingers outstretched, with his mouth wide open and his body well controlled, he should fix his eyes, on the tip of the nose. This will be the Simhasana, always adored by Yogin-s.

Additional Shastra Reference Tri-shikhi-brahmanopanishad (44)

Abta Pramana - आप्ते प्रमाण Gheranda Samhita II 14-15

च वरणस्याधा व्यटकमणाव्वता चितिमुलो भूमिसस्यः कृत्वा च जाननांपरि व्यक्तवको जलन्द्र च नासाग्रमवलोकयेत । सिंहासने भवेदेतत्व सर्वेव्याधिविनाशकम ॥१५ ॥

qulphau ca våñaëasyädho vyatkrameëordhvatäà gatau | citimülo bhümisaasthaù kâtvä ca jänunopari ||14|| vyaktavaktro jalandhraà ca näsägramavalokavet | siàhäsanaà bhavedetat sarvavyädhivinäcakam ||15||

The two heels to be placed under the scrotum contrarywise (i.e., left heel on the right side and the right heel on the left side of it) and turned upwards, the knees to be placed on the ground, (and the hands placed on the knees), mouth to be kept open; practising the Jalandhara mudra one should fix his gaze on the tip of the nose. This is the Simhasana (Lion-posture), the destroyer of all diseases.

Seated

Technique:

  1. Sit on the feet crossed under the scrotum on either sides of the perineum

  2. Place the palms on the knees and open the mouth wide.

  3. Bring the tongue out and fix the gaze at the tip of the nose.

Benefits the reproductive and digestive system. Sound in exhalation works as vocal therapy developing sonorous voice

By using ferocity, it brings a lot of releasing, letting go: a feeling of being light and softening.

Sakshi Pramana Benefits Keong Chow, Singapore, Yoga Teacher/Freelancer Sastra Pramana - शास्त्र प्रमाण Rudrayamala Tantra (23.68-70)

kevalam pādamekañca skandhe cāropya yatnataḥ| ekapādena gagane tisțhet da davat prabho |23.68|| apānāsanametaddhi sarvesām pūrakāśrayam] krtvā sūksme sīrsapadme samāropya va vāyubhih ||23.69]| *for extended verse see end of chapter'

(If you) Place just one foot on the shoulder with effort and (raise) the second foot like a rod towards the sky it surely becomes apānāsana, (and if) by doing pūraka in śirşpadmāsana by the subtle breath then person (who is bound to die one day, anybody who is born will surely die one day) becomes a siddha. This way prana and apana become one, and by doing this apanasana one becomes Yogeśwara (supreme among Yogis). (23.68-70)

Technique:

  1. Sit and place one leg on top of the shoulder.

  2. Raise the other foot towards the sky and keep it straight

  3. Keep the hands on the ground.

Apta Pramona - आप्त प्रमाण Yoga Rahasya (N)-1.53-54

viparītam mandalam ca dvidhaiva viditam hi nah | dandāsanam dvidhā proktam viparītopavešane || sarvāṅgašīrsabhāgāstu satsastih prathitāstu te

Then there are two types of inverted mandalas (arrangements)-Sirsasana and Sarvangasana.Dandasana is also of two types inverted (viparita dandasana) and seated (dandasana). It has been proclaimed that there are sixty six variations of Sarvangasan and sirasasana.

Avoid in case of spondylitis, slipped disk and other conditions of the neck and spine, vertigo, high blood pressure, blood impurities, thrombosis and other heart conditions. Pregnant women should take special care and consult a physician before attempting this pose. Always consult a doctor or a qualified Yoga instructor before taking up the practice of Sirsasana.

Technique:

  1. Kneel down.

  2. Interlace hands and place the forearms on the ground like a triangle.

  3. Bring the crown of the head down and hands supporting the back of the head.

  4. Straighten the legs and walk forward.

  5. Bring the knees to the chest, keeping the heels close to the buttocks. This is Gohiasana.

  6. Straigthen the legs to come to the full head stand.

  • Strengthens the core muscles, shoulders, abdominals and back.
  • ncreases blood flow to the brain, eyes and other areas of the head.
  • Improves digestive system, increases confidence. stability of mind, balance in body.
  • Purifies the 7 chakras.

Allows one to turn attention inwards; grounding feeling; allows one to confront their own fears and change our perception about everything

Sakshi Pramana Benefits

Keong Chow, Singapore, Yoga Teacher/Freelancer

Apta Pramona - आप्तु प्रमाण Joga Pradipika-294-297

Atha Sukadeva äSana

òämé jaìgha arü péëòé mäàhé , dachana péëòé dharai su täàhé | äàña väma goòä mähilé , räñai dachi goòä agramilé || 294 || do u péòé ko ägra jo jori , külä taré de vaisai moré | pahuïcä ké saìgha aisai karai , jaìgha kaòyä ké sandhi paridharaí || 295 || *for extended verse see end of chapter

Between the left thigh and calf muscle, place the calf muscle of right leg in the manner that both the knees come closer. Join both the ankles and place them under the buttocks. Let the thigh remain together. Place the hand on thigh in such a way that fingers form like a lotus. Both the hands should remain straight. Gaze at the tip of nose.

Technique:

  1. Fold the right leg and sit on the right heel.
  2. Cross the left leg over the right.
  3. Keep the knees one on top of the other.
  4. Place the hands on the knees in the shape of a lotus, palms facing up.
  5. Gaze at the tip of the nose

One who practices it attains poetic powers.

सुखासनामित्युक्तमशक्तस्तत् समाचरेत् आसने विजित येन जित तेन जगत्त्वय 11 42 11

tat sukhāsanamityuktamaśaktastat samācaret | āsanaṃ vijitaṃ yena jitaṃ tena jagattrayam ||52 ||

That, wherein comfort and steadiness are attained somehow or other, is known as the Sukhasana.

Additional Shastra Reference Sandilyopanishad, 3.12-13

Sukhasana

Seated

Technique:

  1. Sit cross-legged.

  2. Keep the hands on the knees.

It promotes groundedness and inner calm and relieves physical and mental exhaustion and tiredness. It Intensifies the state of serenity, tranquility, and eliminates anxiety.

शराम्यामवानमवृद्धय हस्ततलाभ्य विश्र अतिरित यावासन भवति

kūrparābhyāmavanimavasțabhya hastatalābhyamhanum avastabhya uttisthet śūlāsanaṃ bhavati ||42||

Holding the ground with two elbows and catching the cheeks with two hands (i.e. palms), get up (extend the upper portion). This is called Sulasana.

Prone

Apta Additional References

SriTattvaNidhi-40, Kapala-Kurantaka-Hathabhyasa-Paddhati-42, similar to niralambasana in Hatharatnavali-III.12,61 except the legs are down in niralambasana.

Technique:

  1. Lie prone with the elbows on the ground. 2. Hold the chin in the hands. 3. Fold the legs and point the toes up.

Strengthens the thighs, back, abdominals, shoulder and neck. Stretches the upper abdominals

Apta Pramona - आप्त प्रमाण Joga pradipika 333-336

müladväri dharaté pari öhäne òävä pagapari dacha pada äne òäé päkhaté ko le ävai hätha eka antara öhaharävai || 333 || dou eòé teke aisai äòo väé räkho taisal | phaëä jugama ubhä kara räkhai goo a dou ubhä räkhai || 334 || *for extended verse see end of chapter"

Place the anus (region) upon the ground, place the right foot upon the left foot, bring the left leg and keep at a distance of one hand (1 cubit). Both heels are placed in such a way that they are crossed and the toes stand up and the knees are kept straight. The hands are kept upon the knees and knees remained pressed by opposite elbows. Gaze is fixed at nasal region. The body remains devoid of any disease. One who accomplishes the asana along with pavana dharana ones gets his intellect purified.Practice of this asana long with Pavana Dharana is emphasized.

Prone

Apta Additional References

Also in JP(L)-75.

Technique:

  1. Sit with the knees up towards the chest 2. Hug the legs under the knees holding the opposites elbows. 3. Keep the heels on the ground and lift the toes. 4. Keep gaze at the tip of the nose.

This asana makes one healthy and improves the buddhi; intelligence

Huge Turne Ca

parivrttih kuksibhāge tridhā hi parikīrtitah | baddhakonam suptakonamūrdhvakonamathāpi ca ||

It is proclaimed that parivrtti of the navel region (jathara parivrtti) is of three variations. There is also different variations of baddha konasana, supta konasana, Urdhva konasana and others.

Technique:

  1. Lie down on your back, lift the hips up bringing the feet overhead.

  2. Touch the ground with the toes.

  3. Catch a hold of the toes and separate the legs as wide as possible.

  4. Keep the hips above the shoulders.

Good for strenghtneing the reproductive organs

Apta Pramana - आप्त प्रभाग Nathamuni's Yoga RAHASYA 1.51

uttānapādam krauñcaṃ ca marīciṃ vīrabhadrakam | natarājam trikonam ca suptāngasthaprasārane ||

Uttanapadasana, Krauncasana, Maricyasana, Virabhadrasana, Natarajasana, Trikonasana, Supta padangusthasana and Supta prasarita padangustasana.

  1. Lie on the back and extend the legs. 2. Catch hold of the big toes with the hands 3. Keep the legs in a vertical position.

Strengthens the back and abdominals while stretching the hamstrings, calves and gluteals. Stimulates and opens the root chakra. Helps to move the apana vayu throughout the body.

Apta Pramana - आप्त प्रभाग Nathamuni'S Yoga Rahasya 1.51

uttānapādam krauñcaṃ ca marīciṃ vīrabhadrakam | națarăjam trikonam ca suptāngașțhaprasărane ||

Uttanapadasana, Krauncasana, Maricyasana, Virabhadrasana, Natarajasana, Trikonasana, Supta padangusthasana and Supta prasarita padangustasana.

Technique:

  1. Lie on the back. 2. Catch hold of the big toes with the hands 3. Extend the legs to a vertical position 4. Spread the legs apart as far as possible.

Strengthens the back and abdominals while stretching the inner thighs and gluteals. Releases and opens the lower 3 chakras which energizes the whole body.

हिचा मधि छिट पनि ताने

eòé dou qudätari änai | phaëä päëi baiöhaka puni öhänai || goòã jaìgha adhara kari rahai | äòe väya isé vidha gahai || 82 || doù bhujä nabha disä pasärai | kamala svarüpa aìguré dhära1 || pauhaca madhi chidra puni tänai | chidra vikhai puni driñoi ju anai || 83 || * for extended verse see end of chapter

Place both the heels below the arms, knees and thighs should remain lifted up, take both the hands towards sky and form a lotus with the help of fingers. At the root of the palm a hole be formed where the sadhaka should bring his gaze. Also contract the abdomen which means practise Uddiyana. It increases the gastric fire. Removes all kinds of disorders.

Apta Additional References

YMS-37, same as giri-vara-natha-aana (NS-83), Cf. sajai-asana (NS-11).

Technique:

  1. Sit on the heels keeping the feet upright. 2. Separate the knees and place them on the ground. 3. Bring the hands above the head, palms together and

fingers open like a lotus.

  1. Look up through the opening at the base of the palms.

Will create certain heat in the body that will bring healing from diseases

Feeling of reaching out to the cosmos/expansion, receiving energy

Sakshi Pramana Benefits Sunniva Kaurin, Norway

Apta Pramona - आप्त प्रमाण Yoga-Asanamala Sacitra (Ms.)-97

In kneel down position lower the head on ground and place palms on ground for support. Raise the whole body on head. Now cross the legs in this position.

ण को गण कपाल आछो

äsaëa kau guëa kapäla ächau hoé

Technique:

    1. Kneel down and place the palms on the ground.
    1. Bring the head on the ground.
    1. Raise the whole body on head.
    1. Now cross the legs in padmasana.

Purifies the forehead region ..............................................................................................................................................................................

Brings blood flow/energy to the sahasrara, release in the hips/back while feet in padmasana

Sakshi Pramana Benefits Ma Nithya Nirishvarananda, Miami, Yoga Acharya Sostra Pramona - शास्ल प्रमाण Sandilvopanishad, 3.1

वारन्तर सम्याकर्ता पादवल उन ऋजकायः समासीनः स्वस्तिकं तत्प्रच

Jānūrvorantare samyakkrtvā pādatale ubhe rjukāyah samāsīnah svastikam tatpracaksate || 1 ||

As for the Svastika, placing the soles of the two feet between the knees and the thighs, sitting with the body erect and the posture balanced ; that they say is the Svastika.

Additional Shastra Reference

Tri-shikhi-brahmanopanishad, 35, Darshanopanishad III.2-3. Yoga pada - Kirana Agama verse 6, Siva-samhita III. 95-97

Apta Pramana - आप्त प्रमाण Hatharatnavali III 52

Offections Of The Med Yicers I

jänürvorantaraà samyak kåtvä pädatale ubhe || åjukäyasamäsénaù svastikaà tatpracakñate ||52||

Arrange both the soles (feet) properly between the thighs and the shanks and sit straight up. This is called svastikasana. 52

Apta Additional References

Joga Pradipika. 50-51, Gheranda Samhita.II-13

Technique:

  1. Sit cross-legged with toes between thighs and calves. 2. Keep the hands relaxed on respective knees.

Brings relief from anxiety, tiredness, thus offering (sukha) wellness and santi (mental)peace. Brings stability of mind. Balances movement of prana.

इस्ताभ्या कन्धरा बच्च

śavavatcharīram saṃsthāpya jānunī saṃmīlya nābhau āṃnīya hastābhyām kandharāṃ badhvā bhāmayet śvottanaṃ bhavati ||6||

Lying supine keeping the body like a corpse unite the knees and place these on the naval. Then holding the shoulder with two hands keep moving. This is called Svottana Asana.

Dynamic

Technique:

  1. Lie down and bring the knees to the chest.
    1. Bring the hands on the shoulders.
    1. Rock the body back and forth.

Apta Pramona - आप्त प्रमाण Nathamuni'S Yoga Rahasya I.51 उत्तानपदि क्राज च मरार्च व

uttānapādaṃ krauñcaṃ ca marīciṃ vīrabhadrakam | naṭarājaṃ trikoṇaṃ ca suptāṅgaṣṭhaprasāraṇe ||

Uttanapadasana, Krauncasana, Maricyasana, Virabhadrasana, Natarajasana, Trikonasana, Supta padangusthasana and Supta prasarita padangustasana.

Technique:

  1. Start standing in purnapadasana

  2. Bring the right leg back, inhale the arms parallel to ground

    1. Exhale, lower left hand towards the left leg, keeping the spine straight, turn head up. Apta Pramona - आप्त प्रमाण Joga Pradipika-III.59-61

दोड पुगथली संपट ठाने उभै हस्त करि उरध हि ताने । दोड कर ऐसे घरे आनि पर ि प्रगत की अगरी जोड़े तिन परि करें काकसी सोई || ६०

dou pagathalé sampuoa öhäne , ubhai hasta kari uradha hi tänaf | aìguñöa dou sama öhaharävai , cibuka nice tähi lagävai || 59 || bahuri dou kara aise dharai , äni pagana tara bähari kare | do u pagana ké aiguré joé , tina pari karai kaikasé soé || 60 || *for extended verse see end of chapter"

Let the both soles touch each other. Insert both hands under respective legs and hold the sole with hands from down along with bending the head down, touch the sole with the chin. Gaze at the tip of the nose. Removes all sorts of abdominal diseases or all diseases are removed.

Seated

Technique:

    1. Sit with the soles of the feet together.
    1. Insert the hands underneath the legs
    1. Holding the feet with interlocked fingers.
    1. Bring the feet up to the chest.
    1. Bring the head down and touch the chin to the toes.
    1. Keep the gaze fixed at the tip of the nose.

Removes all the diseases, especially from the abdominal region.

Sastra Pramona - सारब प्रमाण Shiva Samhita-III.92-94

prasärva caraëadvandvaà parasparamasaàyutam svapäëibhyäà dhàtva janũpari ciro nyaset || äsanogramidaà proktaà bhavedaniladépanam | dehävasänaharaëaà paccimottänasaïjïakam || va etadasanaà creñöhaà pratvagaà sädhavetsudhéù l väyuù paccímamärgeëa tasva saïcarati dhruvam ||92|| * * * extended verse see end of chapter"

Stretch out both the legs and keep them apart: firmly take hold of the head by the hands, and place them on the knees. This is called ugrasana (the stern-posture), it excites the motion of the air, destroys the dullness and uneasiness of the body, and is also called paschimauttana (the posterior crossed posture.) That wise man who daily practices this noble posture can certainly induce the flow of the air up through the anus. 92

Those who practice this obtain all the siddhis; therefore, those, desirous of attaining power, should practicethis diligently. 93 This should be kept secret with the greatest care, and not be given to anybody and everybody. Through it, vayu-siddhi is easily obtained, and it destroys a multitude of miseries. 94

  1. Sit with the legs extended.

  2. Firmly take hold of the head by the hands.

  3. Bend forward and place the head on the knees

  • · Those who practice this obtain all the siddhis: therefore, those, desirous of attaining power, should practice this diligently. 93
  • This should be kept secret with the greatest care. and not be given to anybody and everybody. Through it, vayu-siddhi is easilyobtained, and it destroys a multitude of miseries. 94

Gastric fire is enhanced. Remove body fatique.

Apta Pramona - आप्त प्रमाण Yoga-Rahasya Of Srinatha-Muni-Vi.17 मानना हर्ता पत्रप्रदर्मिवाड़मध्यम त्यापिता डियरमालक टिस्थल

bhünyastau jänuné hastau catuñpadamaväimukham | utthäpitäighriyugalakaöisthalamabhirukä ||

Lie in prone position. Place forearms and feet on ground. Raise the trunk and head towards sky taking support from elbows and knees or toes.

Prone

Technique:

  1. Lie in prone position. 2. Place forearms and feet on ground. 3. Raise the hips.

Developed by Gargi for pregnant women. It overcomes weakness and offers strength.

Urdha Pavana Asana Supine

Apta Pramona - आप्त प्रमाण Joga Pradipika (340-341)

प्रथमे सधो सैन करावै । गोडा उभा राषि मिलावै । गलफ मानिला अंग्रह

prathame sūdho saina karāvai, godā ubhā rāși milāvai | gulapha māmhilā amgusta doī, kare ekasā melara soī ||340|| ubhai hast kāmkasī karai, so le masataka nīcai dharai | nāsā agra disți țhaharāvai, yā tai nāḍi saralatā pāvai ||341||

First lie upon the back, the knees will be raised togather, both the big toes will be evenly together. Both the hands interlocked and placed under the fore head. Gaze fixed upon the tip of the nose.

Technique:

  1. Lie on the back with the legs folded.

  2. Keep the feet on the ground.

  3. Interlace the fingers and rest the head on the hands.

Back Bend

Apta Pramona - आप्त प्रमाण Gheranda Samhita (II,40)

påñöhe nidhäyäpi dhåtaà karäbhyäm | äkuïcayet samyagudaräsyagäòhamuñoraïca péöhaà Yogino vadanti ||40||

Lie on the ground face, downwards, turn up the legs and place them towards the back, catch the legs with the hands, contract forcibly the mouth and the abdomen. This is called the Camel-posture.

  1. Lie on the ground on your abdomen. 2. Bend knees and catch the feet with the hands 3. Contract forcibly the mouth and the abdomen.

Stretches the anterior muscles of the body. Improves and strengthens the flexibility of spine. Gives relaxation to the lower back. Improves digestion.

Apta Pramona - आप्त प्रमाण Gheranda Samhita Ii 27

युजास्मिजाः स्थायत् ऊध्वजानुयत्रासने पादतलद्वयोपरि। स्त्रिम्यामनागुत्तरकन्घरिण्यामस्पृश्य पीठ स्मृतिमुत्कटारव्यम् ॥३७॥ अस्मिन् जालन्धरे सति वहिदीपनं भव

yujäsphijoù sthéyata ürdhvajänuyaträsane pädataladvayopari | snigbhyämmanäguttarakandhariëyämaspåçya péöhaà småtimutkaöäkhyam ||37||

asmin jälandhare sati vahnidépanaà bhavatéti saìketaù

Place toes on ground and raise the heels up and place the buttocks on them.

Iitkatasana

Balancing

Technique:

  1. Squat down with the feet upright.

  2. Sit down on the heels and balance on the toes.

  3. Place the hands on the knees and remain steady.

Enhances Gastric Fire.

Feeling of being neutral, stable, balanced

Sakshi Pramana Benefits

Li Yeen Chow/Singapore/Unemployed

डुकासनमध्यस्थं कूपेराभ्यां धर्त शिरः। भकवद्रत्तानमंतद्रत्तानमण्डुकम् ।।२४ ।

maëoukäsanamadhyasthaa kürparäbhyäà dhataà çiraù | etad bhekavaduttänametaduttänamaëoukam ||34||

Uttana Manduka: Assume the Frog-posture (as in verse 34), hold the head by the elbows, and stand up like a frog. This is called the Uttana Mandukasana

Uttana mandukasana

Seated

Technique:

  1. Squat down with the feet upright, soles together.
    1. Sit on heels and spread the knees apart.
    1. Keep the knees on the ground.
    1. Cross the arms overhead with palms on opposite shoulders.
  1. Keep spine straight while engaging the 3 bandhas.

Strengthens back, abdominals and thighs. Stretches the shoulders and thighs. Relief from discomfort and pain in the legs.

Chest expansion and elongation of the spine

Sakshi Pramana Benefits Li Yeen Chow/Singapore/Unemployed

Sastra Pramona - शास्त्र प्रमाण Rudrayamala Tantra 23.46-50

sthitvaitadāsane mantrī adhahšīrsa karoti cetj uttamangasanam iñeyam Yoginamatidurlabham ||23.46| etadāsanamātrena śarīram śītalam bhavet] punah punah prasādena caitanyā kundalī bhavet ||23.47 || *for extended verse see end of chapter

Then by becoming stable in this asana if the head is lowered;lt comes to be known as uttamangasana which is very important for the Yogis. (23.46)

By doing this asana itself the body cools down;And by doing it again and again the Kundali consciousness arises. (23.47) By the left and right method he who does it again and again; By filling up the muladhar padma with subtle breath and does kumbhaka. (23.48)

By surely doing the kumbhaka pranavama by this method, the subtle breath should be dissolved in the mulabrahmarandhra (aperture in the crown of the head) and stationed there. (23.49) After performing this beneficial asana, just as the eve of the needle is threaded: The same way if the subtle aperture ( in the crown of the head, süksmarandhra) is filled up, the mind subsides. (23.50)

Arm balance

  1. Sit in Kukkutasana (in padmasana insert arms through legs and balance on the arms)
    1. Bend the arms and lower the forehead towards the
  • ground.
    1. Hold the breath in this posture

S astra Pramana - शास्ल प्रमाण Tri-shikhi-brahmanopanishad (42)

kukkutāsanabandhastho dorbhyām sambadhya kamdharam šete kūrmavaduttāna etaduttānakūrmakam || 42 ||

Remaining bound up in the Kukkuta posture and firmly pressing the neck with the two shoulders, should one stretch his body in a supine posture, with his face upward like a tortoise, this is the Uttanakurmaka posture.

Apta Pramo na - आप्त प्रमाण Hathapradipika 11.9

kukkutāsanabandhastho dorbhyām sambadhya kandhare || šete kūrmavaduttānametaduttānakūrmakam ||9 |

One adopts kukkutasana and winds the arms around the neck and lies on back like a tortoise. This is uttana-kurmasana. 9

Uttanakurmasana

Apta Additional References

Hatharatnavali-III.74, Gheranda Samhita-II.33, HSC-p32, SriTattvaNidhi-85, Joga-mailare-fol.11,54-55

Technique:

  1. Lay on back in padmasana.
    1. Slip arms between legs and wrap hands around the neck. Relief from fever, and such other diseases. It enhances gastric fire which consequently digests ama (toxic undigested food residue)

Utthanasikhipithaka Asana

Apta Pramona - आप्त प्रमाण Yoga-rahasya (v.23)

किष्ठानिश्चतु उत्तानाशास्य

jaighorubalahénaçcet uttänaçikhipéöhakam apramattaù prakurvéta bhukteu prägvijitendriyaù

Uttanasikhipitha of YRah II 23, V 23, I 50 mentioned in this text is same as Uttanamayurasana.Lie supine. Raise the buttocks up and support them with hands placed at the waist. Elbows bear the weight of the body. Chin presses at the throat.

Technique:

    1. Lie down on the back.
    1. Raise the buttocks up and support the lower back with the hands.
    1. Hold the body weight on elbows.
    1. Chin presses at the throat.

One who feels weakness on thighs and knees should practice this asana before taking meals

वश्या दक्ष्य यत्कत्वा सत्य

kesena pādayugalam tbaddhvā tistheedadhomukhah | atha vaiśyā vakṣye yatkṛtvā satyavānbhavet ||

Now I shall talk about vaisyasana doing which one becomes truthful. Place both the hands on the chest and place both toes one upon other and stand.

Technique: 1. Stand-up on the toes. 2. Fold the hands at the chest in salutation.

Vaira-Sar

Balancino

Apta Pramona - आप्त प्रमाण Joga Pradipika III.79-81

prathama phaëä päëé hoya baise | dou eòé güdä nivesal || goòä übhä räkhai théra | äòe väya pasärai dhéra || 79 || påñoa disé doü kara änai | tinaké jugata aisévidha öhänai || gahai parasapari bhujä ju dou | kohaëyä lagaté pakarai sou || 80 || *for extended verse see end of chapter

Sit on toes placing heels against anus without allowing the knees to touch the ground, hold the opposite elbows by taking the hands towards back. It removes colling effect of the climate. This asana can be accomplished in seven days.

Technique:

  1. Sit on the toes, soles of feet together, buttoks on the heels.

  2. Keep the knees off the ground, spread sideways.

  3. Interlock arms behing your back by holding opposite arms at elbows.

Does not get affected with the cold climate. Gives relief from joint pains

5 Gstra Pramona - शास्त्र प्रमाण Yoga-Kundaly-Upanishad 1.6

vämänghrimülam kandādhah anyam tadupari ksipet | samagrīvaširahkāyo vajrāsanamitīritam || 6 ||

One should place the left heel under the knot of the navel and the other heel over it, with his neck, head and body in a line. This is known as the Vajrasana posture.

Additional Shastra Reference Yogakundalini Upanishad 5-6

Apta Pramana - आप्त प्रशाण Gheranda Samhita II 12

jaìghäbhyäà vajravatkatvä gudapärçve padävubhau j vajräsanaà bhavedetad Yoginäà siddhidäyakam ||12]

Make the thigh tight like adamant and place the legs by the two sides of the anus. This is called the Vajrasana. It gives psychic powers to the Yogi.

  1. Kneel down and sit with the feet on either sides of the anus.

  2. Engage the thighs.

  3. Keep the hands on knees .

  4. Keep spine erect.

Strengthens the entire lower body, especially the thighs and gluteals. Develops, determination, stability and balance. Helps to move prana freely. Removes leg and joint pain. Improves digestive processes.Beneficial for pregnant women. While in this asana one should do prolonged recaka and puraka.

Apta Pramona - आप्त प्रमाण Joga Pradipika (239-241)

डावा पगकी पुग्रामली पनि एडी है जोय । Cases luce Bells o

òävä pagathalé puni eòé hai joya | phaëäà disé meòhra dakñiëa äëi lagäve soya ||239|| dachi päda ké eòé joé bäé nalé lagävai soé | aìguñoa goòäà lagatä räkhe punaha pagathalé dharaté däkhai ||240|| *for extended verse see end of chapter

While sitting on ground, place left heel on right side of the generative organ and toes under the thigh. Similarly, arrange right heel on left side in such a way that the toes come close to left knee. Place hands on knees and fix the gaze between two eyebrows.

Seated

    1. Sit with the left heel on right side of the generative organ and toes under the thigh.
    1. Place right foot on left leg with the toes close to left knee.
    1. Place hands on knees
    1. Fix the gaze between the evebrows

Overcomes swelling and other disorders in legs.

ो की माहिली कोर मिलाई फणा पाणि ऊक र नाचे राष्ट्र जाय

pagathalé ké mähilé kora miläé phaëä päëi ükaòu baise eòé müladvära nécai räñai jäìgha chédra aìgüla cyäré antra hätha dou kändhäpari äëi maurā hathelé aigulé käȯhé lagävai *for extended verse see end of chapter

Sit on ground in squatting. Keep the feet together and heels set at the anus. Toes are kept apart. Keep knees raised as thighs press the abdomen. Bring palms together and thus joining hands take them together over the back. Fix the gaze at he nose. Brings relief from internal ulcer (or boil), and hump of the back.

Seated

Technique:

    1. Squat down with the heels together toes apart.
    1. Keep knees raised and thighs pressing the abdomen.
    1. Bring palms together and take them behing the head.
    1. Keep the elbows close to the head.
    1. Gaze at the nose.

Inverted

Apta Pramana - आप्त प्रमाण Hatharatnavali (Ii, 69)

atha vicitrakaraëénämäsanam çayitapaçcimatanasthe hastau tatra prasärayet || pädau daëòasamau katvä vicitrakaraëé bhavet ||69 ||

Stretch both the legs on the ground. Hold the big toes by the respective hands. Extend the hands and straighten the legs. This asana is caled vicitra karani.

Apta Additional References

supposed to be an advanced sayita- pascimatanasana, similar to langalasana

Technique:

  1. Lie on ground

  2. Bring the legs up overhead, toes touching the ground

    1. Extend the arms overhead towards the toes and straighten the legs. Enhances gastric fire and gives good health. Engages the 3 bandhas. Brings flexibility to the spinal cord. Releases stress,tension, anxiety and mild depression held in the body.

Apta Pramona - आप्त प्रनाण Hatharatnavali Iii 71

ता पार्टमक प्रसाय Caroles of चान्य वारस्यतात कि चाम्यसंच्चोभयत्र ॥७

gulphasthitau pädamekaà prasärya tatpädägraa saaspaçettatkareëa || gulphaa cänyaà dhärayettatkareëa dhunaa péohaa cäbhyaseccobhayatra ||71||

By sitting on one heel, stretch the other leg forward and touch its toes with the respective hand. The other heel is held with the other hand. This is dhuna-pitha, which should be practiced on both the sides. 71

Seated

Technique:

    1. Sit on one heel with the foot upright.
    1. Stretch other leg forward, toes pointing up.
    1. Catch the toes of the extended leg with the respective hand.
    1. Keep the other hand on the respective heel.
    1. Repeat on the other side.

Strengthens the ankles, feet, legs and gluteals. Improves balance, stability, focus and concentration.

Stretches and strengthens the feet and legs

Sakshi Pramana Benefits Li Yeen Chow/Singapore/Unemployed

Apta Pramana - आप्त प्रमाण Joga Pradipika (210-214)

डि वाणो ऊँमी होई गोडा आडा राखै दोई पाढके पाणि रहावे फणों वाम गोडा दिगि ल्या कार वारिला साधि में टेक एंडा व तामाही करि बाहरि आर्ने वामपदको

goòãà väëêo übhau hoé goòä äòä räkhai doé | dachi pädakai päëi rahävai phaëau väma goòä òhigi lyäve ||210|| kora värilé sandhi bhü öeke eòé vämapada sandhi vasekhai | tämähé kari bähari äneà vämapadako phaëoà bhü öhäne ||211]| *for extended verse see end of chapter"

Stand on knees. Bring right toe near the left knee at the back side. Similarly, bring left toe at the back of right knee. Take hold of shanks with hands turning them on backside in such a way that the thumbs come outside and other fingers inside. Fix the gaze between eyebrows.

Technique:

    1. Stand on knees.
    1. Bring right foot near the left knee at the back side.
    1. Similarly, bring left foot at the back of right knee.
    1. Take hold of shanks with hands turning them on backside in such a way that the thumbs come outside and other fingers inside.
    1. Fix the gaze between eyebrows.

One should practice Pranayama as prescribed in this asana. It brings relief from knots (obstacles on the way of free flow) of prana.

आहारा बहवस्तस्य संपाद्याः साधकस्य च ॥ १२३ ॥

karanî viparîtākhyā sarvādhivyādhināśinī || 122 || nityamabhyasayuktasya jatharagnivivardhanī | āhārā bahavastasya sampādvāh sādhakasya ca || 123 || *for extended verse see end of chapter"

The Karari known as Viparita, which destroys all mental and bodily ailments, develops the Jatharagni of the daily practitioner. Various kinds of food will have to be procured by the practitioner (of that Karani). Should the kinds of food fall short, fire will eat up the body in a minute. With his head down and his feet up, he should remain for a minute on the first day.

  • आप्ति प्रमाण Joga Pradipika (164-166)

of Star Hold Holl Bod Abe

prathama sayana südho hoya öhäneà paga miläé ammara disi tänai | bahuri urdhvako deha ucăvai bhüpari maură päëi rahävai ||164|| dou paga puni avara saréra südhä uradha samya räkhai théra | dou pagathalé samatä däkhai gaganadisä sanamukha kari räkhai ||165||* for extended verse see end of chapter

Lie supine on floor. Keep feet together. Raise both legs and trunk vertically. Body weight rests on shoulders and neck. Keep hands spread out on ground. Direct the gaze at the tip of the nose.

Technique:

  1. Lie supine on floor.
    1. Raise both legs and trunk vertically.
    1. Body weight rests on shoulders and neck.
    1. Keep arms extended on the ground.
    1. Direct the gaze at the tip of the nose.

Alleviates all diseases. Enhances gastric fire.

Relaxing And Blissfi

Sakshi Pramana Benefits Li Yeen Chow/Singapore/Unemployed

त्वाऽन्यान्यतलस्ठ त वीरपदमथोच्यते

dvigunam patitam pādam vāmam daksiņatotthitam | krtva nyonyatalastham tu virapattamathocyate || 9 ||

Placing the left leg on the right thigh and keeping the right leg on a pedestal or on the floor and keeping the palms on one another. Virasana can be assumed.

Technique:

    1. Sit on a pedestal.
    1. Place the left leg on the right thigh.
    1. Keep the right leg on the floor and the palms on one another.

Sastra Pramona - शास्त्र प्रमाण Sandilyopanishad (3, 4)

ekam pādamathaikasmin vinyasyoruni samsthitah | itarasmimstathā corum vīrāsanamudīritam || 4 ||

Placing one foot over one thigh and the other thigh over the other foot similarly, sitting thus is what is known as Virasana.

Apta Pramona - आप्त प्रमाण Hathapradipika II.7

atha vīrāsanam

ekam pādam tathaikasmin vinyasyoruni samsthitam || itarasmimstathā corum vīrāsanamudīritam || 7 ||

One foot is placed on the opposite thigh and the other foot under the opposite thigh. This is virasana. 7

Seated

  1. Sit with one foot on top of the opposite thigh.

  2. Place the other foot under the other thigh.

Brings stability of mind. Enhances enthusiasm and strength. Helps achieving targeted goal. Bring relief from diseases.

Feeling of a warrior resting, where your guard is down but you awareness is still up

Sakshi Pramana Benefits Keong Chow, Singapore, Yoga Teacher/Freelancer

Apta Pramona - आप्त प्रमाण Gheranda Samhita Ii.35

vämorumüladeçe ca yämyaà pädaà nidhäya tu | tiñöhet tu vrkşavadbhümau vrkşäsanamidaà viduù ||35||

Vriksha: Stand straight on one leg (the left), bending the right leg, and placing the right foot on the root of the left thigh; standing thus like a tree on the ground, is called the Tree-posture.

Technique:

    1. Stand upright.
  1. Lift the right foot and place the heel on the inner left thigh.

  2. Kepp the knee out sideways.

    1. Fold the hand together at the heart center.
  1. Balance on the left leg like a tree.
  • Increase flexibility of the hips and stretch inner thighs, chest, and shoulders.
  • Strengthens your glutes, thighs, calves and spine.
  • Helps improve concentration and your sense of balance.
  • Relieves sciatica and reduces flat feet.
  • Connect to the earth element and being grounded.
  • Cleanses chakras.

Feeling of being like a tree, grounded/rooted feeling while growing talling at the same time; opens up the chest/pulls shoulders back

Sakshi Pramana Benefits

Apta Pramona - आप्त प्रमाण Yoga-Rahasya Of Srinatha-Muni-V.20

saptacakrakñälanäya våkñäsanaviçeñakän jananendriyadäròhyäya koëabhedän samabhyaset

One raises the whole body on palms alone with hands fully stretched.

Arm balance

Technique:

  1. Bring the hands on the ground.

  2. Lift the body all the way up, feet pointing to the sky 3. Hold body straight up.

  • Helps to stimulate the entire endocrine system, such as pituitary gland, thyroid glands, etc ... Also balance adrenal glands, reduce cortisol, "stress hormone".
  • Strengthen the body, build up muscular strength such . as pectoralis major, deltoids, latissimus, trapezius and core muscles.
  • Emotional benefits: cheer up low mood and can help . reduce minor depression.
  • Body in upside down position, help the organs restore the position which have been pulled by gravity.
  • By bringing blood to the head, relieve a minor headache, improve digestion and elimination.

मोडि येडि कला नाचे राष्ठी

jémaëä goòo agra kari oavo paga jémaëé päñaté äëi moòl yeòl kulä nécai räñé phaëä päël adhara rahai *for extended verse see end of chapter

While sitting on ground, bend right knee and place right foot under right buttock. Toes are turned sidewards. Place left folded leg on right thigh. Eyes are fixed at the tip of the nose.

Caro

Technique:

    1. Kneel with the right foot under right buttock.
    1. Wrap left leg around right thigh.
    1. Place the hands on the left knee.
    1. Fixed at the tip of the nose.

यास्यगुल्फ पायुमूलं वामभागे पदेतरम् विपरीतं स्पूशेद्धमिं वृषासनमिदं भ

yämyagulphe päyumülaà vämabhäge padetaram | viparétaà spåçedbhümià våñäsanamidaà bhavet ||37||

Position the anus under the right heel, place the left leg on the left of it crossing it the opposite way, and touch the ground. This is called the Bull-posture.

Technique:

    1. Sit with the right ankle under the anus.
    1. Place left foot on the ground on the left side with the toes point sideways.
    1. Keep spine straight with the hands on the respective knees.
    1. Gaze between the eyebrows.

Strengthens the thighs, back and abdominals. Stretches and opens the ankles, knees, groin and low back. Stimulates the reproductive organs, digestion processes and activates the muladhara chakra.

Apta Pramona - आप्त प्रमाण Hatha Sanketa Chandrika 23

पुच्छ प्रतिमाध्रिपाव्या धत्वा ीषि चिबक विधाय की यत्रात सन्तिष्ठाति साधकस्त्व

श्चिकसंज्ञमासनम् ।।

våçcévapuccha pratimäighripärñëé dhåtvä svaçérñe cibukaà vidhärya kau ||23|| yatreti santiñöhati sädhakastvaviñävahaà våçcikasaïjïamäsanam ||

Kneel down on floor. By leaning down forward place hands and elbows on ground. Raise both legs up and bend them backwards to touch feet on the head. Raise the chin up. Hold the position.

Apta Additional References

Hatharatnavali (III, 75), hatha-sanketa-candrika-23

Technique:

  1. Kneel down on floor.

  2. Place hands and elbows on ground, shoulder width apart

  3. Raise both legs up and bend them backwards to touch

the head with the feet.

  1. Raise the chin and chest up.

  2. Hold the position.

Help to to get rid of diseases and (effect of ) poison. A full spinal extension, a deep back bending. Deep stretch to abdominals, hip flexors, quadriceps. Works on body strength also, especially arms.

2 pta Pramana - आएन प्रसाण Joga Pradinika 158-163

प्रथम सयन सभो सीस केशकी संधि सु दाखे। कछु सीस उरध कर राखे बहर पुगधली ऐसे ताणे गगन दिश समुख करि ठाने 11856 || वामपादपरि दछिपाद वाम दोड पादकी आंटी करे 11१५९ ॥ पुनह पाद की आंटी जीमणों फणो ज जोई वाम पुगथली परि धरे सोई ।। बहुर पाद उचौको तानै गोडौं दछि सीसढि आने सीस केशकी सांधि सू दाखे कछू सीस उरध कर राखे ।। बहरि प्रगथली ऐसे ताणें गगनदिशा समसुख करिठ दोड हाथ माथादिसि धारे भुसौ लगिवां उर्ध पसारे। छीदी राखि अंगरी मोरे वीछीका मुख ज्यो करि छोरे ।। चित्रुक कण्ठकुप में राखे भोहनमधि द्विष्टि को दाखे। उदरमांहि आम होय जेती या आसनसी नासे तेती ।१६२ ॥ माटी को पलाठी करी जो कदाचि कोइ खाय। तिनको उपज्यो रोग सब या आसन तै जाय ।११६३ ॥

prathama sayana südho sésa kecaké sandhi su däkhai | kachu sésa uradha kara rakhai | bahura pagathalé alsai täëai gagana diça samukha kari öhäne ||158|| vämapädapari dachipäda | dou pädaké äëöé karai ||159|| punaha päda ké äëôé jémaëau phaëo ju joé | väma pagathalé pari dhare soé || bahura päda ucaukau tänai gooau dachi sésaòhi änai | sésa keçaké sandhi su dākhe kara rákhai || bahuri pagathalé aise täeeà gaganadiçä samamukha karibhäne | dou hätha mäthädisi dhäre bhüsaua lagivâm urdha pasäre | chédé räkhi aiguré more véïchékä mukha jyo kari chore || cibuka kaëohaküpa mea räkhe | udaramäàhi äma hoya jeté yä äsanasau näsal teté | 162 | mäöé ko paläöhé karé jo kadäci koi khäya | tinako upajyo roga saba ya äsana tai jäya ||163|

Lie supine on floor. Draw the pair of feet closer and arrange right foot over left and lock them. Raise legs and head and bring right knee close to head. Raise hands over the head straight and bend fingers imitating front portion of a scorpion. Fix the chin on throat and apply Jalandhara Bandha. Direct the gaze between eyebrows.

Technique:

    1. Lie supine on floor.
    1. Cross the feet and bring right knee close to the chest.
    1. Raise the head.
  1. Raise hands overhead with fingers bent imitating tall of a scorpion.
    1. Fix the chin on throat and apply Jalandhara Bandha.
    1. Direct the gaze between evebrows.

Accumulation of "ama" (sticky undigested food residue: toxins) in the intestine is eliminated by this practice. Cures hose ailments which are caused due to consumption of soil. Vrscikasana is recommended to get rid of all diseases and (effect of ) poison.

S astra Pramona - शास्त्र प्रमाण Kirana Agama - Yoga Pada Verse 12a

ङ् तत्समाख्यातं यथसस्थाम् यथास्थि

paryankam tatsamakhyatam yathasamstham yathasthitih |

A posture convenient to the ease of one's own physical and mental state is known as yathasanistha (i.e sukhasana)

Yathasanistha Asana

Seated

Technique:

  1. Sit with the spine straight in the way that body and mind are comfortable.

  2. Can use any props like a block or pillow to elevate the hips if needed.

या वष्टयत्कण्ठ हस्ताभ्या पुष्ठबन्धनम् ।। तन्मध्ये श्रयने क्याद योगा

pädäbhyäà veñöayetkaëöhaà hastäbhyäà påñöhabandhanam || tanmadhye çayanaà kuryäd Yoganidrä sukhapradä ||70||

Wind the legs around the neck, tie up the hands on the back and lie down. This is Yoganidra, which offers wellbeing. 70

oganio fassina

Supine

Technique:

  1. Lie down and bring one leg at a time behind the head.

  2. Lock the feet together and rest the head on them.

  3. Wrap the arms through the legs and around the back.

  4. Firmly hold the hands together.

Yoganidrasana frees all tensions in the hips. It slows down the breath providing a deep relaxation.

Sakshi Pramana Benefits

5 Astra Pramona - शास्त्र प्रमाण Kirana Agama - Yoga Pada Verse 10

krtvā'dau dviguņam pādau tiryagūrdhvamadhah khaga | nyasetpānim yathāpattam tataśślistāngulīyakau ||10 ||

Keeping the right leg obliquely and placing the left one on the thigh (near knee-joint) and placing the two hands so as to be propped by the knee-joints keeping the fingers stretched out and tying around the Yogapatta, Yogapattasana can be assumed.

Technique:

  1. Cross legs with knees raised.

  2. Tie yagapatta (a cloth) around the legs to help hold upright.

  3. Cross arms, hands on the knees

  4. Keep spine upright.

Strengthens the core muscles.

Apta Pramona - आप्त प्रमाण Gheranda Samhita Ii 44-45

uttänau caraëau kåtvä saàsthäpya jänunopari | äsanopari saasthäpya uttänaa karayugmakam ||43|| pürakairväyumäkåñya näsägramavalokayet | yogäsanaa bhavedetad Yoginäa Yogasädhane ||44||

Turn the feet soles facing up, place them on the knees; then place the hands on the ground with the palms turned upwards; inhale, and fix the gaze on the tip of the nose. This is called the Yoga-posture, assumed by Yogis when practising Yoga.

Technique:

  1. Sit in padmasana with feet crossed on opposite thighs. 2. Extend the arms and place the upturned palms on the ground.

  2. Keep the spine upright.

  3. Gaze between the eyebrows.

Meditative asana that calms the mind and relaxes the body.

Sostra Pramona - शास्त्र प्रमाण Tri-shikhi-brahmanopanishad, 38

द नियम्य गल्फाभ्यां व्यक्कमण समा

gudaṃ niyamya gulphābhyāṃ vyutkrameņa samāhitaḥ | yogāsanam bhavedetaditi Yogavido viduh || 38 ||

After having pressed the anus with his ankles folded crosswise and got composure in the posture assumed, what is attained by one is Yogasana.

Technique:

  1. Sit on the heel pressing the anus with his ankles. 2. Keep the hands on knees.

Sostra Pramona - शास्त्र प्रमाण Rudravamala Tantra 23,53-54, 58-59

yonyasanam parvatena Yogam Yogaphale'nilam] tatkālaphalalantāvat khecaro yāvadevahi||23.53|| pādayogena cakrasya lingāgram yo niyojayet| anyat padamurau dattvā tatra yonyāsanam bhuvi||23.54|| *for extended verse see end of chapter

By doing the yoniasana along with parvatasana the fruits of vital breath are gained; Until it becomes khecara (light as space) certainly. (23.53)

He who presses the front portion of the cakra and penis with toe of his foot; And places the end of the second foot on the corresponding thigh, it becomes yonlasana. (23.54) 0 Lord! this yoniāsana is very distinguished (rare) among the Yogis (for) having filled up the body with vital breath (pranavāyu), and contracting the mūlādhāra cakra should be stabilised. (23.58)

The practitioner who does this asana alternatively by the left and right method perfecting the puraka and kumbhaka, he becomes a siddha (expert with Yogic powers). (23.59)

Technique:

    1. Sit with the left heel pressing the generative organ and toes under the thigh.
    1. Place right foot on opposite thigh.
    1. Place hands on knees

A

Agama - THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM reveals, that "Vedas are the ultimate, superior authority for the Hindus. Vedas are like a pure science, where the ultimate truths are explained, but Agamas are the scriptures where the applied technology, the applied science is expanded. All the Hindu bodies accept Vedas and Agamas as Shruti [that which is heard] and everything else follows as Smritis [the remembered scriptures]. Agamas are directly revealed by Sadashiva; they are more like a practical manual of how to, what to, where to, when to. All these details are answered with the right context, giving enough of understanding and I should say, in a more sympathetic, compassionate way, with a lot of concern for human beings with tremendous userfriendliness."

Ani - Point of a needle Anila - the god of wind; wind Anjalika - a small mouse Anjali mudra - hand gesture, palms together on the chest Anjani - name of mother of Hanuman Ankusa - a hook or a god Apana Vayu - wind/air that moves away; one of the five subdivisions of prana Apta Pramana - the ancient, authentic, time-tested, fool-proof compilations of experiences of Enlightened Sages called the Rishis, Siddhas, Munis, Incarnations (Avatars), the direct disciples and followers and descendants of Bhagavan Sadashiva, like the Saptarishis, Maharishis, including the Enlightened Ones such as Patanjali, Valmiki, Agastya Mahamuni, Abhinavagupta, Kshemaraja, Paramahamsa Yogananda, etc. The compiled experiences verify and expand further on the

VedaAgamas, forming Apta Pramana. Aranyacataca - a while sparrow Arabha - taking hold of or seizing Ardhodaya - the rising of the half- moon Arghya - a respectful offering to a god or venerable person

Atmalinga - spiritual alchemy product in the form of a linga, energized by Swamiji and given for individual worship

Almamurti - energized life-size photo of Swamiji Atma Pramana - the direct experiences of the Living Avatar, THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM, who is respected and revered as the living incarnation by millions of people worldwide. In the space of Pure Oneness or Shuddhadvaita with Bhagavan Sadashiva, the Atma Pramanas of H.H. THE SUPREME PONTIFF OF HINDUISM BHAGAWAN SRI NITHYANANDA PARAMASHIVAM form the words of His Gurus, His own experiences, and all that He has learnt and directly experienced, and done thorough verification and authentication with the Sastra

Pramanas, and then presented to the world. Avsa - a horse Avatar - the Divine in human form, also called Incarnation Avaghata - striking Atmalina - absorbed in one's self

B

Baka - crane Balalingana - embracing a child Bana - arrow Bandha - to lock, to hold or to tighten Bhaga - sun; god of fortune Bhagnapatra - broken vessel Bhagashastra - sacred scripture revealed by Lord Shiva on science of cooking Bhairava - form of shiva

Bhalluka - bear Bhara - yoke carrying burdens Bharath - the original name of Bharat, before British invasion Bheka - frog Bherunda - species of bird Bhramara - large black bee Bhudhara - mountain Bhujanga - serpent Bhuja - arm or hand

Cakora - kind of wild bird said to feed on moon beams Cakra - wheel Cakravaka - the ruddy goose Cakri - epithet of visnu

Cala - roof of a house Cancala - fickle, laksmi, the goddess of wealth Canderi - moonlike Candrakanta - moonlight Candramandala - orb of sun Candrardha - the half-moon Cataka - name of the bird which is supposed to live only on rain drops Carpati - thin cake flour, name of a siddha Catuspada - having four legs Chatra - umbrella Citraka - tiger

Daksina - right Danda - stick or staff Dadura - frog

Deva - deity Dharmasana - seat of justice Dhata - there are seven dhatus, which are the seven tissues of the body according to the VedaAgamas Dhatu - root, that which holds Dhenuka - female elephant Dhira - steadfast Dhruva - stable Dhumaka - camel Dhvaja - flag or banner Dosha - 3 doshas defined in ayurveda (vatta, pitta, kapha), which determines the constitution and nature of the individual Drdha - firm Drsada - a smile-stone

Gada - club

Gaja - elephant Gandharva - celestial musician Garbha - embryo Garuda - name of the king of birds Gavaksa - round window Gana - iron club Ghora - terrific Godohika - milking of a cow Gohi - secret Gomukha - face of a cow Gopya - hidden Grdhra - vulture Griva - neck Gunihasra - possessing quality of delight Guna - human body/mind can function in 3 modes or gunas - sattva (activity with restful awareness), rajas (activity with restlessness) and tamas (inertia or laziness)

Guru - Enlightened Master, considered to be the Divine in human form who takes birth only to

liberate others Granthi hara - minister Granthi bhedana - piercing of a knot Graha - planet

Hala - plough Hamsa - swan Harina - deer Hasti - elephant

Indrani - wife of Indra Isvari - name of shiva

Jaitya - leading to victory Jalandhara bandha - chin lock, one of the energetic locks of the body Jama - daughter or daughter-in-law Jati - noble, community, family, ascetic

Kabandha - headless trunk Kadali - plantain tree Kadamba - type of tree Kaka - crow Kalanka - having a dark blue body Kalyana - auspicious

Khadga - sword Khaga - bird Khanjana - species of wag-tail; going lamely Kilakila - sound, expressing joy Koka - wolf, cuckoo, frog Kokila - cuckoo Komala - pleasing, agreeable Kona - angle Kraunca - curlew, heron Ksatriya - warrior Ksema - comfortable, beneficial Kubja - hump-backed Kuhi - cock Kukkutoddana - flying cock Kulalacakara - potter's wheel Kumbhira - shark, crocodile Kundali - serpent, coil Kundalini - latent spiritual energy in every being, is awakened by Guru through Shaktinipaata initiation

Kunjara - elephant Kunjika - key Kurakala - crane Kurakata - cock Kurma - tortoise Kuttana - cutting, pounding

Langala - plough Laksya - aim Lutana - rolling, wallowing Lola - shaking, moving to and fro Lloha - red goat, iron Lohapatra - iron vessel

M

Madhupa - bee Makada - monkey Makara - crocodile Mala - garland Malakara - garland maker,gardener Mallakambha - pole Yoga to build strength Maduka - frog Mangalabandha - auspicious lock Manibandha - the wrist Marajit - epithet of siva Marala - swan Marici - sun Marjarottana - erect cat Markata - monkey Masaka - mosquito Mathana - churning rod

Matsya - fish Mayura - peacock Mesa - sheep Mina - fish Mrga - deer, antelope Mrgacailika - garment of a deer Mrta - dead body, corpse Mudgara - mallet, mace Mula - root Mula bandha - Root lock; forceful contraction of anal muscles raises towards upper regions of the body which has a tendency to move downwards Muladhara - chakra (energy center) located at the base of the spine Mustika - fist Munda - head

N

Nabhi - navel Naivedhyam - food offered to the Divine as part of worship Naga - cobra Nalika - buffalo, a stalk, a tube Nauka - boat Nyubja - prone lying

D

Padangustha - big toe Padma - lotus Paduka - (wooden) sandal Paksi - bird

Pangu - lame Pangala - lame Pankaja - lotus Parampara - lineage, tradition Parasu - hatchet Parasva - battle axe Parigha - iron or wooden bar used for looking a gate Parivrtti - turning back Parosni - cockroach Parvata - mountain Paryanka - couch, a bed Pasa - cord or noose Pasava - relating to the animals Patali-kamatha - underground Pascat - posterior Patanga - bird, locust, a grasshopper Pingala nadi - one of the three main energy channels, associated with solar energy, masculine energy; starts at Muladhara chakra and ends at ends

at the right nostril Prasarna - stretching out Prenkha - swing Praudha - perfected Puevatana - anterior stretching

R

Ratna - precious Ratha - chariot Rksa - bear Rishi - enlightened sage in Sanatana Hindu Dharma Rju - sage, ascetic Rudha - traditional Rudra - name of shiva

S

Saila - mountain Sadashiva - Hindu God Shiva, Mahadeva Sadashivatva - enlightened state and space of Lord Shiva

Sadashivoham - sacred mantra invoking Lord Shiva; with this, individual declares the intention to be in Oneness with Sadashiva

Sakata - Wagon

Saksi Pramana - the evidence of the experiences and sharings of the people who directly experience the Pramanas as a living, applied reality in their lives; experiences as manifestation of His Atma Pramanas Salabha - locust Sarikha - conch-shell Sanku - spear or javelin Sarabha - young elephant

Sarasa - crane Sarata - lizard Sarpa - serpent Sasa - rabbit Sasanka - moon Sava - corpse Shaivite - one who worships Lord Shiva Shakti - powers that manifest based on experience of Oneness with Sadashiva Shashtanga Yoga - the original form of Yoga revealed by Lord Shiva in Agamas. Kirana Agama -(Yoga Pada 2.3), one of the original authentic scripture on Yoga Shastra Pramana - is the scriptural evidence, the direct, ultimate authority on the Truth as it is, for it is directly from Sadashiva, the Adiguru (original Guru), the Source of all that is. In Sanatana Hindu Dharma, Veda-Agamas are the irrefutable Shastra Pramana. All knowledge currents, philosias, rituals and

lifestyle systems, and Yogic sciences for humanity are in-depth systematically revealed in Veda-Agamas form the pramanas. Silpa - handcraft work Simha - lion Sirsa - head Sista - eminent or distinguished Sisumara - gangetic porpoise Sosa - withering up Sramahara - removing fatigue Sri Chakra - diagrammatic representation of entire Cosmos, made of concentric triangles Sringi - having horns Sthira - stable Sula - trident of siva Suka - parrot Suryamandala - orb of the sun Survanamaskar - sun salutation, includes a combination of 12 asanas executed in sequence

Syena - hawk or falcon Svadhisthana - chakra located above Muladhara, two inches below the belly button;

L

Tada - palm tree Tala - palm tree Tana - stretching Tandava - dancing Tantra - sacred scriptures revealed by Lord Shiva to Devi Parvati Tanukubja - hump of the back Tapas - penance, causing, distress Taraksu - hyena Tarka - abstract reasoning Taskarabandha - hold of a thief Tiksna - sharp

Tiryak - oblique Tittiri - a partridge Tolangula - balancing on fingers Tola - balance Trikona - triangle Trikuta - name of a mountain Trnajalauka - caterpillar Tripatha - the three paths taken collectively Tristambha - tripod Trivikrama - visnu Tura - shuttle

II

Ucca - raised,high Ucchirsaka - raised head Udara - abdomen Usasinata - indifference, passivity

Udana - soaring up Uddiyana - to fly up Uddiyana-bandha - the flying up lock; bringing the diaphragm, stomach and abdominal organs up on the exhale. Ugra - strong, powerful Unmukha - looking up, raising the face Upadhana - pillow Upavesa - sitting down Urdhyakamala - rising lotus Urdhvadhanusya - raised bow Urdhvakukkuta - erect cock Urdhvanamaskara - salute in erect position Ustra - camel Urnanabhi - spider Uruparva - knee Utkatika - with raised pelvis Utpada - with the feet up lifted Utphala - jump, rapid motion

Utpida - pressing out Uttana - raised, upright Utthita - raised, extended Uttistha - elevated

Vaikarnika - relating to ears Vaisakhib - attitude in shooting in which the archer stand with the feet a span a part Vaita - cane Valguli - cockroach Valmika - anthill Vanakhanda - forest Vanara - monkey Vartula - circular Vata - wind, air; one of the three doshas in ayurveda Vatayana - window

Vayavi dharana - dharana on the air element; the yogi achieves moving through the air Vayu - wind, air Vetala - goblin Vetra - cane or stick Vibhusana - ornament Vidhuna - unsteady Vikata - frightful Viparitanrtya - inverted dancing Viparitakarana - inverted position Virabhadra - distinguished hero Visrama - repose Vrka - wolf; hyena; jackal; crow;an owl Vrksa - tree Vrnta - the stand of a water-jar Vrsabha - bull Vrsapati - epithet of siva Vrscika - scorpion Vyaghra - tiger

Vyakhyana - discourse

Yaksa - name of a class of demi-gods Yastika - staff or a stick Yogapatta - cloth thrown over the back and knees of an ascetic during meditation